RENGÖRA

GB

DE

FR

IT
ENGLISH 5
DEUTSCH 18
FRANÇAIS 32
ITALIANO 49
GB
ENGLISH
Table of contents
Safety Information 5
Product description 7
Control panel 7
First Use 7
Loading the racks 9
Daily Use 10
Functions 10
Safety Information
Before using the appliance, read these
safety instructions. Keep them nearby for
future reference.
These instructions and the appliance itself
provide important safety warnings, to be
observed at all times. The manufacturer
declines any liability for failure to observe
these safety instructions, for inappropriate
use of the appliance or incorrect setting of
controls.
Very young children (0-3 years) should
be kept away from the appliance. Young
children (3-8 years) should be kept away
from the appliance unless continuously
supervised. Children from 8 years old and
above and persons with reduced physical,
sensory or mental capabilities or lack of
experience and knowledge can use this
appliance only if they are supervised or
have been given instructions on safe use
and understand the hazards involved.
Children must not play with the appliance.
Cleaning and user maintenance must
not be carried out by children without
supervision.
PERMITTED USE
CAUTION: the appliance is not intended
to be operated by means of an external
switching device, such as a timer, or
separate remote controlled system.
This appliance is intended to be used in
household and similar applications such
as: staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and
other working environments; farm houses;
by clients in hotels, motels, bed & breakfast
and other residential environments.
This appliance is not for professional
use. Do not use the appliance outdoors.
The maximum number of place settings
is shown in the product sheet.
The door should not be left in the
open position - risk of tripping. The open
appliance door can only support the weight
5
Cleaning and maintenance 12
What to do if ... 13
After-Sales Service 14
Technical data 15
Environmental concerns 15
Installation 16
IKEA GUARANTEE 17
of the loaded rack when pulled out. Do not
rest objects on the door or sit or stand on
it.
WARNING: Dishwasher detergents are
strongly alkaline. They can be extremely
dangerous if swallowed. Avoid contact with
the skin and eyes and keep children away
from the dishwasher when the door is
open. Check that the detergent receptacle
is empty after completion of the wash cycle.
WARNING: Knives and other utensils
with sharp points must be loaded in the
basket with their points down or placed in a
horizontal position - risk of cuts.
Do not store explosive or flammable
substances (e.g. gasoline or aerosol cans)
inside or near the appliance - risk of fire.
The appliance must be used only to wash
domestic dishes in accordance with the
instructions in this manual. The water
in the appliance is not potable. Use only
detergent and rinse additives designed for
an automatic dishwasher. When adding
a water softener (salt), run one cycle
immediately with the machine empty,
to avoid corrosion damage to internal
parts. Store the detergent, rinse aid and
salt out of reach of children. Shut off the
water supply and unplug or disconnect the
power before servicing and maintenance.
Disconnect the water and electricity supply
in the event of any malfunction.
INSTALLATION
The appliance must be handled and
installed by two or more persons - risk of
injury. Use protective gloves to unpack and
install - risk of cuts.
Installation, including water supply (if
any), electrical connections and repairs
must be carried out by a qualified
technician. Do not repair or replace any
part of the appliance unless specifically
stated in the user manual. Keep children
ENGLISH 6
away from the installation site. After
unpacking the appliance, make sure that it
has not been damaged during transport.
In the event of problems, contact the
dealer or your nearest After-sales Service.
Once installed, packaging waste (plastic,
styrofoam parts etc.) must be stored out
of reach of children - risk of suffocation.
The appliance must be disconnected from
the power supply before any installation
operation - risk of electrical shock. During
installation, make sure the appliance does
not damage the power cable - risk of fire or
electrical shock. Only activate the appliance
when the installation has been completed.
Connect the dishwasher to the water mains
using only new hose sets. The old hose sets
should not be reused.
All hoses must be securely clamped
to prevent them coming loose during
operation.
All local waterboard regulations must be
complied with. Water supply pressure
0.05 - 1.0 MPa.
The appliance must be placed against
the wall or built into furniture to limit the
access to its rearside.
For dishwashers having ventilation
openings in the base, the openings must
not be obstructed by a carpet.
If installing the dishwasher at the end
of a row of units making the side panel
accessible, the hinge area must be covered
to avoid risk of injury.
The inlet water temperature depends on
the dishwasher model. If the installed inlet
hose is marked “25°C Max”, the maximum
allowed water temperature is 25°C. For all
other models the maximum allowed water
temperature is 60°C. Do not cut hoses
and, in the case of appliances fitted with
a waterstop system, do not immerse the
plastic casing containing the inlet hose
in water. If hoses are not long enough,
contact your local dealer. Make sure the
inlet and drain hoses are kink-free and are
not crushed. Before using the applinace
for the first time, check the water inlet and
drain hose for leaks. Make sure that the
four feet are stable and resting on the floor,
adjusting them as required, and check that
the dishwasher is perfectly levelled using a
spirit level.
Use the appliance only when the covers
shown on diagram 19 in the Assembly
instruction are correctly assembled - risk of
injury.
ELECTRICAL WARNINGS
The rating plate is on the edge of the
dishwasher door (visible when the door is
open).
It must be possible to disconnect
the appliance from the power supply by
unplugging it if plug is accessible, or by
a multi-pole switch installed upstream of
the socket in accordance with the wiring
rules and the appliance must be earthed in
conformity with national electrical safety
standards.
Do not use extension leads, multiple
sockets or adapters. The electrical
components must not be accessible to
the user after installation. Do not use the
appliance when you are wet or barefoot.
Do not operate this appliance if it has a
damaged power cable or plug, if it is not
working properly, or if it has been damaged
or dropped.
If the supply cord is damaged, it must
be replaced with an identical one by the
manufacturer, its service agent or similarly
qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard
- risk of electrical shock.
If the fitted plug is not suitable for your
socket outlet, contact a qualified technician.
Do not pull the power supply cable. Do not
immerse the mains cord or plug in water.
Keep the cord away from hot surfaces.
CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE
WARNING: Ensure that the appliance
is switched off and disconnected from
the power supply before performing any
maintenance operation. To avoid risk
of personal injury use protective gloves
(risk of laceration) and safety shoes (risk
of contusion); be sure to handle by two
persons (reduce load); never use steam
cleaning equipment (risk of electric shock).
Non-professional repairs not authorized
by the manufacturer could result in a
risk to health and safety, for which the
manufacturer cannot be held liable. Any
defect or damage caused from non-
professional repairs or maintenance will
not be covered by the guarantee, the terms
of which are outlined in the document
delivered with the unit.
 ENGLISH 7
ENGLISH 7
Product description
Product description
1
1 Upper rack
1 1. Upper rack
7 2 Foldable flaps
7 2 2
2. � � � � � � �
3 Upper rack height adjuster
3. Upper rack height adjuster
8
8 4 Upper sprayer arm 4. Upper sprayer arm
5 Lower rack
3 2 5. Lower rack
6 Cutlery basket 6. Cutlery basket
9
4 3
7 Lower sprayer arm 7. Lower sprayer arm
5 8 Filter Assembly 8. Filter Assembly
6 9 Salt reservoir 4
9. Salt reservoir
9 10 Detergent and Rinse10.
Aid Detergent
dispensers and Rinse Aid dispensers
Service:
11 10
11 Control pannel
5
11. Rating plate
12. Control panel
0000 000 00000

6
12
11

10

Control panel

11 1 2 3 4 5 6

ENGLISH 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

h h
3sec 50° 55° 65° 50° 65° 65° 7 PROGRAMS

3sec 50° 55° 65° 50° 65° 6

Control panel
Product
1
description
2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11
7

17 Display
h
1 On-Off/Reset button with indicator light
1. Upper rack
7
2 Program selection button 8 Half Load indicator
3sec light
3 Salt refill indicator light 2 2. � � � � � � �
9 Half Load button
3. Upper rack height adjuster
8
4 Rinse Aid refill indicator light
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10 Delay 4.
button
11 Upper sprayer arm
5 Program number and delay time indicator 11 START/Pause
5. Lowerbutton
rack with indicator light / Tab
6
1. Tablet indicator
On-Off/Reset lightwith indicator light
button 6. Cutlery basket
37. Display
7. Lower sprayer arm
2. Program selection button 8. Half Load indicator light
8. Filter Assembly
3. Salt refill indicator ligh
4 9. Half Load button
9. Salt reservoir
4. 9
Rinse Aid refill indicator ligh 10. Delay10.
button
Detergent and Rinse Aid dispensers
5. Program number and delay time indicator 5 11. Ratingbutton
11. START/Pause plate with indicator light / Tab
6. Tablet indicator light 12. Control panel
6
First Use
First use 10
ADVICE
Advice regardingREGARDING
the first timeTHEuseFIRST TIME USE 1. Remove the lower rack and unscrew
1. Remove the lower rack and
the reservoir cap (anticlockwise).
AfterAfter
installation, remove
installation, the stoppers
remove fromfrom
the stoppers the racks and and
the racks the the
unscrew the
2. Only the first reservoir
time capyou do this: fill
retaining elastic
retaining elements
elastic fromfrom
elements the upper rackrack.
the upper (anticlockwise).
the salt reservoir with water.
11
FillingFILLING
the salt THE SALT RESERVOIR
reservoir 2.3. Only
the
the first
Position thetime
funnel you(seedo this: fill and
figure)
The useTheofuse saltofprevents the formation
salt prevents of LIMESCALE
the formation on theon the
of LIMESCALE fillsalt
thereservoir with water.
salt reservoir right up to its
dishes andon the machine’s functional components. 3. Position the funnel (see1 figure)
edge (approximately kg); it is not
dishes andon the machine’s functional components.
• It is mandatory that THE SALT RESERVOIR BE NEVER EMPTY. and fill thefor
unusual salta reservoir
little water right up out.
to leak
• Control
It is panel
• Itimportant
is important thatthe
to set thewater
salt reservoir
hardness. be never empty. 4. toRemove
its edgethe (approximately
funnel and wipe 1 kg);any
• It is important to set the water hardness.
The salt reservoir is located in the lower part of the dishwasher it salt
is not unusual
residue awayfor afrom
littlethe
water to
opening.
(see The
PRODUCTsalt reservoir is located
DESCRIPTION) andin the lower
should partwhen
be filled of thethe leak out.
dishwasher (see
SALT REFILL indicator light PRODUCT in the control panel is lit. should be
DESCRIPTION) and 4. Remove the funnel and wipe any
filled when the SALT REFILL indicator light in the salt residue away from the
control panel is lit .
h opening.
3sec

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1. On-Off/Reset button with indicator light 7. Display

2. Program selection button 8. Half Load indicator light
3. Salt refill indicator ligh 9. Half Load button
 As soon as this procedure is complete, run a program without • Switch the dishwash
circumstances. • Press button to s
loading. The “Pre-Wash” program alone is NOT� � � � � � • Switch it off using th
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �s.� � supplied.
Residual saline solution or grains of salt can lead to corrosion, • Press button thre
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � •� � Switch it off using th
irreparably damaging the stainless steel components. • Switch it on using th
heating element may be damaged as a result. Setting is complete!
The guarantee is not applicable if faults are caused by such • The current selection
ENGLISH 8 Whenever you need to add salt, it is mandatory to complete If the rinse aid level is
circumstances.
the procedure before the beginning of the washing cycle.
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �s.� �
• Press button to s
supplied.
supplied. The LOW RIN
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � •run �� out of rinse
Switch aid. A th
it off using m
SETTING THE WATER HARDNESS
ENGLISH heating element may be damaged as a result.
To allow the water softener to work in a perfect way, it is essential
Whenever youthe need to add of salt, it is aid mandatory to complete If
8
the dishwasher
Setting is complete!
please follow instruction
model.
Make sure the cap is screwed on tightly, so that no detergent thatAdjusting
the water hardness dosage setting is based rinse on the actual water hard- the rinse aid level is
• If you see bluish stre
can get into the container during the wash program (this could the procedure before the beginning
ness in your house. This information can be obtained from your local •you
If you are not completely satisfied of the
with washing
the drying cycle. results, supplied. The LOW RIN
If there are drops of
damage the water softener beyond repair). water can adjustThe
supplier. thefactoryquantity setting of rinse
is for average aid used. (3) water hardness. runset out of rinse aid. A m
a high number (3
SETTING THE WATER HARDNESS
As soon
Make sure as thisthe cap procedure is screwed is complete,
on tightly, run so a program without can
that no detergent • ADJUSTING
•To Switch
allow Switchthe onwater
the softener
dishwasher
the appliance THE tobywork DOSAGE
oninusing
pressing a perfect the
the ON/OFFOF way, RINSE
ON/OFF it isbutton. AID the dishwasher model.
button.
essential please follow instruction
loading.
get ENGLISH
into the Thecontainer
“Pre-Wash” program
during the wash aloneprogram
is NOT SUFFICIENT (this could damage • the
•thatSwitch IfSwitch
you
wateroffare it off notusing
hardness
the appliance completely
settingthe
by is ON/OFF
based
pressing satisfiedon button.
the the with the
actual
ON/OFF 8 water
button. drying
hard- results, •FILLING
If youyou see can
THE bluish
DETEstre
Residual saline
the water softener beyond repair). solution or grains of salt can lead to corrosion, •ness •
Hold Press
adjust
in yourdown button
the
house.
button quantity
This for three 5of
information times
rinse
seconds, can -
aid a beep
be used.
until obtained will
you hearfrom be heard.
a beep. your local • If there are drops of
Asirreparably
soon as damaging this procedure the stainless
is complete, steel components.
run a program without •water • •Switch
Switch supplier. on the
Switch itThe
on the using
factory
appliance dishwasher the
setting ON/OFF
by pressing is for onaverage button.
the
using ON/OFF (3)
thewater button.
ON/OFF hardness. button.set a high number�(3
� � � � � � � � �
The guarantee is not applicable if faults are caused by such • The
• Thecurrent current selection selection level number
level and
number the salt
and indicator
rinse aid light
indicator dishwashers.
loading. Make sure Thethe “Pre-Wash”
cap is screwed programon tightly,alone so thatis NOT� no detergent��� can � �ADJUSTING • Switch • Switch on THE it off using
the DOSAGE
appliance byOF the RINSE
pressing ON/OFF theAID button.
ON/OFF button. To achieve the best wa
circumstances. � � � � � �
Residual get into saline
the container solution during or the grains
washof salt can
program (thisleadcouldtodamage
corrosion, If you • are Switch•light
notPress offflash.
thebutton
completely appliance satisfied three
by with
pressing times
the drying the- a beep
results,
ON/OFF will
yoube
button. canheard.useof detergent, rinse
FILLING THE DETE
ENGLISH the water damaging
irreparably
Only use salt
softener beyond
that hasthe been
repair).
stainless
specifically steel designed
components. for
adjust
• Press
• Hold •
the
WATER
Press
• down
button
quantity
Switch button
of
button
HARDNESS
to select
rinse
it on using aidto the desired
select
used.
for 5 seconds,
TABLE).
the
the ON/OFF
hardness
level
until you 8
of rinse levelaid
hear a beep.
button.
(see quantity to
Webe
� �
recommend using
� � � �����
The As soon as this procedure is complete, run a program without
guaranteeIfisthe
dishwashers. notsalt applicable
container if faults
is is
not are caused
filled, by such• Switch
• Switch• Switch •supplied.
the dishwasher
Theon the currentappliance on using
selection the ON/OFF
by pressing
level number the ON/OFFbutton. button.
and rinse aid indicator or chlorine,
light flash.as these pr
loading. The “Pre-Wash” program alone NOT� � �the � �water� • The it current
• Switch off using theWater
itselection
off ON/OFF
using levelHardness
the button.
number
ON/OFF Table
and the salt indicator light
button. dishwashers.
Good washing results
circumstances.
softener
Residualand saline thesolution
heating element
or grains of saltmaycanbe lead damaged
to corrosion, • Press �� • Press button
� � � �three times - a beep °dH
button to select the
will be heard. level of rinse aid quantity to be
To achieve the best wa
ADJUSTING THE
Setting DOSAGE
is complete! OF RINSE AID °fH detergent being used.
Make sure
�as�irreparably �the
a�result �cap is�
�ofdamagingscrewed
�limescale
� � the � on� tightly,
� � �so
accumulation.
stainless � that
��
steel no� detergent
Using
components.� �of �can
� Salt � is� � � �• �Switch �
•s.� Press �it on supplied.
Level
using the
button to ON/OFF
select the button.
desired hardnessFrench level (see useof detergent, rinse
German degrees degrees Exceeding the stated
get� into�The the
��
recommended container
� � � with
guarantee during
� ��
is not the
any � wash
�
type
applicable � program
�of
if faults (this
�dishwasher
�� are could
�caused
� damage
�detergent.
� �such
by ��� If you •areThe
� � � not � Ifcompletely
� •the
current
WATER � Switch
� rinse
selection
HARDNESS
satisfied
aiditlevel
off
level with the
using
numberis set
TABLE). the drying
to
and ON/OFF
ZERO
rinse results,
aid(ECO), you can
button.
indicator nolight rinse aid will be
flash. We recommend usinga
the water softener beyond repair). adjust •thePress 1 button
quantity of rinse Soft aid used. 0 - 6 0 - 10 wash
or and increases
chlorine, as these en
pr
circumstances. Setting The to complete!
is select
LOWthe levelAID of rinse aid quantity will to benot be lit if you
Asheating element may
Whenever you need tobe add damaged
salt, it is as a result.
mandatory to complete supplied. RINSE indicator
soon � �as�this� � procedure
� � � � � is�complete,
� � � � � run
� �a� program
� � � without
� � � � � �
• Switchsupplied.
� �s.� �
the2 dishwasher Medium on using Water the Hardness
ON/OFF 7 - 11Table light11
button. - 20
The amount
Good washing can be ad
results
the procedure
Whenever
loading. The youbefore
“Pre-Wash” need to theadd beginning
salt, of mandatory
it is the washing �� �to cycle
complete
• Switchto it offrun If the
using outthe of ON/OFF
rinse rinse aid.
aidON/OFF level A maximum
button. isbutton.
set°dH to ZERO of 5 levels (ECO), can no be set rinse according
normally
aid will be soiled
beingitems,
�� �� � � � � �program � � � �alone ��� is � NOT�
��� �� �� � ��� � � � � •� � Switch3 to itthe off Level
using
Average the 12 heard.
-factory
17 21°fH
is-degrees
30
detergent used.
avoid
the
Residual
irreparably
heating
corrosion.
procedure
saline solution
element
damaging
before or grains
may bethe damaged ENGLISH
ofbeginning
salt can aslead ofto the
a result. washing•cycle.
corrosion, Press button
Setting
• Switch it4onmodel,
issupplied.
complete!
using the
dishwasher
three times
please
The- aLOW
ON/OFF
Hard follow
model.
beep
button.
willThe
RINSE
German
instruction
be AID indicator
degrees
18 - 34above to check
setting
Frenchlight
31 - 60
specific
will not todetergent)
the
be lit if you
Exceeding
detergent
this for your and increases
7
or 35ml (liqu
the stated a
directly insid
Whenever you the need stainless
to add steel salt, components.
it is mandatory to complete If the1 rinse run aidout level of
Soft isrinse
set toaid. ZERO A maximum
(ECO), 0 - 6no rinse of 5 aid levels 0 -be
will can
10 be setwash according to en
The Setting
guarantee the is water
not hardness
applicable if faults are caused by such • The current selection
machine. level number and rinse aid indicator light flash. will be enough.
SETTING the procedure THEbefore WATER HARDNESS
the beginning of the washing cycle. supplied. 5 the
2
Very RINSE
Thetodishwasher
LOW Medium
hard AID model. indicator 35 -light
The 7 -
50 will not
factory
11 settingbe 61 - you
lit ifis
11 -
90
20specific to The
If the
the
amount
model, can be ad
circumstances.
ToTo allowallow the the waterwatersoftenersoftenerto towork
workininaaperfect perfectway, •
way,ititisisessential Press button
run out • If
ofplease
rinseyouaid. select
seeA bluishthe
maximum
level of
streaks rinse
of 5 levels
aid
on the quantity
candishes, becheck
to be
set a lowtonumber
set according (1-2). soiled items, l
normally
crockery is only
follow instruction above to this for your machine. water before being pla
� �essential
that
� SETTING
� � � �that
�the water
�� THE � �water
the
�hardness
� � � hardness
WATER ��
� � �setting
����
HARDNESS
� is Product description
based
� � � is
setting
� �on
� based
� � � �on
the
� �itactual
�� s.� �
the
water actualsupplied.
hard- • 3 •
Switch
the dishwasher If
•set
there
off Average
the
model. are drops
appliance
The of
factoryby water
pressing12
setting on -
or 17limescale
the
is specific ON/OFF 21
marks
button.
to the model, - 30on the dishes,
detergent)
of detergent
or 35ml (liqu
used acco
�� �To
water
��
allow �the
hardness
� water � �softener
in your
�to�work
house.
�in�
This a�perfect
information
�way, �is�essential
can
��
be
� •� �
obtained
Switch
please
it off using
Setting
4 follow is Ifcomplete!
a
you
the
high
Hard
instruction
see
ON/OFF
number
bluish
above
button. streaks
(3-4).
to check 18 -
this 34 for
the dishes,
your machine. 31
set a low number
- 60 detergent (1-2).
directly insid
ness
heating in
thatyour
your
element
the water
house.
may be
hardness
This
damaged information
setting is Theas a
based
can
result. be
on the actual
obtained water
from your
Setting
hard- value
local
is complete! • If there are drops of water or limescale marks on powder/gel
the dishes,
will be enough.
putted insid
from local water supplier.
isfactory sets the
(3)default
• If you 5 see bluish Very streaks
hard on the dishes, 35 rinse- set
50 aaid low number 61 (1-2).
- 90
water
Whenever
thefor
ness
procedure
supplier.
the in
you
wateryour need The
house.
before
to add
hardness.
the
factory
Thissalt, setting
it is mandatory
information
beginning of
can
the
for
beaverage to
obtained
washing
complete
from
cycle.
water Ifhardness.
your local the rinse
• If
supplied.set
aid level
FILLING
there
Thea LOW
Filling are setis
THE set
drops
the
RINSE AID
to
a RINSE ofZERO
high number
water
detergent AID (ECO), DISPENSER
or limescale
dispenser
no
(3-4). 1
indicator light will not be lit if you
marks on willthe be dishes, If the crockery is only l
water supplier. The factory setting is for average (3) water hardness. high number (3-4). water before being pla
•• Switch
Switchon onthe theappliance
appliancebyby pressing the ON/OFF button. •
Rinse Usage
Switch aid off of
makes the detergent
appliance
dish
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according DRYING not
by designed
pressing
easier. the
The for ON/OFF
rinsedishwashers
aid button.
dispenser may A cause
1. toUpper rack of detergent used acco
SETTING • Switch
•• Switch
Switch THE offon WATER
the appliance
the HARDNESS
appliance byby
pressing
pressing
pressing 7
the ON/OFF
the ON/OFF
the ON/OFF
button.
button.button. Setting
should is
be
malfunction complete!
filled when or damagethe RINSE
settingto AID
is the REFILL
appliance. indicator light
To •allow • the
Hold Switch off
water
down offthetheappliance
softener
button appliance
to workfor
by
by pressing
in5apressing
perfect way,
seconds,
theON/OFF
the it ON/OFF
until is essential
you
button.
button.
hear a
the dishwasher
beep.
please in the
follow
FILLING
model. The factory
FILLING
Tocontrol
achieve
instruction
THE
panel the
above
DETERGENT
THE
isbest
lit.check
to
DETERGENT
washing
specific
this forand
DISPENSER
2
yourdrying
to the model,
DISPENSER
machine.
2. � � � � � � powder/gel
results, the rack combined
�
B
putted insid
3. Upper height adjuster
that• the Hold
• water
Hold down downbutton
hardness setting for
button forbased
is 55seconds,
seconds,
on theuntil until
actual you you
waterhear hear
hard- a beep.
a beep. FILLING useof� �streaksTHE����RINSE
detergent, � on�the �� AID
����DISPENSER� � �� �� �� � � ����is� � � � �We �����
� � �rinse aid� �liquid � �and � �refined � �4.� �salt required.
• If you see bluish dishes, set a low number (1-2).
ness•• inSwitch
Switch
• your
Switch onon
on
house. the
the This appliance
theappliance
appliance
information byby
by can pressing
pressing
pressing
be obtained 8 the
quickly
the ON/OFF
from ON/OFF
the
your localbutton.
ON/OFF
button. ����
• If thereRinse
���
dishwashers.
arerecommend
drops
aid of water
makes or DRYING
using
dish limescale
detergents marksthat
easier. on the
The do
rinse dishes,
not aidcontain
Upper�sprayer
dispenser
�
phosphates
A
arm
A
water The
• button.• The
supplier. current
current
The factory selection
selection setting level
levelis for number
number
average and(3)and
the
water the
salt salt indicator
indicator
hardness. light set light
dishwashers.
a high number (3-4).asthe 5. Lower rack
To should
achieve orTo be filled
chlorine,
the bestwhen
achieve washing thebest
these RINSE
and washing
products
drying AIDresults, REFILL
are andharmfulthe indicator
drying toresults,
combined the light the combined
environment.
• The�� � ������
�current
� �
selection level number and the salt indicator light in the control panel is lit. 6. Cutlery basket
• Switch on the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button. Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
•
• SwitchWATER
•both
Press Press button
button
offflash
the appliance
to
to select
select
by pressing
thethedesired
desired hardness
hardness
the ON/OFF button.
level (see
level (see useof
We recommend
useof
detergent,
detergent
detergent,
rinse
usingbeing
aid liquid
detergents
used.
rinse and
that
aid
refined
3 liquid
do not contain
salt and
is refined
required. salt
7. Lower sprayer arm
phosphates
is required.B
WATER
• Press
HARDNESS
HARDNESS TABLE).
TABLE). FILLING THE WeDETERGENT recommend using
DISPENSER detergents that do not contain phosphates
• Hold downbutton button to select
for 5 seconds, the desired
until you hardness
hear a beep. level (see or chlorine, Exceeding as thesethe products
stated are harmfuldoes to the environment.
8. Filter Assembly A
� � �Good � � �washing � or �� chlorine,
�results
� � �also as
� �these� �amount � products
�on�the � �correct �are �not �result
harmful
�amount � � �of in� toa the
more effective
environment.
• Switch WATER on the applianceWater
HARDNESS TABLE).
Water
Hardness
by pressing
Hardness
Table button.
the ON/OFF
Table detergentGood
dishwashers. wash and increases
washing
depend 4
environmental pollution. The amount can
B results also depend on the correct amount
A 9. Salt reservoir 1. When measuring ou
lier of
• The • Switchcurrentoff selection
the appliance
Level
level number and°dH
by pressing the salt9
theindicator
ON/OFFlight button.
°fH
To achieve the be
being used.
bestadjusted
detergent washing to the
and
being soil
drying
used. level.
results, In the
the case
combined of 10.normally
Detergent soiled
and items,
Rinse
information to a
Aid dispensers
� �Setting���� °dH °fH
isLevel
complete!
• Press button to select the desired
German degrees
hardness
German level
French
(see
degrees 1.
Exceeding
useof detergent, Open
userinse the
the dispenser
stated
approximately amount
aid liquid andeither B by doespressing
refined not
35g 5 and
result
salt(powder pulling
in
is required. a more up
detergent)
11.
the
effectivetab
Rating
on
orplate
35ml 2.
B there are indicatio
(liquid
Remove detergent
1 Soft 0 - 6 degrees 0 French - 10 We degrees wash the
recommend andExceeding
lid.
increases
using detergents the
environmental stated
that do amount pollution.
not contain does phosphatesnot result directly in a more effective
WATER HARDNESS TABLE). The 2.
detergent)
Carefully
amount can introduce
be
and
adjusted
additional
the rinse
to the aid
tea
soil as
spoon
far
level. asIn
of maximum
the
the
detergent
case12. ofControl panel inside and close the cover
1Water 2 Hardness SoftTable
Medium 7 - 110-6 11 - 200 -or10 chlorine, asthe wash
these tub. and
products
If tabletsincreases
areare harmful used, environmental
toone
6
the environment.
tablet pollution. 1. When measuring ou
-will
A be enough. 3. Close the lid of the
Water Hardness Table Good normally
washing (110results ml)
soiled reference
items,
also depend use notch of
approximately
on thecorrect
the fillingeither space
amount 35g avoid
(powder
of spilling it. lierofinformation to a
3 Average 12 - 17 21 - 30 If The
the amount
crockery
Bcan
is only be adjusted
lightly soiled to the
or if soil
it has level.
been In the
rinsed case the closing device i
2 LevelMedium °dH°dH 7 - 11°fH °fH 11 detergent
°Clark - 20 detergent) If thisused.
being
1. Open
orhappens,
35ml (liquid
the dispenser
clean the spill immediately
detergent)
B items,
by pressing
and additional
and
with tea a spoon
pulling up theeither
dry cloth. of
tab on 35g (powder B there are indicatio
Level 3. Press
detergent with normally water
the
directly lidinsidesoiled
before
down until
the being
youIfhear
tub. use
placed
tablets approximately
a click in the
are to close
used, dishwasher,
one it. tablet reduce 2. theRemove detergent
3 4 Hard
Average German
German degrees 18 - 34French
12 - 17 French degrees 31 - 60 English
21 Exceeding
- 30 willNEVER be
thestated
the lid. amountordoes
detergent)
amount
enough. pour of rinse35ml
thedetergent aidnot result in
(liquid
directly
used 10
a more
detergent)
into
accordingly the tub. effective
and additional
(minimum 25 g/ml) teaThe
e.g.
detergent dispens
spoon of cover
1 5 Soft Very hard degrees 0-6 35 - 50 degrees 0 - 10 61 - 90
degrees wash and 2. Carefully
increases introduce
environmental the rinse
pollution. aid as far as the maximum and
according close to the progr
4 Hard 18 - 34 31 The If the
- 60amount(110 crockery
skip detergent
ml) the is only
powder/gel
reference
directly
lightly
notch
soiledinside
putted
of the
or ifthe
it
inside
filling
has tub.
space
been
the If -
tablets
rinsed
tub.
avoid
withare
spilling
used,
it.
one
3. tablet
Close
recommend the lid of the
using the
water before can bebeing adjusted placed to the in the soildishwasher,
level. In the reduce case ofthe amount
2 • Switch Medium
51 Soft
off the appliance0 by
Very hard - 76pressing
- 11
35the- 050 - 10
ON/OFF 11 - 20 button. 0 -normally
61 -7 90 of detergent
soiled If this will beuse
happens,
items, enough. clean the spilleither
approximately immediately 35g (powderwith a dry cloth. the closing
program so that device
the bei
To open usedthe detergent
accordingly (minimum dispenser 25 g/ml) press e.g. button the C.
3 SettingAverage is complete! 12 - 17 21 - 30 detergent) 3.orPress 35mlIf the the crockery
lid
(liquid down
detergent) until is only
youand lightly
hear
additionala click soiled to close
tea or ifskip
spoon it has
it.of been rinsed achieved. with
2 Medium 7 - 11 - 34 11 - 20 - 60 14 powder/gel
8 - detergent NEVER Introduce putted inside
pour the the detergentthe tub. into the dry dispenser D only. The detergent dispens
4• Switch Hard directly water inside therinse
before tub.being Ifaid directly
tablets placed are into in the
used, theone tub.
dishwasher,
tablet reduce accordingthe amount
off the appliance18 by pressing the31 ON/OFF button. Place the amount of detergent for to the progr
FILLING THE RINSE AID DISPENSER will be enough. of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the using the
recommend
5Setting 3 is VeryAveragehard
complete! 12 -35 16- 50
Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser A 11 21 - 29 61 - 90 15 -If20 pre-washing
the crockery ispowder/gel only lightly soiled directly
putted
To
inside
or ifinside open
it has been
press button
the
the
the tub.
detergent
tub.
rinsed with dispenser
program so that the be
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce A. the amount achieved.
• Switch should
4 off the beHard filled
appliancewhenby 17RINSE
thepressing
- 34 the AIDON/OFFREFILL
30 - 60 indicator light
button. 21 - 42 Introduce
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) the e.g.detergent
1. When
skip into
the measuring out
FILLING
Setting inisthe THEpanel
control
complete! RINSE is lit. AID DISPENSER
the dry dispenser B only.
5 Very hard 35 - 50 61 - 90 43 - 62powder/gel B putted inside the tub. To
the detergent refer to dispenser
open the detergent
Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenserAA
FILLING Control panel Place the amount press
theof button A.
detergent
mentioned earlier
should THE be filled RINSE when AID the DISPENSER
RINSE AID REFILL indicator light To open forthe pre-washing
detergent information directly inside
dispenser to add the
Introduce the detergent into
Rinse
inFilling
theaid control
makes
the rinse dish
panel DRYING
aid lit. easier. The rinse aid dispenser A
is dispenser press the button tub.A.
proper quantity. Inside
should be filled when the RINSE AID REFILL indicator light B
D the dry dispenser B only.
Rinse aidpanelmakes Introduce the detergent the into dispenser D there are
in the control is lit.dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser A
the dry dispenser B Place only. the amount of detergent
should be filled when the RINSE AID REFILL indicator light B in h A
C indications to help the
Place the amount of for pre-washing
detergent
detergent directly inside
the control panel is lit. A A 1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the 3sec mentioneddosing. ear-
B lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside
for pre-washing directly the
2. Removetub.
inside
the dispenser detergent
the tub.
1. Open the dispenser B by pressing and pulling up the tab on B there are indications to help the detergent dosing. residues from the edges of
the lid. 1 2 3 4 2.5 Remove 6 7 detergent8 9 residues 10 from the 11 edges ofthe thedispenser
dispenser and close the
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum and close the cover until it clicks. cover until it clicks.
(110 ml) reference notch of1.theOn-Off/Reset filling space -button with indicator
avoid spilling it.1. When 3. Close
light the lid of
3. Close the the detergent dispenser dispenser by pulling it by up pulling
until
A A measuring
the
1. When
closing device out thelid of the7.detergent
measuring
isdetergent
secured refer
out
inDisplay
place.tothe thedetergent
mentioned refer ear- to the it up until
mentioned ear-
If this happens, clean the spill
2. immediately
Program with
selection a dry cloth.
button theto closing thedevice is secured inproper
place.
B B
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.
lier information lier add information proper 8. to
quantity. add
Half the
Inside
Load the dispenser
indicator quantity.
light Inside the dispenser
1. 1.Open Open
NEVER the dispenser
thepour theBrinse
dispenser by pressing
B
aidby
3.pressing
and
directly
Salt refill indicator
pulling
into and
theuptub. the
pullingtab ligh
on
up the 2. tabB onThe detergent
there are The B dispenser
indications
detergentthere to arehelp automatically
dispenser the detergent
indications
9. Half
opens
automatically
Loadtodosing.
help up at
button the thedetergent
opens rightuptime at the dosing.
right
the lid. according
Remove detergent to theresiduesprogram.from If all-in-one
the edges detergents
of the dispenser are used, we
the lid. 4. Rinse Aid refill indicator ligh time 2. Remove
according detergent
to the 10. program. residues
Delay buttonIf from
all-in-one the edges
detergents of the
are dispenser
used,
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as A
A and recommend
close the coverusing the
until itTABLET
clicks. button, because it adjusts the
2. Carefully introduce the 5. far
rinse
as the maximum
Program
aid as number
far as theand delay time indicator we recommend
maximum and close the
using cover the
11. START/Pause until
TABLET it clicks.
button, button because indicator light the
it adjusts
(110 ml) reference notch B of the filling space - avoid spilling it. 3. Close program
the lidso of that the best washing
the detergent dispenser and bydrying
pullingresults it up arewith
until always / Tab
(110
If 1. Open
this ml) reference
happens, clean the notch
spill 6.
of Tablet
the
immediately indicator
filling
with space
a dry light
-
cloth.avoid spilling it.
the achieved.
closing program3. Close
device is so thatlid
the
secured the
in of best
place.the washingdetergent and drying results
dispenser by pulling are alwaysit up until
the dispenser B by pressing and pulling up the tab on achieved. the closing device is secured in place.
3. Press Ifthethis
the happens,
lid down until
lid.
clean
you hear the aspill clickimmediately
to close it. with a dry cloth. The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
NEVER Press pourthe
3.2. Carefully the lid rinse down aid directly
until you intohearthe a tub.
click to close it.
introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximumaccording (110 to theThe program. detergent If all-in-one dispenser detergents are used, weopens up at the right time
automatically
NEVER pour thenotch
ml) reference rinseofaid thedirectly First use
filling space into- the avoid tub.spilling it.recommend
If this using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIMErecommend
achieved. USE using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it. program so that the best washing and1. drying Removeresults the lower are rack and
always
NEVER pour the rinse aid directly Afterinto installation,
the tub. remove the stoppers from the racks and the unscrew the reservoir cap
retaining elastic elements from the upper rack. achieved.
(anticlockwise).
FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR 2. Only the first time you do this: fill
the salt reservoir with water.
The use of salt prevents the formation of LIMESCALE on the
3. Position the funnel (see figure)
ENGLISH 9
Loading the racks
Tips
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from
the crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse
beforehand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place firmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings
facing downwards and the concave/convex parts placed
obliquely, thus allowing the water to reach every surface and
flow freel.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms
can cotate freely.
Upper rack
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses, cups, saucers, low salad
bowls.
(loading example for the upper rack)
Foldable flaps with adjustable
position
The side foldable flaps can be fold or
unfold to optimize the arrangement of
crockery inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable flaps by inserting the stem of
each glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
• to unfold the flaps there is needed to
slide it up and rotate or release it from
the snaps and pull it down.
• to fold the flaps there is needed to
rotate it and slide flaps down or pull it
up and attach flaps to the snaps.
Adjusting the height of the upper rack
The height of the upper rack can be
adjusted:
high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to
make the most of the tip-up supports by
creating more space upwards and avoid
collision with the items
loaded into lower rack.
The upper rack is equipped with a
Upper Rack height adjuster (see figure), without pressing the
levers, lift it up by simply holding the rack sides, as soon as the
rack is stable in its upper position.
To restore to the lower position, press the levers A at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded. NEVER raise or lower the basket
on one side only.
Lower rack
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc. Large plates and
lids should ideally be placed at the sides to avoid interferences
with the spray arm.
(loading example for the lower rack)
Cutlery basket
The basket is equipped with top grilles for improved cutlery
arrangement. The cutlery basket should be positioned only at
the front of the lower rack. Knives and other utensils with
sharp edges must be placed in the cutlery basket with
the points facing downwards or they must be positioned
horizontally in the tip-up compartments on the upper rack.
Unsuitable crockery
• Wooden crockery and cutlery.
• Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique
crockery. Their decorations are not resistant.
• Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high
temperatures.
• Copper and tin crockery.
• Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces
can change and fade during the washing process. Some types of
glass (e.g. crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of
wash cycles too.
Damage to glass and crockery
• Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the
manufacturer as dishwasher safe.
• Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
• Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as
the wash cycle is over.
Hygiene
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least
once a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without
the loading to clean your appliance.
Tips on energy saving
• When the household dishwasher is used according to
the manufacturer’s instructions, washing tableware in a
dishwasher usually consumes less energy and water than
hand dishwashing.
• In order to maximize dishwasher efficiency it is
recommended to initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher
is fully loaded. Loading the household dishwasher up to
the capacity indicated by the manufacturer will contribute to
 Product description
2. SWITCH ON THE DISHWASHER if it has been rinsed with water before being placed in the
Open the door and press the ON/OFF button. dishwasher, reduce the amount of detergent used accordingly.
3. LOAD THE RACKS (see LOADING THE RACKS) 1
ENGLISH 10
4. FILLING THE DETERGENT
(see PROGRAMS TABLE).
7 DISPENSER
MODIFYING A 1.
2 2. was
If a wrong program ���
RUNNING
Upper rack PROGRAM
selected,
� � � � it is possible to change it, pro-
The machine will switch off automatically during certain 3. Upper
vided that it has only rack height
just begun: adjuster
open the door, press and hold
pply 5. extended
CHOOSEperiodsTHE PROGRAM 8 AND CUSTOMISE THE CYCLE
of inactivity, in order to minimise electri- 4. Upper sprayer arm
the ON/OFF button, the machine will switch off.
Select
energy
city the
andmost
waterappropriate
consumption. savings. program
Information
If the crockery is in
on accordance
correct
only withofthe
loading
lightly soiled or • Manual pre-rinsing
Switch of5.tableware
the machine
Lower rack
back on items
usingleads to increased
the ON/OFF button and select
tableware can beandfound in Loading chapter. In case of partial water and energy 6. Cutlery basket
consumption and is notoptions;
recommended.
type of crockery its soiling level (see PROGRAMS
if it has been rinsed with water before being placed in the the new 3 wash cycle and any desired Start the wash cycle
loading it is recommended to use 7. Lower sprayer arm
DESCRIPTION)
dishwasher, reduce by the
pressing
amount theofdedicated
button. wash
detergent used
options
accordingly. by pressing START/Pause button and closing the door within 4 sec.
8. Filter Assembly
(Half load),
Select fiilling up
the desired only selected
options racks. Incorrect
(see OPTIONS loading or
AND FUNCTIONS).
overloading the dishwasher may increase resources usage 4 9. Salt reservoir
6. MODIFYING
START 9 ADDING EXTRA 10. CROCKERY
(such as water,AenergyRUNNING PROGRAM Detergent and Rinse Aid dispensers
and time, as well as increase noise 5
Start the wash cycle by pressing START/Pause button (led 11. Rating plate
If level),
a wrong program
reducing was selected,
cleaning and drying it performance.
is possible to change it, pro- Without switching off the machine, open the door (START/Pause
12. Control panel
is lit) that
vided and itclosing thejust
has only door withinopen
begun: 4 sec.theWhen
door,the program
press and hold led starts6 blinking) (be ware of HOT steam!) and place the
YCLE starts you hear a single beep. If the
willdoor was not closed within crockery inside the dishwasher. Press the START/Pause button
h the Daily Use
the
Switch
ON/OFF
4sec., the
button,
the machine
alarm sound
the machine
backwillon be played.
using
switch off.
In this case,
the ON/OFF buttonopen
and the
select and close the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the
door,
the new press
washSTART/Pause
cycle and any buttondesiredand closeStart
options; the door againcycle
the wash
10
point at which it was interrupted.
1. within
Check4watersec. connection The machine will switch off automatically during certain
by pressing START/Pause button and closing the door within 4 sec.
IONS). Check that the dishwasher is connected to the water supply extended periods of inactivity, in order to minimise
7. END OF the
and that WASH tap isCYCLE
open. ACCIDENTAL
electricity consumption.INTERRUPTIONS
If the crockery is only lightly soiled
2. ADDING
The endon
Switch ofEXTRA
the CROCKERY
the dishwasher
wash cycle is indicated by beeps and by the or if itIfhas
thebeen
door rinsed
is opened
withduring
water the wash
before cycle,
being or if there
placed in theis a power
(led flashing
Without
Open the ofdoor
the wash
switching andoffpress
the 11
cycle number
machine,
the ON/OFF onbutton.
open the display.
the Open the
door (START/Pause cut, thereduce
dishwasher, cycle stops. Press of
the amount START/Pause
thedetergent used button and close
am door
3. led and
starts
Load switch
theblinking) off(be
racks (see the appliance
ware
LOADING ofTHE
HOT by pressingand
steam!)
RACKS) theplace
ON/OFFthe the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the point at
accordingly.
d within button.
4. crockery
Filling the detergent
inside dispenserPress the START/Pause button
the dishwasher. which it was interrupted.
n the Wait
and for athe
(seeclose
FILLING fewTHE
minutes
door Control
DETERGENT
withinbefore panel
removing
the cyclethe
DISPENSER).
4 sec., willcrockery
resume-fromto avoid
the Modifying a running program
gain 5. point
Choose
burns. the program
at Unload
which itthe
wasracks,andbeginning
customisewith
interrupted. the the
cyclelower one. If a wrong program was selected, it is possible to change it,
Select the most appropriate program in accordance with provided that it has only just begun: open the door, press and
the type of crockery and its soiling level (see PROGRAMS hold the ON/OFF button, the machine will switch off.
ACCIDENTAL INTERRUPTIONS h
Functions
DESCRIPTION) by pressing the button . Switch the machine back on using the ON/OFF button and select
the If Select
the doorthe is opened
desired during
options (seetheFUNCTIONS).
wash cycle, or if there is a powerthe new wash cycle3sec and any desired options; Start the wash
the cut, the cycle stops. Press the START/Pause button and close cycle by pressing START/Pause button and closing the door
6. Start
FF the 1.
Start ECO
door - Normally
thewithin
wash 4cycle
sec.,bysoiled
the cycle
pressing crockery. 2Standard
will resume
1 START/Pause 3 4from
button5program,
the(led 7 8 the
6point at 9most efficient
within104 sec.11in terms of its combined energy and water
goingconsumption.
which itfrom
was flicker to lit) and closing the door within 4 sec.
interrupted.
o avoid When the program 1. starts you hear
On-Off/Reset buttona single beep.light
with indicator If the door Adding 7. extra crockery
Display
2. NORMAL - Mixed soil.selection
For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues.
was not closed within 4sec., the
2. Program alarm sound will be played.
button Without8. switching off thelight
Half Load indicator machine, open the door (START/
In3. INTENSIVE
this case, open 3. - Program
the Salt recommended
refillpress
door, indicator ligh
START/Pause forbutton
heavilyand soiled crockery, especially
Pause9.led starts
Half suitable(be
Loadblinking)
button for ware
pansof andHOT saucepans
steam!) and (not to be
place used
the
closeforthedelicate items).
door again4. within
Rinse Aid 4 refill
sec.indicator ligh crockery
10. inside the dishwasher. Press the START/Pause button
Delay button
7. End 4. of wash cycle5.- Use
PRE-WASH
Program number and delay time indicator
toindicator
refresh crockery planned to be washed andlater.
close thedetergent
11. No door within
START/Pause to4with
button sec.,
be the with
indicator
used cycle /will
lightthis resume from the
Tab program.
The end of the wash 6. cycle
Tablet is indicatedlight by beeps and by the point at which it was interrupted.
5. FAST
flashing - Normally
of the wash cycle soiled
number crockery.
on theEveryday
display. Open cycle, thethat ensures optimal cleaning performance in shorter time.
m, the most efficient 6. SANITIZING
door in terms
and switch its-the
of off Normally
combined
appliance or by
energy heavily
andsoiled
pressing the crockery,
water ON/OFF with additional Accidentalantibacterial
interruptions wash. Can be used to perform
button. First use
maintenance of the dishwasher. If the door is opened during the wash cycle, or if there is a
Wait for a few minutes beforeREGARDING
removing the crockery - to USE power cut, the cycle stops. Press the START/Pause button and
7. SELF- CLEAN ADVICE
with dried food residues. - Program to be used THE toFIRST
perform TIME maintenance of the dishwasher. It1.cleans Remove the interior
the lower of the appliance
avoid burns. Unload the racks, beginning with the lower one. close
the the door within 4 sec.,unscrew the cycle will rack and
resume from the point
using hot water. After
oiled crockery, especially suitable forretaining
installation,
pans and
remove
saucepans
the stoppers
(not
from
to berack.
the
used
racks and
at which it was interrupted.(anticlockwise).
the reservoir cap
elastic elements from the upper

be washed later. No detergent to beThe

used with
use of
FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR
this program.
salt prevents the formation of LIMESCALE on the
ENGLISH
the salt reservoir with water.
2. Only the first time you do this: fill

3. Position the funnel (see figure)

OPTIONS can be selected directly
dishes andon thebymachine’s
pressing the corresponding
functional components. button (see CONTROL PANEL).
that ensures optimal cleaning performance in shorter time. and fill the salt reservoir right up
• It is important that the salt reservoir be never empty. to its edge (approximately 1 kg);
If an antibacterial
y, with additional option is notwash.
compatible
Can bewith
used the toselected
perform program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED �� to � �rapidly 3 times
Functions
• It is important to set the water hardness. it is not unusual for a little water
The salt reservoir is located in the lower part of the leak out.
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
dishwasher (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION) and should be 4. Remove the funnel and wipe any
aintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the
filled when interior
the SALTof the
REFILL appliance
indicator light in the salt residue away from the
HALF LOAD
HALF LOAD control panel is lit . DELAY DELAYTABLET (Tab)
opening.
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half The
The start
start time
time of of
thethe program
program may
may bebedelayed
delayedfor
foraaperiod
If load
therecycle
aremaynot be
many
useddishes
in order totobe washed,
save water, a half load Thisofsetting
period allows you
time between to12optimize
hours. the performance of
of time between 1 and 121hours.
and
cycle may be
electricity andused in order
detergent. to save
Select water, electricity
the program and and the program
1. Press the DELAY according
button: the to the type of detergent
corresponding «h» used. Na
detergent.
press the Select the program
HALF LOAD button: theandindicator
press the HALF
light will LOAD 1. Press the the
Press
symbol DELAY button:
START/PAUSE
appears the corresponding
on the display; button
eachfor
time «h» symbol
3 seconds
you (the Doo
nding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
button: thePress
light up. indicator light
the HALF will button
LOAD light up. Press the
to deselect thisHALF appears on button,
corresponding
press the the display;
symbol each
the time will time
(1h, 2h,you
light etc.press
up) ifupyou the
usebutton,
to max. combined whi
LOAD
m see PROGRAMS TABLE, button
option. to deselect thisLED
the corresponding option.
� � � �rapidly 3 times the12h)
time (1h,the
detergents
from 2h, etc.ofup
instart
tablet toselected
form
the max.
(rinse12h)
aid,
wash from
salt the
and
cycle start of inens
detergent
will
Remember
Rememberto tohalve
halvethe
the amount
amount of detergent.
detergent. thebe1selected
increased.
dose). wash cycle will be increased. the
2. Select
2. Select
If youthe
the wash
use wash program,
program,
powder press
press
or liquid thethe START/PAUSE
START/PAUSE
detergent, this option As
button
button and
should and within
be off. 4 4seconds
within seconds close thedoor:
close the door:the the timer add
TABLET (Tab)
TABLET (Tab)
willtimer
begin will begin counting
counting down. down. tion
This setting allows you to optimize the performance
half load This setting allows you to optimize the performance of 3. Oncethis thistime
time has
has elapsed, thetheindicator lightlight
«h» «h» Nat
of the program according to the type of detergent 3. Once elapsed, indicator
icity and the program according to the type of detergent used. switches
used. switches offoff andthe
and thewash
washcycle
cycle begins.
begins. To adjust 1. G
F LOAD Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the the delay time and
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the To adjust the delay timeselect a shorter
and select periodperiod
a shorter of time,
of time, b
he HALF corresponding
correspondingsymbol
symbolwill
will light
light up)
up) if
if you use combined
you use presspressthe the
DELAYDELAY button. To cancel it, press the
button. To cancel it, press the button 2. Y
detergents
combined in tablet form
detergents (rinseform
in tablet aid, salt and
(rinse aid,detergent
salt in button repeatedly until the selected delayed start s
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
1 and
dose).
detergent in 1 dose). indicator light «h» switches off. E
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash
If Ifyou
youuse
usepowder
powder or liquiddetergent,
or liquid detergent,this thisoption
option To c
The DELAY
cycle function
has been cannot be set once a wash cycle
started.
should
shouldbe beoff.
off. pre
has been started.

1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding

To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time, button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
Natural

press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button

Drying
phase

functionality by pressing button: Availab

Dry

repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light status of NaturalDry
Program
«h» switches off. E – enabled d – disabled options
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle To confirm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
has been started. press and hold button (3 sec).
1 Eco 50°
 into the container during the wash program (this could damage If you are not completely satisfied with the drying results, you can
water softener beyond repair). ENGLISH Make sure adjust thethe capquantity is screwed of rinse on tightly,aid used. so that no detergent can ADJUSTING THE DOSAGE OF RINSE AID 8
soon as this procedure is complete, run a program without
DELAY get into •theSwitch container the during dishwasher the wash on using program the (this ON/OFF couldbutton. damage If you are not completely satisfied with the drying resul
ding. The “Pre-Wash” ENGLISH
The start ENGLISH timeofofsalt ENGLISH
program alone is NOT� � � � � �the water
the program may be delayed
• softener
Switch itbeyond
forprocedureabutton
off using
periodthree
the ON/OFF button.
repair). adjust the quantity 9 9 of rinse aid 9 used.
sidual saline solution
eparably damaging of time Make ENGLISH 11
or grains
sure
between
the stainless
getENGLISH
the
steel cap
1 and
can
is
components.
lead to corrosion,
screwed on tightly,As soon so
• asPress
that
12 hours. loading. The “Pre-Wash” program alone is NOT� � � � � �
• nothisdetergent
Switch it on using can is complete,
the
times - run
ADJUSTING
ON/OFF
IfNaturalDry
a beep a program
button. THE
will be heard.
DOSAGE without OF •RINSE
• the
Switch
Switch
AID the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button
it off using you the ON/OFF button.
e guarantee is not applicable
1. Press
into the
the
if faults
DELAY
ENGLISH
container are caused during the
button: the
by wash such Residual
corresponding
program (this
• salineThe could
«h»
current
solution
symbol
damage
selectionor grains level
adjust
younumber
of salt
are not
the can and
quantity
completely
lead rinse to aid
of corrosion,
rinse
satisfiedlight
indicator
aid used.
with
•flash. Press button 9three times
drying results, can
9 - a beep will be heard.
cumstances. the water softener beyond repair).
irreparably • Press damaging button the stainless to select steelDoor opening
the level components.
system
of rinse aid quantity to be NaturalDry • ON/OFF is a convection
Switch it button. drying
on using the ON/OFF button. system
� � � � � � � � �appears �As soon� �on as this
the � procedure
display;
� � � �each is
� complete,
� �time �you run �apress �program the without
button, • which Switchautomatically the dishwasheropens on using the the door during/after
�� �� � � �The �s. supplied. selectiondrying phase andtorinse aid indicato
�ENGLISH �ENGLISH 9today. 9 opens
guarantee is not applicable if faults are caused by such • The current level number
� �the
� � � � � � �NATURALDRY �loading.
DELAY � The
� DELAY
time (1h,
� � “Pre-Wash”
2h,� DELAY
�etc. � � up �program
�to � max. � �alone 12h) is �
�circumstances.
�� NOT� from
•� � Switch �the �� � �using
itstart
off of the• ensure Switch itbutton.
ON/OFF off using the ON/OFF button.
exceptional drying performance
• Press button every select Door the level of at
rinse aid quanti
ating elementDoor may the
Residual
be The start
damaged
opening
selected
saline
The time system
start asof
wash
solution
timethe
aThe ENGLISH
program
result.
NaturalDry
cycle
of start
or grains
the program will
time may isthe
ofbe
of salt
bemay delayed
aincreased.
convection
�program
be
can Setting
�for
�delayed
�components.
lead
�may �
to is
a drying
period
for
�be�a
corrosion,
complete!
delayed
� �system
period �� for�a�period �
• Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
the �temperature
�Switch � �it�on �� � �that � �ON/OFF �is�safe � �s.button.to�your
� supplied. kitchen 9 DOOR furniture. OPENING
henever you need irreparably
of time
to automatically
add of between
salt, damaging
it between 1
is mandatoryand the12 stainless
hours. to complete steel • using the
which
2. Select the
DELAY
time
wash of time
opens 1 and
program, the12
between door hours.
press 1 during/after
and �� 12�hours.
are �
the � �drying
IfSTART/PAUSE
the rinse
�by � such �aid �phase � NaturalDry
level � �is �set•�
NaturalDryAs to ZERO
� additional
� �NaturalDry
�� (ECO), �� �no
steam �level rinse
� protection,
�number�aid � will �� •�special
be �Switch aid itindicator
off using
designed the ON/OFF button.
protection
min foil is
e procedure before to ensure
The
the guarantee
beginning
1. Press the DELAY
exceptional
1. Press theofDELAY
is not
the
1. drying
DELAYPress
applicable
ENGLISH
button:washing theDELAY
performance
button:
the
ifcycle.
the
faults
corresponding heating
corresponding
button: every
caused
the «h»
supplied.
element symbol
day.
corresponding
«h» The
mayLOW
Door
symbol be
Door«h» RINSE
damaged
opening
symbol
The
AID
current
asDoor
system indicator
a system
result.
selection
NaturalDry light Eco will is
50°not
a be
convection
and
lit ifSetting
you
rinse
drying is 9
complete!
system
light
after flash.
150
button and on
circumstances.
The within
start time The 4 seconds
of start
the program
time of close
themay program
be therun
delayed door:
may for
be the
adelayed
period timer for a Door •
period addedopening
Press together
button opening NaturalDry
to with system
select the the is
NaturalDry
a
levelconvection
dishwasher. of is
rinse a drying
convection
To
aid see system
quantity how drying
to to
be system
mount protec-
appears the display; each time you
Whenever press the you button,
outthe ofneed rinsetowhich aid. A button,
maximum of 5opens
levels can be set according to during/after
ETTING THE opens � at the � appears
temperature �on appears
the 1display;
that � on �is�the each
safe�1display; time
to youryou
�each �press� time
kitchen � you button,
� press
� furniture. � � �add the �s.whichsalt,
�automatically it is mandatory
automatically
supplied. which the
automatically
opens todoor complete
the during/after
todoor opens theIfdoor
during/after drying
the
55°rinse phase
drying aid to
level
phase drying
tois set to ZERO
ofphase to (ECO), no rinse aid
WATER will �
ENGLISH
�
begin of
HARDNESS
the DELAY
time
�
time
the
�� between
counting
(1h,
time 2h,
�
of �
DELAY
(1h,
time
the
�
down.
etc.2h,
�
and
DELAY
between
up
timeetc.
12
to(1h,
up
hours.
max. to
2h,
�and
12h)
max.
��
the
etc.
12
from
hours.
procedure
12h)
up to the
the
from
max.
�
dishwasher
start
the 12h) of
beforestart from ofmodel.
the
ensure
the beginning
�tion
NaturalDry
The
exceptional
start
ensure of factory
Conventional
foil of
exceptional
please
NaturalDry
ensure setting
the
drying washing refer
is
performance
exceptional
drying
wash
specific cycle.
performance
and
(INSTALLATION
to
drying the
every
dry
model,
day.
performance
every
supplied. Door
day. opens
Door
every
The
GUIDE). at
opens
LOW 9
day.
end
Door
at
RINSE
cycle
opens
AID at
indicator light will not b
allow the waterAs 3.additional
softener
Once
� �to�work
thethis
� Press
1. � steam
selected
the in� a�the
time
selected
�protection,
perfect
wash
�Press
1.
DELAY
has
�way,
ENGLISH
the
��
cycle
wash The itwill
button:
the
elapsed,
start
selected
cycle
special
�isDELAY
�
be
time
�the
essentialincreased.
of the
designed
� corresponding
� � � �the
button:
the indicator
program please
may
�protection
� corresponding
bebe
�«h» � symbol
light
follow
delayed
����
for «h»
instruction
the
afor
foil
«h»
period
�Door � •� �
symbol
temperature above
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
NaturalDry
opening to Door
that system
checkisthat functionality
opening
safe this NaturalDry
to for system
your your kitchen could
is
NaturalDry
a
machine. be
convection
furniture. disabled
is a drying 9 furniture.
convection by
system the
drying user systemasoffollows:
is added heating The
together start
element time
with The
may of
the start
the
be program
time
damaged
dishwasher. ofwill
wash themaybe cycle
increased.
program
as be
To a will
delayed
result.
see may
how
increased.
for
be to adelayed
period
mount athe period temperature
Setting is the temperature
complete! is safe
Intensive to
that your is
65° safe
kitchen torun your
furniture.
out kitchen
of rinse aid.end A maximum
of cycle 5 levels can be set a
t the water hardness setting 2. Select isappears
based
theand on
wash on theappears
the actual
display;
of
program, timeon water
betweenthe
each
press hard-
display;
1time
and 12
SETTING
the youeach
hours.•press Iftime
THEyou the youseebutton,
WATERpressbluish Asthe button,
which
HARDNESS
streaks automatically
1.NaturalDry
Go
on to
the which the
dishes, automatically
opens
Dishwasher
set steam the
lowdoor
aspecial opens
number during/after
software the(1-2).door during/after
menudrying phase
pressing drying
tois and phase foiltois setting is specific to
holding
switches 2.
of off
Select
time the
between ofthe
2. wash
Select
time 1wash
and program,
the
between 12 cycle
wash
hours. 1itand begins.
press 12START/PAUSE
program, the
hours. START/PAUSE
press the START/PAUSE additional
As additional steam Assteam protection,
additional protection, designed
special
protection, designed protection
thespecial protection
dishwasher designedfoil is foil
model.protectionThe factory
ss in your house. ThisWhenever
protection information
button foilthe and
button
you
please
time
can need
be
within
and (1h,refer
the
obtained
within
button
to
42h, DELAY
1. add
to
timeetc.
Press
seconds 4and
salt,
(ASSEMBLY
(1h,
up
from
the
seconds to
2h,
your
DELAY
close
within max. is
etc.
To the
close
4
mandatory
local INSTRUCTION).
12h)
up
button:
allowdoor:
seconds theto
the from
•themax.
corresponding
the
Ifclose
door: the
there
water
to
12h)
timerthe
complete
start
theare from
softener
timer «h» ofadded
drops
door: the
symbol
tothe NaturalDry
start
ensure
of Ifwater
together
work
added timer
the
of
inbutton
Door arinse
exceptional
togetherorwithNaturalDry
ensure
opening
added aid
the
limescale
perfect system
with level
exceptional
drying
dishwasher.
way,
together
the isdishwasher.
marks isset
itNaturalDryessential
with todrying
performance
on To
isZERO
the asee
the (ECO),
performance
every
how
dishes,
convection
dishwasher.
To see to day.no
mount
drying
how rinse
Door
every
tosystem
To protec-
mount
see aid
opens
howday. will
protec-
to Door
at be
mount opens
protec- at
To adjust
thesetting the
procedure delay time
before ENGLISH and
the select
beginning a shorter
of the period
washing of
cycle. time, (6 sec).Fast wash 50° please follow
9 tonotinstruction N/A above to check this for your ma
will 1. Press the 1.
DELAYPress button:
the DELAY the corresponding
button: the corresponding
«h» symbol thea«h» symbol
Door supplied.
opening The
Door system LOW
opening RINSE
NaturalDry system AIDisis indicator
NaturalDry
a convection light
is a will
drying
convection bedrying
system lit if you system
the selected thewash The start
selected
cycle timewill
wash of bethe program
cycle
increased. will may be be delayed for period
ter supplier. TheNaturalDry
factory is for average (3) water hardness. setincreased.
appears on the display; each time you press button, the temperature the temperature
that is safe to
that your safe
kitchen to your
furniture.
kitchen furniture.
functionality
begin
will counting
begin counting
will could
down.
begin down.be
counting disabled thatdown. theby the
water user
a high
hardness asnumber tion
setting foil
tion isplease
(3-4). which
based
foil please automatically
refer
ontion to
therefer
foil actual opens
(INSTALLATION
please
to water the
refer
(INSTALLATION door
hard-
to during/after
GUIDE).
(INSTALLATIONGUIDE).
•
drying
If you
phase
seeGUIDE). bluish streaks on the
press3. the Once 2. DELAY
appears
Select
this time theonbutton.
2. appears
wash
Select
has
of
the display; time
the
To
program,
elapsed,the between
time
on wash cancel
(1h,
the
each the
1
2h, and
display;
time
press etc.
program, 12
it,
indicator
up
you
thehours.
each press
to max.
press timethe
START/PAUSE
press
light the
12h) you
«h»the from
button
button,
press the
START/PAUSE start
thewhich
NaturalDry of
Asbutton,
run2.NaturalDry
You
ensure
automatically
out of
additional
functionality switched
exceptional
which
As rinse
steam
additionalaid. drying
automatically
opens A to
protection,
could steam
be NaturalDry
performance
the
maximum disableddoor
opens
special every
during/after
of
protection, by 5the Control
day.
levels
designed
the door
special
user Door Menu,
opens
during/after
candrying be
protection
as designed phase
set
follows: you
at accordingtois could
drying
foil
protection phase
to foil tois dishes, set a low num
change
follows:
Switch on the appliance SETTING 3.pressing
byDELAY Once THE this 3.
WATER
the time
Once
ON/OFF has
DELAY
1. thethis
Press elapsed,
HARDNESS
selectedtime
button.
the DELAY has
wash ness the in
elapsed,
cycle
button: your
indicator
will
the be house.
the
increased.
corresponding light This
indicator«h»«h» information
symbollightNaturalDry«h» thecan be
temperature obtained
functionality
NaturalDry thatSanitizing from
functionality
could
isNaturalDry
safe toyourbe
your 65°local
disabled
could
kitchen •beby
furniture. disabled
the
Ifdrying
there user are by
as the
follows:
drops user of as
N/A
water follows:
or atlimescale marks on the
1. repeatedly
GoTotoallow switches the
button
until
switches
thepressing
time
off the
Dishwasher
and
and (1h,
offthe
the 2h,
within
button
selected
switches
and
time
wash etc.
2. the
software
4and (1h,
up
seconds
cycle
wash
off
to
2h,
within
delayed
and
max.etc.
begins.
cycle
menu the close
4
water
12h)
up
seconds
start
begins.
wash
pressing
theto from
supplier.
max.
door:
cycle close
indicator the 12h)
The the
begins.
and
start
the from
timer
factory
holding
door:of1.
light the
Go the
setting
start
ensure
added
to
1. Goistimer
the
the ofstatus
Door exceptional
together
dishwasher
Dishwasher
tofor the ensure
opening
added
1. of
Dishwasher
average Gosteam NaturalDry
system
with exceptional
drying
together
the
model.
software
to(3) the performance
dishwasher.
The
Dishwasher
water software with
menu
thehardness.
functionality
drying
is
the
factorya pressing
menu performance
convectionevery
dishwasher.
To see
setting
softwarepressing how
and day.
is
menu by
To
to pressing
Door
every
system
mount
see
specific
holding
and pressing opens
how
holding day.
toprotec-
to
the Door
at
mount button:
model,
and(3-4). opens
holding protec-
Switch off the appliance by
To adjust The the
will water
selected
begin
start
the
the
time
delay
ENGLISH
ON/OFF
softener
the
countingwash
will
of
time
The
the
Select
appears
begin to
start
selected
cycle
down.
program
button work
the
on
button.
time
counting
and will
wash
wash
the
in
of
amay
withina
the
be
program,
display;
perfect
program
cycle
increased.
down.
be
4a
each
will
delayed
seconds way,
may
press
FILLING
time
beclose
beit
offor
thepress
you
is
delayed
increased.
aof
the
START/PAUSE
essential
THE
period
door:
forthe a button,
the
period
DETERGENT
button
timer the
tion (6
As
which
foil
please E (6
temperature
additional
please
sec).
added
automatically
the
tion
–follow
enabled
together temperature
that
refer
DISPENSERfoil
protection,
opens
is
please
instruction
with(6to safe dabove
(INSTALLATION
thesec). dishwasher.to
referthat
special
door
your is
to
– disabled Tosafe
designed
during/after
kitchen
(INSTALLATION
toevery
check
see to
GUIDE).
how your
protection
set
drying
furniture.
day.tothis a
kitchen
mountfor high
phase 9 foil
GUIDE).
is
tonumber
furniture.
yourat machine.
protec-
Hold down button «h»that switches
button
for 5the To (6 adjust
seconds, off.
sec). the
until Todelayadjust
you ofand
time
the
time
hear the select
and
time
adelay
between (1h,
beep.select shorter
time
2h,
1 and etc. and
12 up period
shorter select
to
hours. max. period time,
a12h)shorter from time, period
the start ofbutton
of time, ensure sec). button
exceptional drying Pre-washperformance Door opens N/A foil is
2.
3.
of water
Select
Once
time hardness
the2.
this
between 3. wash
Select
time
Once 1setting
hasprogram,
the
this
will
and istime
elapsed,
begin
12 based
washcounting
hours. press
has on
•program,
the the
Switchthe
elapsed,
down. indicatoractual
START/PAUSE
press
onincreased.
the
the waterthe
light appliance
indicator hard-
START/PAUSE
«h» 2. You by
lightAs
NaturalDry
pressing
2.switched«h» NaturalDry
•additional
tion foilto
Ifswitched
you As
the
please
see steam
additional
functionality
NaturalDry ON/OFF
refer
bluish
NaturalDry protection,
to steam
functionality
could
button.
(INSTALLATION
isstreaks
Control be special
on protection,
disabled
Menu,thecould designed
GUIDE).
dishes,
you be
byspecial
coulddisabled
the
set protection
adesigned
user low
change by
as the
number foil
protection
follows:
user is(1-2).
as follows:
The
2.
Switch on the applianceYou
press
DELAY
ness switched
byin
the
press
pressing
your
button
DELAY
switches
the
function
to
house. and
DELAY
off
button.
press
NaturalDry
the ThisON/OFF
within
button
switches
and 3.
2.
the
the
cannot To
button.
DELAY
1. Press
information
Once
the 4and
Select
selected
DELAY
wash
off
cancel
the
Control
button.
this
seconds
To
beDELAY
within
theand
wash
timecancel
can
cycle
wash the•
it,
button.
set has
close
4
cycle
press
beonce
button:
Menu,
Switch
begins.
wash
program,
it, will
To
obtained
elapsed,
seconds the �
the
be
the
press�
cancel
you a
door:
off
cycle
press
�
the
close
button
wash
corresponding
the
�
the
could
from �
it,
indicator
the
begins.
the the �
button
press
your
timer
appliance
�light
cycle
«h»
change
door:
START/PAUSE
� local�the
the
symbol «h»
status by
NaturalDry
�
added
1. Go
You
�
button To
timer �
pressing
• of
the
Door
to
As
If
� confirm
NaturalDry
together
the
additional
there
NaturalDry
2.
temperature
� �
opening
added
1.
You
� to
�
system
switched
theNaturalDry
that
functionality
Dishwasher
the Go
are with
steamto
ON/OFF
� �
together
drops the
the
change
safe
�
NaturalDry
could� to
to
dishwasher.
Dishwasher
software
protection,
functionality of
�
with
button.
water
be
Control
NaturalDry
your
� isand
� kitchen
a
disabled
the
special
by menu
or
�
pressing
Menu,
exit
�
convection
by �
dishwasher.
To see
software
Control
the �
pressing
designed
limescale
from
furniture. you
�
drying
user
how �
menu
protectionas
To
marks
button:
could
to
Menu,
the
system
and follows:
mount
see
pressing
change
you
Control
how
holding
foil
on is
could
protec-
the to
and
Menu
mount
dishes,
change
holding
please
protec-
The current selection
hasstatus
repeatedlyrepeatedly
1.
levelsupplier.
been
water number
started.
will
until
Press the
begin and
The
the
until
DELAY ENGLISH
the
selected
repeatedly
factory
counting
will
the
The
salt
begin
selected
button:
appears
start
switches
setting
buttondown.
delayed
until on
time
indicator
and
counting
the
off
is
the
the
of delayed
and the
for
within
start
selected
corresponding
display;
the
lightprogram
wash
average
4aand
down. seconds
indicator
start
each delayed
may
cycle
(3)
indicator
dishwashers.
time
close be «h»
you
begins.
water
light
delayed
theof start
symbol
press light
forindicator
hardness.
door:
the button,
a period
the timer Door
tion
status
light
press
button opening
which
1.
foil Go to
added
of
please
(6
NaturalDry
and
tion
together
sec).
status
thesystem
automatically hold
Dishwasher
refer
foil
button with Self-Clean
of
please
to
(6the
functionality
NaturalDry
NaturalDry
opens button
the door
software
refer
(INSTALLATION
dishwasher.
sec).
65°
tois
menu functionality
To
by
(3
asee pressing
sec).
pressing
(INSTALLATION FILLING
convection
during/after
GUIDE).
how drying
and
to
by drying
phase
holding
mount 9
pressing
button:
THE tosystem
GUIDE).
protec- DETERGENT N/A
button: DISPENSER
«h» of To
«h»NaturalDry
switchesadjust
switches
appears
the
off. on
Todelay
«h» off.functionality
adjust
theswitches
of
To time
the
time
display;
the
adjust
will
and
time delay
between
begin
(1h,
off.
each
the select
counting
by
time
2h,
1
delaytime •and
time pressing
etc. shorter
Hold
12 up
and
down.
select
to
hours.
youselect down
To max.
press
period
achieve
button
a12h)shorter
button
the button,
a shorter from time,
period
the the :
period
for
best
E
start
of time,5– of
of
washing
which
time,
seconds,
enabled
E – set
enabled
ensure
button a
and until
automatically
NaturalDry
tion foil highd E –
exceptional
(6
please
you
–
sec).
drying
disabled
d
number hear
enabled
– disabled
drying
results,
referopens
a
(3-4). beep.
performance
to (INSTALLATION the d
the –
door disabled
combined every
during/after
GUIDE). day. Door opens
drying at
phase to� �as
� � � � � � E – enabled The 3. d
DELAYOnce
press – the this
disabled
function 3.
DELAY time
pressOnce has
the
the
cannot
press this
button. elapsed,
DELAY
selected
the time
be To
DELAY set has
cancel
button.
wash •oncethe elapsed,
Switch
cycle
button. indicator
it,
a To
will
To press
wash cancel
on
be
cancel the
the the
increased.
cyclelight
it, indicator
it, button
appliance
press «h»
press the To thelight
confirm
button byNaturalDry
2.button
To You «h»
pressing switched
the
the
2.
confirm You functionality
changeNaturalDry
2.
the
temperature
switched
the
To You to
confirm
change switched
and
ON/OFF NaturalDry
that
to exit
is functionality
NaturalDry
the
and could
safe from
button.to
to
change
exit be
Control
yourthe
Control
fromdisabled
NaturalDry could
Control
kitchen
andMenu,
theMenu, � be
by �
Control
Menu
furniture.
exityou
Control you
could
from � �
disabled
the �
user
could
Menu,
please
change
Menu
the �by
as
Control �
please�
the
change
you �
follows:
user
could
Menu �
change
please � �
follows: � ���������
Press button to select • Switch the
The the onDELAY
desired
switches
time The
(1h,
the hardness
off
function
appliance 2h,
switches
and DELAY
DELAY
2. etc.
3. Press
1. Once
the
cannot
by
level
Select wash
off
function
up
this
the
the totime
pressing
DELAY
(see
and
behas
max.
cycle
wash the
set
cannot
12h)
the
button: once
elapsed,
begins.
wash
program, ON/OFF
the
useofbe
from
cycle
athe
press wash
set
corresponding the
begins.
the once
detergent, cycle
start
indicator
button. «h»
START/PAUSE aof wash
lightsymbol
rinse «h» cycle
ensure
1.and aidDoor
Go
status
NaturalDry
to
As exceptional
liquid theopening
of
additional
status and
1.
functionality
Dishwasher
of Go
NaturalDry
status refined
system
steam
NaturalDryto drying
the
could
salt
NaturalDry
ofopens Dishwasher
software
functionality
NaturalDry
protection,
functionality
be required.
performance
is disabled
is by
special a convection
menu
by
software
functionality
by
the drying
every user
dishwashers.
pressing
pressing
designed
pressing day.
menu
by
protection
button:
assystem
and
follows:opens at
Door
pressing
pressing
button: holding
foil is and
button:holding
To confirm• has
Switch
repeatedly
the
been
has the change
started.
been
off selected
the
until
started.
has ENGLISH
repeatedly
appliance wash
the
and
been
The selected
repeatedly
exit
switches
appears
start
cycle
button
until
started.
by time
and
until
from
off
on
will
pressing
the
of delayed
and
the the
the
be
within
•selected
theselected
the
display; The
wash
program
increased.
4 the
seconds
start
Control
each
ON/OFF
We
delayed
delayed
current
cycle
may timeindicator
close
begins.
be you start
Menu
delayed
recommend
start
selection
press
button.
the door:
light
indicator
for indicator
the press
a level
the
button,
period
using
light
timer the
ofE
light
number
press hold
1.and
Go
which
temperature
detergents
button E
added –
and
tohold button
press
the
together
enabled
the
Dishwasher
automatically
that
E
(6 exceptional
sec). buttonthat do
with
(3
salt
button
and d is
dDETERGENT
–(6
sec).
hold
not
the
–
indicator
safe (3the
softwaresec).
to
contain
dishwasher.
disabled
sec).
button
door
your light
menu (3
during/after
kitchen
phosphates
d – disabledTo see
sec).
pressing
how
and
drying
furniture.
to
holding
mount phase 9 to
protec-
WATER HARDNESS TABLE). To
«h»adjustswitches theTo delay
«h» adjust
off. «h»
To
of time
switches switches
the
adjust
the
time and
time delay
betweenoff.
the(1h, off.2h,
select
delay 1time time
and a�
etc. and
shorter
12and
up
� hours.select
select
to
� max. period
�chlorine,
� aa shorter
shorter
12h)
�once of
from time,
period period
the of
starttime, of FILLING
time,–ensure
enabled
button
NaturalDry
(6THE – enabled
sec). disabled
drying performance DISPENSER
every Today. achieve
Doorpleaseopens theat best washing and drying results, the co
please • press
Hold2. downand
Select hold
the wash
button button
for program,
will 5beginseconds, (3wash
counting sec).
press down.
until the you or START/PAUSE
hear it,aonce beep.
aas As additional
tion
To foilare
confirm pleasesteam
the refer
tochange protection,
to to and exitControl
(INSTALLATION special
from the designed
Control
GUIDE). Menu protection foil is please
athese products harmful the environment.
The DELAY function cannot be set wash cycle 2.
To You 2.switched
confirm You 2.hold
switched
the
To You
confirm
change switched
toNaturalDry
NaturalDry
isthe
and tobe
change
exit Control
NaturalDry
from andMenu,
theMenu,
exityouControl
Control youdetergent,
could
from could
Menu,
change
Menu
the Controlchange
you
please could
Menu change and refined salt is requ
press
The DELAY the DELAY
press
The
function press
the
DELAYbutton.
DELAY
the the
DELAY
selected
cannot DELAY
To
function cancel
be •
button.
button. cycle
set
cannot
Press it,To
once To
will cancel
press
cancel
be
be athe
button wash
set the
increased. press
it, button
press
cycle
to
the
select
button
washthe the button
cycle
�
the
desired
� �
temperature
� hardness
� � �
that
� �levelsafe
� (3� to
(see
�
your
� �
kitchen
� � �useof
furniture.
the� � � � � rinse aid � liquid
foil� is �protec-
� button:
�� ��
1.
3. Press
Once the
this DELAYtime button:
has elapsed,the corresponding indicator «h» symbol
light «h» NaturalDry
press and functionality button could sec). disabled by user assystem
follows:
Water • SwitchHardness button
on
repeatedly the
has been started.
Table
and
until
within
appliance
repeatedly
has been
has
2.
the
4been
repeatedly
Select byseconds
selected
appears
switches until
started.
started.
pressing
the
on
until
off of
wash
the
the
close
delayed
and
the
the program,
selected
selected
display;
thethe
the
ON/OFF
Good
start
each
wash cycle
door:
presswashing
delayed
delayed
time indicator
you
begins.
thethe
button.
start timer
indicator
START/PAUSE
start
press lightthe results
indicator
button,
added
light
pressalso
status
Door
lightAs
1.
together
status
depend
and
Go
opening
of
additional
toholdof
NaturalDry
press
the
system
with
NaturalDry
on
status
steam the
button
and
Dishwasher
the
of
NaturalDry
dishwasher.
functionality
correct
functionality
NaturalDry
protection,
hold (3
softwaresec).
is
amount
special
buttonmenu
a
by convection
To
pressing
(3 see
of
functionality
by pressing
designed
sec).
pressing We
drying
how button:
and by
protection to
recommend
mount
pressing
button:
holding using detergents that do not contain p
The start time WATER
program may HARDNESS
be delayed forthe a TABLE).
period
tion whichE
dishwashers.
foil –
pleaseautomatically
enabled refer d toopens
– disabled the door during/after
(INSTALLATION GUIDE). drying phase to
• The«h» will °dH
current begin
switches
counting
selection
«h»
«h»
off.switches
To
of
button
level
the down.
switches
adjust
time time
and
number
between°fH
off.
the(1h,
off.
within
delay 2h,
1
4
and
etc.
time
and
seconds
12up
and the to max.
select
hours.
close
salt
detergent a 12h)
the
indicator
shorter from
door:
being
period the light
used.
start
of
timer
time, of E – added
enabled
button
ensure
To confirm
NaturalDry
together
(6 E –
sec).
exceptional
the change
with
d
enabled
– Duration
the
drying
to and
dishwasher.
disabled performance d –
exit from the GUIDE).
To
of
disabled see
every
how
Control or Menu
day.
to mount
chlorine,
Door
protec-
pleaseas these products are harmful to the enviro
opens at
Level The willDELAY functiondown. cannot be set once a wash cycle tion foilswitched
please refer (INSTALLATION theWater Energy
Natural

3.�Once �thisThe timepress has begin

elapsed, counting the
cycleindicator light «h» To
NaturalDry 2.achieve the
functionality best washing
could befrom and
disabled drying bycould results, user the
as combined
follows:
Drying

� �German
The�DELAY � degrees You to NaturalDry to Control Menu, you change
phase

the
French selected
the DELAY
degrees wash
bebutton. will be increased.
To cancel it, press Water the To
Hardness
button confirm
the the
Tohold
Duration
Table
temperature confirm
change that of isthe
and
safe change
exit your and
kitchen the exit
Control
thefrom
furniture. Menu
the Control
please Menualso please
indicator Available wash pro-
function DELAY
DELAY
has
1.
3. Press
Once beencannot
function
the
thisstarted.
DELAY
time hasset
cannot
button: once
elapsed, the be
Exceedingathe wash
set
corresponding once
indicator cycle
the «h» astated
wash
lightsymbol «h» cycle
amount press
NaturalDry
Door and
does
opening Duration
not
functionality
system button
result (3
of
could
NaturalDry in sec).
Durationabe more
disabled
is by ofby
effective
a convection Good user
drying washing
assystem
follows: results depend on the correct amou
Dry

1. Gouseof to detergent,
the
status Dishwasher
of NaturalDry rinse aid
software
functionality liquid
Water menu and
pressing refined
pressing button: salt
Energy
andEnergy is required.
holding
phase phaseNatural

switches off and 2. the

Select wash theuntil cycle
wash begins.
the program, press the START/PAUSE Water Water to used.Energy
DryingDryingNatural

repeatedly selected delayed start light As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
Program consumption consumption
Drying

Natural

Natural
• Press button to select the desired hardness level (see press and hold
press button
and hold (3 sec). button (3 sec).
Drying
phase
Drying

Drying
phase

has been started.

has been started. Drying Natural Available 1. Go to the Dishwasher Duration software of
menu pressing andWaterholding Energy
phase

phase

The appears
switches
start timeon the
offofand display;
thethe wash
program each cycle
wash
may time be you
begins.
and
delayed press
Available
increases the
forthe button,
aAvailable
period environmentalwhich –wash
automatically pro-
pollution. opens the door during/after detergent
drying phase being
Soft 0 - 6 0 - 10 Available
E
°dH enabled wash
Duration d –pro- of
disabled wash
°fH pro-
Dry

«h»button
switches and within
off. 4 seconds close the door:
options
timer added together with the
gram
dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
Dry

button
We (6
recommend *) sec). using detergents that do not contain phosphates
Dry

Dry Dry Dry

To adjustProgram the delay
Program time and
Program select a shorter period
Level of time, consumption Water
consumption consumption
Energy
consumption consumption consumption
Natural

WATER HARDNESS To TABLE).

the
adjust time the(1h, delay 2h, etc.
time up
and to max.
select a 12h)
shorter fromperiod the start
of time, of button (6 sec).
DryDrying

of time between 1 and 12 hours. ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
phase

orNaturalDry (litres/cycle) (kWh/cycle)

The amount a can be *) Available
adjusted To
*) confirm to the thesoilchange
wash level. andIn
pro- exit thefrom casetheGUIDE).
Control
offurniture.Menu please
press7Program phase it, Dry options functions *) gram wash program consumption stated consumption
tion foil please
Thewill DELAY
begin functiondown.
counting cannot be set once wash cycle
2.German degrees to*)refer to
French(INSTALLATION
todegrees
*)
theoptions options gram gram Exceeding the amount does not result in a more
Dry

Medium - 11DELAY1.
the button. 11 -DELAY20
Program
To cancel it,To press You 2. switched
chlorine,
You switched as NaturalDry
these
to NaturalDry products Control
Control
consumption
(litres/cycle) areMenu, Menu,
harmful
you you
could toascould
the
change
consumption
(kWh/cycle) change
environment.
the the button
the selected
press the DELAY wash cycle
button. will be increased.
cancel press button the temperature Duration that is safe of Duration your kitchen of
Water
has
3. Press
Once been the
this
Hardness
started.
time button:
has
Table
elapsed, the corresponding
normally indicator
soiled «h» lightsymbol
items, «h»options
light use
press
NaturalDry
Door status
*)and hold
opening
Asapproximately of functionality
(h:min) system
NaturalDry
button
gram
**)
**) (h:min)
(3
could
NaturalDry
either
(h:min)**)
sec).
functionality be
35g (litres/cycle)
is a**)
disabled
by convection
(powder
Water
by the(litres/cycle)
pressing user
drying
Water
(litres/cycle)
button: (kWh/cycle)
follows:
system
Energy (kWh/cycle)
Energy
(kWh/cycle)pollution.
NaturalNatural

NaturalNatural

2. Select
repeatedly theuntil wash the 1 program,
selected pressSoft
delayed thestart START/PAUSE
indicator status 0 of
additional
- 6 NaturalDry (h:min)
steam functionality
protection,
**)
0 - (h:min)
10 (litres/cycle)
special by designed
**) wash
pressing and
(kWh/cycle)
protection increases
button:foilamount
is environmental
Drying

repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light Good washing results also depend on the correct of
phase

appears
switches onoff the display; each
and the wash cycle begins. time you press the Available
button, 1. Go
which to
Available the Dishwasher
automatically wash
Duration
(h:min) pro-
opens software
ofthewash menu pro-
door during/after pressing and holding
drying phase to
Average 12 - 17Program 21 - 30
**)
button and within 4 seconds detergent)
close the or
door: 35ml the (liquid
timer E –
detergent)
added enabled
together and withd –
the disabled
additional
dishwasher. tea To
Water spoon
see how ofDoor
to mount
Energy protec-
«h» switches
Program off. Edetergent d used. consumption consumption consumption at beconsumption
phaseNatural

–ensure
enabled –drying
disabled The amount openscan adjusted to the soil level. In the cas
Dry Drying

buttonexceptional
(6being
sec).
Dryingphase

«h» switches off. To the

adjust time the (1h,delay 2h,
°dH etc. and
time up to max.a 12h)
select shorter from
°fH period the start
of time, ofAvailable wash performance theevery day.
2cycle Medium *)7 confirm
-tub.
11please topro- 11used, to-Control
20
To the change and exit from Control Menu please
theoptions options gram gram
tion foil *)refer (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
Dry

The will beginProgram counting down.

Eco 1 Eco Level theDELAY function cannot be increased.
detergent set once a wash
directly cycle
inside the If2:45
tablets isare consumption
one tablet consumption
1 1 Eco
Hard 1 The Eco18 DELAY- 341 Eco function Eco
1 press
3.
has Once been 31
selected
the
cannot
German
this 50°
DELAY 50°
- 50°
started.60 wash
time be 50°
button.
hassetelapsed,
degrees once will
To be
cancel
50°
a50° wash
French
the
it, press
indicator cycle
degrees
button
light «h» Tooptions 2.
confirm
the You
press
NaturalDry
Exceeding
*)switched
the
temperature
and change
Duration
hold to
that
functionality
the (h:min)
NaturalDry
2:45
2:45
gram
button
stated
and
safe
2:45
of
(3
could 2:45
exit
Duration
sec).
amount (h:min)
12.0
be2:45
your from 12.0
disabled
Menu,
kitchen
does
(litres/cycle)
specialWater
12.0
the
(litres/cycle)of by
you could
Control
notthe(litres/cycle)
furniture.
normallyuser
result 12.0
0.92
changeplease
12.0
Menu
12.0
0.92
as
(kWh/cycle)insoiled 0.92
(kWh/cycle)
follows:
a more items, 0.92
(kWh/cycle)
use
effective 0.92
0.94
approximately either 35g (po
andWater Energy Energy
2. Select the wash status of NaturalDry **)
functionality by **)
pressing button:
the3program,
selectedwill press the START/PAUSE
wash cyclebe enough. pressAs
repeatedly until delayed Average start indicator light 12 additional steam protection, designed protection foil is
has35 been 1. Go–- to
and 17
hold
the Dishwasher button
(h:min) 21
(3
**)
software - 30
sec). menu pressing detergent) holding or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea
Very hard 1 50started.
-Soft «h»
switches
button
switches61 off90
and- off.
and the
0 - time
within 6 and select
4 seconds close
begins.
0 - 10
the door: the Available
timer wash E
addedAvailable
and(6increases
enabled
together wash
Duration
with d – pro-
the of wash
environmental
disabled
dishwasher. pro-
To
Water withsee pollution.
how to mount
Energy protec-
Program Program consumption consumption consumption consumption
Natural Natural Natural Natural Natural

Conventional If the a crockery is ofonly time,lightly soiled orchangeif it2:00has been rinsed
Dry Drying Drying

button sec).
phase phase phase phase phase

To adjust the delay shorter period

2 Conventional
Conventional
Conventional Conventional
2 The willDELAYbeginProgram counting
function 4 down.
cannot be50° 55° setHard once a wash cycleAvailable
options To18You
tion
*) -*)34
confirm
options
foil please the wash
gram
refer
*) to pro-
and 31exit
(INSTALLATION - Control
60
from
gram the GUIDE).
15.0 Control detergent
Menu 1.35 please directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, on
Dry

1 Eco 1 Eco Eco 55° 50° 50° The amount 2:00 can to2:45 be adjusted 2:45 to
consumption
15.0 the
12.0 soil
you level. 12.0
consumption
1.35In the
0.92 case of 0.92
Conventional
2 2
2wash Medium 2 1 wash
press and
the dry
DELAY 55°7 -55° button.
11 elapsed, To cancel
water 55°thebefore
it, press
11 - 20 the
being buttonplaced options
2.
in
press
NaturalDry
switched
the dishwasher,
and hold
functionality
2:45
NaturalDry
2:00
gram
button 2:00
(3
could reduce
sec). be2:00
12.0
the Menu,
15.0
(litres/cycle)
disabled amount could 15.0
will(litres/cycle)
by the userbe
0.92
change
15.0 1.35 (kWh/cycle)
(kWh/cycle)
enough.
as follows: 1.35 1.35
Switch off the2appliance wash by and and
wash dry
pressing dry
and thedrywashON/OFF 3.
has Once
and been this
button.
dry time
started. has indicator light «h»
switches off55° (h:min) of2:00
(h:min) 15.0 1.35
repeatedly until the5selected delayed Very hardindicator
start light normally 35 status of
Go-to50
NaturalDry
soiled items, functionality
**)
61 use - 90 (litres/cycle)
by pressing
approximately **) (kWh/cycle)
button:
either 35g (powder
and the wash of cycle detergent
begins. used accordingly 1. (minimum
the Dishwasher
d –25
(h:min) g/ml)
software
**)
e.g.
menu skip
pressingthe and holding
ing is complete! wash 3 and dry Average 32 To «h» switches 12
Conventional
Intensive
adjust the
off. - 17
delay time and select 65° a 21
shorter - 30
period - of time, detergent)
E – enabled
button (6 or
sec).
Duration
35ml 2:30
disabled
(liquid Water
detergent) 15.0 If the
and crockery
Energy
additional
1.50 is only
tea spoon lightlyof soiled or if it has been rins
Conventional Conventional powder/gel
55° putted inside Available the
To confirm tub. wash
the change 2:00 and exit from 15.0
pro- the Control water Menu 1.35
please
before being
one placed in the dishwasher, reduce th
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
Dry

1 Eco Hard
2 Intensive
3 4Intensive 1 Eco
2 Intensive washthe andDELAY dry
Program
65° 55°
50° To -cancel 55°
50° 2:00
to2:45 2:00
consumption
2:45 15.0
12.0 15.0
consumption
12.0 1.35
0.92 1.35
0.92
3 Intensive 3 wash and 3 dry
washhas
Eco
1 press
and been dry 65°
18•-65°
started. 34 Switch
button. off50°65° the - it,31 press the -button
appliance
- 60 by pressing
options
2. You*)switched
detergent
press and the2:30directly
ON/OFF
Duration
hold
NaturalDry
2:45
2:30 inside
button
gram 2:30
button.
ofsec).
(3 the 15.0
Control
2:30 tub.12.0Menu,
15.0 you
If tablets could
15.0
are 1.50
change
0.92
15.0 used, 1.50 tablet 1.501.50
by Water of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. s
1.10 Energy
status of NaturalDry functionality pressing
(litres/cycle) button:
(kWh/cycle)
Natural

LING THE RINSE AID DISPENSER 34 repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
Drying

will E be– enabled

enough.
phase

Fastswitches off. Setting is complete! 50° - - Available wash (h:min)

Duration 0:55 pro-
**)
of 11.5
3 Intensive 5 Very hard Program Intensive
«h»
Conventional 65°
35 - 50 65° - 61 - 90- To open2:30 d – disabled
the detergent 2:30 15.0
Water
consumption dispenser
orpowder/gel 15.0
1.50
Energyconsumptionputted insidewith the 1.50 tub.
Drying Drying Drying

Conventional TheConventional2 Theaid A be55° cycleAvailable If theTo

*) confirmcrockery wash
the change is2:00only andlightly
pro- exit from soiled
15.0
the Control if Menu
itconsumption
has1.35 been
please rinsed
se aid makes dish DRYING easier. 3 rinse dispenser
- - options gram
DELAY function cannot set once a wash
Dry

4 Fast
4 Fast 4 Intensive
3
2
Wash Fast
wash and 4 Intensive
2 Fast
dry
wash
1 Eco wash
has been
and
and dry light
Program
dry
50° 50°65°
started. 55°
50° - - - 65°
- 50°65°
55°-
50° - - options
water press*)before andpress0:55
holdbeing button
2:30
2:00
2:45 0:55
0:55
button
gram (3 sec).
placed
A. consumption
2:30
11.5
2:00
0:55
in
12.0
the 15.0
11.5
(litres/cycle)dishwasher, 11.51.10
15.0
0.92
11.5 reduce 1.50
1.35
1.10
(kWh/cycle) the amount 1.50
1.35
1.10 1.10
uld be filled when the RINSE
• Switch AID
off the REFILL
appliance 4 indicator
5 Sanitizing
Fastby pressing FILLING the ON/OFF THE50° button. RINSE
- - AID DISPENSER (h:min) 1:40
0:55 the
**) 11.5
(litres/cycle)
11.5 into (kWh/cycle)
1.30
1.10
of detergent Introduce (h:min)
Duration
used
**)
of detergent
accordingly (minimum 25Energy g/ml) e.g. skip the To open the detergent
e control panel is lit.Setting is complete! 32 Intensive Conventional Rinse aid makes 65° - 2:30 15.0
Water 1.50
4 Fast 50° - B 55° - dish DRYINGAvailable easier. The
powder/gel the rinse
dry
puttedwash aid
dispenser
2:00 pro-
inside dispenser
0:55 the B 15.0
tub. A
only. 11.5
1.35 1.10 press button A.
Dry

5
5 SanitizingSanitizing
4
1
3
5 Fast
Eco
Intensive 4
3
Sanitizing Sanitizing
5 Fast
Intensive
16 wash
Eco
5 Sanitizing 65°
Pre-Wash and Program
65°
dry 50°
65°
should be filled - - 50° 50°
65°
-
65° when - - -
- the -
- -RINSE
options AID REFILL 1:40
*) 1:40 0:55
2:45
2:30
2:45
0:10
indicator
gram
1:40amount 1:40 light 0:55
consumption
11.5
2:30
1:4011.5 12.0
4.5 11.5
12.0
15.0 11.5
consumption
1.30
15.0
11.5
0.92
1.30 1.30
0.01 1.10
0.92
1.50 1.10
1.50
1.301.30
4 Fast A panel
50° - is lit. - Place the
0:55
(h:min) of
of 11.5detergent
(litres/cycle) (kWh/cycle)
1.10 Introduce the deterge
FILLING THE RINSE AID DISPENSER in the control **)
Duration
Intensive
3 Conventional 65° -
Available for pre-washing
2:30 directly
15.0
Water To openinside B the 1.50
Energydetergent dispenser the dry dispenser B o
Conventional 27 Self-Clean 55°
65° - - wash 2:00
0:50 pro- 15.0
8.0 1.35
0.80
Dry

6Rinse
Sanitizing
5 6 Pre-Wash Pre-Wash
6 aid
5
4
2 Sanitizing
Fast makes4
Pre-Wash 6 dish
5 Sanitizing
Fast
Pre-Wash6DRYING
1 Eco andeasier.
wash
Pre-Wash Program
dry -65° - 50° 65°
55° - rinse
-The - - 50° 65°
-aid
50° - - - - A options *) the
- -- dispenser 0:10 tub. 1:40
0:10 0:10 consumption
0:55
2:00
2:45
0:10
gram 1:40 1:40
4.512.0
0:55
0:10 4.5 11.5
15.0
4.5 button
press consumption
0.01
11.5
0.01
11.5
4.5
0.92
4.5 1.30
1.10
A. 1.35
0.01 1.30
1.10
0.010.01 1.30 Place the amount of
wash filledand dry4theFast
5 Sanitizing
RINSE AID REFILL indicator
65° - 1:40 11.5
(litres/cycle) A(kWh/cycle) 1.30
should be when 50° - light - 0:55 **)
(h:min) 11.5 1.10 for pre-washing direc
in the control panel is 327lit.Intensive Conventional 65° - 2:30 15.0Introduce the 1.50 detergent into
Self-Clean 65°
55° laboratory - - 0:50
2:00 8.0
15.0 the dry dispenser 0.80
1.35 B only. 1.30 the tub.
7 Self-Clean
7 Self-Clean 6 Pre-Wash
Sanitizing
7 Intensive
5
3 Self-Clean 6
5 Pre-Wash
7 Sanitizing 16ECO
Self-Clean wash
Eco program
Pre-Wash and65° data is -measured
dry 65° 65° - -
- - under
50° - - - - -- - conditions
65° - B
according 0:50
to European 0:10
1:40
0:50
2:30
0:10
2:45 Standard EN
0:50 0:10
8.0
1:40
0:50 60436:2019.
4.5
12.0 4.5
11.5
8.0
15.0 4.5
0.80
11.5
8.0
0.01
8.0
0.92 0.01
1.30
0.80
1.50 0.01
0.80 0.80

6 Pre-Wash 5Note
4 Fast
Sanitizing
for Test Laboratories: - - 1.50°
65°
For information -
When- measuring
on- comparative EN testing conditions,
-
out the A detergent refer
1:40please send 11.5
0:55 0:10 an Place
11.5 email tothe the amount
ear- 1.10
4.5
1.30
following of detergent 0.01
3address: A dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Intensive
Conventional 65° - 2:30 to the mentioned 15.0 1.50 directly inside
B Self-Clean
27Pre-treatment 65°
55° lier -
information - conditions ofto theadd the proper quantity.0:50
2:00 Inside the8.0for
15.0 pre-washing
dispenser 1.35 0.80
7 Fast
6
4 Self-Clean
Pre-Wash 7 Pre-Wash
6 6ECO
Self-Clean wash program
Pre-Wash and dry data
of theis
50°
measured
dishes
65° - is notunder
- - - - laboratory
needed
65° -before- - any - according
programs. to European
0:50
0:10
0:55
0:10Standard EN 60436:2019.
0:50
0:10 4.5 8.0
4.5
11.5 8.0 1.10
4.5
0.01 0.80
0.01 0.80
0.01
5*) Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 the tub. 1.30
Open the dispenser BECO by pressing
program and
data pulling
is
Note
measured
Notfor
up
all options
Test Laboratories:
the undertab
can be usedFor
on
laboratory B
simultaneously.
information
conditions there - are
on
according indications
comparative
to
EN to
European help
testing the
conditions,
Standard detergent please
EN dosing.
send
60436:2019.
an email
1.
to the
When
following
1.10measuring out the detergent refer to the men
ECO
7 Self-Clean program ECO data
program is
ECO measured
data 4 Fast
program
is measured
3 Intensive 65°
address:
**) Values under
data isunder laboratory
measured
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
given for programes -ison
laboratory other50°than
under conditions
conditions
laboratory
- -of thethe eco - program according
conditions
are 3.
to
indicative INTENSIVE
according
European
only. The to0:55 A -time
Standard
European
actual Program
0:50 EN
may Standard recommended
11.5depending
60436:2019.
vary EN 60436:2019.
on 8.0
many for heavily soiled0.80 quantity. Inside the
he lid. Self-Clean
2.pressure
65°
65°
Remove Bdetergent
-
- incoming
residues from the2:30 edges
0:50
of detergent,
the15.0 dispenser
8.0 lier 1.50
information
0.80 to add the proper
accordingNote Note
5
forto European
Testfor
Self-Clean
7 Sanitizing
Laboratories:
Test Note
7 as Standard
7for
Self-Clean
factors
Laboratories: Test
Pre-treatment
ECO
6load,
For
such
program
Pre-Wash EN
information
as
Laboratories:
For
of
data 60436:2019.
temperature
the information
isdishes
65° measured and
For notcomparative
information
on
needed
-simultaneously.
under
65°
- - close
and comparative
before
- - -the
laboratory EN
on
any of
conditions testing
-cover
thewater,
comparative
EN programs. conditions,
testing
according roomEN
until it clicks. 1:40crockery,
temperature,
conditions,
to testing
European please
0:50
0:10 especially
amount sendof
conditions,
please
Standard EN an
send suitable
email
please
60436:2019.
0:504.511.5 an
8.0
tosend
quantity
email for
the and
to pans
following
an type
the
8.0 are
0.01 emailofand
following
0.80
1.30 to saucepans
the following
0.80 (not to
Carefully introduce the rinse
address: aid
address: as far the
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com *) Notmaximum
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
address: load balancing,
all options can
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Sanitizing 1. additional
beOpenusedFor theselected
65° dispenser options - B
and bysensor pressing calibration. and pulling up
1:40 the tab on 11.5 B there 1.30 indications to help the detergent dosing
Note
110 ml) reference notch
for Test
ECO Laboratories:
program
of the filling ECO
spacedata 4
5 Note
program
is
FastForfor
measured
- Values
avoid
information
Test
data
spilling
Laboratories:
isunder
measured
it.the
on
laboratory 3. comparative
information
Close
under
50° the
conditions
laboratory
-the eco
on
-lidcomparative
of the
according
conditions EN
detergent testing
to be
according
European used
conditions,
dispenser to for
Standard
0:55 European delicate
please
by pullingsend
EN anitems).
it
Standard email
up
60436:2019.
11.5 until to
EN the following
60436:2019.
1.10
Pre-treatment of the **)
Standby given
consumption: for programes Left-on lid. other
mode than
consumption: program
5 W - Off aremode indicative only. The0.5
consumption: actualW time may vary depending 2.refer Remove
on many detergent residues from the edges of the d
Pre-treatment ofdishes
Pre-treatment
theaddress: is not
dishes ofis needed
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
the not dishes
needed before isand not any
before Aof
needed any the
ofof
programs.
before
thethe programs.
any water, of1. the When programs.
4. FAST measuring WASH out
- Program the detergent totypetheofmentioned ear-
this happens, EN cleantesting
*)the spill
Note conditions,
immediately
for Test Note pleasefactors
with
Laboratories:
7for Self-Clean
Test
Pre-treatment
ECO
send
asuch
program dry as of
an
cloth.
Laboratories:
For
data the
email
temperature
information
2. Carefully
isdishes
measured
to
isFor
the
65°
notunder the
pressure
information
on
introduce
needed
following
closing
-before
comparative
laboratory -the device
incoming
on
any theis
comparative
rinse
of
conditions EN secured
testing
aid
programs.
according
room
as far EN in
conditions,
to as
place.
temperature,
testing
Europeanthe0:10 0:50 amount
maximumconditions,
please
Standard
ofsend
EN
detergent,
8.0 anfor
please
60436:2019. email limited
quantity
send and and
to 0.80
an the quantity
close email
following
the tocoverof normally
the following
until it clicks. soiled
ress the lid downaddress:
until
Not6
you
*)allNot
address:
options
Pre-Wash
hear
all
a click
can
options
*)
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com Not
address:to
be
B can
6
5*)
used
allPre-Wash
load, options
PROGRAMSbe
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
close
Not load
all
Sanitizing
simultaneously.
used
it.
can
balancing,
options DESCRIPTION
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
can -
simultaneously.
be used
additional
be used - selected -
simultaneously.
simultaneously.
65°
- -
options
-
- and sensor lier
calibration. information
crockery. 0:10
1:40
to
Ensures add the proper
4.5
optimal
11.5
4.5 quantity.
cleaning
3. Close
0.01
1.30
Inside
the
0.01
performance
lid
the
of
dispenser
the in
detergent shorter dispenser by pulling it
ECO1. program
**) Values
Open **)
ECO Values
the data
given
program for
given
dispenser isprogrames
**)
ECO measured
Values
data for
Note for Test
programes
Bis
program by given
measured other
data under
for
Laboratories:
than
other
programes
isunder
measured laboratory
(110
the
than eco ml)
For
the
laboratory The
otherreference
information
program
eco
under thanconditions
detergent
program
conditions
onnotch
are
the
laboratory
comparative
ecodispenser
indicative
are of
programaccording
the
-indicative
according
conditions
ENfilling
only. testing
automatically
Bareto there
The
only.spaceto
indicative
according
European are
actual
The European
conditions, -actual
avoid
toopens
indications
time please
W may
only.
Standard
European spilling
time
The upmay Standard
send
at
vary
may
actual
EN it.
thean
toStandard
help email
right
depending
vary the
time
60436:2019. ENto
time
depending
may
EN
the
detergent 60436:2019.
on following
varymany
60436:2019. on dosing.
depending
many on many
VER pour the rinse Pre-treatment
aid directly
Pre-treatment of the
into dishes
the
Pre-treatment
of the
Standby
**)
tub.
address: ispressing
Values
dishes
consumption:
notgiven needed
for and
programes
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
of isthe not dishes
needed
If
pulling
Left-on
before
this is not
mode
other
before
happens,
up
neededany
than the
consumption:
any theoftab
ofeco the
before
clean the on 5W
program
programs.
the any
Offare
spill
modeindicative
of immediately
the
consumption:
time.
programs. only. The
with
0.5
actual
a dry
time
cloth.
vary depending on
the many
closing device is secured in place.
Note factors
forthe7Test such
factors
lid.
Note as
such temperature
factors
Laboratories:
for Test asLaboratories:
Note temperature
7for such and
Self-Clean
factors Test For
such pressure
asLaboratories:
temperature
asand thepressure
information
For temperature
informationof the and
and
For according
incoming
ofunder
pressure
the
on
65°
pressure
information incoming
comparative
on laboratory -beforeto
water,
of the
comparative of-thethe onwater,
incoming program.
room
incoming room
thewater,
comparative
EN EN2.
testing If
Remove
temperature,
water, all-in-one
temperature,
testing
room EN roomdetergent
temperature,
conditions, amount
testing detergents
temperature,
amount
conditions,
0:50 amount of
conditions,
please residues
detergent,
ofof areplease used,
detergent,
amount
8.0
detergent,
send from
please quantity
an or we
the
of
send
quantity
email send edges
quantityand
detergent,
and
to an an
0.80 type
type
the of
and
email the
of
ofquantity
emailtype
following todispenser
oftoand
the thetype
following of
following
programs. a5. SANITIZING it. - until Normally heavily soiled crockery, with
*) Not all options *) Not6can Pre-treatment
allPre-Wash
options
be used of
can dishes
simultaneously.
be used is not needed any of programs.
load,
2. load
Carefully Self-Clean
balancing,
introduce
ECO
load,additionalPROGRAMS
load,
the
program
load
Notrinse
data
selected
balancing,
aid
is
3. 65°
DESCRIPTION
as
measured
Press
options
additional
far as For -simultaneously.
the the
recommend
and
selected
maximum -and
-lidsensor down-
options until
- and
using
conditions
calibration. you
sensor
according
hear
thesensor TABLET and
calibration.
to
click European
to the
button,
close close 0:50
0:10Standard
because
cover
EN 60436:2019.
it adjusts
it an4.58.0
clicks. theto The
0.01 0.80
address: load,
address: load balancing,
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com load
*)
Note additional
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
address: balancing,
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
all Test
for options selected
can additional
Laboratories: be used optionsselected
simultaneously.
information options
sensor
on comparative and
calibration. EN are calibration.
testing conditions, please send email thedetergent
following dispenser automatically opens up at the
*) Not (110 all **)options
Values can given be
**) Values for used
programes
given simultaneously.
for other
programes
NEVER than the
pourother
programeco thethan
program the
rinse
so that eco are
aid
5it.the program
indicative
directly
best 3. into
washing
Close only.additional
indicative
the
theThe
and tub.
lid actual
only.
drying
of antibacterial
thetime time
The
results
detergent may
actual vary time
aredependingwash.
depending
always
dispenser may Can
vary
on by be
on
dependingused
many
pulling to on perform
many
Standby ml)
Pre-treatment
Standby reference
consumption: Pre-treatment
consumption:
Standby
**)
notch
oftemperature
Standby the Values
address:
Left-on dishes ofconsumption:
consumption:
Left-on
givenfilling
the
of isand
the notfor
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
mode consumption:
modedishes
needed
Left-on mode
programes
space
Left-on isand
consumption:
other
not- avoid
before
mode 5 consumption:
than
needed any the
-spilling
Wconsumption:
5Off Wofeco mode
before-the
program
Off
W - Off
programs.
any
mode 5W
aremode
consumption:
of indicative
-the
consumption:
Off
consumption:
programs.
mode
only.
0.5 WThe 0.5
consumption:
actualW
0.5temperature,
W
may vary
0.5 W according many to theitprogram.up until If all-in-one detergents are u
**) Values
Pre-treatment factors
given of such
for
the factors
as
programes
dishes such
factors
7Pre-treatment as
issuch
Self-Clean not temperature
other
asofneeded pressure
than
temperature the
isbefore
and of pressure
the
eco
achieved.
65°
pressure incoming
program
any -before
of the of
of- anythethewater,
incoming incoming
are room
programs.
water, water,
the
roomtemperature,
closing room
maintenance
temperature, 0:50
device amount
amount isof ofof
the
secured detergent,
amount
dishwasher.
8.0
detergent, ofquantity
in quantity
place. detergent,
and 0.80typeand ofquantity
type of and type of
If this
*) Nothappens,
all options
*) clean
Not ECO
canall the
options
be spill
programused immediately
data
can theis dishes
measured
simultaneously.
be used with
not needed
under
simultaneously.a laboratory
dry cloth. of the
conditions programs.
according to European Standard EN 60436:2019. recommend using the TABLET button, because it adju
load, load balancing,
load, load
PROGRAMS
load, additional
balancing,
load balancing, selected
additional
DESCRIPTION additional optionsselected
selected and options
options sensor and and
calibration.
sensor sensor
calibration.
6. calibration.
PRE-WASH -time
*)indicative
Not3. all
PROGRAMS **)only.
options
Press the
Values
PROGRAMS
ECO
The
lidcan
program downactual
DESCRIPTION
given
**) be
Values
PROGRAMS for
*)
until
Note
DESCRIPTION
data
time
Not
used you
for
programes
is given
measured
may
all options
simultaneously.
Testhearfor
DESCRIPTION
vary
can
aunder
Laboratories:
other
be used
click
programes depending
than toFor simultaneously.
close
the
laboratory
information
other eco it.
than on
program
conditions
on
the many comparative
eco are program
-indicative
according The
ENare testing
only. conditions,
indicative
detergent The actual
only.
dispenser
please Use
Themay send
mayto refresh
actual an
automatically vary email
time tocrockery
program
depending
may thevary
opens so
following
on planned
that
depending
up many
at the the on
right
tomany
best be
time
washed
washing and drying results a
factors NEVER Standby
such as
pour consumption:
Standby
temperature
the rinse
Standby
**) Values
address:
aid and
consumption:
consumption:
Left-on given for
mode programes
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
directly pressure into
Left-on
Left-on
consumption:
the of
mode
other
mode
the
tub.
consumption:
than the
consumption:
incoming 5W eco - Off 5W
program mode 5OffWmode
are Offto
-indicative
consumption: European
consumption:
mode only.
later.
The 0.5
consumption:
0.5
No
Standard
actual
W W time
detergent
EN
0.5 W 60436:2019.
vary
to
depending
be used
achieved.
on many
with this program.
**) Valuesfactors given
Note for
forsuchTest programes
factors
asLaboratories:
temperature
suchsuch
factors asother
program For
Pre-treatment
ECO
temperature
asand
oftemperature
data
than
thepressure
information
is dishes
measured
the
isand
and not eco
ofpressure
pressure
the
on laboratory
needed
under
program
incomingof the
comparative
before of incoming
the
any water,
of
conditions
are
incoming
thewater,
EN indicative
roomaccording
testing
programs.
according
water,
room temperature, only.
room
to
temperature,
conditions,
to European
The
thetemperature,
amount
program.
amount
please
Standard
actual
ofof
EN
time
detergent,
amount
If60436:2019.
send all-in-one
detergent, an quantity
emailmay
ofquantity tovary
detergent,
detergents
and type
the and depending
ofquantity
typeused,
are
following of and we on
typemany of
water, room load,as temperature,
load balancing,
load, load amount
PROGRAMSadditional
balancing, of detergent,
DESCRIPTION
selected
additional optionsselected quantity and 7. calibration.
SELF-CLEAN -TABLET
Program to bebecause used to performthe maintenance
factors such address:
PROGRAMS temperature load, load
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
PROGRAMS
*)
Note
DESCRIPTION
Not all
for and balancing,
options
Test pressure
can
Laboratories:
DESCRIPTION
additional
be usedFor of the and
selected
simultaneously.
information
options
incoming options
sensor and
on comparative and
calibration.
sensor
water, sensor
calibration.
recommend
ENroom testing using the
temperature,
conditions, please sendamount an button,
emailof the followingit adjusts
to detergent, quantity and type of
type of load, Standby load
Pre-treatment balancing,
consumption:
Standby
of
Standby
**) Values
address:
the consumption:additional
consumption:
Left-on
dishes given selected
for programes
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
is not mode Left-on mode
Left-on
needed consumption: otheroptions consumption:
than the eco
mode consumption:
before any 5W and
-the
ofsensor
5 W - Off
program
Offprograms.
mode are mode
program
5calibration.indicative
W consumption: of
consumption:
- Off mode consumption: so
only.the that
The dishwasher,
0.5
0.5 W theW best
actual time may washing
0.5 W to
vary be carried
and
depending dryingon manyout resultsonly when
are always the
load,
sensor load balancing,
calibration. additional
factors such selected
Pre-treatment asoftemperature
the dishes isand
options not pressure
needed before
and of the incoming
any of thewater, achieved.
programs. roomdishwasher
temperature, amount is EMPTY of detergent, using quantity specificand typedetergents
of designed for
*) Not all options can PROGRAMS be used simultaneously.
*) Not all optionsDESCRIPTION
load, load balancing, additional
can be used simultaneously. selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: PROGRAMS
**) Values given PROGRAMS Left-on
DESCRIPTION
for programes
Standby
**)
mode
Valuesconsumption: DESCRIPTIONother
given for programes
consumption:
than
Left-on mode the eco
other than program
consumption:
5 W
the eco program
- areOff
5 W - Off
mode
indicative
aremode indicative
consumption:
only.dishwasher
consumption: The
only. The0.5 actual
actual
0.5
maintenance.
time W
may
W time may vary depending on many vary depending on many
1. ECO - Eco factors program
such as temperatureisfactors
suitable such as to
and clean
pressure
temperature normallyandofpressure
the incoming soiled of the incoming water,water, roomroom temperature,
FUNCTIONS temperature,amount can
amount beofofselected detergent,
detergent, quantity
directly
quantity and type byand of type of the
pressing
tableware, load, load thatbalancing,
for this use,
PROGRAMS
load, load
additional it is DESCRIPTION
balancing, the mostoptions
additional
selected efficient
selected andprogram
options and sensor calibration.
sensor calibration.corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
in terms Standbyof itsconsumption:
combined Standby energy consumption:
Left-on mode and Left-on water
consumption:
modeconsumption, 5 W - Off and
consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
mode consumption: 0.5 W
If a function is not compatible with the selected program
that it is used to assess compliance
PROGRAMS with the EU Ecodesign
DESCRIPTION see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED rapidly 3
legislation.
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
times and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
2. CONVENTIONAL WASH AND DRY - Mixed soil. For normally
soiled dishes with dried food residues.
 ENGLISH 10
ENGLISH 12
Cleaning and maintenance
Cleaning and maintenance
ATTENTION: Always unplug the appliance when cleaning it 2. Remove the cup filter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
and when performing maintenance work. Do not use flammable side flaps (Fig 2).
ATTENTION: Always
liquids to clean unplug the appliance when cleaning it and
the machine. 5. Inspect
3. Slide out the
the trap and removeplate
stainless-steel any food C (Fig 3).NEVER
filter residues.
when performing maintenance work. Do not use flammable 4. InREMOVE
case youthe wash-cycle
find pump protection
foreign objects (black detail)
(such as broken glass, (Fig
porc4).-
liquids to clean the machine. lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
CLEANING THE DISHWASHER 5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER RE-
Any marks on the inside of the appliance may be 1 2 4).
Cleaning the dishwasher MOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig
removed using a cloth dampened with water and
Any marks on the inside of the appliance may be removed using
a little vinegar.
a cloth dampened with water and a little vinegar.
The external surfaces of the machine and the 1 2
The external surfaces of the machine and the control panel B
control panel can be cleaned using a non-abrasive
can
clothbewhich
cleaned
hasusing
been adampened
non-abrasive
withcloth which
water. Do has been
dampened with water. Do not use solvents or abrasive products. A A
not use solvents or abrasive products.
Preventing unpleasant odours B
PREVENTING
Always UNPLEASANT
keep the door of the appliance ODOURS
ajar in order to avoid A
Always keepfromthe door ofand
the being
appliance ajar in orderthe
to avoid mo-
moisture
isture the
fromseals
forming
forming and the
being
trapped
trapped
inside machine.
inside the dispensers
machine.
A
Clean around door and detergent
Clean theusing
regularly sealsaaround
damp the door and
sponge. This detergent
will avoid dispensers
food becomingregu-
larly using
trapped in a
thedamp sponge.
seals, which This
is thewill
mainavoid foodbehind
cause becoming
the trapped
in the seals,
formation of which is the main
unpleasant cause behind the formation of
odours.
unpleasant odours.
Cheking the water supply hose
CHEKING
Check THE
the inlet WATER
hose SUPPLY
regularly HOSEand cracks. If
for brittleness C
Check the replace
damaged, inlet hose regularly
it by for brittleness
a new hose and cracks.
available through ourIfAfter-
dama- 3 4
ged, replace
Sales it by
Service or a new
your hose available
specialist through our
dealer. Depending onAfter-Sales
the hose
Service or your specialist dealer. Depending on the hose type: After cleaning the filters, replace the filter assembly and fix it
type: C
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efficient
operation of the dishwasher.
3 4
Cleaning the spray arms
After
On cleaning food
occasions, the filters,
residuereplace the filterencrusted
may become assembly onto
and fixtheit
position
spray correctly;
arms thisthe
and block is essential for to
holes used maintaining the efficient
spray the water. It is
operation recommended
therefore of the dishwasher.that you check the arms from time to
time and clean them with a small non-metallic brush.
CLEANING
To remove theTHE upperSPRAY ARMS
spray arm, turn the plastic locking ring
Onanoccasions,
in food residue
anti-clockwise may
direction. The upper spray arm should be
IfIf the
the inlet
inlet hose has
has aa transparent
transparent coating, periodically
periodically check
check ifif become encrusted
replaced so that theonto
sidethe
with the greater number of holes is
the colour
the colour intensifies locall
locall. .IfIfyes,
yes,thethehose
hosemaymayhave
havea aleak
leakandand spray arms
facing and block the holes
upwards.
should be
should be replaced.
replaced. usedlower
to spray thearm
water.
The spray mayItbe
is removed by pulling it upwards.
Forwater
For water stop
stop hoses:
hoses:check
checkthe thesmall
smallsafety
safetyvalve
valveinspection
inspection therefore recommended that you
window (see
window (seearrow).
arrow).IfIf itit is
is red,
red, the
the water
water stop
stop function
function was
was trig- check the arms from time to time
Water softening system
gered, andand
triggered, thethe
hose must
hose must be replaced
be replaced by abynew one.
a new one. For and clean them with a small
Water softener automatically
For unscrewing
unscrewing this hose,
this hose, presspress the release
the release buttonbutton
whilewhile unscre-
unscrewing non-metallic brush.
reduces water hardness,
wing
the the hose.
hose. To remove the upper spray arm,
consequently preventing
turn the plastic locking ring in an
CLEANING scale buildup on heater,
Cleaning theTHEwater WATER INLET HOSE
inlet hose anti-clockwise direction.
contributing also armto better
IfIf the
the water
water hoses
hoses are are new
new oror have
have not
not been
been used
used for
for an
an exten- The upper spray should be
ded periodperiod
of time, let thelet
water run to run
make cleaning efficienc. This
extended of time, the water to sure
makeit sure
is clear
it isand replaced so that the side with
free of impurities before performing the necessary system regenerates itself with
clear and free of impurities before performing the connections.
necessary If the greater number of holes is
this precaution is not taken, theiswater inlet could become salt, therefore it is required
connections. If this precaution not taken, the water inletblocked
could facing upwards.
and damage the and
dishwasher. to refill salt container
become blocked damage the dishwasher.
when empt. Frequency of
regeneration
The lower spray depends
arm may on be
CLEANING
Cleaning theTHE
filter FILTER
assembly ASSEMBLY
water
removed hardness levelit setting
by pulling upwards.
Regularlyclean
Regularly cleanthe thefilter
filter assembly
assembly so so that
that the filters
filters do
do not
not clo
close
and that
that the
the waste
waste water
water flows - by default regeneration
and flows away correctl .
away correctl.
Using dishwasher
dishwasher with with clogged
clogged filters
filters or takes place once per 5 Eco
Using or foreign
foreignobjects
objectsinside
insidefil-
tration system ororsprayarms may cause cycles with water hardness
filtration system sprayarms may causeunit malfunction
unit malfunction resulting
in lose ofin performance, noisy work or higher level set to 3. Regeneration
resulting lose of performance, noisy work resources usage.
or higher resources
The filter assembly consists of three filters which remove foo process starts in final rins
usage. WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
residues from the washing and finishes in drying phase,
The filter assembly consistswater andfilters
of three then recirculate
which remove the foo
water:
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
to obtainfrom the best washing results, youthen
need to keep them clean. before cycle ends Single
residues the washing water and recirculate the water: quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
The dishwasher regeneration consumes:
to obtain the best mustwashing notresults,
be used without
you need to filters
keep or if the
them clean.
filterdishwasher
is loose. must not be used without filters or if the -better
~3.5L cleaning
of water;efficienc . This system regenerates itself with salt,
The
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the filter -therefore
takes itup is to
required to refillminutes
5 additional salt container when
for the empt . Frequen-
cycle;
filter is loose. cy of regeneration depends on water hardness level setting - by
assembly andperif necessary cleaneach
it thoroughly under - consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
At least once month or after 30 cycles, checkrunning
the filter default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles with water
water, using
assembly andaifnon-metallic
necessary clean brushitand followingunder
thoroughly the instructions
running hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in final rins
below:using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions
water, and finishes in drying phase, before cycle ends
1. Turn the cylindrical filter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
below: Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water; takes up to 5 addi-
1. pull
Turnit out
the(Fig 1).
cylindrical filter A in an anti-clockwise direction tional minutes for the cycle; consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
and pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup filter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side flaps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate filter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you find foreign objects (such as broken glass,
porc - lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them
carefully.
ENGLISH 13
What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the
following list. For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can
be found in the warranty booklet. Spare parts will be available for a period of either up to 7 or up to 10 years,
according to the specific regulation requirements.
The spare parts can be found: https://parts-selfservice.whirlpool.com/en/landing
Problems...
Salt indicator is lit
Rinse aid indicator is lit
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are not clean.
Possible causes...
Salt reservoir is empty. (After
refill the salt indicator may
remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After refill the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly.
Power outage.
The dishwasher door is not
closed.
Natural Dry pin is not pulled in.
It does not respond to
commands. Display shows: 9 or
12 and On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly.
The wash cycle has not finished
yet
The drain hose is bent.
The sink drain pipe is blocked.
The filter is clogged up with food
residues.
The dishes are rattling against
each.
An excessive amount of foam
has been produced.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly.
The spray arms cannot rotate
freely, being hindered by the
dishes.
The wash cycle is too gentle
and/or detergent efficiency is
low.
An excessive amount of foam
has been produced.
The cap on the rinse aid
compartment has not been shut
correctly.
The filter is soiled or clogged
There is no salt.
Solutions...
Refill reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 7).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Refill dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see
page 8).
Insert the plug into the socket.
For safety reasons, dishwasher will not re-start automatically
when power returns. Open dishwasher door, press Start
button and close the door within 4 seconds.
Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button,
switch it back on after approximately one minute and restart
the program. If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1
minute, then plug it back in.
Wait until the wash cycle finishes
Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
Clean the sink drain pipe.
Clean the filter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Restart the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program,
press START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds.
Please do not add any detergent.
Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER).
Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
Clean the filter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
ENGLISH 14
What to do if ...
Problems...
Dishwasher finishes the
cycle prematurely.
Display shows: (15) and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The dishwasher does not fill
the water.
Display shows: H
6 and On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
Dishes have not been dried.
Dishes and glasses show
limescale or a whitish film
Dishes and glasses have a
bluish tinge or blue streakes
After-Sales Service
If, after carrying out the above checks, the fault persists,
disconnect the mains plug and turn off the water tap. Contact
the After-sales Service (see warranty).
Before contacting our After-Sales Service, take note of the
following:
- the description of the fault,
- the appliance type and model,
Possible causes...
Drain hose positioned too low
or siphoning into home sewage
system
Air in water supply
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed.
The inlet hose is bent.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
Selected program has no drying
phase.
Rinse aid has run out or the
dosage is not adequate.
Dishes are made of non-stick or
plastic.
Salt level is too low.
Adjustment of the water
hardness
is not adequate.
Cap of the salt reservoir is not
properly closed.
Rinse aid has run out or the
dosage is insufficient
Rinse aid dosage is excessive
- the service code (the number indicated on the adhesive
Solutions...
Check if end of drain hose is placed at correct height (see
INSTALLATION). Check for siphoning into home sewage
system, install air admittance valve if necessary.
Check water supply for leaks or other issues letting air inside.
Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap
running.
Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION)
reprogram the dishwasher and reboot.
After having carried out the verification and cleaning, turn off
and turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
Verify in the programs table if the selected program has
drying phase.
Add the rinse aid or adjust the dosage levels higher (see
FILLING THE RINSE AID DISPENSER).
The presence of drops of water it is normal (see TIPS).
Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
Increase the values (see WATER HARDNESS TABLE).
Check the salt reservoir cap.
Add the rinse aid or adjust the dosage levels higher.
Adjust the dosage rates to lower values.
rating plate) inside the door on the right-hand side:
ENGLISH 15

Technical data
Height mm 820
Product dimensions
Width mm 598
(mm)
Depth mm 555
Voltage V 220/240
Frequency Hz 50
Energy efficiency class E
Cleaning performance index 1,13
Drying performance index 1,07
Water supply pressure, max Bar 10
Water supply pressure, min Bar 0,5
Performances Energy consumption kWh/100 cycles 94
Water supply, max inlet water temp. °C 70
Number of place settings 13
Power consumption in delay start W 4
Power consumption in standby mode W 0,5
Water consumption l/cycle 12
Noise level dB(A) re 1 pW 46
Noise class C

Environmental concerns
Disposal of packaging materials Energy saving tips
The packaging material is 100% recyclable and is marked with ECO programme is suitable to clean normally soiled tableware,
the recycle symbol . The various parts of the packaging must that for this use, it is the most efficient programme in terms of
therefore be disposed of responsibly and in full compliance with its combined energy and water consumption, and that it is used
local authority regulations governing waste disposal. to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
Loading the household dishwasher up to the capacity
indicated by the manufacturer will contribute to energy and
Disposal of household appliances
water savings. The manual pre-rinsing of tableware items
This appliance is manufactured with recyclable or reusable
leads to increased water and energy consumption and is not
materials. Dispose of it in accordance with local waste disposal
recommended. Washing tableware in a household dishwasher
regulations. For further information on the treatment, recovery
usually consumes less energy and water in the use phase than
and recycling of household electrical appliances, contact your
hand dishwashing when the household dishwasher is used
local authority, the collection service for household waste or
according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
the store where you purchased the appliance. This appliance
is marked in compliance with European Directive 2012/19/EU,
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) and with the
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment regulations 2013 (as
amended). By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you
will help prevent negative consequences for the environment
and human health.
The symbol on the product or on the accompanying
documentation indicates that it should not be treated as
domestic waste but must be taken to an appropriate collection
center for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment.
 ENGLISH
ENGLISH 16
ENGLISH

Installation
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
ATTENTION:
ATTENTION: If theIf appliance
the appliancemust be moved
must be movedat any
at anytime,
time,keep
keep it ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
Electrical connection
in an ATTENTION:
upright If the
position;
it in an upright if appliance
absolutely
position; must be moved
necessary,
if absolutely it at
may
necessary,anyitbetime,
may keep
tilted
beonto it
tilted ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
its back.
onto its back. WARNING:
hosehose bebe Under
cutcutas it nocontains
ascontains
it circumstances
live live
electricalshouldparts.
electrical the water inlet
parts.
its back. hose be cut as itthe contains live electrical
Before inserting plug into the electricalparts.
socket, make sure
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
CONNECTING
CONNECTING THE
Connecting the WATER
water
THE
supply SUPPLY
WATER SUPPLY
that:inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
Before
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be •
• The The
• The socket
socket
socket isis earth
is earth earthand and
and complies
complies
complies withwithwith current
current
current regulations;
regulations;
regulations;
Adaptation of thebywater
Adaptation
performedof the supply
water
a qualified
forfor
supply installation
installationshould
technician. should only
only be
be • The socket can withstand the maximum load ofofthe
performed by
performed a qualified
by a technician
qualified technician • •TheThesocketsocket cancan withstand withstand the maximum
the maximum load ofload the applian-
the applian-
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the appliance as shown on the data plate located on the inside of
The water
The inlet and outlet hoses may bebepositioned towards the ceceasas shown
shown on on thethe
datadataplateplate
locatedlocated
on theon the inside
inside of the door
of the door
rightwater
or theinlet
leftand outlet
in order hoses
to may
achieve the positioned
best towards
possible the
installation. the door (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
right or the
right orleft
the in order
left in to
order achieve
to achievethe best
the bestpossible
possible installation.
installation. (seePRODUCT
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
DESCRIPTION).
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses. • The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
• •TheThe power
power supply
supply voltage fallsfalls
voltage within the values
within indicated
the values on
indicated on
MakeMake
sure sure the dishwasher
the dishwasher doesdoes
notnot bendororsquash
bend squash the
the hoses.
hoses. the data plate on the inside of the door.
the
the data
data plate
plateon on thethe
inside of the
inside of door.
the door.
Connecting the water inlet hose • The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
• •The socket is compatible with the plug of theofappliance.
CONNECTING
• Run the water
CONNECTING THE THE
until it WATER
WATER INLET
is perfectly
INLET HOSE
clear. HOSE IfThe
this socket
is not the is case,
compatible
ask an with the plug
authorised the appliance.
technician to replace the
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
•• Run
Screw
the the inlet
water hose
until it istightly into
perfectly position and turn on the tap.
clear. Ifplug
this (see
is notAFTER-SALES
the case, ask SERVICE). Do not use
an authorised extension
technician tocables
replace the
• RunIfthe the water
inlet untilisitnot
is perfectly clear.contact a specialist store or plugor (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do nothas usebeen
extension ca- the
• Screw thehose long enough,
inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap. plug multiple sockets. Once
(see AFTER-SALES the appliance
SERVICE). Do not useinstalled,
extension ca-
• Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap. bles or multiple
supplysockets. Once the appliance hasshould
been installed,
Ifanthe
authorised
inlet hosetechnician.
is not long enough, contact a specialist store or power
bles or multiple cable and
sockets. the
Onceelectrical socket
the appliance be easily
has been installed,
If the an
inlet
The hose
water is not
pressure long
must enough,
be contact
within the a specialist
values store
indicated or
in the the power
accessible. supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
authorised technician. the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
an authorised accessible.
The water technician.
Technical Data table
pressure - otherwise
must be within the
the dishwasher mayinbe
values indicated thefunction The cable should not be bent or compressed.
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
The water pressure
properly.
Technical must- be
Data table within the
otherwise the values indicated
dishwasher may bein function
the If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
IfThe cable supply
the power shouldcable not be bent or compressed.
is damaged, have it replaced by the
MakeData
Technical
properly. suretable
the hose is not bent
- otherwise theordishwasher
compressed. may be function manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
Iforder
the power
manufacturer orsupply cable
its authorised is damaged,
Technical
to prevent all potential hazards.
have it replaced
Assistance Service inby the
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
properly. order to prevent or
manufacturer all its
potential hazards.
authorised Technical Assistance Serviceif in
Specifications
sure the hose for
MakeSPECIFICATIONS the connection
is not of the water The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents,
FORbent THEor compressed.
CONNECTION OF THE WATER The
order Company
theseto
shallall
prevent
regulations
notpotential
be held responsible
hazards. for any incidents, if
are not observed.
Water supplyFOR THE CONNECTION
cold or hot these
The regulations are not observed.
SPECIFICATIONS OF(max.
THE60°C)
WATER Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C) these regulations are not observed.
Water intake 3/4” Positioning and levelling
WATER
WATER INTAKE
SUPPLY 3/4”or hot (max. 60°C)
cold POSITIONING AND LEVELLING
1. Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy floor. If the floor i
Power of
POWER water
OF WATER 0.05÷ ÷1 1MPa
0.05 MPa(0.5
(0.5÷÷10
10bar)
bar) 1.POSITIONING
Position
uneven,the thedishwasher
front onof
feet
AND aLEVELLING
level sturdy floomay
the appliance . If the
be floor
adjustedi until
WATER INTAKE
Pressure 3/4”7.25––145
145psi
psi uneven, the front
it reaches feet of theposition.
a horizontal appliance mayappliance
If the be adjusted until
is levelled
PRESSURE 7.25
POWER OF WATER 0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar) 1.it Position
reaches
correctly,athe it dishwasher
horizontal on
position.
will be more aIf level
stable theand sturdy
much floo
appliance .likely
If thetofloor
is levelled
less move i
PRESSURE
Supply hose: 7.25 – 145 psi uneven,
correctly, it the
will front
be feet
more of
stable the appliance
and much
or cause vibrations and noise while it is operating. lessmaylikelybe toadjusted
move or until
SUPPLY HOSE:
2. it Before
cause reaches
vibrationsa horizontal
recessing and the
noise position.
while it isIfoperating.
dishwasher, the appliance
stick the adhesive is levelled
correctly,
2. Beforetransparent it will
recessing bedishwasher,
strip
the more stable
under the wooden andthemuch
stick shelf less
in
adhesive orderlikely to to
transparent move or
protect
SUPPLY HOSE:
Connecting the water outlet hose
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE cause
strip it under
from vibrations
any andshelf
condensation
the wooden noise whileto
inwhich
order itprotect
may isform.
operating.
it from any con-
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum 3. Place recessing
the dishwasher so that its sides
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter 2.densation
Before which maytheform.
dishwasher, stickorthe back panel are
adhesive in
transparent
diameter of 2 cm A. contactdishwasher
with the adjacent cabinets ororback
the wall.
panelThis appliance
CONNECTING
of 2 cm A. THE WATER OUTLET HOSE 3. Place
strip the
under the wooden
can also
so thatshelfits sides
in order to protect itare in any con-
from
contact
densationwith be the
which
recessed
adjacent
may of
under
cabinets
form.
a single
or the worktop.
wall. This appliance
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter 4. To
can adjust
also the height
be recessed underthe rear foot,
a single worktop.turn the red hexagonal
of 2 cm A. 3. Placebushingthe on dishwasher
the lower so that part
central its sides
at theorfrontbackofpanel the are in
4. To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
contact
dishwasherwith the usingadjacent
a hexagonalcabinets spanneror the withwall.anThis opening appliance
of 8
MAX 80 cm bushing on the lower central part at the front of the dishwasher
canmm. also
Turn be recessed
the spannerunder a
in a clockwisesingle
using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the worktop.
direction to increase the
MIN 40 cm Toheight
4.spanner adjust and in an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
in athe height direction
clockwise of the rear foot, turn
to increase the the red hexagonal
height and in
MAX 80 cm anbushing on thedirection
anticlockwise lower central
to decrease part at it. the front of the dishwasher
using a hexagonal
Dimensions spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the
and capacity:
MIN 40 cm DIMENSIONS
spanner in aAND CAPACITY:
clockwise direction to increase the height and in
Width
an anticlockwise direction to598598 mm it.
decrease
The outlet
The outlethose
hoseconnection
connectionmustmustbebeatat
aa height
height ranging
ranging from
from WIDTH mm
40
40 to
to80
80cm
cmfrom
fromthe
thefloor oror
floor surface where
surface where thethe
dishwasher
dishwasherrests Height
HEIGHT 820820
mmmm
Before connecting
rests Before the water
connecting theoutlet
waterhose
outletto hose
the sink drain,
to the remove
sink drain, DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
the plastic
remove theplug B. plug B.
plastic Depth
DEPTH 555555
mmmm
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from WIDTH 598 mm
CAPACITY
Capacity 13 standard place-settings
13 standard place-settings
40 to ANTI-FLOODING
80 cm from the
Anti-flooding floor PROTECTION
or surface where the dishwasher rests
protection HEIGHT 820 mm
BeforeAnti-flooding
connecting protection.
the water outlet hosefloods
To ensure to thedosink
notdrain,
occur,remove
the
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher DEPTH 555 mm
the plastic plug B.is provided with a special system which blocks the
dishwasher
is provided with a special system which blocks the water supply in
water
the supply
event in the event
of anomalies of anomalies
or leaks from insideorthe
leaks from inside the
appliance. CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
appliance.
ANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
Some models
device New Aqua areStop,
also equipped with theanti-flooding
which guarantees supplementary safety
protectio
Anti-flooding
device protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
even in New AquaofStop,
the event which
a supply guarantees
hose rupture. anti-flooding protectio
is provided
even inwith aevent
specialof asystem whichrupture.
blocks the water supply in
Under nothecircumstances supply
should hose
the water inlet hose be cut as it
the event
Modelof has
contains anomalies
liveWater orparts.
leaks from
protection
electrical inside
system the appliance.
Aquastop
SomeUndermodels noare also equipped
circumstances withthe
should thewater
supplementary safety
inlet hose be cut as it
New Aqua
devicecontains Stop, which
live electrical guarantees anti-flooding protectio
parts.
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
ENGLISH 17
IKEA GUARANTEE
How long is the IKEA guarantee valid?
This guarantee is valid for five years from the original date of
purchase of your appliance at IKEA. The original sales receipt, is
required as proof of purchase. If service work is carried out under
guarantee, this will not extend the guarantee period for the
appliance.
Who will execute the service?
IKEA service provider will provide the service through its own
service operations or authorized service partner network.
What does this guarantee cover?
The guarantee covers faults of the appliance, which have been
caused by faulty construction or material faults from the date
of purchase from IKEA. This guarantee applies to domestic use
only. The exceptions are specified under the headline “What is
not covered under this guarantee?” Within the guarantee period,
the costs to remedy the fault e.g. repairs, parts, labour and travel
will be covered, provided that the appliance is accessible for
repair without special expenditure. On these conditions the EU
guidelines (Nr. 99/44/EG) and the respective local regulations are
applicable. Replaced parts become the property of IKEA.
What will IKEA do to correct the problem?
IKEA appointed Service Provider will examine the product and
decide, at its sole discretion, if it is covered under this guarantee.
If considered covered, IKEA Service Provider or its authorized
service partner through its own service operations, will then, at
its sole discretion, either repair the defective product or replace it
with the same or a comparable product.
What is not covered under this guarantee?
• Normal wear and tear.
• Deliberate or negligent damage, damage caused by failure
to observe operating instructions, incorrect installation or by
connection to the wrong voltage, damage caused by chemical
or electrochemical reaction, rust, corrosion or water damage
including but not limited to damage caused by excessive
lime in the water supply, damage caused by abnormal
environmental conditions.
• Consumable parts including batteries and lamps.
• Non-functional and decorative parts which do not affect
normal use of the appliance, including any scratches and
possible color differences.
• Accidental damage caused by foreign objects or substances
and cleaning or unblocking of filters, drainage systems or
soap drawers.
• Damage to the following parts: ceramic glass, accessories,
crockery and cutlery baskets, feed and drainage pipes, seals,
lamps and lamp covers, screens, knobs, casings and parts of
casings. Unless such damages can be proved to have been
caused by production faults.
• Cases where no fault could be found during a technician’s
visit.
• Repairs not carried out by our appointed service providers
and/or an authorized service contractual partner or where
non-original parts have been used.
• Repairs caused by installation which is faulty or not according
to specification.
• The use of the appliance in a non-domestic environment i.e.
professional use.
• Transportation damages. If a customer transports the product
to his home or another address, IKEA is not liable for any
damage that may occur during transport. However, if IKEA
delivers the product to the customer’s delivery address, then
damage to the product that occurs during this delivery will be
covered by IKEA.
• Cost for carrying out the initial installation of the IKEA
appliance.
• However, if an IKEA appointed Service Provider or its
authorized service partner repairs or replaces the appliance
under the terms of this guarantee, the appointed Service
Provider or its authorized service partner will reinstall the
repaired appliance or install the replacement, if necessary.
• This does not apply within Ireland, customer should contact
the local IKEA dedicated after sales line or the appointed
Service Provider for further information.
(just for GB)
These restrictions do not apply to fault-free work carried out by
a qualified specialist using our original parts in order to adapt
the appliance to the technical safety specifications of another EU
country.
How country law applies
The IKEA guarantee gives you specific legal rights, which cover
or exceed all the local legal demands. However these conditions
do not limit in any way consumer rights described in the local
legislation.
Area of validity
For appliances which are purchased in one EU country and
taken to another EU country, the services will be provided in
the framework of the guarantee conditions normal in the new
country.
An obligation to carry out services in the framework of the
guarantee exists only if the appliance complies and is installed in
accordance with:
- the technical specifications of the country in which the
guarantee claim is made;
- the Assembly Instructions and User Manual Safety
Information.
The dedicated AFTER SALES for IKEA appliances
Please don’t hesitate to contact IKEA appointed Authorized
Service Centre to:
• make a service request under this guarantee;
• ask for clarifications on installation of the IKEA appliance in
the dedicated IKEA kitchen furniture;
• ask for clarification on functions of IKEA appliances.
To ensure that we provide you with the best assistance, please
read carefully the Assembly Instructions and/or the User Manual
before contacting us.
How to reach us if you need our service
Please refer to the last page
of this manual for the full list
of IKEA appointed Authorized
Service Centre and relative
national phone numbers.
In order to provide you a quicker service, we recommend
to use the specific phone numbers listed on this manual.
Always refer to the numbers listed in the booklet of the
specific appliance you need an assistance for. Please also
always refer to the IKEA article number (8 digit code)
and 12 digit service number placed on the rating plate of
your appliance.
SAVE THE SALES RECEIPT!
It is your proof of purchase and required for the guarantee
to apply. The sales receipt also reports the IKEA name and
article number (8 digit code) for each of the appliances you
have purchased.
Do you need extra help?
For any additional questions not related to After Sales of your
appliances please contact your nearest IKEA store call centre.
We recommend you read the appliance documentation carefully
before contacting us.
DE
DEUTSCH
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Sicherheitshinweise 18
Produktbeschreibung 21
Bedienblende 21
Erster Gebrauch 21
Körbe beladen 23
Täglicher Gebrauch 24
Funktionen 24
Sicherheitshinweise
Diese Sicherheitsanweisungen vor dem
Gebrauch durchlesen. Diese Anweisungen
zum Nachschlagen leicht zugänglich
aufbewahren.
In diesen Anweisungen sowie auf dem Gerät
selbst werden wichtige Sicherheitshinweise
angegeben, die durchgelesen und stets
beachtet werden müssen. Der Hersteller
übernimmt keine Haftung für die
Nichtbeachtung dieser Sicherheitshinweise,
für unsachgemäße Verwendung des Geräts
oder falsche Bedienungseinstellung.
Babys und Kleinkinder (0-3 Jahre)
müssen vom Gerät ferngehalten werden.
Jüngere Kinder (3-8 Jahre) müssen vom
Gerät ferngehalten werden, es sei denn,
sie werden ständig beaufsichtigt. Dieses
Gerät darf von Kindern ab 8 Jahren sowie
Personen mit herabgesetzten physischen,
sensorischen oder geistigen Fähigkeiten
und Mangel an Erfahrung und Kenntnissen
nur unter Aufsicht oder nach ausreichender
Einweisung durch eine für ihre Sicherheit
verantwortliche Person verwendet werden.
Kinder dürfen nicht mit dem Gerät spielen.
Die Reinigung und Pflege des Gerätes
darf von Kindern nicht ohne Aufsicht
durchgeführt werden.
ZULÄSSIGE NUTZUNG
VORSICHT: Das Gerät ist nicht
für den Betrieb mit einem externen
Schalter, wie Timer, oder separatem
Fernbedienungssystem konstruiert.
Dieses Gerät ist für
Haushaltsanwendungen und ähnliche
Anwendungen konzipiert, zum Beispiel:
Mitarbeiterküchen im Einzelhandel, in
Büros oder in anderen Arbeitsbereichen;
Gasthäuser; für Gäste in Hotels, Motels, Bed-
and-Breakfast-Anwendungen und anderen
Wohnumgebungen.
18
Reinigung und pflege 26
Was tun, wenn... 27
Kundenservice 28
Technische Daten 29
Hinweise zum Umweltschutz 29
Installation 30
IKEA GUARANTEE 31
Dieses Gerät ist nicht für den
professionellen Gebrauch ausgelegt. Das
Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im Freien
geeignet.
Die maximale Anzahl an Geschirr ist auf
dem Produktdatenblatt gezeigt.
Die Tür sollte nicht in geöffneter Stellung
bleiben - Stolpergefahr. Geöffnete Tür nur
mit ausgefahrenem Geschirrkorb (und
Geschirr) belasten. Nicht als Arbeitsplatte
oder Sitzgelegenheit verwenden, nicht
darauf stellen.
WARNUNG: Geschirrspülmittel sind
stark alkalisch. Sie können bei Verschlucken
äußerst gefährlich sein. Kontakt mit der
Haut und den Augen vermeiden und
Kinder von dem Geschirrspüler fern halten,
wenn die Tür geöffnet ist. Nach jedem
Waschzyklus prüfen, dass das Spülmittelfach
leer ist.
WARNUNG: Messer und andere
Utensilien mit scharfen Spitzen müssen
mit der Spitze nach unten in den Korb
oder in horizontaler Position in den
Geschirrspüler gelegt werden - Gefahr von
Schnittverletzungen.
Keine explosiven oder entzündbaren
Stoffe (z.B. Benzin oder Sprühdosen)
in dem oder in der Nähe des Gerätes
lagern - Brandgefahr. Das Gerät darf
nur zum Spülen von Haushaltsgeschirr
gemäß den Anweisungen in diesem
Handbuch verwendet werden. Das
Wasser im Gerät ist kein Trinkwasser.
Nur Spülmittel und Klarspüler für
automatische Geschirrspüler verwenden.
Wird Wasserenthärter (Salz) zugegeben,
sofort einen Spülzyklus bei leerem Gerät
ausführen, um Korrosionsschäden an
innenliegenden Bauteilen zu vermeiden.
DEUTSCH 19
Spülmittel, Klarspüler und Regeneriersalz
außerhalb der Reichweite von Kindern
aufbewahren. Vor Wartungsmaßnahmen
die Wasserzufuhr zudrehen und die
Stromversorgung ausstecken oder
unterbrechen. Bei Störungen die Wasser-
und Stromversorgung trennen.
INSTALLATION
Das Gerät muss von zwei oder
mehr Personen gehandhabt und
aufgestellt werden – Verletzungsgefahr.
Schutzhandschuhe zum Auspacken und
zur Installation des Geräts verwenden –
Schnittgefahr.
Die Installation, der Wasseranschluss
(falls vorhanden), der elektrische Anschluss
und eventuelle Reparaturen dürfen
nur von einer Fachkraft durchgeführt
werden. Das Gerät nicht selbst reparieren
und keine Teile austauschen, wenn dies
von der Bedienungsanleitung nicht
ausdrücklich vorgesehen ist. Kinder
vom Installationsort fern halten. Prüfen
Sie das Gerät nach dem Auspacken auf
Transportschäden. Bei auftretenden
Problemen wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihren
Händler oder den Kundenservice. Nach der
Installation müssen Verpackungsabfälle
(Kunststoff, Styroporteile usw.)
außerhalb der Reichweite von Kindern
aufbewahrt werden - Erstickungsgefahr.
Das Gerät vor Installationsarbeiten
von der Stromversorgung trennen -
Stromschlaggefahr. Während der Installation
sicherstellen, das Netzkabel nicht mit
dem Gerät selbst zu beschädigen - Brand-
oder Stromschlaggefahr. Das Gerät erst
starten, wenn die Installationsarbeiten
abgeschlossen sind.
Zum Anschließen des Geschirrspülers an die
Wasserversorgung nur neue Schlauchsätze
verwenden. Keine alten Schlauchsätze
wiederverwenden.
Sämtliche Schläuche mit Schellen sichern,
damit sie sich während des Betriebs nicht
lösen.
Besondere Vorschriften des regionalen
Wasserwirtschaftsamts beachten.
Wasserzulaufdruck 0,05-1.0 MPa.
Das Gerät muss an der Wand aufgestellt
oder in Möbel eingebaut werden, um den
Zugriff auf seine Rückseite zu begrenzen.
Für Geschirrspüler mit Entlüftungsschlitzen
am Boden, dürfen die Schlitze nicht durch
einen Teppich verstopft sein.
Wenn der Geschirrspüler am Ende einer
Reihe von Einheiten installiert wird und die
Seitenverkleidung zugänglich gemacht wird,
muss der Scharnierbereich abgedeckt sein,
um Verletzungsgefahr zu vermeiden.
Die Wasserzulauftemperatur ist abhängig
von dem Geschirrspülermodell. Ist der
installierte Zulaufschlauch mit „25 °C Max“
gekennzeichnet, beträgt die maximal
zulässige Wassertemperatur 25 °C. Für
alle anderen Modelle ist die maximal
zugelassene Wassertemperatur 60°C.
Die Schläuche nicht schneiden und, bei
Geräten mit Wasserstoppsystem das
Kunststoffgehäuse mit dem Zulaufschlauch
nicht in Wasser tauchen. Den Fachhändler
kontaktieren, wenn die Schläuche zu kurz
sind. Zu- und Ablaufschlauch knickfrei
verlegen. Vor der ersten Verwendung
des Geräts den Wasserzulauf und den
Ablaufschlauch auf Undichtigkeiten prüfen.
Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die vier Füße fest
auf dem Boden aufliegen. Stellen Sie diese
dementsprechend ein. Kontrollieren Sie mit
einer Wasserwaage, dass der Geschirrspüler
vollkommen eben und standfest ist.
Das Gerät nur verwenden, wenn die in
Abbildung 19 dargestellten Abdeckungen in
der Installationsanleitung richtig montiert
sind - Verletzungsgefahr.
WASSERANSCHLUSS
Beim Anschluss des Geräts an die
Wasserversorgung dürfen nur neue
Schläuche verwendet werden. Verwenden
Sie keine alten Schlauch-Sets.
Gemäß der entsprechenden DIN-Norm
muss das Gerät an ein Wasserzulauf
System mit einer Sicherungseinrichtung
angeschlossen werden, die gegen
Rückfließen zur Trinkwasserquelle
schützt. Wenn Sie unsicher sind, lassen
Sie sich das Vorhandensein einer solchen
Sicherungseinrichtung durch einen
Fachmann bestätigen.
Wenn keine solche Sicherheitseinrichtung
vorhanden ist oder Sie weitere
Informationen benötigen, wenden
DEUTSCH 20

Sie sich bitte an den Kundendienst, REINIGUNG UND PFLEGE

der einen Adapter mit integriertem WARNUNG: Vor dem Durchführen
Rückflussverhinderer organisieren kann. von Wartungsarbeiten ist sicherzustellen,
HINWEISE ZUR ELEKTRIK dass das Gerät ausgeschaltet und von
Das Typenschild befindet sich an der Kante der Stromversorgung getrennt ist. Um
der Geschirrspülertür (bei offener Tür die Gefahr von Personenschäden zu
sichtbar). vermeiden, Schutzhandschuhe (Gefahr von
Es muss gemäß den Verdrahtungsregeln Schnittverletzungen) und Sicherheitsschuhe
möglich sein, den Netzstecker des Gerätes (Quetschgefahr) tragen; unbedingt zu
zu ziehen, oder es mit einem Trennschalter, zweit transportieren (Last reduzieren);
welcher der Steckdose vorgeschaltet keine Dampfreinigungsgeräte verwenden
ist, auszuschalten. Das Gerät muss im (Stromschlaggefahr). Nicht professionelle
Einklang mit den nationalen elektrischen und nicht vom Hersteller autorisierte
Sicherheitsbestimmungen geerdet sein. Reparaturen können ein Risiko für
Verwenden Sie keine Gesundheit und Sicherheit mit sich bringen,
Verlängerungskabel, Mehrfachstecker oder wofür der Hersteller nicht haftbar gemacht
Adapter. Nach der Installation dürfen Strom werden kann. Jegliche Mängel oder Schäden
führende Teile für den Benutzer nicht mehr infolge nicht professioneller Reparatur-
zugänglich sein. Das Gerät nicht bedienen, oder Wartungsarbeiten sind nicht durch die
wenn Sie nasse Hände haben oder barfuß Garantie abgedeckt, deren Bedingungen in
sind. Das Gerät nicht verwenden, wenn das den Unterlagen angeführt sind, welche mit
Netzkabel oder der Stecker beschädigt sind, dem Gerät mitgeliefert werden.
wenn es nicht einwandfrei funktioniert,
wenn es heruntergefallen ist oder in
irgendeiner Weise beschädigt wurde.
Wenn das Netzkabel beschädigt ist, muss
es aus Sicherheitsgründen vom Hersteller,
von seinem Kundendienstvertreter oder
einer ähnlich qualifizierten Fachkraft mit
einem identischen Kabel ersetzt werden -
Stromschlaggefahr.
Passt der mitgelieferte Stecker nicht zur
Steckdose, einen qualifizierten Techniker
kontaktieren.
Ziehen Sie nicht am Netzkabel. Tauchen Sie
das Netzkabel oder den Stecker nicht ins
Wasser. Halten Sie das Netzkabel fern von
heißen Oberflächen.
 ENGLISH 7
DEUTSCH 21
Product description
Produktbeschreibung
1
1 Oberkorb
1 1. Upper rack
7 2 Faltbare Klappen
7 2 2
2. � � � � � � �
3 Oberkorb Höhenversteller
3. Upper rack height adjuster
8
8 4 Oberer Sprüharm 4. Upper sprayer arm
5 Unterkorb
3 2 5. Lower rack
6 Besteckkorb 6. Cutlery basket
9
4 3
7 Unterer Sprüharm 7. Lower sprayer arm
5 8 Filtereinheit 8. Filter Assembly
6 9 Salzbehälter 4
9. Salt reservoir
9 10. Detergent and Rinse Aid dispensers
10 Spülmittel und Klarspülerspender
Service:
11 10
11 Bedienblende
5
11. Rating plate
12. Control panel
0000 000 00000

6
12
11

10

Bedienblende

11 1
1
2 3
2
4 5
3
6 7
4 5 6

h h

ENGLISH 7
3sec 50° 55° 65° 50° 65° 65° 7 PROGRAMS

3sec 50° 55° 65° 50° 65° 6

Control panel
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11
Product description 7

1 Ein-Aus/Reset Taste mit Anzeigelichth 7 Display

1
2 Programmwahl-Taste 8 Anzeigelicht3sec
halbe Füllmenge
1. Upper rack
7
3 Anzeigelicht zum Salz auffüllen 9 Halbe-Füllmenge-Taste
4 Anzeigelicht zum Klarspüler auffüllen 10
2 2. � � � � � � �
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Startvorwahl-Taste
11 3. Upper rack height adjuster
8
5 Programmnummer und Verzögerungszeit-Anzeige 4. Upper sprayer
11 START/Pause-Taste mit arm
Anzeigelicht/Tab
6 5. Lower rack
1. Tab-Anzeigelicht
On-Off/Reset button with indicator light 7. Display6. Cutlery basket
2. Program selection button 3
8. Half Load
7. indicator light arm
Lower sprayer
3. Salt refill indicator ligh 9. Half Load
8. button
Filter Assembly
4. Rinse Aid refill indicator ligh 4
10. 9. Salt reservoir
Delay button
5. 9
Program number and delay time indicator 11. 10. Detergent
START/Pause buttonand Rinse
with Aid dispensers
indicator light / Tab
6. Tablet indicator light 5 11. Rating plate
12. Control panel
6
Erster Gebrauch
First use
10
ADVICE
Hinweise REGARDING
zur ersten THE FIRST TIME USE
Inbetriebnahme 1. Ziehen Sie den Unterkorb
1. Remove the lower rack and
heraus und schrauben Sie den
NachAfter
Abschluss der Installation
installation, diestoppers
remove the Puffer an denthe
from Körben
racksund
and the unscrew the
Salzbehälterdeckelreservoirgegen
cap den
die Rückhaltegummis vom oberen
retaining elastic elements fromKorb entfernen.
the upper rack. (anticlockwise).
Uhrzeigersinn ab.
FILLINGbefüllen
Salzbehälter THE SALT RESERVOIR 2.2. Only
Nurthe beimfirstersten
time you Mal:doBefüllen
this: fill Sie
Mit der 11
TheVerwendung von Salz the
use of salt prevents werden KALKABLAGERUNGEN
formation of LIMESCALE on the
theden saltSalzbehälter
3.3. Position
reservoir with mitwater.
Wasser.
auf dem
dishes Geschirr
andonundthe den funktionalen
machine’s Komponenten
functional components.des Setzen the funnel
Sie den (see figure)
Trichter auf (siehe
Geschirrspülers verhindert. and fill the salt
Abbildung) undreservoir
füllen Sieright
denup
• ItSALZBEHÄLTER
• DER is important thatDARFthe salt
NIEreservoir be never empty.
LEER SEIN. toBehälter
its edge bis (approximately
zum Rand mit 1 kg);
Salz (ca.
Control
• Es• It is
ist wichtig,panel
important to set the water hardness.
die Wasserhärte einzustellen. it 1iskg);
not es unusual for a little
ist normal, wenn water
etwas to
The salt reservoir
Der Salzbehälter befindetis located in the lower part of the
sich im Geschirrspülerboden (siehe leak out. ausläuft.
Wasser
dishwasher (see
PRODUKTBESCHREIBUNG) und mussPRODUCT DESCRIPTION) and should
aufgefüllt werden, wenn be 4.4. Remove
Den Trichter the funnel and wipe
abnehmen undany
die
filled when the SALT REFILL
die SALZNACHFÜLLANZEIGE derindicator light leuchtet.
Bedienblende in the salt residuevom
Salzreste away from the
Öffnungsrand
control panel is lit . opening.
h entfernen.
3sec

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1. On-Off/Reset button with indicator light 7. Display

2. Program selection button 8. Half Load indicator light
3. Salt refill indicator ligh
 As soon as this procedure is complete, run a program without • Switch the d
circumstances. • Press button
loading. The “Pre-Wash” program alone is NOT� � � � � � • Switch it off
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �s.� � supplied.
Residual saline solution or grains of salt can lead to corrosion, • Press button
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � •� � Switch it off
irreparably damaging the stainless steel components. • Switch it on
heating element may be damaged as a result. Setting is comp
The guarantee is not applicable if faults are caused by such • The current s
DEUTSCH 22 Whenever you need to add salt, it is mandatory to complete If the rinse aid
circumstances.
the procedure before the beginning of the washing cycle.
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �s.� �
• Press button
supplied.
supplied. The L
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � •run �� out of rinse
Switch it off
SETTING THE WATER HARDNESS the dishwasher
heating element may be damaged as a result. Setting is comp
To allow the water softener to work in a perfect way, it is essential please follow in
Sicherstellen, dass der Deckel fest angeschraubt ist, so dass kein Whenever you need to add salt, it is mandatory to complete If
Klarspülerdosierung the rinse aid
that the water hardness setting is based on the actual water hard- • If you see bl
Spülmittel während dem Waschprogramm in den Behälter gelangt Sollteness the das procedure
Trockenergebnis before the beginning
in your house. This information can be obtained from your local • If thereThe
unzufriedenstellend of the washing
sein, kann cycle.
die supplied. L
are d
for average (3) water hardness. runset out of rinse
ENGLISH 8
(dies könnte den Wasserenthärter irreparabel beschädigen). Klarspülerdosierung
water supplier. Theneu factory eingestellt
setting iswerden. a high n
SETTING THE WATER HARDNESS the dishwasher
Sobald dieses Verfahren abgeschlossen ist, ein Programm ohne • Den Geschirrspüler
•To Switch
allow the onwater
mit dertoTaste
softener
the appliance bywork
EIN/AUS
in a perfect
pressing
einschalten.
the ON/OFFway, it isbutton.
essential please follow in
ENGLISH Beladung laufen lassen. Das „Vorspül“-Programm allein ist NICHT • Mit •that der the
Switch Taste
water offEIN/AUS
hardness
the applianceausschalten.
setting by is 8
based on
pressing thethe actual water
ON/OFF button. hard- •FILLING
If you see THE bl
AUSREICHEND. Übergelaufene Salzlösung bzw. Salzkörner können zu • Drücken •ness Hold Sie
in yourdown die house.Taste
button This for drei Mal
information
5 seconds, - ein
canuntilPiepton
be obtained ertönt.
you hearfrom your local • If there are d
a beep.
Korrosion führen und den Edelstahlbehälter beschädigen. • Mit •waterder
Switch Taste
supplier. onEIN/AUS
theThe applianceeinschalten.
factory setting
by pressingis for average (3) water hardness. � � � � � � �
Make sure the cap is screwed on tightly, so that no detergent can ADJUSTING THE DOSAGE OFthe RINSEON/OFF AIDbutton. set a high n
dishwashers.
Für Reklamationen in diesem Zusammenhang, kann von uns keine • Die The current
• Nummer der selection
aktuell level number and
ausgewählten Stufe theund saltdieindicator light
Make sure getthe intocap theis container
screwed onduring tightly, so thethat wash programcan
no detergent (thisADJUSTING
could damage THEIfDOSAGE you � are
• Switch
� � not
OF
on the RINSE
� � completely
�
appliance AID by satisfied
pressingwith the drying
the ON/OFF results, you
button. can the
To achieve
get into the Garantieleistung
the container during übernommen
the wash program werden. (this could damage If you are not completely Klarspülernachfüllanzeige
• satisfied
Switch with
off thethe drying
appliance blinken.
results,
byaid pressing you can the ON/OFF button.
water softener beyond repair). adjust the button quantity ofselect
rinse used. useof detergen
FILLING THE
As soon
Verwenden ENGLISH
the water softener beyond repair).
as this
Sie procedure
bitte nur Spezialsalz is complete, run
für Geschirrspüler. a program
adjust the quantity• of Drücken
Wenn without
der •
•
rinse
• Hold
Press
Switch
aid Sie
WATER
used.
down
the
diebutton
dishwasher
HARDNESS
to
Taste ,for the
um5 den
on
TABLE).
desired
seconds,Standuntil
using the 8
hardness
deryou
ON/OFF
level
gelieferten
hear a beep.
(see
button. We recommen
� � � � � ��
As soon as this procedure is complete, run a program without • Switch the dishwasher Klarspülermenge
on using
• Switch onthe auszuwählen.
theON/OFFappliance button.
by pressing the ON/OFF button. or chlorine, as
Salzbehälter
loading.loading.
The “Pre-Wash” The nicht “Pre-Wash”
programgefüllt ist,
alone könnten
program
is NOT�alone �Kesselsteinablagerungen
� �is� NOT� � �• �Switch
��� it off using •the•Switch
• Mit ON/OFF
TheTaste
der
it button.
current off
EIN/AUS
using
selection Water the ON/OFFnumber button.
Hardness
level
ausschalten. Table
and the salt indicator light dishwashers.
Good washing
Residual den
Residual
saline Wasserenthärter
saline
solution grainsund
or solution or
of saltdas Heizelement
grains
can lead oftosalt beschädigen.
can
corrosion, lead to Die button three
• corrosion,
Press • Press times
��� -button
a�beep � � willthree be heard. times - °dH a beep will be heard. To achieve the
detergent bein
ADJUSTING THEitDOSAGE OF °fH
irreparably Make sure
Verwendung
irreparably
damaging the
von
damaging
the cap is
Salz
stainless wirdscrewed
thesteelbei
stainless on tightly,
jeder
components. Art
steelvonso that no detergent
Geschirrspülmittel
components. • Switch canit on using Diethe
• Einstellung
•Switch
ON/OFF
Press button
ist abgeschlossen!
Level
on
button. using to selectthe RINSEON/OFF
the desired
German
AIDbutton. hardnessFrench
degrees level (see degrees
useof detergen
Exceeding the
get into the container during the wash program (this could damage If you are not completely satisfied with the drying results, you can
The guaranteeempfohlen.
The is not applicable
guarantee is not ifapplicable
faults are caused if faults by such
are caused • by Thesuch
current selection Die • Klarspülerstufe
level
The number
WATER current and
HARDNESS kann
rinse aid
selection auflevel NULL
indicator
TABLE). (ECO)
light flash.
number eingestellt
and rinse werden.
aid In lightWe
indicator
recommen
flash.
wash and incre
the water softener beyond repair). adjust the 1
quantity of rinse Soft aid used. 0 - 6 0 - 10 or chlorine, as
Immer wenn Sie Salz zugeben müssen, ist es zwingend• Press button
circumstances.
circumstances.
to selectFall
diesem
• the Press thewird levelkein
button of rinse
toaid
onKlarspüler select quantity
the7tolevel
ausgegeben. be
ofDierinse Kontrollleuchte
aid quantity zur
toGoodbe amount
The ca
� � As
� � � �vorgeschrieben,� �soon� � as �� this
� �procedure
� � � � is �
� complete,
� � � � run
� � a�program
� � �s. � without
� supplied. • Switch 2 dishwasher Medium Water
using theHardness
ON/OFF - 11Table
button. 11 - 20 washing
diesen Vorgang vor dem isBeginn des
����Spülgangs s.�ANZEIGE itsupplied. DES FEHLENDEN ON/OFF KLARSPÜLERS leuchtet nicht mehr auf. Je normally detergentsoiled
� � � �� ��loading.
��� � �The ��� ����� � � ���� � ��� � � ���� � � �� � � � � �the
“Pre-Wash” program alone NOT� �•�� Switch • using
it off Switch off
ON/OFFusing the
button. button. °dH °fH bein
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 3 Average 12 - 17 eingestellt 21 - 30
auszuführen,
heating�element � Residual
� � may � �saline um �Korrosion
� damagedsolution
� � � as �zu
or vermeiden.
grains
� � �of�salt � can � �lead � �to�corrosion,
� ��� � •� Press�� nach•�button Gerätemodell
Switch
� itLevel
three offtimes können
using - athe bisON/OFF
beep max.will be 5 Stufen button. Frenchwerden.
heard. Die detergent) or 3
ENGLISH
Whenever heating irreparably
you need element
be
damaging
to addmay the
salt, itbe
a result.
stainless
is damaged
mandatory to steel components.
ascomplete
Setting
a result. If the rinse aid
is complete!
• Switch Werkseinstellung
it
Setting 4 on using
1 to ZERO
the
is complete! ist
ON/OFF
Hard abhängig button.
Soft no rinse aid will0 be
vom
German
187
Modell. -
degrees
-6
34 Bitte befolgen 31 -
degrees
0 - 10
Sie
60 die
Exceeding the
detergent direc
wash and incre
level is
• TheAnweisungen set
current selection (ECO),
level number and rinse aid indicator light flash. will be enough
Wasserhärte
The guarantee einstellen
is not applicable if faults are caused by such 5 AID indicator oben,
Very hard um dies für Ihr Gerät
35 zu überprüfen.
the procedure
Whenever before
circumstances.you theneedbeginning to add of thesalt, washing cycle.
it is mandatory to complete
supplied. The• LOW Press RINSE
If the
button2 rinse to aidMedium
select level lightlevel
the is will
set not
of to be
ZERO
rinse lit7aidif-- 11
50
you (ECO),
quantity to no
be
61 - 90
rinse
11 - 20 aid will
The amount ca
Ifbethe crockery
Damit der Wasserenthärter perfekt arbeiten kann, muss die run out of rinse aid. • Wenn Sie bläuliche
A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to Streifen auf dem Geschirr sehen, stellen Sie normally soiled
SETTING
the procedure
� �
THE WATER
Wasserhärte � � � �
je nach�before
� �
HARDNESS � �the
� � beginning
� � � � �
der aktuellen Wasserhärte in Ihrem Haus � of
� � the
� �washing
� � � � � cycle.
� �s.� � supplied.supplied.
eine
• 3 niedrigere
Switch The
off LOW
Average
the Zahl ein
appliance RINSE
(1-2). by AID12indicator
pressing - 17the ON/OFF light button.
will
21 - not
30 be lit ifwateryou before b
Product description
To allow eingestellt � � �softener
the water � � � to �� work� �in�a � � � �way,
perfect
werden. Diese Information erhalten sie bei Ihrem
� �it � is � ������
essential
the � dishwasher
� � � � •� �
please followSetting
model. The
Switch run
• Wenn
instruction
it off
Setting out
4above
factory
usingof
is rinse
setting
the
complete!
Wassertropfen
to check
ON/OFF
Hard aid.
is specific
A
this oder
button.
maximum
for your
to the model,
Kalkablagerungen
machine. of
18 - 34 5 levels can
auf dem be set
31 Geschirr
- 60 according
detergent)
of detergent us
detergentto
or 3
direc
powder/gel put
that the SETTING
water heating
örtlichen hardness THE
element
setting
Wasserversorger. WATER
ismay
based be on
Das HARDNESS
damaged
the actual
Werk
aswater
stellt
a result.hard-
den Standardwert • If füryoudie see bluish streaks
is complete!
the
sind, dishwasher
eine
on the höheredishes, model.
Zahl Thenumber
set einstellen
a low factory
(3-4). (1-2).setting is specific to the model,
will be enough
Whenever you need to add salt, it is mandatory to complete 5 Very hard 35 - 50 61 - 90
To
ness in your allow
house. theThiswater softener
information can to bework
obtained in afrom perfect way, it• isIfessential
your local If drops
the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), the no torinse aid this
will be
Wasserhärte
water supplier.
that the
theThe procedureein.
factory
water
before
setting is for
hardness
the beginning
average
setting (3) water
is based
of the washing
onhardness.
the actual water
cycle.
there are
highsupplied.
set a hard- number
1 ofFILLING
please water follow THE
or limescale RINSE
instruction marks
The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
(3-4).
AID on DISPENSER
above dishes, check for your machine. If the crockery
water before b
•
Einfüllen
run out of rinse •
RinseIf you
Switch des
aid see off
makes bluish
Spülmittels
the appliance
dish streaks
DRYING by on the
pressing
easier. dishes,
the
The ON/OFF
rinse setaid a low
button. number
dispenser A (1-2).
•
ness Gerät in mit
your der
house.EIN/AUS-Taste
This einschalten.
information can be obtained from your local 1. aid. A maximum
Upper rack of 5 levels can be set according to of detergent us
• Switch on SETTING 7 the appliance THE by WATER
pressing the HARDNESS
ON/OFF button. Die
the dishwasher Setting
should
• Verwendung
If there is
be
model. complete!
filled
are von
The when
dropsfactory the RINSE
ofsetting
Spülmittel, water AID
isor
das nicht REFILL
limescale
specific für indicator
the marks light
model, on the dishes,
toGeschirrspüler powder/gel put
• Switch • off
water Gerät
• Die
the
To mit the
supplier.
allow
Taste
derwater
appliance EIN/AUS-Taste
The by factory
5 Sekunden
softenersetting
pressing
lang
ausschalten.
the
to workON/OFF is afor
in average
button.
perfect way, it(3) water
is essential
FILLING hardness.
THE please 2
inset
entwickelt
follow
DETERGENT
the2. control � � �panel
a wurde,
high
instruction DISPENSER
� ist,
number
above
� kann
�is to�
lit.check
zu Funktionsstörungen
(3-4). this for your machine. oder Schäden am B
• Hold down button
that the water for 5 seconds,
hardness untilgedrückt
setting isyou
based hearon halten,
a the
beep. bis Sie
actual einen
water hard-Piepton• If you see
Gerät FILLING 3. UpperTHErack RINSE the AID
onheight DISPENSER
adjuster
� � führen.
bluish streaks dishes, set a low number (1-2).
• Switch • on Switch
8
hören. inonyourthe
the appliance
ness appliance
by
house. pressing by ON/OFF
the
This information pressingcan be the
button.
obtained ON/OFF from�your � �local
button.������
• If thereDie
�������������������
are4.drops
besten
Rinse aid Upper
Spül- of water
makes sprayer
und arm
or DRYING
limescale
Trockenergebnisse
dish marks erhalten
easier. on the
The dishes,
rinse Sie
aidnur durch A
dispenser A
•• Gerät
• The current Switch
water mitoff
selection der
supplier. the
levelappliance by
number
EIN/AUS-Taste
The factory and thepressing the ON/OFF button.
einschalten.
setting issalt
for indicator
average light
(3) water dishwashers.
hardness. aFILLING
andTHE DETERGENT DISPENSER
setden high
should number
5.
kombinierten beLower (3-4).
filled when
rack
Einsatz thevon RINSE
Spülmittel,AID REFILL indicator
flüssigem Klarspüler light
��� To achieve the best washing drying results, the combined
•• �Die � �Nummer
Hold downonbutton
• Switch der
the aktuell
appliance for 5byseconds,
ausgewähltenpressing until
Stufe
the undyoudiehear
ON/OFF button. a beep. und inaid the control
Regeneriersalz. panel Esis lit.
wird dringend empfohlen,
• Press button to select the desired hardness level (see useof detergent, rinse � � liquid
6.
� � and
Cutlery
� � refined
� basket
� � salt
� � is �
required.
� � � � � � �phosphat-� � � � und � � � �B� � �
• Salznachfüllanzeige
Switch
WATER HARDNESS • Switch on off thetheappliance
TABLE).
blinken.by
appliance by pressing
pressing thethe ON/OFFON/OFF Webutton.
button. recommend FILLING 3
using
chlorfreiedetergents
THE
dishwashers. 7. Spülmitteln
DETERGENT
Lower thatsprayerdo not zu contain phosphates
verwenden,
DISPENSER
arm die Umwelt nicht zu sehr
•• Drücken
The • Hold Sie
currentdown die Taste for
selection
button um
level5die gewünschte
number
seconds, and
until youHärtestufe
the salt
hear indicator
a beep. light
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment. A
auszuwählen Water Hardness
(siehe Table
WASSERHÄRTE-TABELLE). �� �belasten.
�To �also �8.
achieve Ein
�depend
� �gutes
Filter �the � Spülergebnis
Assembly
�best�� � � �amount
washing � hängt
�and�� auch
�
drying� �von �einer
� � korrekten
�results, �the� combined
�• �Switch�� �on� the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button. Good washing results on the correct of 1. When meas
•• Level • The
Gerät mit current selection
der EIN/AUS-Taste level number
ausschalten. andDie theEinstellung
salt indicator istlight
detergent (seebeing 4Spülmitteldosierung
dishwashers.
used. useof 9. detergent,
Salt reservoir ab.
rinse aid liquid and refined salt is required. lier informa
A
9
Press button to select
� � � � � � German degrees
abgeschlossen!
°dH the desired °fH
hardness
French degrees
level To Eine
achieve
We
zu
1. Open
the hohe
best
10. does
recommend
Dosierung
washing
Detergent
the dispenser
and
B
ist
and Rinse
using B
nicht
drying
indetergents
by
gleichzusetzen
results,
Aid dispensers
pressing
the
that
combinedmit
do not
einem
up contain
besseren
the tab onphosphates B there are
WATER
• PressHARDNESS button to select TABLE).the desired hardness level (see
Exceeding the stated
useof 5
amount
Spülergebnis,
detergent, rinse man notbelastet
aid result
liquid and arefined
more
dadurch nurand
effective
salt pulling
dierequired.
is Umwelt. Die Dosierung 2. Remove de
1 Soft 0-6 0 - 10 wash and increases We recommend
kann
or chlorine,
environmental
dem
11.
the lid.Rating
using
jeweiligen
as these
plate
pollution.
detergents products
that do not contain
Verschmutzungsgrad
are harmful to
phosphates
angepasst
the environment.
werden. Bei
WATER HARDNESS TABLE).
2 Wasserhärte-Tabelle
Medium Water 7 - 11Hardness11 Table
- 20
The amount or canchlorine,
einer
2. as
be adjusted
Good Carefully
12. toControl
washing
these
normalen
the introduce
soilpanel
products level.
results
Verschmutzung arethe rinse
Inharmful
the case
also aidto as
depend
ca. thefar
of onas the
the maximum
environment. correct
A amount of1. and close th
When meas
3 Average Level
Water Hardness°dH
12 - 17
Table
21 - 30
normally soiled
°fH or 35ml35
detergent)
Good 6
items,
washing use
detergent
g (in
(liquid
(110 ml)
approximately
results
Pulverform)
Ifdetergent)
this
reference
being
happens,
also
andbzw.
either
used.
depend
clean
B notch
35the
additional
35g
on ofthe
mlspill
the
(powder filling
correct
(flüssig)
tea immediately
spoon
space
amount
verwenden
of
- avoid
of
with und
spilling it.
a dryeinencloth.
3. Close the li
lier informa
the closing
Stufe °dHGerman °dH degrees °fH °fH °Clark
French degrees detergent 1.being Open used.
the dispenser B by pressing and pulling up the tab on B there are
4 Hard Level 18 - 34Deut. 31 - 60 detergent directly inside Exceeding
zusätzlichen
3. the Press tub.the Ifthe
Teelöffellid down
tablets statedSpülmittel
are untilamount
used, youone direkt
hear does ainclick
tablet not
den result
close it.in a more
toGeschirrspüler geben.effective
2.
The Remove
detergent de
German degrees Französischer Englische Exceeding the
French degrees thestatedlid. amount does not result in a more effective
NEVER pour the rinse aid directly intoein the tub.
5 1 Very 1 hard SoftSoft 35 - 50
Härtegr. 0-6
0 - 616 - 90
Härtegr.
will0be
0 -If10
-
Härtegr.
enough. Werden
10 wash
the crockery is only and
Für
10
wash
2. increases
lightly
nur
Spülmitteltabs
and
Carefully
soiled
leicht
increases
introduce
environmental
or if it be
verschmutztes
verwendet,
environmental
the
hasadjusted
been
rinse
pollution.
rinsed
Geschirr,
aid
reicht
as
with
oder
far as
für
Tab
pollution.
the
aus.
maximum
Geschirr, das
and
according closeto th
The amount The amount
(110
can ml)adjusted
be can
reference tonotch
the theto
of level.
soil fillingthe
In soil
space
the case level.
avoidInspilling
- of the case it. of 3. Close the uli
recommend
2 2 MediumMedium 7 - 11 11
water - 20
before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
• Switch off1 the appliance Weich by pressing the - 6 7 - 11button.
0 ON/OFF 0 - 10 11 - 20
0-7 vorher
normally Ifunter
this laufendem
soiled
happens, use items, clean Wasserusespill
the abgespült
approximately
immediately 35gwurde, with kann
a drydie
either 35g
cloth.(powderprogram the closing
so th
of detergent normallyused accordingly soiled items,
(minimum approximately
25 g/ml) e.g. either skip the (powder
Setting is 3complete! 3 Average
Average 12 12- 17 - 17 21 - 30 21 - 30 detergent)Spülmittelmenge
3.orPress
detergent) 35ml the or
(liquid erheblich
lid35mldown
detergent) untilreduziert
(liquid you
and hear
detergent) werden
additionala clickand to(Minimum
tea close it.of 25 g/ml)
additional
spoon tea z.B achieved.
spoon of
The detergent
2 Mittel 7 - 11 18 - 34 11 - 20 31 powder/gel 8 - 14 putted das inside the tub.
NEVER
directly pour
Pulver/Gel nichtthethein rinsedasIfaid Gerät directly
geben. into the
onetub.
4 4 HardHard 18 - 34 31 - 60 detergent
- 60 detergent inside
directly tub.
inside tablets
the are used,
tub. If tablets tablet
are used, one tablet according to th
FILLING THE5 RINSE AID DISPENSER 35 - 50
Very hard
will be enough.
will be Sie enough. recommend u
3 Durchschnittlich 12 - 16 21 - 29 61 - 9015 - 20 If the crockery Drücken To
zum open Öffnen the detergent
des dispenser
Spülmittelfachs Taste C.
11
Rinse aid 5makes dishVery DRYING hardeasier. The rinse35 aid- dispenser
50 A 61 - 90
water Füllen If the
before Sie
is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
crockery
being das press
Spülmittel
placed is only
button lightly
A.
ausschließlich
in the dishwasher, soiled reduce or if
in das it has been rinsed
trockene Fach D achieved.
the amount with program so th
should be filled when the
• Switch RINSE
off the AID REFILL
appliance by pressing indicator the ON/OFFlight button.
4 panel off Hart 17 -pressing
34 30 -ON/OFF60 21 - 42 of detergent ein. water Die used before
für denIntroduce
accordingly being (minimum
Vorspülgang placed
the detergentin25the
benötigte g/ml)intodishwasher,
e.g. skip thereducewird
Spülmittelmenge the amount
• Switch
in the control Settingisislit. the
complete!appliance by the button. the dry
B powder/gel of detergent
direkt putted
in den inside used thedispenser
Geschirrspüler accordingly
tub. B only.
gegeben. (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
Setting 5 is complete! Sehr hart 35 - 50 61 - 90 43 - 62
Control panel
FILLING THE RINSE AID DISPENSER A powder/gelPlace putted
for pre-washing
the inside
amountthe
To open directly
tub.
of detergent
the detergentinside dispenser
Klarspülerspender auffüllen 1. Hinsichtlich der Dosierung
FILLING Rinse aid THE makes RINSE dish DRYINGAID DISPENSER easier. The rinse aid dispenser A the tub. press button A.
should be filleddaswhen the RINSE AID REFILL indicatorDer light verweisen
To open the wirdetergent
auf die zuvor dispenser
Klarspüler macht TROCKNEN von Geschirr einfacher. Introduce theerwähnte detergentInformation,into
Rinse in aid
the makes
control dish
panel is DRYING
lit.
Klarspülerspender A muss aufgefüllt werden, wenn das KLARSPÜLER B
easier. The rinse aid dispenser A press button A. in
the dry dispenser B only.
der die richtige Menge
should
AUFFÜLLEN be filled when the RINSE
Anzeigelicht auf der AID REFILLleuchtet.
h Bedienblende indicator light
Place the amount Introduce
angegeben of detergent theIm
ist. detergent
Fach D into
in the control panel is lit. A 1. When A
measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
B lier information to add
3sec D B the proper quantity.for pre-washing
Inside the dispenser
the dry
sinddirectly dispenser
Anzeigen, inside die beiB deronly.
the tub.
1. Open the dispenser B by pressing and pulling up the tab on B there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
A Place the amounthelfen.
Spülmitteldosierung of detergent
C
the lid. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2.
10 Remove 11 detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser for pre-washing
2. Entfernen directly inside
Sie eventuelle
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum and close the cover until it clicks. theSpülmittelrückstände
tub. von den
(110 ml) reference notch of the filling space - avoid spilling it. 3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until Kanten der Kammern und
1. On-Off/Reset button with indicator light A the closing 1.device
When ismeasuring secured inout the detergent refer to the
place. mentioned ear-
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth. 7. Display
2. Program selection button B lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside schließen Sie den Deckel so,
the dispenser
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it. 8. detergent
Half Loaddispenser
Bindicator light
The there are automatically
indications to opens
help up the rightdass
theatdetergent timeer einrastet.
dosing.
3. Saltpour
NEVER 1.the
refill Open
indicator
rinse theligh
aid directlyBinto
dispenser by pressing
the tub. and pulling up the tab 9.
on
Half Load button
the lid. A according to the
2. program.
Remove
3. Schieben If all-in-one
detergent Sie den residuesdetergents
Deckel from dertheare used, of
edges
Spülmittelkammer wethe dispenser zum Schließen
4. Rinse Aid refill indicator ligh A recommend usingandthe 1.TABLET Whencover measuring outit the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
2. Carefully introduce
B B the rinse aid as far as the maximum 10. Delay button close
nach the oben,button, bisuntil because
it clicks.
er einrastet. adjusts the
5. Program number (110 ml)and delay time
reference notch indicator
of the filling space - avoid spilling program so that the best
3. Close lier
the washing information
lidwithof the and
detergentdrying to add
results
dispenser the proper
areby alwayspulling it up untilInside the dispenser
quantity.
11. it.START/Pause Die button
Spülmittelkammer indicator light
öffnet / Tab
sich automatisch zum richtigen
6. Tablet 1. Den Behälter B durch Drücken
1. Open the dispenser B by pressing and pulling up the tab on
If
indicatorthis happens,
light clean the spill und Anheben
immediately der
with aZunge
dry am
achieved.
cloth. Deckel the closing B there
device areis indications
secured in place. to help the detergent dosing.
öffnen.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it. Zeitpunkt
2. Remove des jeweils
detergent gewählten residues Programms. from theWerden
edges of the dispenser
the lid. The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
2. DenNEVER Klarspüler
pour the vorsichtig
rinse aid bisdirectly
zur maximalen into the Füllstandsmarkierung
tub. Kombispülmitteland verwendet, dann itempfehlen
clicks.are wir, die Option TAB
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum according to the closeprogram. theIf coverall-in-one untildetergents used, we
(110 ml) an der Füllöffnung einfüllen und ein Überlaufen vermeiden.recommend zu verwenden. Damit werden die Programme dem verwendeten
First use
(110 ml) reference notch of the filling space - avoid spilling it.
Andernfalls sofort mit einem trockenen Tuch abwischen. program
3. Close
Spülmittel
sothe
using the theTABLET
angepasst,
thatclosingthe best device
lid of the
washingum das
detergent
button, because
bestmögliche
dispenser
it adjusts the
Spülergebnis
by pulling it up until
are always zu
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth. isand drying results
secured in place.
3. Den Deckel schließen bis er einrastet. achieved.erhalten.
ADVICE
3.Füllen
Press REGARDING
the downTHE
lidKlarspüler FIRST
untilNIEMALS
you hear TIMEa USE click to close it.
Sie den direkt ins Innere des The1.detergent Remove the dispenser
lower rack automatically
and opens up at the right time
NEVER
After pourremove
installation,
Geschirrspülers. the rinse aid directly
the stoppers from the intoracks the and tub.
the unscrew the program.
reservoir cap
retaining elastic elements from the upper rack.
according to the If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend (anticlockwise). using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR 2. Only the first time you do this: fill
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
the salt reservoir with water.
The use of salt prevents the formation of LIMESCALE on the
DEUTSCH 23
Körbe beladen
Empfehlungen
Bevor Sie das Geschirr in den Geschirrspüler einräumen, befreien
Sie es von Speiserückständen und entleeren Sie Gläser und Behälter
von Flüssigkeitsresten. Es ist nicht notwendig, das Geschirr unter
fließendem Wasser vorzuspülen.
Stellen Sie das Geschirr so ein, dass es fest steht und nicht umfallen
kann Behälter müssen mit der Öffnung nach unten eingestellt
werden und hohle oder gewölbte Teile müssen schräg stehen, damit
das Wasser alle Oberflächen erreicht und dann abfließen kann.
Warnung: Achten Sie darauf, dass Deckel, Griffe, Töpfe und Tabletts
die Drehung der Sprüharme nicht behindern.
Stellen Sie kleine Gegenstände in den Besteckkorb. Stark
verschmutztes Geschirr und Töpfe sollten in dem Unterkorb
untergebracht werden, da in diesem Bereich die Wasserstrahlen
stärker sind und eine höhere Spülleistung garantieren.
Stellen Sie nach Einräumen des Geschirrs sicher, dass sich die
Sprüharme frei bewegen können.
Oberkorb
Hier sortieren Sie empfindliches und leichtes Geschirr ein:
Gläser, Tassen, kleine Teller, flache Schüsseln.
(Sortierbeispiel für den Oberkorb)
Klappbare Ablagen mit verstellbarer
Position
Die seitlichen klappbaren Ablagen
können aus- oder eingeklappt werden,
um beim Einräumen des Geschirrs den
Platz im Korb optimal auszunutzen.
Stielgläser können an den Ablagen
stabilisiert werden, indem sie mit dem
Stiel in die vorgesehene Aussparung
gestellt werden.
Je nach Modell:
• Zum Ausklappen der Ablagen,
müssen diese nach oben geschoben
und gedreht oder aus den
Schnappern gelöst und nach unten
gezogen werden.
• Zum Einklappen der Ablagen, müssen
diese gedreht und nach unten
geschoben oder nach oben gezogen
und an den Schnappern befestigt
werden.
Höheneinstellung des Oberkorbs
Der Oberkorb kann in der Höhe verstellt
werden:
stellen Sie ihn in die oberste Position,
wenn Sie großes Geschirr in den
Unterkorb einräumen wollen. Wenn Sie
eher die klappbaren Bereiche nutzen
wollen, dann stellen Sie ihn in die
untere Position. Somit vermeiden Sie
Zusammenstoßen mit dem Geschirr im
Unterkorb.
Der Oberkorb ist mit einem Oberkorb Höhenversteller (siehe
Abbildung) ausgestattet. Ohne Drücken der Hebel kann er
einfach durch Heben der Korbseiten angehoben werden, sobald
der Korb stabil in seiner unteren Stellung ist.
Um den Korb zurück in die untere Stellung zu bringen, drücken
Sie die Hebel A an den Seiten des Korbs und schieben Sie ihn
nach unten.
Es empfiehlt sich, die Höhe des Oberkorbes bei leerem Korb
zu regulieren. Heben oder senken Sie den Korb NIEMALS nur
an einer Seite.
Unterkorb
Für Töpfe, Deckel, Teller, Salatschüsseln, Besteck usw. Große
Teller und Deckel sollten idealerweise an die Seiten gelegt
werden, um nicht mit dem Sprüharm in Kontakt zu kommen.
(Sortierbeispiel für den Unterkorb)
Besteckkorb
Der Korb ist oben mit Gittern versehen, um das Besteck besser
anzuordnen. Der Besteckkorb darf nur im vorderen Teil des
unteren Korbes eingesetzt werden. Messer und andere
Küchenutensilien mit scharfen Spitzen sind mit nach unten
gerichteten Spitzen in den Besteckkorb einzuordnen oder
waagerecht auf die Ablagen des oberen Geschirrkorbs zu
legen.
Ungeeignetes Geschirr
• Besteck und Geschirr aus Holz.
• Empfindliche Dekorgläser, handgemachte Teller und antikes
Geschirr. Die Dekore sind nicht spülmaschinenfest.
• Nicht temperaturbeständige Kunststoffteile.
• Geschirr aus Kupfer und Zinn.
• Mit Asche, Wachs, Schmieröl oder Tinte verschmutztes
Geschirr.
Glasdekore, Aluminium- und Silberteile können während des
Spülgangs die Farbe verändern und ausbleichen. Auch einige
Glasarten (z.B. Kristallgegenstände) können nach mehreren
Spülgängen matt werden.
Schäden an Glas und Geschirr
• Spülen Sie nur Gläser und Geschirr in Ihrem Geschirrspüler,
die vom Hersteller als spülmaschinenfest ausgezeichnet sind.
• Verwenden Sie ein Feinspülmittel für Geschirr
• Nehmen Sie Gläser und Besteck so bald wie möglich nach
Ablauf des Programms aus der Spülmaschine.
Hygiene
Um Gerüche und Ablagerung, die sich in dem Geschirrspüler
ansetzen können zu vermeiden, bitte mindestens einmal
monatlich ein Hochtemperaturprogramm laufen lassen. Einen
Teelöffel Spülmittel verwenden und ohne Geschirr laufen lassen,
um Ihr Gerät zu reinigen.
 ENGLISH 7
1. CHECK WATER CONNECTION The machine will switch off automatically during certain
Check that the dishwasher is connected to the water supply extended periods of inactivity, in order to minimise electri-
DEUTSCH 24
and that the tap is open.
Product description
2. SWITCH ON THE DISHWASHER
city consumption. If the crockery is only lightly soiled or
if it has been rinsed with water before being placed in the
Open the door and press the ON/OFF button. dishwasher, reduce the amount of detergent used accordingly.
1
3. LOAD THE RACKS (see LOADING THE RACKS)
Energiespartipps
Bei teilweiser Beladung wird empfohlen, 1. spezielle
Upper rack
• FILLING
Wenn derTHE Geschirrspüler entsprechend den7 MODIFYING A
Spülgangoptionen RUNNING
(Halbe PROGRAM
Füllmenge) zu
2. verwenden
4. DETERGENT DISPENSER
undIfnur
a wrong program 2
was einzuräumen.
�������
selected,3.it isUpper
possible to change
Herstellerangaben verwendet wird, verbraucht das Spülen ausgewählte Körbe Falsches
rack height adjuster it, pro-
(see PROGRAMS TABLE).
von Geschirr im Geschirrspüler üblicherweise 8 weniger vided
Beladen that
oder it has only
Überladen just
des begun: open
Geschirrspülers
4. the
Upperkanndoor,
den
sprayer press
arm and hold
5. The
CHOOSE
Energie
machine THE
und PROGRAM
Wasser
will switch offAND
als das Spülen CUSTOMISE
von Hand.
automatically THEcertain
during CYCLE the ON/OFF button,
Ressourcenverbrauch erhöhen (z. B. Wasser,
the machine 5.will Strom
switch
Lower und
rack off.
Select
Um diethe
• extended most des
Effizienz appropriate program
ofGeschirrspülers zuin accordance
maximieren with the ZeitSwitch
sowie den Geräuschpegel)
the machine back on und die6.Reinigungs-
ON/OFF und
periods inactivity, in order to minimise electri-
3 using7.theoptions; button and select
pply Cutlery basket
type of crockery den
wirdconsumption.
city empfohlen, and its
thesoiling
If Spülgang level
zu
crockery is(see
onlyPROGRAMS
beginnen, wenn der
lightly soiled or Trocknungsleistung
the new wash cycleverringern.
and any desired Lower sprayer
Startarmthe wash cycle
Geschirrspüler voll beladen being placed in the • Manuelles Vorspülen des Geschirrs führt
ifDESCRIPTION) by pressing the before
button. START/Pause button andzuclosing erhöhtem
8. Filter Assembly
it has been rinsed with water by pressing the door within 4 sec.
• Select
Das Beladen des Geschirrspülers
the desired bis zum vom Hersteller Wasser- und Energieverbrauch 4 und wird 9. nicht empfohlen.
Salt reservoir
dishwasher, reduceoptions (see of
the amount OPTIONS 9AND
detergent
angegebenen Fassungsvermögen trägt dazu bei, Energie
FUNCTIONS).
used accordingly. 10. Detergent and Rinse Aid dispensers
6. START
und Wasser zu sparen. Informationen zum richtigen ADDING EXTRA CROCKERY 5 11. Rating plate
Start
MODIFYINGthe wash
Einräumen desAcycle by pressing
RUNNING
Geschirrs finden SieSTART/Pause
PROGRAM button (led
im Kapitel Beladen. Without switching off the machine, 12.open the
Control door (START/Pause
panel
Ifisalit) and program
wrong closing the was door within 4it sec.
selected, When the
is possible program
to change it, pro- 6 of HOT steam!) and place the
led starts blinking) (be ware

YCLE
Täglicher Gebrauch
startsthat
vided youithear a single
has only just beep.
begun:If open
the doorthe was
door,not closed
press andwithin
hold crockery inside the dishwasher. Press the START/Pause button
4sec.,
the the alarm
ON/OFF sound
button, the will be played.
machine In thisoff.
will switch case, open the and close the door within 410 sec., the cycle will resume from the
h the door,
1. Switch press START/Pause
the machine
Anschluss an buttonprüfen
back on using
die Wasserleitung and
the close the
ON/OFF doorand
button again select Die Maschine
point at schaltet
which it was
sich interrupted.
automatisch während
thewithin
new4washsec. cycle
Sicherstellen, dass der andGeschirrspüler
any desired options; Start the wash cyclebestimmter überschrittener Zeiten der Inaktivität aus,
an die Wasserleitung
angeschlossen und
START/Pause der Wasserhahn
button andauf ist. the door within 4 sec. um den Stromverbrauch zu reduzieren. Für nur leicht
7. byENDpressing
OF WASH CYCLE closing ACCIDENTAL INTERRUPTIONS
IONS). 2. The
Geschirrspüler
end of the wash einschalten
cycle is indicated by beeps and by the verschmutztes Geschirr, oder für Geschirr, das vorher
If the door is opened during the wash cycle, or if there is a power
Tür öffnen und EIN-/AUS-Taste drücken. 11 unter laufendem Wasser abgespült wurde, kann die
ADDING
flashing ofEXTRAthe wash CROCKERY
cycle number on the display. Open the
3. Körbe beladen (siehe KÖRBE BELADEN)
cut, the cycle stops. Press the START/Pause button and close
Spülmittelmenge erheblich reduziert werden.
(led door and
Without switch off
switching off the
theappliance
machine, by
openpressing
the door the(START/Pause
ON/OFF the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the point at
4. Einfüllen des Spülmittels
am button.
led starts blinking) (be ware of HOT
(siehe EINFÜLLEN DES SPÜLMITTELS). Control panel steam!) and place the which it Programm
Ein laufendes was interrupted.
ändern
d within Wait
5. crockery for inside
Programm a few minutes undbefore
the dishwasher.
wählen removing
Press the
das Programm the crockery - to button
START/Pause
anpassen avoid Wenn ein falsches Programm ausgewählt wurde, kann es
n the andburns. amUnload
Dasclose the
the door
besten racks, 4Programm
within
geeignete beginning
sec., the with
cycle
je nach the
willlower
resumeone.from the geändert werden, wenn es gerade erst gestartet wurde: die Tür
gain Besteckart
point at which undit Verschmutzungsgrad
was interrupted. auswählen (siehe öffnen, die EIN/AUS-Taste drücken und gedrückt halten, um die
PROGRAMMBESCHREIBUNG) durch Drücken der Taste . h
Maschine auszuschalten.
ACCIDENTAL
6. Start
Functions
Die gewünschten Optionen auswählen (siehe FUNKTIONEN).
INTERRUPTIONS Die Maschine mit der EIN/AUS-Taste3sec wieder einschalten und
das neue Spülprogramm und die gewünschten Optionen
the If the door is opened during the wash cycle, or if there is a powerauswählen; das Spülprogramm durch Drücken der Taste START/
Starten Sie das Spülprogramm mit der Taste START/Pause 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
the 1.the
ECO - Normally soiled START/Pause
crockery. Standard program, the most efficient
cut,
(LED cycle
wechselt stops. Press
von blinkend the
auf leuchtend) und button
schließen andSieclose Pause starteninund
terms of its combined
innerhalb von 4 Sek.energy
die Tür and water
schließen.
FF the
diedoorconsumption.
Tür within 4 sec.,
innerhalb von 4the cycle
Sek. will
1. resume
Bei Programmstart
On-Off/Reset fromertöntthewith
button point
ein at light
indicator 7. Display
which it was
einzelner
2. NORMAL interrupted.
Piepton. Wenn soil.
- Mixed die Tür
Fornicht innerhalb
2. Program
normally soiled von
selection 4button
dishesSek.with dried Hinzufügen von weiterem
food residues. 8. HalfGeschirr
Load indicator light
o avoid geschlossen wurde, ertönt der akustische 3. Salt refill indicator
Alarm. ligh Sie
Öffnen Ohne die Maschine auszuschalten, die Tür öffnen (START/
9. Half Load button
3. INTENSIVE - Program recommended 4. Rinse for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used
in diesem Fall die Tür, drücken Sie die TasteAid refill indicator ligh
START/Pause und Pause LED beginnt zu blinken) 10. Delay (Vorsicht
button HEISSER Dampf!) und
for delicate items). 5. Program
schließen Sie die Tür erneut innerhalb von 4 Sekunden. number and delay time indicator
das Geschirr in den Geschirrspüler geben.
11. START/Pause buttonDie
withTaste
indicatorSTART/
light / Tab
4. PRE-WASH
7. Ende des Spülprogramms- Use to refresh6.crockery planned
Tablet indicator light to be washed Pause later. No detergent
drücken to be von
und innerhalb used4 with thisTür
Sek. die program.
schließen; das
Das 5. Ende
FAST des Spülvorgangs
- Normally soiledwird durch Pieptöne
crockery. Everyday und das that ensures
cycle, Programm optimalläuft automatisch
cleaning weiter, wo
performance in es unterbrochen
shorter time. wurde.
Blinken der Programmnummer auf dem Display angezeigt.
Die6.Tür
SANITIZING
öffnen und das - Normally
Gerät mit order Firstsoiled
heavily use crockery, with additional
EIN/AUS-Taste antibacterial
Unbeabsichtigtes wash. Candes
Unterbrechen beSpülprogramms
used to perform
m, the most efficient maintenance
in
ausschalten.terms of its of the dishwasher.
combined energy and water Wird während
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE des Spülgangs die Gerätetür geöffnet, oder sollte
Vor 7.Entnahme des Bestecks einige
to Minuten warten - ummaintenance ein Stromausfall 1. Remove thetheappliance
lower rack and
SELF- CLEAN - Program beAfter
used to perform
installation, remove the stoppers fromofthe
theracks and stattfinden,
dishwasher.
the wird the
It cleans der interior
Spülgang of unterbrochen.
unscrew the reservoir cap
with dried food Verbrennungen zu vermeiden. Die Körbe
using hot water.
residues. entladen,
retaining mit dem
elastic elements Die Taste
from the upper rack. START/Pause drücken und innerhalb von 4 Sek. die
(anticlockwise).
Unteren beginnen. FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR Tür schließen; das Programm läuft automatisch weiter,
2. Only the woyou
first time es do this: fill
oiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used
The use of salt prevents the formation ENGLISH
unterbrochen
of LIMESCALE on
dishes andon the machine’s functional components.
wurde.
the
the salt reservoir with water.
3. Position the funnel (see figure)
OPTIONS can be selected directly and fill the salt reservoir right up
be washed later. No detergent to be used with by
thispressing
•program.
the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
It is important that the salt reservoir be never empty. to its edge (approximately 1 kg);
• It is important to set the water hardness. it is not unusual for a little water to
that ensuresIfoptimal cleaning
is notperformance
compatible in shorter time.
y, with additional
Funktionen
an option
antibacterial
and beeps wash. The
will sound.
with
Canoption
be used
the
The selected
to not
will
salt
dishwasher
perform
be(see
reservoirprogram
enabled.
PRODUCT
see
is located in lower part of the TABLE, the
the PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION) and should be
corresponding leak
LED out.� � � �rapidly 3 times
4. Remove the funnel and wipe any
filled when the SALT REFILL indicator light in the salt residue away from the

HALF
aintenance of the dishwasher.
HALBE FÜLLMENGE
LOAD
It cleans the Geschirr
interior ofzuthe appliance
control panel is lit .
DELAY
STARTZEITVORWAHL
TABLET (Tab)kannmay
opening.

Haben Sie nur wenig spülen, wählen Der

The Programmstartzeit
start time of the program um eine Zeit vonfor
be delayed 1 bis
a period
If Sie
there are not many
den Spülgang dishes
Halbe Füllung.to Sie
be sparen
washed, a half load
Wasser, This setting
12 Stunden allowswerden.
verzögert you to optimize the performance of
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
cycle
Strommay
undbe used in order
Spülmittel. to save
Programm water,Taste
wählen, electricity and the program
1. Drücken Sie dieaccording to the type of detergent
Taste STARTVERZÖGERUNG: Das used. Na
detergent. Select thedrücken:
HALBE FÜLLMENGE programDie andAnzeigelicht
press the HALF LOAD 1. PressPressthe the
DELAY
entsprechende button: „h“
START/PAUSE
Symbol theerscheint
corresponding
button for auf3 dem «h» symbol
seconds (the Doo
button: theauf.
leuchtet indicator
Drückenlight willTaste
Sie die lightHALBE
up. Press the HALF appears onbei
corresponding
Display; the display;
jedem symbol each
Drücken time
willder
light you
up) press
Taste, you the
iferhöht use
sichbutton,
combined whi
nding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
LOAD button toum
FÜLLMENGE, deselect this option.
diese Option abzuwählen. thedietime
Zeit(1h,
detergents 2h, etc.
Std.,up
in 2tablet
(1 Std., to bis
form
usw. max.zu 12h)
(rinse aid, from
max. salt theabdetergent
and
12 Std.) start of inens
m see PROGRAMS TABLE,Remember
Denken theSietodaran,
halvedie
theSpülmittelmenge
corresponding amount
LED �of�detergent. zu
� �rapidly 3 times thedemselected
Start
1 dose). wash
des cycle
ausgewähltenwill be increased.
Spülprogramms. the
halbieren. 2. Select
2. Wählen
If youtheuse
Siewash
das program,
Spülprogramm,
powder press
or liquid the START/PAUSE
drücken
detergent, Sie this option As
button
die and be
Taste
should within
off. 4 seconds und
START/Pause-Taste close the door: the timer
schließen add
TAB willSie innerhalb
begin von down.
counting 4 Sekunden die Tür: die tion
TABLET (Tab)
Diese Einstellung erlaubt, die Spülleistung des Zeitschaltuhr
3. Once this timebeginnt mit der Rückzählung.
has elapsed, the indicator light «h» Nat
half load This setting allows you to optimize the performance of 3. Nach Ablauf dieser Zeit, schaltet sich das 1. G
Programms je nach verwendetem Spülmitteltyp zu switches off and the wash cycle begins.
icity and the program according to the type of detergent used.
optimieren. Anzeigelicht „h“time
aus and
und select
das Programm b
To adjust the delay a shorter period of time,
F LOAD Press the Sie
START/PAUSE button for33Sekunden
seconds (the
Drücken die Taste START/PAUSE pressbeginnt
the DELAYautomatisch. Um die Startverzögerung
button. To cancel it, press the button 2. Y
he HALF corresponding symbol willSymbol
lang (das entsprechende light up) if you use
leuchtet), combined
wenn Sie anzupassen und eine kürzere Dauer auszuwählen, s
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
detergents
kombiniertein Spülmittel
tablet formin(rinse aid, salt and
Tablettenform detergent in
verwenden die Taste STARTVERZÖGERUNG drücken. Um E
«h» switches off.
abzubrechen, die Taste wiederholt drücken, bis
1 (Klarspüler,
dose). Salz und Spülmittel in einer Tablette). To c
The das
DELAY functionStartverzögerung-Anzeigelicht
ausgewählte cannot be set once a wash cycle
If Wenn
you use
Sie powder or liquid
Pulver oder detergent, this option
Flüssigspülmittel pre
has been
„h“ ausstarted.
geht.
should be off.muss diese Option ausgeschaltet
verwenden,
sein. Bei bereits in Gang gesetztem Programm ist eine
Startzeitvorwahl nicht mehr möglich.
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time, button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
ral

press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button

ng
e
 Make sure the cap is screwed on tightly, so that no detergent can ADJUSTING THE DOSAGE OF RINSE AID
get into the container during the wash program (this could damage If you are not completely satisfied with the drying results, you can
the water softener beyond Makerepair). sure the cap is screwed on tightly, so that adjust the quantity
no detergent canof rinse ADJUSTING aid used. THE DOSAGE OF RINSE AID
As soon as this procedure get into is complete,
the container ENGLISH
run a program
during the wash without program• (this Switch could the dishwasher
damage If you onare using notthe ON/OFFsatisfied
completely button. with the drying results, you can

DEUTSCH 25
loading. The “Pre-Wash” theprogramwater softener alone isbeyond NOT�repair). ����� • Switch it off using the adjust ON/OFF the quantity button. of rinse aid used.
DELAY Residual saline solution Asorsoon grains as of this salt can leadistocomplete,
procedure corrosion,run a •program Press without button three • times Switch - athe beep will be heard.
dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
ENGLISH
The ENGLISH
irreparably
start time ofdamaging ENGLISH
the program the stainless
may be steel delayed components. for a period • Switch � � �it�on�using the • ON/OFFSwitch it button. off using the9ON/OFF 9 button.9
ENGLISH The guarantee is not applicable
loading.
Residual
between 1 and 12 hours. get into the container during the wash
of timecircumstances.
The
Make
if faults
saline
“Pre-Wash”
sure
are caused
solution
the
or
program
cap
grains
is
by such
alone is NOT�
screwed
of salt can
on •tightly,
lead The to
so
current that
corrosion,
no
selection detergent •level Press can
number button
ADJUSTING
and rinse three aid 9 THE
indicator
times
DOSAGE
- a light
beepflash.
OF RINSE AID
will be heard.
irreparably damaging the stainless steel components. NaturalDry
• Press program button (this could to select • damageSwitch the level If yourinse
it on of
are not
using the
completely
aidON/OFF quantitybutton. to satisfied
be with the drying results
NATURALDRY
1. Press ENGLISH
� �the � �DELAY � �ENGLISH
� �button:��� � �
the � � �
corresponding the
� � water
The guarantee is not applicable if faults are Door � � �softener
� �
«h» � �beyond
�
symbol � � repair).
� � s. � � supplied.
causedopening by such system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
• The current
adjust the quantity
selection
•button.
Switch the dishwasher
level 9
number
of rinse aid9used.
and rinse
on using
aid indicator light flash.
the ON/OFF button.
Das Türöffnungssystem
appears� � �on �� the �� ���
display; NaturalDry
�each � � �time
circumstances. � ist As�
� you
soon
ein �� press
as
�� this �the �procedure � � � is
�button, � complete,
� � •� �
which
Switch run ait program
automatically
off using without the •opens ON/OFF
Pressthe button door to select ÖFFNEN
during/after the level drying ofDER rinse TÜR
phase aid quantity
to to be
loading. The “Pre-Wash” programSetting alone isisNOT� � � � � supplied. � • Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
heating element may�be
Heißlufttrocknungssystem,
theDELAYtime DELAY (1h, 2h, DELAY
etc. up das
�to damaged
� max.die
� � Tür �� 12h)
as a�
während/nach
�� result.
from � �the � � start �der � �of ���� ensure� � � �exceptional �complete!
� � � �s.� drying � performance every day. Door opens at
Residual saline solution or grains of salt can lead to Eco
corrosion, 50° • Press button nach
three 150
times min.
- a beep will be heard.
ENGLISH
Whenever
Trockenphase
theDELAY
selected
the
The The timewash
start
procedure
start
ENGLISH
you need
automatisch
time
of the The
before
ENGLISH
ofcycle
the
program
to
�
start �
program
the
add
öffnet,
will
time �� salt,
beofmay
beginning
may be
um
�the �itprogram
increased.be
is�mandatory
�täglich
irreparably
delayed
� �may
delayed
of the
for a
hervorragende
� for �be
damaging
washing
period
� to
��
a delayed
period
complete
� � � a�period
the for
cycle. stainless
� If
the
� the � �rinse
temperature
steel
� � aid
components.
� �level � � is
that
� •set �� Switch
is safe
to ZERO it off
to • your
using no
(ECO),
Switch
the9
kitchen
ON/OFF
rinse
it on using 9 aid will
furniture.
button.
the ON/OFF
be 9
button.
Trockenleistung sicherzustellen. heating Dieelement Tür12 may
öffnet be damaged as a result.supplied. The LOW RINSE Setting AID is complete!
indicator light will not be lit if you
The of time
start time between
of 1 theof 1 12
time
program and 12may
between hours. be1 and delayed
The hours.
guarantee for asichperiod isbei not einer applicable if run
faults are Herkömmliches
caused Spülen• und The current selection Programmende level number and foilrinse aid indicator l
2. Select
of time
Temperatur,
thebetweenwash program,
and hours.
Whenever press the
youungefährlich need START/PAUSE
to add salt, itNaturalDry NaturalDry
is mandatory As additional
outto NaturalDry
ofcomplete
rinse aid.by
steam A such Ifprotection,
maximum ofaid special
5 levels
level can designed
betoset accordingprotection to rinse is
ofSETTING
button
time DELAY
1.
and
die the
between
Press
thewithin
für1DELAY
THE
DELAY 4
Ihre
DELAY
and
1. WATER
Press Küchenmöbel
12
seconds
hours.
button:
the HARDNESS
DELAY
the close circumstances.
corresponding
button: the the door: corresponding
«h» the
ist. Als
symbol timer NaturalDry
«h» Door symbol opening
added Door
system
together opening Trocknen
NaturalDry system
withissupplied. the
the 55°
is
rinse
NaturalDry
a convection
dishwasher.
• Press is
isbutton
drying
a
set
convection
To see system
ZERO
how
todrying (ECO),
select
thetomodel,
the no
system
mount
level of rinse
protec-
aid will
aidbequantity
1. Press
zusätzlicher
1.ToPressThe
allow Dampfschutz
start
appears
the theDELAYtimeon
water The ENGLISH
button:
ofbutton:
the the
appears
the
start
softener wird the
program
display;
procedure
time
the on
to
corresponding
dem
each ofmay
the the
corresponding
work Geschirrspüler
�program
display;
time
in be
a
before
�perfect
� �
delayed
you each
«h»
�may
press
«h» �
the
way,
symbol
�the
for
time
symbol be�
beginning
ait eine
�
youdelayed
period
button,
is � �Door
press
essential �for �
ofopening
the �
the
a button,
which period
the
washing
� �please
dishwasher
� system
� �follow
automatically which
cycle.model.
� �NaturalDry
�automatically
�
opens � � �
the
The
�door�
factory
a convection
�
opens � s. The
�
during/after
the�
setting
drying
LOW
supplied.
door
isRINSE
drying
system
during/after
9phase
specific AID to indicator
drying
to phase
light will
to
not be lit if you
Door opening system NaturalDry
instruction is aaboveconvection to check drying this system
for your machine.
will
speziell
appears
beginentwickelte
ofthetime
on the display;
counting
between down.
1 and
Schutzfolie
of the
time
each time you press the button,
12(1h,
between
DELAY beigefügt.
hours. 1basedand
�etc. 12
�press� Für
hours.
� � die
�start �Montage
� � �from
which
�which �der �ensure
� tion
automatically
� •�of � foil
� ensure please
�see
opens
� �drying �
therefer �
door
�Intensiv to
run
� �during/after
�(INSTALLATION
during/after
out
65°
�� of rinse
�
drying
•�drying aid.
Switch
� Aphase
maximumGUIDE).
itevery
offopensto
using of
Programmende
the5 levels
ON/OFF can
opens atbutton.
be set according to
appears
that the time
on
(1h,the
water (1h,
hardness 2h,
display; time
etc.
each toup
setting
SETTING to
timeis2h, max. you
THE 12h)up
on WATER to
from
the the max. the
button,
actual 12h)
start
HARDNESSwater of hard- the NaturalDry
start
automatically exceptional
If you NaturalDry
opens the
exceptional
bluish door
performance
streaks drying
on the every
performance
dishes, day.set phase
Door a low to day.
atnumber atDoor (1-2).
ENGLISH on9the
the time 2h, etc. up max. 12h) from the of ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens
3. Once this time has elapsed, the heating indicator element light may «h»
be damaged NaturalDry as a result. functionality the could
dishwasher be
Setting disabled
model. is The
complete! byfactory the user
setting as
is follows:
specific to the model,
theDELAY DELAY ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
Schutzfolie the siehe
the
time selected
(1h, (MONTAGEANLEITUNG).
2h, wash
the
etc. The
selected
up cycle start
to max. time
will wash of
be
12h) the program
increased.
cyclefrom will
the may
be start be delayed
increased.of for a period
the temperature the that
temperature
is safe tothat your
ness in yourthe
1.selected
Press house.
wash DELAY Thisbutton:
1. Press
cycle information
Totimetheallow
will DELAY
bethe the
increased. can be
corresponding
button:
water softenerobtained
the corresponding
«h» symbol
hours. to work inthe
from your a «h» local
Door
perfect symbol
temperature opening
• If itthere
way, isDoor
that systemare
essential
is opening
safe NaturalDry
drops
Schnelles to your system
of water
kitchen
Spülen isisNaturalDry
kitchen
a safe
orconvection tofurniture.
limescale
furniture.
50°
your kitchen
is drying
a convection
marks furniture.
system todrying
dishes,
N/A system
Dieswitches theThe
2.water 2.selected
offtheand
Select
supplier.
NaturalDry-Funktion
appears
start wash
the
timeon the
The2.
wash
the
The ENGLISH
cycle
Selectwash
factory
appears
ofprogram,
the
of
könnte
display;
start will
program,
program the between
be
cycle
setting
timeon each wash
wie
the
of increased.
may press
theis
1 and 12
Whenever
begins.
program,
for
folgt
display;
time program
be the
average
you durch
each
delayed press mayyou
START/PAUSE
press
(3)
time
forden
thebe aneed
water
youtheBenutzer
button,
delayed
period tothe
Asadd
START/PAUSE
hardness.
press fortheAs asalt,
which 1.actual
additional
temperature
button,
period Go
it is to
NaturalDry
automatically mandatory
that As
awhichthe
steam Dishwasher
isadditional
safe totoyour
protection,
automatically
opens steam
the
please
complete special
kitchen
door opens
follow
software
protection, designed
furniture.
during/after
the
instruction
If thedoor menu
special protection
rinse
drying 9
aid
during/after
above
pressing
designed
phase isfoil
level ischeck
is
drying and
toprotection
set phase
thisfoilfor
to holding
ZERO is your machine.
(ECO), no rinse aid w
Select
button
wash
and within
button
that
1. 4 Press the
seconds
and
press
the water
DELAY
within
the
the
close
hardness
4
START/PAUSE
button:
procedure
seconds
the the setting
door:corresponding
close before
the
is based
the
timer «h»
the
door:
on
symbol the
additional
beginning
added
the timer
set
steam
Door
together of
water
opening
high
the
added with
number
hard-
protection,
system
washing
together
the NaturalDry
dishwasher.
(3-4).
special •
cycle.
with If designed
you
is
the a To see
convection
dishwasher.
see
protection
bluish
how dryingto streaks
To system
mountsee
foil on
how the
protec- to dishes,
mount settoa low number (1-2).
protec-
To 2.
adjust
deaktiviert Select
ofthethe
time the
delay
time
werden: wash
between time
(1h, of program,
the
2h,1
time DELAY
and
time
andetc. 12
between press
select
up
(1h, to
hours. 2h,
max.
1 the
ahouse.
and shorter
etc. START/PAUSE
12h)
12up hours. to
from period
max. the youof
12h)
start time,
from
of As
added additional
the ensurestart
together button
of steam
exceptional
with ensure(6
the sec).
protection,drying
exceptional
dishwasher. special
performance To designed
dryingsee every protection
supplied.
performance
howare to
day.
mount The
Door foil
every
protec-LOW
opens is day. RINSE
atDoor AID
opens indicator
at light will not be
• button
Switch
button
and
willand onwithin
begin the
within
4 seconds
appliance
counting
will
4down.
ness
begin
seconds
The
appears
down.start
in close
by your
on
pressing
counting
close
time
the
of2h,
the
display;
the
the down.
door:
the
door:
program
This
each the
ON/OFF
the
time timer
information
timer
press
button. can
the button,
added
be
tion
obtained
NaturalDryfoil which
together please
from
with NaturalDry
automatically
tionrefer
the
your
foil to
local
please Hygiene
opens
(INSTALLATION
dishwasher. • door
the
refer If to
To
65°
there
issee
during/after
(INSTALLATION
GUIDE).
how drops
to
drying
mount of
phasewater
GUIDE).
protec-
to or limescale N/A marks on the dishes,
will1. the
begin selected
counting wash
the selected
cycle will wash be increased.
cycle willtomay be be delayed
increased. for
tion a start
period
the
foil temperature
2.
ofplease You refer the
switched
to that
temperature
is
(INSTALLATIONsafeto to that
your
NaturalDry kitchen
safe
GUIDE). run
to out
furniture.
your
Control of Menu,
kitchenrinse aid.you
furniture. A maximum
could of 5 levels can be set acc
change
press
1. Rufen the Sie
• willSwitch
3.
2.
DELAY
Once
begin das
Press
Select off this
counting
the
button.
thetime3.
2. ENGLISH
appliance
Once
wash down.
Select
water
Geschirrspüler-Softwaremenü
the DELAY
1. Press the
button:
of the
has To
the
time
this
program,the
timesupplier.
cancel
DELAY
by the
between
elapsed,time
selected
(1h,
pressing
wash
corresponding
press has
wash
The
button:
SETTING
1the and it,
etc.
program,
up
elapsed,
factory
press
thehours.
12
indicator
the
cycle
the max.
ON/OFF
START/PAUSE
will press
be
durch setting
the
corresponding
THE «h» the
12h)
light
increased.
symbol
WATER
the
fromis
button
Drücken
button.
indicator
«h»
for
the
tion
START/PAUSE
NaturalDry
average
«h» Door
HARDNESS
light
foil
symbol
NaturalDry
Asbutton, «h»
please
(3)
ensure
opening
FILLING
additional the
water
refer
NaturalDry
Door
As
system
functionality
to
steam
temperature
functionality
hardness.
exceptional
NaturalDry
THE
opening drying
NaturalDry
(INSTALLATION
additional could
protection,
that
could is
performance
system
functionality
DETERGENT
besteam
safe be
to
disabled
setdisabled
special
your
a
is GUIDE). every
high
NaturalDry
akitchen
convection
could
protection,
bydesigned
the by
DISPENSER
day.
number
be the
the special
Door
is drying
disabled
dishwasher
furniture. user
opens
(3-4).
a convection
protection 9
as by
designed
at
system
follows:
the drying
user
foilprotection
model. as
is The factory
system
follows:
foil issetting is specific to th
und3. Once
repeatedly Halten
3.• Once Hold
thisder
appears
until
down
time
theon
Tastehas
the
button appears
selected elapsed,
display;
•4forauf on each
(6 the
delayed
5off
the
Sek.).
seconds,
indicator
display;
time you
start
until each press
you
lighttime
indicator the
hear
«h» you
button, press
atimer light
beep. thewhich
1. status
automatically whichof NaturalDry
automatically
opens Vorspülen
the door functionality
opens the user
aduring/after door byas
drying follows:
pressing
during/after phase toand N/A
drying button:
phase to
switches
this offtime offwithin
and
hasswitches the
elapsed, wash and
cycle To
the allow
4begins.
washthethe cycle water begins. softener NaturalDrytothe toGo
work to
in the
functionality Dishwasher
a additional
perfect 1. Go to
could
way, the software
Dishwasher
be
itprotection,
is disabled
essential menu software
by pressing
the user menu and
as pressing
holding
follows: holding
1.
2. Press
Switch
Select thethe the
DELAY
on
wash indicator
the button:
appliance
program, the light
corresponding
press «h»
by the pressing «h»
START/PAUSE symbol
added ON/OFF As
Door button.
opening steam
system NaturalDry special
ispressing designed
convection protection
drying system foil howisprotec-
2. Sie •
switches
haben DELAY
button
the
Switch time
aufon
and
and
das(1h,
the
button
the
the
2h,
Menü
appliance
wash
DELAY
time
etc.
seconds
and
appears
button cycle
up
(1h,
by
within
to
and begins.
2h,
NaturalDry-Steuerung max.
pressing
on
close
theetc.
within
seconds
12h)
display; up
4and the
seconds to
from
each
door:
max.
ON/OFF
close
time the
close
the
12h)
you start
the
umgeschaltet.
the button.
press
door:
of1.
from
door: the the
Gothe ensure
button,
timer start
button �together
timer
the
E
Dishwasher
of�(6–�sec).
exceptional
added
which
added
�
enabled �
ensure
with
together
button
automatically �drying
�together
the
software
�opensdishwasher.
exceptional
with (6 the � d�menu with
�
–
performance
dishwasher.
sec). the � the
disabled
drying
door
To
�dishwasher.
�pressing
To � see
everyplease
�how how
�
performance
see
during/after
and �
day.
to
to mount
drying
To
follow
holding
� mount
�
Door
see
�
every
phase
instruction
� to �day.
opens
protec- �to at
mount
�Door�above �protec-
� opens �to�at check this for your mach
«h» switches
To adjust To
switches adjust
willthe
the
off.
off
begin the
and
delay
selected
delay
Tothe
countingadjust
will
time
wash
the
time
wash
ENGLISH • down.
begin
and
The
selected
cycle
the
will
the
and
cycle
Switch
select
start
delay
select
counting
time
begin time
will abegins.
wash
(1h, off that
time
shorter
of
be
counting the
2h,
a
the the
shorter
down. appliance
program
increased.
cycle
etc.
down.period
upwill
water
select
tomay be
max.ofhardness
period be
a by
time,shorter
of
delayed
increased.
12h)
time,
pressing
from for
1.
setting
period Go
theabutton the
period
start
to
tion is
of the
based
time,
ON/OFF
foil
(6 Dishwasher
please
sec).
dishwashers.
oftemperaturetion
ontion the
button.
refer
foil exceptional
please foil software
actualtoplease water
(INSTALLATION
Selbstreinigung
refer
menu
refer
to (INSTALLATION
hard-
FILLING to (INSTALLATION
65°GUIDE).
THE
and
•tofurniture.
GUIDE).
holding
If DETERGENT
you see GUIDE).
9 bluish streaks N/A
DISPENSER on the dishes, set a low numb
• The
The current
start time selection
of the level
program number
may be and
delayed the salt
for a indicator
period lightthe
2. You ensure
switched the
2. You
tothat
temperature
is
NaturalDry
switchedsafe
drying to tothat
your
performance
Control is
NaturalDrykitchen
safe every
Menu, your
day.
Control
you kitchen
Door
could opens
Menu, furniture.
change at
you could change
TheSie To
DELAY
press
adjust
können press
3. Once
the
the nun
thedelay
function
DELAY this time
durch
DELAY press
time
3. Once
button.
and
cannotDrücken
button.
•the
has
of
3.
select
this
To
time
the
Once DELAY
Hold
elapsed,To
be
time
cancel
between
selected
this
a
down shorter
der
cancel
set
time button.
ness
has
wash 1the
it, Taste
button
and
hasonceit,
inperiod
elapsed,
press To
press
your
indicator
12
cycleelapsed, the
hours.
will be
of
den
acancel
house.
forwash time,
the
the
buttonlight
increased.
the Status
button
it,
5 indicator
seconds, press
This
cycle
indicator
«h» 2. button
der
You
light the
information
until
light
«h» To
(6
button
NaturalDryyou
«h»
switched To
confirm
sec).
can
hear to
NaturalDry
the beNaturalDry
aobtained
beep.
functionality
NaturalDry
temperature
NaturalDry
achieve
the
functionality
that change
theprotection,
best
from
could
isfunctionality
Control
could
safe
washing
your
be
to be and
your local
disabled
Menu,
disabled
kitchen
and
exit
could youby by
drying
from
be the
could
•furniture. disabled
Ifspecial
the there
user the
userchange
as are
results,
asControl
by
follows: follows:
drops the user ofMenu as follows:
water please
or limescale marks on the d
�2.
of �Select
�DELAY
time �the
�between � 2.
wash
Select
1 ändern:
and program,the
12 wash
hours. press program, the START/PAUSE
press the START/PAUSE
2. You As additional
status
1.switched of As
steam
NaturalDry
to additional
status
NaturalDry of steam
functionality
NaturalDry
Control �by special
protection,
�special
�
Menu,by � �designed
� �could
functionality
pressing
you � � protection
by �pressing
button:
change� �the
designed �foil �combined
protection
�is � � �foil
� holding
button: � is����������
press
been
repeatedlyrepeatedly
the
hasNaturalDry-Funktionswitches
started.
button until and
until
off
therepeatedly
andthe
button.
switches
selected
within
button
•selected
the
2.
DELAY
1. 4
ToSwitch
wash
Select
switches
Press until
cancel
off
delayed
seconds
and the and
the delayed
the
cycle
off on
wash
DELAY
within
and the
close
selected
it,start
waterthe
4
press
begins.
the start
supplier.
appliance
wash
program,
wash
button: indicator
seconds
the
the
the delayed
indicator
cycle
press
cycle
door:
button
close
Theby
begins.
correspondinglight
the
start
thepressing
begins.
the
light
factory
START/PAUSE
timer «h»
door:
indicator
statusNaturalDry
setting
the
symbol
statusadded
the
Go
E
light
istoNaturalDry
press
ON/OFF
of useof
timer
of
–
for
1.
Asthe
Door
Go
together
NaturalDry
enabled
average
Dishwasher
and
to
additional1.
opening
theGo
button.
detergent,
addedEwith hold
–d
(3)the
to
Dishwasher
system water
functionality
steam
together
the
functionality
enabled
–
software
Dishwasher
button
NaturalDry
rinse
dishwasher.
disabled
hardness.
software
protection,
aid
with
by d
menu
is (3
menu
pressing
liquid
the aTo
pressing
dishwashers.–
software
pressing
sec).
pressing
designed
convection
and
dishwasher.
disabled see set
how
menu
and
button:
button:
and
protection
ato
drying
refined
holding
high
To
pressing
holding
system
salt
mountsee
foil
number
is
is
how required.
protec-
and
to (3-4).
mount protec-
• Press button to select the desired hardness level (see
ENGLISH
button (6 sec).
repeatedly
E – aktiviert «h»
1.
To
«h» switches will
switches
Press
adjust until
d –begin the
the the
deaktiviert «h»
off.
DELAY
delay
To
off.counting will
switches
selected
adjust To
•
The
begin
press
button
adjust
button:
time The
the
down.
will
and
appears
start
begin
the
off.
delayed
and
the
the
delay
select
on
time
counting
within
delay
current of
counting
DELAY
start
corresponding
the time
the
•2h,
a time4and
shorter
display;
program
down.
Switch
down.
button.
indicator
seconds
and
selection
To
select
select
each
toon
period
may
close
cancel
level
«h»
time
the
a
bea light thepress
shorter number
symbol
shorter
you of
delayed
appliance
it,
door:
time,
press
period
for
the
period
the aE of
and
–timer
time,
button,
Door
period
tion
Econfirm
by
–To
button
ofthe
enabled
time,
foilWe
pressing
enabled
confirm
added
salt
opening (6
which
please
2.
tionYou the
foil
together
sec).d
indicator button
–
system
automatically
recommend
thetion
d
To refer
please foil
ON/OFF
–to
switched
change
with(6
disabled
disabled
confirm
light
toplease
to
refer
the
NaturalDry
opens dishwasher.
sec).
(INSTALLATION
using
NaturalDry
andtothe button.
exit
the
refer
change
(INSTALLATION
door
detergentsis
Control
from toaand
To see howdrying
convection
during/after
(INSTALLATION
theMenu,GUIDE).
that
Control
exit
GUIDE). you
to mount
do
fromcould drying
Menunot
the
phase
change 9please
protec-
system
GUIDE).
contain
Control
to
phosphates
Menu please
«h» WATER The
switches DELAY
appears
press the HARDNESS
off. onfunction
DELAY The
the
press DELAY
of
display; TABLE).
thecannot
time
button.
the timefunction
�elapsed,
�each
DELAY To�
between (1h,
� be �
time
cancel 1set
button. �
and cannot
etc. once
you12
it, upTo hours.
press acancel
be
max. wash set
the
the 12h) once
cycle
button,
button
it, from
press athewash
the
To
button
the2.
start
which You
of cycle
button switched
the ensure change
automatically 2. ofYou
exceptional NaturalDry
and switched
opens drying
exit from
the To
toControl
performance achieve
NaturalDry
the
door Menu,
Control every
during/after the best
Control
you
day.
Menu Door washing
could Menu,
please
drying opens change
phase at youand drying
could change results, the combined
Zum The DELAY
Bestätigen
3. Once function
der
this time
3. Once cannot
Änderung has
3. this
Once
repeatedly
the be time
this
selected set
und
untiltime •
washonce
has
thezum
the has
Switch
cyclea
elapsed, wash
Verlassen
indicator
elapsed,
selected delayed
willoff bethe cycle
the
the light
increased. des
indicator
indicator
start
appliance «h»indicator
To light NaturalDry
light
by «h»
light
press
confirm or
«h»
pressingand
the NaturalDry
the
status
NaturalDryfunctionality
chlorine,
hold
changethepress
temperature
NaturalDry
NaturalDry
functionality
ON/OFFas
button
and and these
that exit
functionality
could
functionality
(3
hold could
button.
sec).
from
isNaturalDry
safe be
products
useof
to be
button
the
your
by
disabled
disabled pressing
could
are
Control by
(3 sec).
detergent,
kitchen by be
thethe
harmful
Menu
furniture.
button:
disabled
user
rinseuserto
please as
as follows:
the
aid by liquid thetouser
follows:
environment. and as follows:
refined salt is required.
The
has has
DELAY been
the started.
repeatedly
been time (1h, started.
function has
until 2h,
repeatedly
the been
cannot
DELAY
•
etc.
1. selected
Press started.
Press
up be
until
the set
tooffbutton
max.
delayed
the
DELAY once
andselected 12h)
button:a to
start wash
from
theselect
delayed
indicator cycle
the
corresponding thestart desired
start
light press
ofindicator
«h» symbol
ensurestatus
and
hardness hold
light of
E NaturalDry
level
exceptional
Door
1. Go – enabled
opening
to status
button(see
theGo (3 d
drying
system
Dishwasher offunctionality
sec).
– performance
disabled
NaturalDry
software is by
menu functionality
pressing
every
a convection FILLING
pressing day.
drying
and by Door THE
button:
pressing
system
holding opens DETERGENT button:
at DISPENSER
Steuerungsmenüs switches offdrücken
and Water
switches «h»
the
2. switches
Select Hardness
switches
und
wash offtimeand
thecycle off.
halten
wash •the
the Table
begins. wash
wash Sie
program,
Hold down
cycle
bitte
cycle
press begins.
die
begins.
abutton
the START/PAUSE Taste
for 1.
5cycle Go
seconds, to
Good Asthe Dishwasher
1.
washing
additional
until you to
steam the
results
–hear
software
Dishwasher
protection,
a beep. also menu
–depend
special software
pressing
designed ondrying menu
the and
protection correctpressing
holding
foil
to amount
is and holding
of do not contain phosphates
has been «h» started.
theswitches
selected«h» off. ENGLISH
wash The
switches
The
To appears
cyclestart
WATER
buttonDELAY
adjust willon
off.
the
and
the
of
be
function
delay
withinthe display;
program
increased.
HARDNESS time4 cannot
and
seconds
each may
be
select time be
TABLE).
set
close
you
delayed
once
shorter
the
press for
a wash
period
door:
press
the
the
button,
a of
period
time,
the
timer
and – hold
Etemperature
button
enabled
To
which
added
confirm
button
(6
button
(6E
together
sec).
the
automatically
sec).
that
button
(3
–dchange
enabled
is
with
sec).
disabled
(6
opens
safe
the
and to We
exit
the
dishwasher.
sec).
ddoor
your recommend
from disabled
the Control
during/after
kitchen
To see�how using
Menu
furniture.
� �
to �
mount
please
phase
� �9
detergents
�
protec- � � �
that
� � � � � � � ��������
(3 Sek.). To The
adjust the delay
DELAY
To adjust
thefunction
The
washDELAY
time
of
has the
time
press the
and
time
been
cannot
delay
between
the select
(1h, •2h,
started.
DELAY
function be
time
1°dH abutton.
and
set
shorter
etc.and
Switch
12uphours.
cannot
once
select
Totoonperiod
max.
acancel
be the a12h)shorter
ofpress
setit,appliance
time,
°fH the
from period
athewash by
start
To
button of time,
detergent
pressing
ofconfirm press
ensure
2. You
NaturalDrythe the
and
switched
To being
ON/OFF
hold
exceptional
change
confirm used.
to button
drying
NaturalDry
andtothe button.
(3
exit sec).
performance
or
change Control
chlorine,
from and
the every
Menu, asyou
Control
exit day.
from Door
could
these Menu the opens
change
products
Control
please at are
foilMenuis harmful pleaseto the environment.
2. Select program, press the bewash
START/PAUSE once
cycle As cycle
additional steam protection, special designed protection
Level will begin counting down. tion foil please refer (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
press the DELAY pressbutton. thethe
repeatedly DELAY To
selected cancel
until
German •button.
washthe The it,
cycle
selected
degrees To
press
will
Water
current cancel
delayed the
increased.
Hardness
selection
French button
it,
start press
indicator
degrees level the2.
Table You
button
number
light switched
the 2.
temperature
status
and You
to
ofthe NaturalDry
switched
NaturalDrythat indicator
salt to
is functionality
safe Control
to NaturalDry
yourlight Menu,
kitchen
by pressing dishwashers.
Control
you
furniture. could
button: Menu, change you could change
has beenand started.
has DELAY
1.
3.
been Press
Once the
this
started. DELAY
time button:
has elapsed, the corresponding
the indicator «h» press
symbol
light «h»
added and
Exceeding
Door
together hold
NaturalDry press
opening with button
the and
system stated
functionality
the Duration(3
hold sec).
could
NaturalDry
dishwasher. Good
amount button
be is awashing
disabled
of (3
does
convection
To seesec).
by not
the results
result
user
drying as also
infoila is
follows:
system depend
more on the correct amount of
effective
button
repeatedly until
within
repeatedly
theThe 2.
«h»4Select
seconds
selected until
switches the off. wash
delayed
the
close
selected
the door:
program,
start pressthe
delayed
indicator the timer START/PAUSE
start
lightfor indicator statuslight 1.of
As E –NaturalDry
additional thestatus
enabled steam doffunctionality
– NaturalDry
protection,
disabled specialby functionality
pressing
designedTohow andby
tobutton:
protection
achieve mount
pressing
the protec-
tobest washing button: and drying results, the com
appears
switches on off the
and �program
display;
-the46�
wash �each � �set
time
cycle � you
begins. press the abutton, Go to Dishwasher software menu pressing
Waterholding
Energy
Natural

start time of the may be delayed period which automatically opens the door
detergent during/after
being drying
used. phase
1 will beginSoft 0 the0 door:-period
a10 – wash and increases environmental pollution.
Drying

counting down. °dH tion foil please °fH

refer todisabled
(INSTALLATION GUIDE).
phase

added
To confirm togetherthe with theand dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
«h» switches «h» off. switches The
Tothe
of
button
time DELAY
time
adjust
andfunction
off.
the
between (1h,
within
Level
delay 2h, 1 time
and
seconds
etc.cannot
12uphours.
and to beclose
max.
select a12h) once
shorter from wash
the
the
start
of
timer
cycle
Available
time, E
of enabledbutton
ensure E
Duration
(6 –dchange
sec).
exceptional enabled
– wash
drying of
exit
Duration d
performance
from
pro-
the
– disabled of
Control
every useof
day.
Menu
Door
please
detergent,opens at rinse aid liquid and refined salt is requir
• the Press button to«h» select the desired Duration
NaturalDry hardness level
ofbutton (3(see
Dry

willelapsed,
beginstarted.counting down. The tion
press amount
foil and please
hold can
refer be
to adjusted
(INSTALLATION
sec). toMenu,
Water the
GUIDE). soil level.
Water In
Energy the case of
Energy
TheProgram consumption consumption
it,German NaturalDry
degrees Frenchfunctionality degrees could be disabled by the user as follows:
Natural NaturalNatural

Natural NaturalNatural

2 3. Once this time has has thebeen indicator light Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more
do noteffective
Drying Drying Drying

Drying

To confirm 2. You the switched

To change
confirm to NaturalDry
and the exit
change Control
from and
the Control
exit you fromcouldMenu thechangeControl
please Menu please
Medium selected 7
wash - Trocken-
11
cycle will be increased. Natural 11 - 20 Verfügbare Dauer Water des Energy Wasser- Energie-
phase phase phase

phase

press the DELAY button. To a cancel press thewash button the temperature
Duration that
of is safe to your kitchen furniture.
We recommend using detergents that contain pho
Natural

DELAY function
The DELAY DELAY cannot function be set cannot
once be wash set once
cycle a
Available cycle Available ofwash
Durationpro- of wash pro-
Drying

NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:

1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h»
options
symbol
gram
phase

3. Once this time WATER

has elapsed, HARDNESS the indicator
Available TABLE).
light «h» Door *)opening
wash pro-system NaturalDry Water isWater
a convection drying
Energy system
Dry

Dry

normally 0the-soiled items, use approximately either 35g is (powder

Natural

1. Go to Energy
1.the Dishwasher software menu pressing andand holding
switches Program Program status NaturalDry functionality consumption by pressing button:
consumption consumptionastotheseconsumption
phaseNatural

off and the 2. wash

1Select thecycle wash thebegins.program, press the START/PAUSE
Drying

Natural

repeatedly until selected delayed start indicator light As additional steam protection, wash special and designed
increases protection foil
environmental pollution.
Drying Drying

press *)and hold press button

and (3
hold sec). button (3 sec).
phase

Soft 0options-a 6period 10

Dry
Drying

Dryingphase

(litres/cycle) (kWh/cycle)
phase

3 has beenProgram
Programm started.
Average has been The appearsstarted.
switches
start timeonoffof the
and
12 the display;
-the phase
wash
program
17
each cycle
may time be you
begins.
delayed
21 Available
Dry
pressfor
- 30
the button, Available
funktionen*) Go
which wash
– to
options
E automaticallypro-
*)wash
Dishwasher
gram d the– pro-
opens consumption
Spülprogamms
software
the door
gram menu during/after or
pressing consumption
chlorine,
drying verbrauch
holding
phase products are harmful to the environ
verbrauch
Dry

enabled disabled
Dry

«h» buttonswitches and Program

within
off. 4 seconds close the door: the timer added
detergent) together or with
35ml dishwasher.
(liquid consumption
detergent)To see how and toconsumption
mount
additional protec- tea spoon of
Dry

*) button (6 sec).
To adjust the delay time
Program of the
Totime and
adjusttime select
the
between (1h,
delay 2h,
1 andatimeshorter
etc. 12 uphours.
and to period
max.a 12h)
select of options
shorter time,
Water
fromperiod the of Hardness
start*) ofoptions
time, button
ensure Table
*) gram
(6the sec).
exceptional gramdrying(h:min)
consumption
The (litres/cycle)
performance **) everycan
amount consumption
(litres/cycle)
day. beDoor (kWh/cycle)
adjusted
opens results at to the (kWh/cycle)
soildepend
level. Inon thethecase of amoun
The2will DELAY
begin function
counting Medium cannot be set once
down. options
a7 wash - 11 *)
cycle
2. Youdetergent NaturalDry
To
tion
switched
confirm
foil Duration
gram
11
please -(h:min)
to 20 change
refer
NaturalDry to**) and
of (litres/cycle)
exit
**)Duration
(h:min)**)
(INSTALLATION(h:min)
Control
from the
**)of
(litres/cycle) GUIDE).
Menu,
Good
Control
you
Menu washing
(kWh/cycle) please
(Liter/Progr.)
(kWh/cycle)
could change
also (kWh/Progr.) correct
4 press the Hard DELAY button. press
1.
the selected
Press the Tostarted.
the DELAY cancel
DELAY 18
wash 34
button.it,elapsed,
-button:
cycle press
will cancel
To
the corresponding theit,
be increased. button
31press - 60
«h» the button
symbol
2.
theYou
press
NaturalDry
switched
(h:min)
temperature
and directly
hold to
**)that
(h:min)
**) button
functionality isinside
NaturalDry safe
could to the
Control
(litres/cycle)
(3 normally
sec).beyour tub.
isWater
Menu,
kitchen
disabled Ifbyfurniture.
soiled tablets
you could
the(kWh/cycle)
items,
user are
Water change
use
assystemused,
Energy
follows: one tablet
approximately Energy either 35g (powder
has
3.
2.
Once been
Select the
this time
wash
has
program,
the
press the
indicator light
Available
START/PAUSE
«h» Door
°dH statusopening
(h:min)
Available wash
of system
Duration
NaturalDry
**) pro- NaturalDry
°fH
of wash
functionality a convection
pro-
by pressing detergent drying
button: being used.
repeatedly
3appears until the
Average selected delayed start indicator
12the- button, 17 status
light will As ofbe NaturalDry
additionalenough.
21 steam
the -Dishwasher
30wash functionality
protection, specialby pressing
designed protectionbutton: foil is
Dry

Dry

repeatedly Program until the selected Program offdelayed start indicator

Level light 1. Go –to software consumption
detergent) menuWater orhow
pressing 35ml andEnergy
consumption consumption
(liquid
holding detergent) consumption and additional tea spoon of
phase Natural

switches on the
and display;
the wash each cycletime you press
begins. whichEdegreesautomatically opens
d2:45 the door during/after drying phase to
Drying phase

1 Eco1 Eco 15 «h» Ecoswitches Very 1 hard Eco1 To Eco

«h» button
switches 50°
and off.
50° 35
50°
within -etc.
450 seconds 50° 50°
close the 61 - 90
door: the timer
options EAvailable
German added
–*)Ifenabledoptions
enabled
together
d2:45
gram –French
*) with –the
disabledpro-
2:45
disabled degrees
dishwasher. 2:45
2:45
gram 12.0
To see
12.0 Exceeding to mount
12.0
12.0
0.92 0.92
protec-
12,0
the stated amount 0.920.92 0,94
does not result in a more e
Dry

1 Eco off. the

adjusttimethe50° Program
(1h,delay 2h,time up to
and max.
select a 12h)
shorter fromperiodthe start
of time, of the
button
ensure
To *)crockery
confirm (6 the
2:45 sec).
exceptional is
change only
drying and lightly
12.0
performance
detergent
exit fromsoiled
consumptiontheevery
(litres/cycle) orday.
directly
Control ifMenu
itDoor
has
consumption
0.92
inside
(litres/cycle) been
opens
(kWh/cycle)
please the at rinsed
tub. If with
tablets
(kWh/cycle) are used, one tablet
1 Eco The4 willDELAY
begin
the50°
counting
function Hard down.
cannot be set once a 18wash - 34 cycle options tion
2. You foil 31please
2:45
switched - 60 refer
to gram to
NaturalDry (INSTALLATION
12.0
Control GUIDE).
Menu, you
wash couldand 0.92change
indicator light To
press the buttonconfirm 6the change and exit from the asincreases environmental pollution.
the selected wash cycle To will cancel **) Control Menu please the
The DELAY function press
3.
has cannot
Once beenthis
DELAY
time1
be
started. setbutton.
hasonce elapsed, abewash increased.
Soft
the
it, cycle
«h» water 0press
the - temperature
NaturalDry before
and (h:min)
Duration
hold that
being
functionalitybutton
(h:min)
is
of0placed
**)safe (3
could
**) (h:min)
- will
10
to
Duration
sec). your
be inbykitchen
(litres/cycle)
disabled
be the
enough. by
furniture.
ofdishwasher,
the user (kWh/cycle) reduce
follows: amount
• Switch
2 Herkömmliches off the appliance 2. Select
repeatedly by
Conventional
2 5switches off and
pressing
theuntil wash the
Very the
program,
selected
thehard
ON/OFF press the
delayed button.
start START/PAUSE
indicator
35 the - 50 light
press and As status
additional
holdto61
of NaturalDry
steam
the-Dishwasher
90
button functionality
protection,
(3 sec). special Water pressing
designed
The amount Water
button:
protection Energyfoil
cane.g.is
be adjusted Energy to the soil level. In the case
Conventional
has
Conventional been started. Conventional 2 time wash cycle
4 seconds Medium
55°begins. the door:Available timer of
1.detergent
7added
Go–
Available
-E 11enabled wash used 2:00
dpro-
Duration 11
software
accordingly
of -wash
If20 the
menu 15.0
pro-
crockery
pressing
To(minimum
see howistoonly
and 25 1.35
holding
g/ml)
lightly soiled skipor the
if it has been rinsed with
Conventional wash
button and anddry within close together with –the disabled
dishwasher. mount protec-
Dry

Dry

Setting
2 Eco is complete! 2Program «h» switches
Program off.55° 55° 2:00 2:00
consumption 15.0
Water consumption 15.0
Energy
consumption 1.35items, consumption1.35
Natural Natural Natural Natural Natural
Drying Drying Drying Drying Drying

Eco button (6the sec).

Conventional
1 1 55° 50° 50° 2:00 2:45 exit15.0 2:45 12.0 normally Menu1.35 12.0soiled 0.92 use 0.92approximately either 35g (pow
phase phase phase phase phase

2Spülen 1 To Eco adjust the delay and select a shorter period of time,Available
2 washund and dry wash Theand
willDELAY dry
begin 55°
55°
counting
function cannot be50°
down. set once a wash options cycle *)powder/gel To
tion confirm
options
foil please wash
putted
change
gram
refer
*) 2:45
to pro-inside
and
2:00
(INSTALLATION
water 2:00
the
from
gram 12.0
tub.
the
before Control
GUIDE). being
0.92
15.0
please
placed 15,0 in the dishwasher, 1,35
1.35 reduce the amount
Dry

2 wash and dry press the55° Program

DELAY 3has button. To cancelAverage byit, press the button 12 2. You
- 17 2:00
switched to NaturalDry
21 (3-sec). 30 15.0consumption
Control Menu, you consumption
user1.35
could change
wash washandand
Trocknen drydry 3 3.
•has Switch
Once
Intensive
repeatedly
beenthis off
timethe
started.
until the selected delayed
appliance
elapsed, 65° the pressing
indicator
start indicator - lightthe «h»ON/OFF
light
options press
NaturalDry button.
*)and
status of (h:min)
hold
functionality
NaturalDry
gram
button
2:30 could be(litres/cycle)
(h:min)
of
**)functionality
disabled
15.0
(litres/cycle)
detergent by
by
pressing
**)
the(litres/cycle)
detergent)
used
(kWh/cycle)
1.50
(kWh/cycle)
andaccordingly
button: or 35ml (liquid
as follows: (kWh/cycle)detergent) and additional tea s
(minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
FILLING THE RINSE 2 SettingAID
Conventional
switches DISPENSER
isoffcomplete!
and the wash cycle begins.
4time and select
1. Go to the Dishwasher
E – enabledDuration (h:min)
d2:00 software
**)
31of-powder/gel
menu pressing detergent holding
directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one
Intensive
3 Rinse
Conventional
2 Intensive
3 3
2 dish
Conventional
Intensive «h»
wash
To
switches
adjust and the
65° dry
off.
delay 65°
55° -
55°
65°
55°-Hard
a shorter period of - time,Available 18 button - 34
To confirm the2:30
(6 sec).
2:30 2:00
wash pro-
change
– disabled
and exit15.0
602:30
from15.0
2:00
15.0Toputted
Water
15.0
the Control
open Menu
the 1.35
15.0
Energy
inside
15.0
1.50 detergent
please 1.50
1.35the tub.dispenser 1.50
1.35
aid makes The
DRYING DELAY function
easier. cannot
The rinsebe set aid once a
dispenser wash cycleA will be enough.
Dry

3 Intensiv1 Eco
3 Intensive wash and1dry wash
Eco 1 press
4 and
Eco
Fast dry65°
been65°
the Program
DELAY 50° 5button. To - cancel
Very50° hard
50° it, -press -the buttonoptions 2.
35press You
- 50 2:30
switched
hold2:45
Duration
to NaturalDry
2:4561
0:55 of(32:30 -sec).
90 15.0consumption
2:45
Control
2:30 12.0
11.5press button
Menu,
12.0 you consumption
could 12.0
1.50change
0.9215,0
1.10 0.92
A. 0.92 1,50
3 Intensive should be filled when3 FILLING has
the RINSETHE 65°
started.
AID RINSE REFILL AID -
65° DISPENSER
indicator light status
*)and
of NaturalDry
button
gram functionality Water
by pressing
(litres/cycle) If the button:15.0
crockery
(kWh/cycle) Energy is only lightly 1.50or if it has been rinsed
soiled
Natural

repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light

Drying

Intensive - 2:30 15.0 1.50

phase

Available E – enabled wash (h:min)

Duration
d pro-
– disabled
**)
of Introduce the detergent To open
into the dishwasher,
detergent dispenser
4theFast Fast 50° - 50° - water before being placed in the reduce the
Dry

4 in Fast control
3 Intensive
4Program
panel
3 Intensiveis «h»
lit.
Rinse
switches
Conventional aid50°
off.
makes •65°- cannot be65°
Switch dish - off
DRYING the
65°- appliance
-set once a wash easier. -by
The pressing
- cycle *) B rinse aid the 0:55ON/OFF
dispenser 0:55
2:30 Abutton. 0:55
consumption
11.5
2:30 11.5
Water
15.0 11.5
Energy
consumption
1.10
15.0 1.10
1.301.50 B only.
1.10
1.50
Conventional Conventional
2
5 The Sanitizing
EcoDELAY function 55° -options Available To confirm the wash
change
gram 2:00
1:40 pro-
and exit from 11.5the dry
15.0
the Control Menu dispenser
1.35
please press button A.
Dry

Fast
4 4Schnell2 Wäsche2
wash and dry wash
1 wash
4 should
hasand
Fast been
and
dry
50°
be
Program
50° dry
started. 55°
Setting
filled - when - -
is complete!
the50° 55°
50°
RINSE - AID- - REFILL indicator light0:55
options press *)and 0:55hold 2:00 2:45 (3 sec).
button
gram
consumption
11.5
2:00
0:55 12.0 of detergent
15.0
(litres/cycle)
11.5
consumption
1.10
15.0
0.921.35
1.10
used accordingly
11,5
(kWh/cycle) 1.35 (minimum
1,10 25 g/ml) e.g. sk
50°panel-is lit. 65° (h:min) (litres/cycle) Place the
(kWh/cycle)amount puttedof Introduce
detergent the detergent into
**)
4 Fast - - - - A (h:min)**)of 0:55 powder/gel 11.5 inside the tub. 1.10
6 inIntensive
the control Duration
4 Sanitizing
5 5 Sanitizing 3 Conventional65°
Pre-Wash 65°-- 1:40 2:30
0:10 B 1:40 11.5
15.0
4.5 for pre-washing
Water 11.5
0.011.30directly
1.50
Energy the inside1.30
dry dispenser B only.
5 Sanitizing Fast 4 Fast 2 65° 50° - - 50°
55°- - - Available 1:40 0:55
wash 2:00 pro- 11.5
0:55 11.5
15.0 1.30
11.5
1.351.10 1.10
65°FILLING -THE - RINSE - AID - DISPENSER
Dry

5 Sanitizing
5 Hygiene 3 Eco
1 Intensive 3 Intensive 5
1 Eco wash
Sanitizing and 65° Program
dry 50°
65° 65°
65°
50° -
options *) 1:402:45 2:30 1:40
2:45
gram 11.5consumption
2:30
1:4012.0 12.0the tub. 1.30
11.5
15.0 consumption
1.30
0.920.92
15.0 1.50
11,5 Place 1.50 the 1,30 To openof
amount the detergent di
detergent
- DRYING A(litres/cycle) (kWh/cycle)
7 Fast
4 Self-Clean Rinse aid makes 65° dish
50° - easier. The rinse aid
0:50dispenser
0:55
(h:min)
Duration **)
of A
11.5
8.0 1.10
0.80 for pre-washing pressdirectly
button A. inside
5 Sanitizing 5 Pre-Wash
6
6 Pre-Wash Sanitizing 6 Pre-Wash
ConventionalSanitizing
5 2
3
6
Intensive
Conventional
Pre-Wash -65° - -
65° be filled
should - -
65°
65°
55°
- -
- when the RINSE
- - - -
- -
- AID REFILL 1:40
Available 0:10 0:10 2:30
indicator
wash 0:10
2:00 pro- 1:40 light0:10
4.5
1:40 4.5
15.0
Water
11.5
4.5
15.0 11.5
4.5
1.50
Energy
0.01
11.5
1.351.30
0.01 0.01 0.01
1.30 1.30
the tub.
Dry

6 Pre-Wash
2 Fast
6 Vorspülen
4 4 Fast 1 washEco andProgram -dry
- 50°
55° - - - 50°
50°- - - options 0:10 0:55
2:00 2:45
gram
consumption
4.5
0:55
0:10 11.5
15.0
12.0 consumption
0.01
11.5
0.921.35 1.10
4,5 1.10 0,01Introduce the detergen
wash and dry 54 Sanitizing in the control 65° panel is lit.- *)
1:40 11.5
(litres/cycle) 1.30
Fast 50° laboratory - - 0:55
(h:min) **) 11.5 B (kWh/cycle) 1.10 the dry dispenser B on
7 Self-Clean 7 Self-Clean 37ECO Self-Clean
program data is measured under
Intensive
Conventional 65° -- - 65° 65°
65°- A - - -- conditions - 1. When
according measuring
to European
0:50 0:50
2:30 Standard outEN the60436:2019.
0:50 detergent
8.0
8.0
15.0 refer 0.80
8.0
1.50to0.80the mentioned 0.80 ear-
7 Self-Clean
6 Pre-Wash 6 Pre-Wash 6 Pre-Wash2Note for Test 65° - -
Laboratories: - - For 55°- -
-
information - on -
comparative EN testing
lier
0:50 0:10
conditions,
information 2:00please
to 0:10
add
8.0
0:10
sendthe 4.5
15.0
an email
proper A to the
quantity.
0.80
4.5
1.350.01
4.5
followingInside the 0.01
dispenser 0.01 Place the amount of de
7 Self-Clean
Sanitizing5 Sanitizing
5 Intensive
7 Selbstreinigend
3 B
16 Eco wash
Pre-Wash
5address:
Sanitizing
and 65°65° 65°-
dry
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com - - 50° 65°
65°
-- - - - -
- 0:502:30 1:40 0:10
2:45
1:40
8.0
1:40
0:50 11.5
15.0
4.5
12.0
11.5
0.80
11.5
0.011.50
1.30 8,0
0.92 1.30 1.30 0,80 for pre-washing direct
1. Open the dispenser B by pressing
Fast
4Pre-treatment and pulling 50° up the
- tab - on BA
there are 0:55 indications 1. to 11.5
When help the detergent
measuring out
1.10 dosing.
the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
1.50 of the dispenser the tub.
of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
3ECO Intensive
Conventional 65° laboratory- conditions according 2. Remove 2:30
detergent residues 15.0from the edges
7the lid.
Self-Clean 7 Self-Clean program
Self-Clean
27*) Not all options data
65°
can is be measured
used - under
65°-
B simultaneously.
65°
55° - - - - to European
0:50 0:50
2:00
Standard EN
0:50
lier60436:2019.
8.0
information
8.0
15.0 to 8.0add
0.80
1.35 0.80 the proper 0.80
quantity. Inside the dispenser
7 Die ECO2.4
Self-Clean 6ECO Pre-Wash
Fast
Carefully
program program 6ECO
introduce
data isPre-Wash
data program
6is
5**)
measured
wash
NotePre-Wash
measured
the
1. Valuesfor
rinse
Open
Sanitizing
and
data
Test
given
under
dry
65°
aid
the
50°
under
is -measured
Laboratories:
for as
laboratory
dispenser far
programes - - For
laboratory
as the under
other -than
--maximum
-
information
conditions
B65° by
conditions
pressing
-the- eco
laboratory on- comparative
- program
according and
- conditions
according to
pulling
EN
areEuropeanto and
up
European
according
testing
indicative
the
close 0:10
0:55
conditions,
only.
tabThe
Standard to0:10
the
Standard
actual
on1:40
cover
European
pleaseEN
ENtime0:50 0:10
until
send
may
60436:2019.BStandard 4.5
it11.5
4.5
an
there
vary clicks.
60436:2019.
11.5
email EN
aretoindications
depending the 4.5
0.011.10
60436:2019.
8.0
onfollowing
many
1.30
0.01 to help the0.01 0.80 dosing.
detergent
ECO-Programmdaten
ECONote program dataNote is measured sind
address: Labormessdaten,
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com die gemäß
-of der 3. room 4.
Close SCHNELLthe lid0:55 WÄSCHE
ofconditions,
the60436:2019.
detergent - Programm
dispenser für
by begrenzte
pulling
of to itthe Menge
up following
until
Note (110 for Test
ml) reference Laboratories:
for Fast
4factors
notchTest
the ofunder
such Laboratories:
For
the laboratory
as temperature
information
filling space and
For conditions
on 50°
pressure
information
-65°avoid comparative according
the-on
spilling incoming EN to
comparative
it. European
water,
testing conditions,
EN Standard
temperature,
testing please EN
amount of detergent,
send
2. Remove 11.5
please
an email quantity
send
detergent and
to following
the
an1.10type
email
following
residues from the edges of the dispenser
europäischen for Test
Noteaddress:
Laboratories:
Vorschrift 7load, loadlid.
For
Intensive
3Pre-treatment
EN 60436:2019 information
of the dishes
balancing, onis
erfasst
additional comparative
not wurden.
neededoptions
selected before EN
- andanytesting conditions,
of the programs.
sensor calibration.the an closing
please
normal 2:30send
device verschmutztem an
is secured
email
15.0 to
intoplace.
the
Geschirr. 1.50 Garantiert optimale
address: Iffor
this Test Laboratories:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
happens, address:
clean
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com 2.
For
the
Carefully
information
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Self-Clean spill immediately
introduce
on simultaneously.
comparative
thewith65° alaboratory
rinse dry- cloth.
aid
EN
as
testing
- conditions
far as the
conditions,
maximum
please 0:50 send an and email
8.0
close the
the following
cover 0.80until it clicks.
Hinweis 7 für
5
address:ECO
Self-Clean
Sanitizing
Prüflabore: 7 Self-Clean
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
program ECO
data
ECO
*)
Für
program
5is
Not
Pre-Wash
6Standby program
all options
Informationen
measured
data
consumption:
data
can
65°
under
is
is measured
be
measured
used
Left-on -zu
laboratory
under
65°
-- consumption:
Vergleichs-EN-
mode
under conditions
- - - 5-W - Off mode consumption:
laboratory according
conditions
according
to European
according
to European
0:50
1:40
Reinigungsleistung 0:10
0.5
A
Standard
to
Standard
W
European EN
EN
0:50 60436:2019.
Standard
8.0
11.5
4.5
in
60436:2019. 1.
kürzester EN When 8.0
0.01
60436:2019.Zeit. 0.80
1.30
measuring out 0.80
the detergent refer to the mentio
3. Press
Pre-treatment the lid down
Pre-treatment
of the until
dishes
**)
NoteSanitizing
Valuesfor
is(110 you of
is
given
Testml)hear
not
the needed
for
Laboratories:
referencea
dishes click
programes is
beforenotch to
before
not
For close
other needed
65° any
than
information
ofofthe it. theof
the before
the
eco
on -
filling programs.
program any
comparative of
are
space -The the programs.
indicative
EN avoidtesting only. The
conditions,
spilling 0:55 1:40
actual
it. time
please 3. may
sendClose 11.5
vary
an the
depending
email lid
to of
the on the 1.30
many detergent
following dispenser by pulling it up until
Pre-treatment of the dishes Fast
4address: notdw_test_support@whirlpool.com
needed any 50° programs.
-folgende
Bthe - incoming detergent dispenser automatically
11.5 quantity lieropens information
1.10 upof at the to add rightthe time proper quantity. Inside the
Testbedingungen
NEVER
Pre-treatment
*)
Note Not pour
all
for of
options
Test senden
the
the*)
Note rinse
dishes
Notcan all
Laboratories:
for beSie
aid
factorsis
options
Test
Ifusedbitte
not directly
such
this as
needed eine
temperature
simultaneously.
can
Laboratories:
Forhappens, be into
information E-Mail
before
used the
clean and
For any an
tub.
pressure
simultaneously.
on of die
information
the the
comparative
spill ofprograms.
immediatelyon EN
comparativewater, room
testing
with 5.
a HYGIENE
temperature,
conditions,
EN
dry testing
cloth. please - Normal
amount
conditions, of the
send oder
detergent,
closing
please
an email stark device
send to verschmutztes
and
the
an type
is secured
email
following to in
the Geschirr
place.
following
*) Not all options can be7used PROGRAMS
Self-Cleansimultaneously. DESCRIPTION 65° - - according to the 0:50 program. If all-in-one
8.0 detergents
B60436:2019. are used,
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
0.80 we
ECO program
Adresse:
*) Not data is measured
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
**)all
6address: options
Values can load,
be 6programes
used
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
address: ECO load
Pre-treatment under
balancing,
simultaneously. of 1.theis
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
program data
-Open laboratory
additional
dishes
measured
-thethe
is not dispenser
selected
needed
under conditions
options
theB
before
laboratory byindicative
and
any of
conditions according
pressing
sensorthe programs.
to according
andindicative
calibration.
it.mit to
pulling
to European up
zusätzlichem
European the
Standard tab Standard
EN on antibakteriellem
60436:2019. EN Spülgang. onKann manyfür die
**) Values givengiven
Pre-Wash for**)programes
for
Values
5*)Standby
Note
given
Pre-Wash
3.Sanitizing
NotPress allother
for options
forother
the
consumption:thanprogrames
Test Laboratories:canlid than
the
down
the
be eco
used
lid.
Left-on For
other
eco
until
program -you
simultaneously.
mode
program
than
65°consumption:
information
-hear
are -are
aeco
indicative click program
5 W - Offonly.
- comparative
onindicative
close
modeEN The
are
only.
recommend
The The
actual
consumption:
testing
actual
0:10
using
conditions,
time only.
0:10
1:40
0.5
time
Wmay the The
pleaseThe
may
varyactual
TABLET vary 4.5
4.5
depending
senddetergent11.5
time
an email
depending
button, may on
2. toRemove
vary
because
dispenser
themany
many ondepending
0.01 many
0.01
1.30 detergent
following
it adjusts
automatically the
residues opens from upthe edges
at the rightoftime
the dis
Eine
Note **)Vorbehandlung
for Values
factors
Test
ECO given
Pre-treatment such for
Laboratories:
program asECO des
programes
factors
temperature
Pre-treatment
of
data the Geschirrs
such
dishes
NEVER
program
is measuredForother
as of
isand
data the than
temperature
not ist
pressure
information
pour needed
under
is dishes vor
the the
measured keinem
eco
is
rinse
laboratoryand
of
before
notprogram
the
onpressure
aid needed
under anyProgramm
incoming
comparative
directly
conditions are
of of
before
laboratorythe the
water, incoming
programs.
into any
according theroom
conditions only.
of
EN the
tub. temperature,
to water,
programprograms.
testing
European
accordingWartung
actual
room
so time
conditions,
Standard
thatto desmay
temperature,
amountEuropean
the Geschirrspülers
best ofvary
EN depending
detergent,
amount
please
Standard
60436:2019.
washing of
send
EN on
quantity verwendet
detergent, an
60436:2019. and emailtype
quantity werden.
of to and
the type of
following
factors such as temperature **)
address: and dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Values pressure
given for
2.be of the incoming
programes
Carefully
other
introduce
than water,
the eco
theincoming room aid
program
rinse temperature,
are indicative
asroom far as
only. amount
the
The actual
maximum of detergent,
time may
according vary
toand
quantity
depending
theand drying
andon
program. type
many
close results
ofIf all-in-one
the are always
cover untildetergents
it clicks. are used, we
erforderlich.
address:factors load,
*)
load,7Note Not
such
load load
all as balancing,
options
for TestNote
balancing, load,
*) Not
temperature
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com can load
7all
Laboratories:
for additional
be balancing,
options
used
and
Self-Clean
factors
Test
PROGRAMS
additional such as selected
simultaneously.
can
pressure
Laboratories:
Fordata
selected additional
temperature
information
ofDESCRIPTION
theisoptions used
of options
the and
For selected
simultaneously.
incoming
on 65°
pressure and
information
comparative sensor
- options
water,
of the - on calibration.
and
roomEN sensor
temperature,
comparativewater,
of thetesting 6.
achieved. VORSPÜLEN
calibration. amount
temperature,
conditions,
EN testing 0:50
please of
amount
conditions, - Verwendet,
detergent, of
send 8.0
detergent, quantity
please
an email um
quantity
send and
to the Geschirr
and type
0.80
anthe type
email of
of
following
lid oftotheeinzuweichen,
the following das
-theand --sensor calibration. 3.using
Close detergent dispenser by pulling it u
Pre-treatment dishes is not needed before any
load,Standby Self-Clean
load balancing, 6ECO
additional
program
Pre-Wash 65° (110measured ml) under
reference laboratory
- the notch - andconditions
of theprograms.
according
filling spaceto European -actual
0:50avoid
0:10Standard spilling recommend
EN 60436:2019.
it. 8.0depending
4.5 the0.01TABLET
0.80 button, because it adjusts the
*) Nicht **) Values
alle
address: Optionen given **) for
Values
können load,
programes
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
address:
consumption:
Standby all selected
load
given balancing,
forother
gleichzeitig canoptions
programes
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
consumption:
Left-on mode additional
than verwendet and selected
other
eco sensor
program
than options
Wwerden.-calibration.
are
eco sensor
indicative
program calibration.
are
only. indicative
The
später only.
gespült time The may actual
werden varyan time soll. may Für vary ondepending
dieses many Programm on many wirdinkein
IfLeft-on
consumption: mode consumption:
-5Off Off mode 5W consumption:
-EN Off mode consumption:
0.5 W 0.5 W
*) Not options be used simultaneously. tothe
Pre-treatment
Standby of the
consumption: dishes Note
Left-on
Standby isfor
not
modeTest Laboratories:
needed
consumption: consumption: this
Left-onbeforeFor
happens, 5
mode
information
Wthan any clean
consumption: ofon
mode thecomparative
the 5 programs.
spill
consumption:
W - Off immediately
mode
testing 0.5
consumption:
conditions,
W with 0.5aW please
dry program
cloth. send so
email that thethe closing
best washing
following device isandsecured drying place. are always
results
**) Standby factors such as
für consumption: factors
oftemperature such mode
**) Values
address:
Left-on asof and
temperature
given pressure
for programes
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
consumption: isand ofnot the
5pressure
other W incoming
- Off the of the
eco
mode water,
program incoming
anyroom are
consumption: temperature,
water,
indicative 0.5 room temperature,
only. The amount
actual time of detergent,
may amount of
vary depending quantity
detergent,
on and type
many quantity of and type of
Die Pre-treatment
andere Programme
Pre-treatment
the dishes als
is not
the das3. needed
dishes Eco-Programm
Press before
the needed
lid any
down of before
-sensor
the
until programs.
you of the
hear programs.
a room
click toW
Spülmittelclose0:50 verwendet.
it.amount achieved.
*) Not all load,
angegebenen
options
Notload
PROGRAMS
*) allWertecan
balancing,
options be
load,
PROGRAMS
*)
7used
load
DESCRIPTION
Notcan
sind ECO
all
Self-Clean
factors
additional
be simultaneously.
such
balancing,
Pre-treatment
program
options
nur used
asoftemperature
selected
data
DESCRIPTION
theadditional
simultaneously.
can
Richtwerte. beisdishes
measured
used Die
isand
options not 65°
pressure
selected
needed
under
simultaneously.
aktuelle and of the
options
before
laboratory
Zeit
- any
incoming
calibration.
and
conditions
water,
of thesensorprograms.
according
7.
temperature,
calibration.
to European
SELBSTREINIGUNG
of detergent,
Standard EN 60436:2019. 8.0 quantity
- Programm,
The detergent and 0.80type ofdispenser automatically opens up at the r
das für die Pflege des
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION PROGRAMS
load,
*) Not for load balancing,
all options NEVER
DESCRIPTION additional
can be usedFor pour the
selected
simultaneously. rinse
options aidand directly
sensor into
calibration. the tub.
**)kann
Values given for programes other than the eco program according to the program. If many
all-in-one detergents are us
5are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on
Note Test Laboratories: information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an timeemail to the following
PROGRAMS
aufStandby
**) Values
Grundlage DESCRIPTION
consumption:
given Standby
**) for
Values
von consumption:
Left-on
programes
mehrerengiven mode
forother programes
Faktoren, Left-on
consumption:
than themode other
eco
wie consumption:
5W
program
than
Temperatur thethe -ecoOff are
eco mode 5
indicative
program Wconsumption:
-indicative
Off
toare
only.mode indicative
The consumption:
0.5
GeschirrspüleractualW only. Wtime The 0.5
may
zuactual W
vary
verwenden depending may vary
ist. onEs depending
many ist nur on many
thebei LEEREM
ECO program data is
**) measured
Standby
Values
address: consumption:
given under
for programes
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com laboratory
Left-on mode
other conditions
consumption:
than according
program W - Offare mode European
consumption:
only. The Standard
0.5
actual time ENmay 60436:2019.
vary depending on many
factors such asfactors
temperature such as and
temperaturepressure and
of thepressure incoming of the
water, incomingroom temperature,
water, room temperature,
amount of detergent,
amount recommend
of
quantity
detergent, and using
type
quantity of TABLET
and button, because it adjust
factors
und DrucksuchNoteas fortemperature
des eintretenden
Test Laboratories: factors and
Pre-treatment
ECO Wassers,
such
program Forpressure
as theisRaumtemperatur,
temperature
of information
data dishes
measured of and
is not thepressure
on needed
under incoming
comparative
laboratory
of the
before any incoming water,
EN
conditions
water,
of thetesting room
programs.
according
room temperature,
Geschirrspüler
temperature,
conditions,
to Europeanplease
amount
Standardsend amount
und
of
EN
detergent,mitemail
an
60436:2019. of
quantitydetergent,
speziellen
program
and type
thatquantity
to thesoReinigungsmittelnof
following the best washing and of
type type
fürand ofdrying results are
die
PROGRAMS
load, load PROGRAMS
balancing, DESCRIPTION
load, PROGRAMS
load additional
load, balancing,
load balancing, DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
selected additional
additionaloptions selected
selected and sensor
optionsoptions and calibration.
and
sensor sensor
calibration. calibration.
load, loadaddress:
Spülmittelmenge, balancing, dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Mengeadditional *) Notfor
Note und
Standby
**) Values
all Test
options
selected
Art
consumption:
given
der can be usedFor
Laboratories:
for
Beladung, options
Left-on
programes
simultaneously.
mode
other
andthesensor
Lastausgleich,
information
consumption:
than
on comparative
eco 5
programW
calibration.
- Offaremode
EN testing Pflege
consumption:
indicative
conditions,
only. The
des
0.5actualW
Geschirrspülers
please
time
send an email
may vary
toauszuführen.
achieved.
depending
the following
on many
zusätzlich Standby
Pre-treatment
gewählte consumption:
Standbytheaddress:
ofOptionen consumption:
Left-on
dishes dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
is not
und mode needed Left-on
consumption: beforemodeany consumption:
5W of -the Offprograms.mode 5W consumption:
- Off mode consumption: 0.5 W 0.5 W
Standby consumption: Left-onfactors such
Pre-treatment mode asofSensoreichung
consumption:
temperature
the dishes isand not pressure
variieren.
needed5before ofW the-any Offof the
incoming mode water,
programs. FUNKTIONEN
consumption:
room temperature, amount kann
0.5 ofWdirekt detergent, durchquantityDrücken and type of der entsprechenden
*) Not all options can be load
PROGRAMS
load, used simultaneously.
balancing, DESCRIPTION additional selected options and sensor calibration.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously. Taste ausgewählt werden (siehe BEDIENBLENDE).
1. ECOPROGRAMS PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
**) Values given for programes other than theother ecothan program the ecoare indicative only. The The actual Wtime timemay may vary depending on many
- Das Eco-Programm Standby
**) Values eignet
consumption:
given sich
for programes zum mode
Left-on Reinigen consumption: 5W
program - Offaremodeindicative consumption:
only. 0.5
actual vary depending on many
PROGRAMS factors such as temperature
DESCRIPTION factors suchand pressure of
as temperature andthe pressure incoming of the water, incomingroom Wenn
water,temperature,
room eine
temperature, amountFunktion
amountofofdetergent, nichtquantity
detergent, mit
quantity dem
and and type ausgewählten
type of
of Programm
von load,
normal verschmutztem
load balancing, PROGRAMS
load, Geschirr
load balancing,
additional DESCRIPTION
selected
und
additionaloptions
ist für
selected diese
andoptions sensor and sensor calibration.
calibration. kompatibel ist siehe PROGRAMMTABELLE, blinken die
Verwendung hinsichtlich Standby des Wasser-Left-on
consumption: undmode Stromverbrauchsconsumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: entsprechenden 0.5 W LED 3 Mal schnell und ein Piepton ertönt.
das effektivste Programm zur Einhaltung der EU-Ökodesign-
Die Option wird nicht aktiviert.
Rechtsvorschriften. PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
2. HERKÖMMLICHES SPÜLEN UND TROCKNEN - Gemischte
Verunreinigung. Für normal verschmutztes Geschirr mit
trockenen Speiseresten.
3. INTENSIV - Für sehr schmutziges Geschirr empfohlen,
besonders geeignet für Töpfe und Pfannen (nicht für
empfindliches Geschirr verwenden).
 ENGLISH 10
DEUTSCH 26
Cleaning and maintenance
Reinigung und pflege
ATTENTION: Always unplug the appliance when cleaning it 2. Remove the cup filter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
and when performing maintenance work. Do not use flammable side flaps (Fig 2).
ACHTUNG:
liquids to cleanZiehentheSie den Netzstecker aus der Steckdose, bevor
machine. 3. Slide
3. out the
Nehmen Siestainless-steel
den Stahl-Siebteller C abC(Abb.
plate filter (Fig 3).
Sie Ihren Geschirrspüler reinigen oder Wartungsmaßnahmen 4. InSollten
4. case you
Sie find foreign objects
Fremdkörper (such(wie
vorfinden as broken glass, porc
zerbrochenes Glas, -
getroffen werden. Keine brennbaren Flüssigkeiten zur lain, bones, Knochen,
Porzellan, fruit seedsObstsamen
etc.) pleaseusw.),
remove them carefully.
entfernen Sie diese
CLEANING THE DISHWASHER 5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER RE-
Reinigung der Maschine verwenden. bitte vorsichtig.
Any marks on the inside of the appliance may be
Reinigung
removed using des Geschirrspülers
a cloth dampened with water and 5. MOVE the wash-cycle
Kontrollieren Sie den pump protection
Hohlraum (black detail)
und befreien (Fig 4).
Sie diesen
Zur Beseitigung
a little vinegar. von evtl. Flecken im Innenraum des Gerätes von eventuellen Speiseresten. Das Spülpumpenschutzteil
verwenden
The external Siesurfaces
ein feuchtes
of theTuch, auf das
machine andSie
theetwas weißen Essig (schwarzes Teil) NICHT ABGENOMMEN WERDEN(Abb 4).
1 2
träufeln.
control panel can be cleaned using a non-abrasive
cloth
Die which has been
Gehäuseteile und diedampened with water.
Bedienblende Do mit einem
können
mit
not Wasser angefeuchteten,
use solvents or abrasive weichen
products.Tuch gereinigt werden. 1 2
Vermeiden Sie Löse- und Scheuermittel.
B
PREVENTING
Vermeidung vonUNPLEASANT
GeruchsbildungODOURS A
AlwaysSie
Lassen keep
diethe door of the
Gerätetür appliance
stets ajar in order
nur angelehnt; to avoid
auf diese Weisemo- B
isturesich
kann fromkeine
forming and beingansammeln.
Feuchtigkeit trapped inside Diethe machine.
Dichtungen
A
A A
Clean
der Türtheundseals
der around the door and
Spülmittelfächer detergent
sollten dispensers
regelmäßig mit regu-
larly using
einem a damp
feuchten Tuchsponge. Thiswerden.
gereinigt will avoidSie
food becoming
vermeiden sotrapped
die
in the seals, which
Ansammlung is the main cause
von Speiseresten, behind the formation
der hauptsächlichen of
Ursache
unpleasant
von odours. im Geschirrspüler.
Geruchsbildung
Den Wasserzulaufschlauch prüfen
CHEKING
Den THE WATER
Zulaufschlauch SUPPLY
regelmäßig HOSE und Risse
auf Sprödigkeit
Check the
prüfen. Bei inlet hose regularly
Beschädigung, denfor brittleness
Schlauch mit and
einemcracks.
neuen If dama-
ged, replace
ersetzen. it byista bei
Dieser newunserem
hose available throughoder
Kundendienst our After-Sales
Ihrem
Service or
Händler your specialist
verfügbar. Je nachdealer. Depending on the hose type:
Schlauchart: C
C 3 4
3 4
After cleaning the filters, replace the filter assembly and fix it
Setzen
positionSie die Filtereinheit
correctly; nach der
this is essential forReinigung derthe
maintaining Filtersiebe
efficient
wieder korrekt
operation of theindishwasher.
ihren Sitz ein; dies ist äußerst wichtig, um
eine ordnungsgemäße Betriebsweise des Geschirrspülers zu
gewährleisten.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
Wenn der Zulaufschlauch
If the inlet eine transparente
hose has a transparent Beschichtung
coating, periodically checkhat,
if Reinigung der Sprüharme
become encrusted onto the
the colour intensifies
regelmäßig prüfen, oblocall . If yes,
die Farbe theörtlich
sich hose verstärkt.
may have Falls
a leak
ja,and Es kann
spray vorkommen,
arms and block the holes
should der
könnte be replaced.
Schlauch undicht sein und sollte ersetzt werden. dass Speisereste an
used to spray the water.den It is
ForWasserstoppschläuche:
Für water stop hoses: checkDas thekleine
small safety valve inspection
Sicherheitsventil- Sprüharmen hängen
therefore recommended bleiben
that you
window (see arrow).
Kontrollfenster prüfen If (siehe
it is red, the water
Pfeil). Wennstop function
es rot was trig-
ist, wurde und
checkdiethe
Wasserdüsen
arms from time to time
gered,
die and the hose mustausgelöst
Wasserstoppfunktion be replaced undbyder
a new one. muss
Schlauch verstopfen. Prüfen
and clean them withSie
a small
For unscrewing
durch einen neuenthisersetzt
hose, press
werden. theUm
release
diesenbutton while unscre-
Schlauch die Sprüharme
non-metallic daher
brush.
wing the hose. die Entriegelungstaste drücken und dabei den
abzuschrauben, regelmäßig
To remove theundupper
reinigen
spray arm,
Schlauch abschrauben. Sie
turnsie bei
the Bedarf
plastic mit einer
locking ring in an
CLEANING THE WATER INLET HOSE Kunststoffbürste.
anti-clockwise direction.
Wasserzulaufschlauch reinigen Zur
If the water hoses are new or have not been used for an exten- TheAbnahme desarm
upper spray oberen
should be
Wenn der Wasserschlauch neu ist oder für längere Zeit Sprüharms
ded period of time, let the water run to make sure it is clear and replaced sodrehen
that theSie den
side with
nicht in Betrieb war, das Warmwasser laufen lassen, um Kunststoffring gegen
free of impurities before performing the necessary connections. If the greater number ofden
holes is
sicherzustellen, dass
this precaution is not es klar und
taken, frei von
the water Verschmutzungen
inlet ist,
could become blocked Uhrzeigersinn ab. Der obere
facing upwards.
bevor die erforderlichen Anschlüsse vorgenommen werden. Sprüharm ist mit jener
and damage the dishwasher.
Bei Nichtbeachtung dieser Vorsichtsmaßnahme, kann die Seite nach oben wieder
Wasserzufuhr blockieren und den Geschirrspüler beschädigen. The lower spray
einzusetzen, armmeisten
die die may be
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Reinigung
Regularly cleander Filtereinheit
the filter assembly so that the filters do not clo removed
Löcher by pulling it upwards.
aufweist.
Die
andFiltereinheit
that the waste regelmäßig
water flows reinigen, damit die
away correctl . Filter nicht Um den unteren Sprüharm
verstopfen und daswith
Using dishwasher Abwasser
cloggedkorrekt abfließen
filters or kann. inside fil-
foreign objects abzunehmen, ihn nach oben
Die Verwendung
tration system or des Geschirrspülers
sprayarms may cause mitunit
verstopften
malfunction Filtern
resulting ziehen.
oder
in loseFremdkörpern
of performance, im Filtersystem
noisy work oroder in den
higher Sprüharmen
resources usage.
kann zu einer
The filter Funktionsstörung
assembly consists of three mit Leistungsverlust,
filters which remove foo Wasserenthärtungsanlage
geräuschvollem
residues from the Betrieb
washing oder höherem
water and thenRessourcenverbrauch
recirculate the water:
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Der Wasserenthärter
Water verringert
softener automatically automatisch
reduces die Wasserhärte
water hardness, conse-
führen.
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean. und verhindert somit die buildup
Bildungon von Kalk auf dem Heizgerät.
Die
quently preventing scale heater, contributing also to
TheFiltereinheit
dishwashersetzt must sich aus
not bedrei
used Filtern
withoutzusammen,
filters ordieif the Dies trägt auch efficienc
zu einer effizienteren
better cleaning . This systemReinigung
regenerates bei. Dieses
itself with salt,
Spülwasser reinigen, von Speiseresten befreien und wieder in
filter is loose. System regeneriert sich mit Salz. Daher muss der Salzbehälter
therefore it is required to refill salt container when empt . Frequen-
Umlauf
At leastbringen:
once perfür beste
month orSpülergebnisse,
after each 30 cycles, müssen diese
check thesauber
filter nachgefüllt werden, wenn eronleer ist. hardness
Die Häufigkeit der
cy of regeneration depends water level setting - by
gehalten
assemblywerden.
and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running Regeneration hängt von der Einstellung
default regeneration takes place once perder Wasserhärte
5 Eco cycles withab.water
Der Geschirrspüler
water, darf nie
using a non-metallic ohneand
brush Filtersiebe
following oder mit
the instructions Standardmäßig
hardness level set wird 3. Regeneration
to bei Einstellung der Wasserhärtestufe
process starts in finalauf
rins
ausgehängten
below: Filtern in Betrieb genommen werden. 3and
diefinishes in drying
Regeneration phase,
einmal nachbefore cycle
jeweils ends
5 Eco-Programmen
Kontrollieren Sie wenigstens
1. Turn the cylindrical einmal
filter A in anpro Monat oder direction
anti-clockwise nach jeweilsand Single regeneration
durchgeführt. consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Das Regenerationsverfahren takesin
beginnt upden
to 5 addi-
pull it out (Fig
30 Spülgängen die1).
Filtereinheit. Bei Bedarf ist diese sorgfältig unter tional minutes
letzten Spülgängenfor theund
cycle;
endetconsumes below 0.005kWh of
in der Trocknungsphase, energy.
bevor
laufendem Wasser auszuspülen. Nehmen Sie hierzu ein kleines das Programm endet:
Bürstchen (das nicht aus Metall sein darf) zu Hilfe. Verfahren Sie wie - ~3,5 l Wasser;
folgt: - erfordert bis zu 5 zusätzliche Minuten für das Programm;
1. Drehen Sie das zylinderförmige Filtersieb A gegen den - verbrauch unter 0,005 kWh Strom.
Uhrzeigersinn heraus (Abb. 1).
2. Ziehen Sie den Siebbecher B durch leichten Druck auf die
seitlichen Flügel heraus (Abb. 2).
DEUTSCH 27
Was tun, wenn...
Sollte Ihr Geschirrspüler nicht einwandfrei funktionieren, prüfen Sie, ob die Störung anhand der folgenden
Liste behoben werden kann. Bei anderen Fehlern oder Störungen wenden Sie sich bitte an den autorisierten
Kundendienst. Die Kontaktdaten finden Sie im Garantieheft. Ersatzteile werden je nach den spezifischen
Vorgaben der Verordnung für einen Zeitraum von entweder bis zu 7 oder bis zu 10 Jahren lieferbar sein.
Die Ersatzteile finden Sie unter: https://parts-selfservice.whirlpool.com/en/landing
Störungen...
Regeneriersalzanzeige
leuchtet
Klarspüleranzeige
leuchtet auf
Die Spülmaschine startet
nicht oder reagiert nicht auf
die Bedienungseingaben.
Der Geschirrspüler pumpt
das Wasser nicht ab.
Das Display zeigt: 3 und die
LED Ein/Aus blinkt schnell.
Der Geschirrspüler ist zu laut.
Das Geschirr ist nicht sauber
geworden.
Mögliche ursachen...
Salzbehälter ist leer. (Es kann
nach dem Auffüllen einige
Spülgänge dauern, bis die
Regeneriersalzanzeige erlischt).
Klarspülbehälter ist leer. (Es
kann nach dem Auffüllen einige
Spülgänge dauern, bis die
Klarspüleranzeige erlischt).
Das Gerät wurde nicht richtig
eingesteckt.
Stromausfall.
Die Gerätetür schließt nicht.
Natural Dry Stift ist nicht
eingezogen.
Das Gerät reagiert nicht auf
Bedienungseingaben. Das
Display zeigt: 9 oder 12 und die
LED Ein/Aus blinkt schnell.
Das Spülprogramm ist noch
nicht ganz abgelaufen.
Der Ablaufschlauch ist geknickt.
Der Ablauf des Spülbeckens ist
verstopft.
Im Filtersieb haben sich
Speisereste angesammelt.
Das Geschirr schlägt
aneinander.
Es hat sich zu viel Schaum
gebildet.
Das Geschirr wurde nicht
korrekt eingeräumt.
Die Sprüharme können nicht frei
drehen, werden durch das Geschirr
blockiert.
Das Spülprogramm ist zu
schwach und/oder das
Spülmittel ist nicht für den
Geschirrspüler geeignet.
Es hat sich zu viel Schaum
gebildet.
Der Stöpsel des
Klarspülerbehälters wurde nicht
korrekt geschlossen.
Das Filtersieb ist schmutzig oder
verstopft.
Fehlendes Regeneriersalz.
Lösungen...
Befüllen Sie den Behälter mit Salz (weitere Informationen –
siehe Seite 21).
Stellen Sie die Wasserhärte ein – siehe Tabelle, Seite 22.
Befüllen Sie den Behälter mit Klarspüler (weitere
Informationen – siehe Seite 22).
Schließen Sie den Netzstecker an.
Aus Sicherheitsgründen wird die Spülmaschine nicht
automatisch neu gestartet, wenn die Stromversorgung
wiederhergestellt wird. Öffnen Sie die Tür des
Geschirrspülers, drücken Sie die Taste START und schließen
Sie die Tür erneut innerhalb von 4 Sekunden.
Drücken Sie die Tür energisch, bis ein „Klicklaut“ zu hören ist.
Schalten Sie das Gerät durch das Drücken der ON/OFF-Taste
aus und nach etwa einer Minute wieder ein und starten Sie
das Programm neu. Wenn das Problem weiterhin besteht,
ziehen Sie den Stecker des Geräts für 1 Minute ab und stecken
Sie ihn dann wieder ein.
Warten Sie, bis das Programm beendet ist.
Prüfen Sie, dass der Ablaufschlauch nicht geknickt ist (siehe
INSTALLATION).
Den Ablauf des Spülbeckens reinigen.
Den Filter reinigen (siehe REINIGUNG DER FILTEREINHEIT).
Positionieren Sie das Geschirr korrekt (siehe KÖRBE
BELADEN).
Das Spülmittel wurde nicht richtig dosiert oder ist
für Geschirrspüler ungeeignet (siehe EINFÜLLEN DES
SPÜLMITTELS). Starten Sie das laufende Programm durch
Ausschalten des Geschirrspülers neu. Schalten Sie das
Gerät wieder ein, wählen Sie ein neues Programm, drücken
Sie START/Pause und schließen Sie die Tür innerhalb von 4
Sekunden. Kein Spülmittel zufügen.
Positionieren Sie das Geschirr korrekt (siehe KÖRBE
BELADEN).
Positionieren Sie das Geschirr korrekt (siehe KÖRBE
BELADEN).
Ein geeignetes Spülprogramm wählen (siehe
PROGRAMMTABELLE).
Das Spülmittel wurde nicht richtig dosiert oder ist für
Geschirrspüler ungeeignet (siehe EINFÜLLEN DES SPÜLMITTELS).
Sicherstellen, dass der Stöpsel des Klarspülerbehälters
geschlossen ist.
Die Filtereinheit reinigen (siehe PFLEGE UND WARTUNG).
Füllen Sie den Salzbehälter (siehe SALZBEHÄLTER BEFÜLLEN).
DEUTSCH 28
Was tun, wenn...
Störungen...
Der Geschirrspüler beendet
das Programm vorzeitig.
Das Display zeigt: 15 und die
LED Ein/Aus blinkt schnell.
Der Geschirrspüler lädt kein
Wasser.
Das Display zeigt: H
6 und die LED Ein/Aus blinkt
schnell.
Das Schloss der Tür rastet
nicht ein.
Geschirr ist nicht ganz
trocken.
Auf dem Geschirr und auf
den Gläsern befinden sich
Kalkablagerungen oder ein
weißer Belag.
Geschirr und die Gläser
weisen bläuliche
Schattierungen oder blaue
Streifen auf
Kundenservice
Sollte die Störung nach o. g. Kontrollen weiterhin bestehen
oder erneut auftreten, Gerät ausschalten, Netzstecker
ziehen und Wasserhahn schließen. Setzen Sie sich bitte mit
Ihrer Kundendienststelle in Verbindung (siehe hierzu auch
Garantieheft).
Bitte halten Sie für den Anruf bei Ihrer Kundendienststelle
folgende Angaben bereit:
- Beschreibung der Störung,
- Gerätetyp und Modell,
Mögliche ursachen...
Ablaufschlauch zu niedrig
positioniert oder Siphonwirkung
in die Hauskanalisation
Luft im Wasserzulauf
Kein Wasser im Wassernetz oder
zugedrehter Wasserhahn.
Der Zulaufschlauch ist geknickt.
Das Sieb in dem
Wasserzulaufschlauch ist
verstopft; Es muss gereinigt
werden.
Die Körbe sind nicht vollständig
eingeschoben.
Das Türschloss ist nicht
eingerastet.
Das gewählte Programm hat
keinen Trockengang.
Kein Klarspülmittel oder die
Dosierung ist nicht angemessen.
Geschirr besteht aus
Antihaftmaterial oder aus
Kunststoff.
Fehlendes Salz.
Dosierung entspricht nicht der
Wasserhärte.
Deckel des Salzbehälters ist
nicht richtig geschlossen.
Kein Klarspülmittel oder die
Dosierung ist unzureichend.
Klarspüler wurde zu hoch
dosiert
- die Service-Nummer, d. h. die Zahl auf dem Kundendienst-
Lösungen...
Prüfen, ob der Ablaufschlauch auf der richtigen Höhe
positioniert ist (siehe INSTALLATION). Prüfen, ob eine
Siphonwirkung in die Hauskanalisation vorliegt, installieren
Sie bei Bedarf ein Belüftungsventil.
Wasserzulauf auf Lecks oder sonstige Störungen mit
Lufteintritt prüfen.
Sicherstellen, dass Wasser im Wassernetz ist oder der
Wasserhahn läuft.
Sicherstellen, dass der Zulaufschlauch nicht geknickt ist (siehe
INSTALLATION), den Geschirrspüler neu programmieren und
wieder einschalten.
Nach der Überprüfung und Reinigung, den Geschirrspüler
ausschalten und ein neues Programm starten.
Prüfen Sie, dass die Körbe vollständig eingeschoben sind.
Drücken Sie die Tür energisch, bis ein „Klacklaut“ zu hören ist.
Auf der Programmtabelle prüfen, ob das ausgewählte
Programm einen Trockengang vorsieht.
Klarspüler auffüllen oder die Dosierung höher einstellen
(siehe KLARSPÜLERSPENDER AUFFÜLLEN).
In diesem Fall sind Wassertropfen normal (siehe
EMPFEHLUNGEN).
Füllen Sie den Salzbehälter (siehe SALZBEHÄLTER BEFÜLLEN).
Die Werte erhöhen (siehe WASSERHÄRTETABELLE).
Deckel des Salzbehälters prüfen.
Klarspüler auffüllen oder die Dosierung höher einstellen.
Dosierung niedriger einstellen.
Aufkleber an der rechten Kante der Türinnenseite:
DEUTSCH 29
Technische Daten
Höhe
Produktabmessungen
Breite
(mm)
Tiefe
Spannung
Frequenz
Energieeffizienzklasse
Reinigungsleistungsindex
Trocknungsleistungsindex
Wassereinlassdruck, max.
Wassereinlassdruck, min.
Leistung Energieverbrauch
Wasserzulauf, max. Wassereinlasstemp.
Anzahl an Maßgedecken
Leistungsaufnahme bei Startzeitvorwahl
Leistungsaufnahme im Standby-Modus
Wasser- verbrauch
Geräuschentwicklung
Luftschallemissionsklasse
Hinweise zum Umweltschutz
Entsorgung von Verpackungsmaterialien
Das Verpackungsmaterial ist zu 100 % wiederverwertbar
und trägt das Recycling-Symbol . Werfen Sie das
Verpackungsmaterial deshalb nicht einfach weg, sondern
entsorgen Sie es gemäß den geltenden örtlichen Vorschriften.
Entsorgung von Haushaltsgeräten
Dieses Gerät wurde aus recycelbaren oder wiederverwendbaren
Werkstoffen hergestellt. Entsorgen Sie das Gerät gemäß den
regionalen Vorschriften zur Abfallbeseitigung. Genauere
Informationen zu Behandlung, Entsorgung und Recycling von
elektrischen Haushaltsgeräten sind bei der örtlichen Behörde,
der Müllabfuhr oder dem Händler erhältlich, bei dem das Gerät
gekauft wurde. Dieses Gerät ist in Übereinstimmung mit der
Europäischen Richtlinie 2012/19/EU über Elektro- und Elektronik-
Altgeräte (WEEE) und den Verordnungen zur Entsorgung von
Elektro- und Elektronikgeräten 2013 (in der jeweils gültigen
Fassung) gekennzeichnet. Durch eine vorschriftsmäßige
Entsorgung tragen Sie zum Umweltschutz bei und vermeiden
Unfallgefahren, die bei einer unsachgemäßen Entsorgung des
Produktes entstehen können.
Das Symbol auf dem Gerät bzw. auf dem beiliegenden
Informationsmaterial weist darauf hin, dass dieses Gerät kein
normaler Haushaltsabfall ist, sondern in einer Sammelstelle für
Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräte entsorgt werden muss.
Für Deutschland regelt das Elektrogesetz die Rückgabe von
Elektrogeräten noch weitreichender.
Altgeräte können kostenfrei im lokalen Wertstoff- oder
Recyclinghof abgeben werden.
Das Gesetz sieht weitere kostenfreie Rückgabemöglichkeiten für
Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräte im Handel vor:
mm 820
mm 598
mm 555
V 220/240
Hz 50
E
1,13
1,07
Bar 10
Bar 0,5
kWh/100 Zyklen 94
°C 70
13
W 4
W 0,5
l/Zyklus 12
dB(A) re 1 pW 46
C
• Für Produkte, die sie direkt bezogen haben, bieten wir die
optionale Rücknahme ihres Altgerätes bei Anlieferung des
neuen Gerätes durch den Spediteur.
• Rückgabe in Elektrofachmärkten mit einer Verkaufsfläche
von mindestens 400m².
• Rückgabe in Lebensmittelmärkten mit einer Verkaufsfläche
von mindestens 800m², wenn diese regelmäßig
Elektrogeräte zum Kauf anbieten.
• Rücknahmen über den Versandhandel.
Für Haushaltsgroßgeräte mit einer Kantenlänge über 25cm
gilt eine 1:1 Rücknahme – sie können bei Neukauf ein Altgerät
der gleichen Art zurückgeben. Für Kleingeräte mit einer
Kantenlänge bis 25cm besteht auch eine 0:1 Rücknahmepflicht –
die Rückgabe von Geräten ist nicht an einen Neukauf gebunden.
Bitte löschen sie personenbezogene Daten auf geräte-
internen Datenträgern, bevor sie das Gerät entsorgen. Sie
sind verpflichtet Leuchtmittel; Batterien und Akkumulatoren
getrennt zu entsorgen, sofern diese zerstörungsfrei aus dem
Gerät entnehmbar sind.
Energiespartipps
Das Eco-Programm eignet sich zum Reinigen von normal
verschmutztem Geschirr und ist für diese Verwendung
hinsichtlich des Wasser- und Stromverbrauchs das effektivste
Programm zur Einhaltung der EU-Ökodesign-Rechtsvorschriften.
Das Beladen des Geschirrspülers bis zum vom Hersteller
angegebenen Fassungsvermögen trägt dazu bei, Energie und
Wasser zu sparen. Das manuelle Vorspülen des Geschirrs führt
zu erhöhtem Wasser- und Energieverbrauch und wird nicht
empfohlen. Das Spülen von Geschirr im Haushaltsgeschirrspüler
verbraucht üblicherweise weniger Energie und Wasser als das
Spülen von Hand, wenn der Geschirrspüler entsprechend den
Herstellerangaben verwendet wird.
 DEUTSCH 30
ENGLISH
Installation
ENGLISH
INSTALLATION
ACHTUNG: Im Falle eines Umzugs sollte das Gerät möglichst Elektrischer Anschluss
in vertikaler Position transportiert werden; falls erforderlich, WARNUNG: Der Versorgungsschlauch darf auf keinen Fall
ATTENTION:
neigen Sie dasIf the appliance
Gerät must be
zur Rückseite hin.moved at any time, keep it ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
INSTALLATION
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto
abgeschnitten werden: er enthält nämlich Strom führende
Teile.WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
its Wasseranschlüsse
back. Vor Einfügen
hose bedescut Netzsteckers in die
as it contains Steckdose
live ist parts.
electrical
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
Die Anpassung der Elektro- und Wasseranlagen zur Installation
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
sicherzustellen, dass:
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto Before
WARNING: inserting
Under no thegeerdet
plug into
circumstancesthe electrical
should socket,
the watermake
inlet sure that:
CONNECTING
des
its Gerätes darf nur
back. THE WATER
durch SUPPLY
Fachpersonal erfolgen. • die Netzsteckdose ist und den gesetzlichen
Der Wasserzulaufschlauch und der Wasserablaufschlauch hose be cut
The as itiscontains
•Bestimmungen
socket earth live
and
entspricht; electrical
complies parts.
with current regulations;
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
können sowohl nach rechts als auch nach links ausgerichtet • •die Netzsteckdose
CONNECTING
performed by THEoptimale
a qualified WATER
technician
Before
SUPPLYgewährleistet wird.
inserting
The socketthe plugcan into die the auf
withstand demthe
electrical Typenschild
socket,
maximum make(befindlich
sure
loadthat: of the applian-
werden, wodurch eine Installation • Theauf
The water
Adaptation inlet and
of the outlet
water hoses
supply formay be positioned
installation should
ce as shown on the data plate located on the inside des
towards
only be
der Innentür)
socket
the
is earth angegebene
and complies max.current
with Leistungsaufnahme
regulations; of the door
Die Schläuche dürfen nicht geknickt oder von der Spülmaschine
Gerätes trägt (siehe PRODUKTBESCHREIBUNG).
right or
performedthe left
by in
a order
qualified to achieve
technician the best possible (see PRODUCT
• The socket
installation. can DESCRIPTION).
withstand the maximum load of the applian-
gequetscht werden. • die Versorgungsspannung den auf dem Typenschild (auf der
The sure
Make watertheinletdishwasher
and outlet hosesdoesmay not be positioned
bend or squash ce •asThe
towards shown
the
the hoses. poweron the supply voltage
data plate falls on
located within the values
the inside of the indicated
door on
Innentür) vermerkten Werten entspricht;.
right or the left (see the PRODUCT
data DESCRIPTION).
plate on the inside of the door.
Anschluss desinZulaufschlauchs
order to achieve the best possible installation.
• die Steckdose mit dem Gerätestecker kompatibel ist.
Make sure the dishwasher doesbis
not • The • power
The socket supplyisvoltagecompatiblefalls within
with the
the values indicated
plug autorisierten
of on
the appliance.
• Das
CONNECTING Wasser laufen
THE lassen,
WATER esbend
klar
INLET
or squash the hoses.
ist. HOSE Andernfalls muss der Netzstecker von einem
the data plate on the inside of the door.
• Den Zulaufschlauch fest anschließen und den Wasserhahn Techniker
this isausgetauscht
If socket the case,werden
notcompatible askthe an(siehe KUNDENDIENST.
authorised technician to replace the
• CONNECTING
Runöffnen.
the water until it is perfectly clear. • The is with plug of the appliance.
THE WATER INLET HOSE verwenden
plug (seeSie bitte keine Verlängerungen
AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do oder notVielfachstecker.
use extension ca-
• •Screw
Sollte theZulaufschlauch
inlet until
hoseit tightly into position
genugand If this
sein,turn isNetzstecker,
not the case,
onwenden
the tap. ask an authorised technician to replace
sollten the
Run der nicht lang dann
Derbles or multiple das Netzkabel
sockets. Onceundthe die Steckdose bei
not use extensionbeen
appliance has ca- installed,
the water is perfectly clear.
If the
Sie inlet
sich hose
bitte anis not
einen long enough,
Fachhändler contact
oder an a
einenplug (see AFTER-SALES
specialist store or
autorisierten
installiertem Gerät leichtSERVICE).
zugänglich Dosein.
• Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap. the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
anIfTechniker.
authorised technician. blesDasorNetzkabel
multiple sockets.darf nicht Once the appliance
gebogen has been installed,
oder eingeklemmt werden.
the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or accessible.
theSollte
power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
The Der
an water pressure
Wasserleitungsdruck
authorised must bemuss
technician. within the values
innerhalb der indicated
in der Tabellein the
der
das Speisekabel beschädigt sein, muss es vom Hersteller
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
accessible.
technischen
Technical
The waterData Daten
pressure angegebenen
tablemust- otherwise
be withinthe Werte
the liegen,
dishwasher
values damay
indicated sonsttheder
oder seiner technischen Kundendienststelle ausgetauscht
inbe function
Geschirrspüler möglicherweise nicht richtig funktioniert.
If the should
The cable power not supply
be bent
werden, um Unfallrisiken vorzubeugen.
cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
or compressed.
properly.
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
If themanufacturer
power supply cable isauthorised
damaged, Technical
have it replaced by the Service in
Der sure
Schlauch darf nicht or its Assistance
properly.
Make the hose is noteingeklemmt oder abgeknickt werden.
bent or compressed. Der Hersteller übernimmt keinerlei Haftung, sollten
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
diese
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed. order to prevent all potential
Vorschriften nicht genau beachtet werden. hazards.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER orderThe to prevent all potential hazards.
Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
Spezifikationen für den Wasseranschluss
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER The Company
these regulationsshall not be areheldnotresponsible
observed. for any incidents, if
Positionierung und Nivellierung
Wasserversorgung kalt oder warm these regulations are not observed.
(max. 60°C)
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
1. Stellen Sie den Geschirrspüler auf einem ebenen und festen
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
Wassereinlauf 3/4” Boden auf. GleichenAND
POSITIONING Sie eventuelle
LEVELLING Unregelmäßigkeiten
WATER
WATERINTAKEINTAKE 3/4”
3/4” POSITIONING
durch Anziehen AND oder LEVELLING
Losschrauben der vorderen Stellfüße
POWER OF 1. Position the dishwasher onsturdy
a levelfloo sturdy floo . präzisen
Ifi the floor i
POWER OFWATER
Wasserleistung WATER 0.05
0,05÷ ÷1 11
0.05 MPa
MPa
MPa (0.5
(0,5
(0.5 ÷÷10÷ 10
1. Position
10 bar)
aus,
bar) bar)
the das
bis dishwasher
Gerät on aausgerichtet
eben level ist. .Mit
If the floor
einer
PRESSURE
Druck
PRESSURE 7.25
7,25–––145
7.25 145
145 psi
psi
psi uneven, uneven,
the the
front front
feet of feet
the of the
appliance appliance
Nivellierung verleiht Stabilität und vermeidet Vibrationenmay be may
adjusted be adjusted
until unduntil
it reaches
it reaches a horizontal
Betriebsgeräusche. a horizontal
position. position. If the appliance
If the appliance is levelledis levelled
Zulaufschlauch: correctly,
correctly,
2. Bringen it will
Siebe itvorwill
more bestable
dem moreand
Einbau stable
des much and lessmuch
Geschirrspülers likelyless to denlikelyorto move or
move
SUPPLYHOSE:
SUPPLY HOSE:
cause vibrations
cause
transparenten and
vibrations noise
andwhile
Klebestreifen noise it is operating.
while
unter der it Arbeitsplatte
is operating. an, um
sie
2. Before
2. vor
Before eventuellem
recessing recessing Kondenswasser
the dishwasher,
the stick thezu
dishwasher, schützen.
adhesive
stick transparenttransparent
the adhesive
Anschluss des Ablaufschlauchs
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE 3. Stellen
strip under Sie
the daswooden Gerät so auf,
shelf dasstoes
in shelf
order mit den
protect Seitenteilen
it protect
from anyit con-
CONNECTING
Schließen Sie den THE WATERanOUTLET
Ablaufschlauch HOSEmit
eine Ablaufleitung
strip
oder mit
densation
under
der may
which
the wooden
Rückwand
form.
in order to
an den anliegenden Möbeln oder
from any con-
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter densation which may form.
Connect the outlet hosevon
Mindestdurchmesser to 2a cm
drain duct with a minimum diameter 3. Place
A an. an the
der dishwasher
Wand anlehnt. so thatDasitsGerät
sideskannor back auch unter
panel areeiner
in
of 2 cm A.
of 2 cm A. 3. Place
withthe
durchlaufenden
contact the dishwasher Arbeitsplatte
adjacent so that
cabinets its sides
eingebaut
or the wall.werden.or back
This panel are in
appliance
can contact
4. Regulieren
also with
be recessed theunder
Sie den adjacent
hinteren cabinets
Stellfuß
a single worktop. or the
durch wall. This appliance
Einwirken
can
mittels also
eines be 8recessed under
mm-Sechskantschlüssels a
4. To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
single worktop.
auf die rote
Sechskantbuchse (befindlich unter der Frontseitenmitte des
MAX 80 cm 4.
bushing To adjust
on the lower the heightcentralofpart theatrearthe foot,
front turn
of thethe red hexagonal
dishwasher
Geschirrspülers). Durch Drehen nach rechts wird die Höhe
MAX 80 cm usingbushing a hexagonal on the lowerwith
spanner central part at of
an opening the8 mm. frontTurnof the thedishwasher
erhöht, durch Drehen nach links wird sie herabgesetzt.
MIN 40 cm spanner using in aa clockwise
hexagonal direction
spanner to increase the heightofand
with an opening 8 mm.in Turn the
MIN 40 cm an anticlockwise
spanner in direction
a clockwise to decrease
direction it. to increase the height and in
Abmessungen und Kapazität:
an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
DIMENSIONS
Breite AND CAPACITY: 598 mm
Der outlet
The Anschluss
hosedes Ablaufschlauchs
connection must be atmuss sich ranging
a height auf einer
from DIMENSIONS AND
WIDTH
Höhe CAPACITY:
598820
mmmm
40 to 80
Höhe voncm40from
bis the
80 cmfloor or surface
vom whereder
Boden oder theAufstandsfläche
dishwasher rests HEIGHT 820 mm598 mm
The outlet
Before
des hose connection
connecting
Geschirrspülers water must
thebefinden.outlet
Vor be at to
hose
dem aAnschluss
height
the sinkranging
drain, from
des remove
WIDTH
Tiefe 555 mm
40the
Ablaufschlauchs an den Beckenablauf den Kunststoffstopfenrests
to 80 cm
plastic from
plug the
B. floor or surface where the dishwasher B DEPTH
HEIGHT 555 mm820 mm
Kapazität 13 Standardgedecke
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
entfernen. CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
plastic plug B.
theANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION DEPTH 555 mm
Schutz vor Überschwemmungen CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
Schutz
ANTI-FLOODING
is vor with
provided Überschwemmungen.
PROTECTION
a special Damit
system which es nicht
blocks zu supply in
the water
Überschwemmungen
the event of anomalies kommt,
or leaks ist der
from Geschirrspüler
inside the appliance.mit einem
Anti-flooding
System protection.
versehen, dankTodessen
ensure der
floods do not occubei
Wasserzulauf , the dishwasher
Some models are also equipped with the supplementaryAnomalien
safety
is provided
oder internemwith aWasserverlust
special system which blocks
unterbrochen the water supply in
wird.
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-flooding protectio
theeven
event
Einige of anomalies
in Modelle
the eventsind or leaks
of aauch
supplymit from
einem
hose inside the appliance.
zusätzlichen
rupture. New
SomeAqua models are also equipped
Stop-Sicherheitssystem with the
ausgestattet,
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose supplementary
das auch assafety
be cutbei it
device New liveAqua
Schlauchdefekten
contains Stop,
vor
electrical which guaranteesschützt.
Überschwemmung
parts. anti-flooding protectio
evenDasinModell verfügt
the event of aüber dashose
supply Wasserschutzsystem
rupture. Aquastop.
Der Versorgungsschlauch
Under no circumstances should darfthe
aufwater
keinen Fallhose
inlet abgeschnitten
be cut as it
werden:
contains liveerelectrical
enthält nämlich
parts. Strom führende Teile.
DEUTSCH 31
IKEA GUARANTEE
Wie lange ist die IKEA Garantie gültig?
Die Garantie gilt fünf Jahre ab dem Kaufdatum von bei IKEA
gekauften Geräten. Als Kaufnachweis ist das Original des
Einkaufsbeleges erforderlich. Werden im Rahmen der Garantie
Arbeiten ausgeführt, verlängert sich dadurch nicht die
Garantiezeit für das Gerät.
Wer übernimmt den Service?
IKEA führt die Serviceleistungen über sein eigenes
Kundendienstnetz oder einen autorisierten Servicepartner aus.
Was deckt diese Garantie ab?
Die Garantie deckt Gerätefehler ab, die aufgrund einer
fehlerhaften Konstruktion oder aufgrund von Materialfehlern
nach dem Datum des Einkaufs bei IKEA entstanden sind. Die
Garantie gilt nur für den Hausgebrauch des betreffenden
Gerätes. Ausnahmen sind unter der Überschrift “Was deckt
die Garantie nicht ab?” erläutert. Innerhalb der Garantiefrist
werden die Kosten für Reparatur, Ersatzteile sowie die Arbeits-
und Fahrtkosten übernommen, vorausgesetzt, das Gerät ist
ohne besonderen Aufwand für eine Reparatur zugänglich.
Die EU-Richtlinien (Nr. 99/44/EG) und die jeweiligen örtlichen
Bestimmungen gelten unter diesen Bedingungen. Ersetzte Teile
gehen in das Eigentum von IKEA über.
Was unternimmt IKEA, um das Problem zu lösen?
Der IKEA Kundendienst begutachtet das Produkt und entscheidet
nach eigenem Ermessen, ob ein Garantieanspruch besteht.
Wenn die Garantie geltend gemacht werden kann, wird IKEA
durch seinen eigenen Kundendienst oder einen autorisierten
Servicepartner nach eigenem Ermessen das schadhafte Produkt
entweder reparieren oder durch ein gleiches oder vergleichbares
Produkt ersetzen.
Was deckt diese Garantie nicht ab?
• Normale Abnutzungen und Beschädigungen.
• Vorsätzlich oder fahrlässig herbeigeführte
Schäden, Beschädigungen infolge Missachtung der
Bedienungsanleitung, unsachgemäßer Installation,
falschen Spannungsanschlusses, Beschädigung durch
chemische oder elektrochemische Reaktionen, inklusive von
Korrosions- oder Wasserschäden diese sind nicht beschränkt
auf Schäden durch ungewöhnlich hohen Kalkgehalt
im Wasser, Beschädigungen durch aussergewöhnliche
Umweltbedingungen.
• Verbrauchs- und Verschleißteile wie Batterien und
Glühlampen.
• Nichtfunktionelle und dekorative Teile, die den normalen
Gebrauch nicht beeinflussen, sowie Kratzer oder mögliche
Farbveränderungen.
• Zufallsschäden durch Fremdkörper, Substanzen oder
Reinigungsarbeiten an Filtern, Abflüssen oder Wasch-/
Spülmittelfächern.
• Schäden an folgenden Teilen: Glaskeramik, Zubehör, Geschirr-
und Besteckkörbe, Zu- und Ablaufschläuche, Dichtungen,
Glühlampen und deren Abdeckungen, Siebe, Knöpfe,
Gehäuse und Gehäuseteile. Soweit nicht nachgewiesen wird,
dass solche Schäden auf Herstellungsmängel zurückzuführen
sind. Fälle, in welchen der gerufene Servicetechniker keinen
Fehler finden konnte.
• Reparaturen, die nicht von unserem eigenen Kundendienst
oder -einem Servicevertragspartner ausgeführt oder bei
denen keine Originalteile verwendet wurden.
• Durch fehlerhafte oder unvorschriftsmäßige Installation
erforderliche Reparaturen.
• Die reparatur von Schäden, die durch eine gewerbliche
Nutzung des Gerätes entstanden sind. gewerbliche Nutzung
des Gerätes.
• Transportschäden. Wenn der Kunde das Produkt selbst nach
Hause oder zu einer anderen Adresse transportiert, ist IKEA
von der Haftung für Transportschäden jeder Art freigestellt.
Liefert IKEA das Produkt direkt an die Kundenadresse, werden
eventuelle Transportschäden durch IKEA gedeckt.
• Kosten für die Installation des IKEA-Gerätes.
• Wenn jedoch der IKEA-Kundendienst oder ein
Servicevertragspartner im Rahmen der Garantie Reparaturen
ausführt oder das Gerät ersetzt, installiert der Kundendienst
oder der Servicevertragspartner das ausgebesserte Gerät
oder das Ersatzgerät, falls dies erforderlich sein sollte.
Als Ausnahme gilt die fehlerfreie Installation durch qualifizierte
Fachleute unter Verwendung von Originalteilen, um das
Gerät den technischen Sicherheitsvorschriften eines anderen
EU‑Landes anzupassen.
Gültigkeit der länderspezifischen Bestimmungen
IKEA räumt Ihnen eine spezielle Garantie ein, die die gesetzlichen
Gewährleistungsrechte, die von Land zu Land jedoch
unterschiedlich sein können, mindestens abdeckt bzw. erweitert.
Allerdings schränken diese Bedingungen in keiner Weise die
landesweit geltenden Verbraucherrechte ein.
Gültigkeitsbereich
Für Geräte, die einem EU-Land gekauft und in ein anderes EU-
Land mitgenommen werden, wird der Kundendienst gemäß
den Garantierichtlinien im neuen Land übernommen. Eine
Verpflichtung zur Durchführung von Leistungen im Rahmen
der Garantie besteht nur dann, wenn das Gerät gemäß der
Montageanleitung und gemäß:
- den technischen Spezifikationen des Landes, in dem der
Garantieanspruch erfolgt;
- den Montageinstruktionen und Informationen im
Benutzerhandbuch entspricht.
Der autorisierte Kundendienst für IKEA Geräte
Der IKEA-Service steht Ihnen bei folgenden Fragen / Anliegen
gerne zur Verfügung:
• make a service request under this Wenn Sie einen
Kundendienst im Rahmen der Garantie benötigen
• Bei Fragen zur Installation Ihres IKEA‑Gerätes in den IKEA-
Möbelkörper
• Wenn Sie Fragen zu den Funktionen Ihres IKEA-Gerätes
haben.
Um Ihnen möglichst schnell und kompetent weiterhelfen
zu können, bitten wir Sie, sich vorher die Montage- und
Gebrauchsanweisung Ihres Gerätes genauestens durchzulesen.
So erreichen Sie unseren Service
Gehen Sie dazu auf die letzte
Seite dieser Broschüre. Dort
finden Sie eine Übersicht mit den
entsprechenden Telefonnummern
und Kontaktdaten unserer
autorisierten Kundendienste.
IDamit wir Ihnen im Falle einer Störung jederzeit schnell
helfen können, bitten wir Sie, die in diesem Handbuch
aufgeführten Rufnummern zu verwenden. Wenden
Sie sich jeweils an die für den betreffenden Gerätetyp
angegebene Rufnummer.
Halten Sie dazu bitte die (8-stellige) IKEA Artikelnummer
und die12-stellige Servicenummer (auf dem Geräte-
Typschild vermerkt) Ihres IKEA Gerätes bereit.
BEWAHREN SIE DEN KAUFBELEG GUT AUF!!
Unser Service kann einen Garantieanspruch nur unter
Vorlage dieses Beleges akzeptieren. Auf dem Kaufbeleg
ist auch die IKEA Bezeichnung und Artikelnummer
(8-stelliger Code) für jedes der Geräte, die Sie gekauft
haben, vermerkt.
Benötigen Sie weiteren Rat und Unterstützung?
Bei allen anderen, nicht kundendienstspezifischen Fragen, bitten
wir Sie, sich an Ihr nächstgelegenes IKEA-Einrichtungshaus
zu wenden. Wir empfehlen Ihnen, sich vorher die dem Gerät
beigefügten Unterlagen genauestens durchzulesen.
FR
FRANÇAIS
Sommaire
Instructions de sécurité 32
Description du produit 35
Panneau de commande 35
Première utilisation 35
Chargement des paniers 37
Utilisation quotidienne 38
Functions 38
Nettoyage et entretien 40
Instructions de sécurité
Avant d’utiliser l’appareil, lire attentivement
les consignes de sécurité. Conservez-les à
portée pour consultation ultérieure.
Le présent manuel et l’appareil en question
contiennent des consignes de sécurité
importantes qui doivent être observées
en tout temps. Le fabricant décline toute
responsabilité si les consignes de sécurité
ne sont pas respectées, en cas de mauvaise
utilisation de l’appareil ou d’un mauvais
réglage des commandes.
Les enfants en bas âge (0-3 ans)
doivent être tenus à l’écart de l’appareil.
Les jeunes enfants (3-8 ans) doivent être
tenus à l’écart de l’appareil sauf s’ils se
trouvent sous surveillance constante. Les
enfants âgés de 8 ans et plus, ainsi que
les personnes présentant des capacités
physiques, sensorielles ou mentales
réduites, ou ne possédant ni l’expérience
ni les connaissances requises, peuvent
utiliser cet appareil seulement s’ils sont
supervisés, ou si une personne responsable
leur a expliqué l’utilisation sécuritaire et
les dangers potentiels de l’appareil. Ne
laissez pas les enfants jouer avec l’appareil.
Les enfants ne doivent pas nettoyer, ni
procéder à l’entretien de l’appareil sans
surveillance.
USAGE AUTORISÉ
MISE EN GARDE : Cet appareil n’est
pas conçu pour fonctionner à l’aide
d’un dispositif de commutation externe,
comme une minuterie ou un système de
télécommande.
Cet appareil est destiné à un usage
domestique et peut aussi être utilisé dans
les endroits suivants : cuisines pour le
personnel dans les magasins, bureaux
et autres environnements de travail ;
32
Que faut-il faire si... 41
Service Après-vente 42
Données techniques 43
Conseils pour la protection de l'environnement 43
Installation 44
GARANTIE IKEA (FRANCE) 45
GARANTIE IKEA (BELGIQUE) 47
dans les fermes ; Par les clients dans les
hôtels, motels, chambres d’hôtes, et autres
résidences similaires.
Cet appareil n’est pas conçu pour un
usage professionnel. N’utilisez pas l’appareil
en extérieur.
Le nombre maximum de places est
indiqué sur la fiche produit.
La porte ne doit pas être laissée
en position ouverte - risque de chute.
Lorsqu’elle est ouverte, la porte de l’appareil
ne peut porter que le panier à vaisselle
(chargé de vaisselle). N’appuyez pas d’objet
sur la porte, ne vous asseyez pas et ne
montez pas dessus.
MISE EN GARDE : Les détergents pour
lave-vaisselle sont très alcalins. Ils peuvent
être très dangereux en cas d’absorption.
Évitez tout contact avec la peau et les yeux,
et éloignez les enfants du lave-vaisselle
lorsque la porte est ouverte. Assurez-vous
que le distributeur de détergent est vide à
la fin de chaque cycle de lavage.
MISE EN GARDE : Les couteaux et
autres ustensiles avec des extrémités
pointues doivent être placés dans le panier
avec la pointe vers le bas ou être placés à
l’horizontale - risque de coupures.
N’entreposez pas de substances
explosives ou inflammables (p. ex. essence
ou bombe aérosol) à l’intérieur ou près
de l’appareil - risque d’incendie. L’appareil
doit uniquement être utilisé pour laver
la vaisselle domestique en suivant les
instructions du présent manuel. L’eau
contenue dans l’appareil n’est pas potable.
Utilisez uniquement des détergents et
des produits de rinçage conçus pour
un lave-vaisselle automatique. Lorsque
vous ajoutez du sel, effectuez un cycle
FRANÇAIS 33
immédiatement avec la machine vide, pour
éviter tout dommage dû à la corrosion aux
parties internes. Conservez le détergent,
le liquide de rinçage, et le sel hors de
portée des enfants. Coupez l’alimentation
en eau et débranchez ou déconnectez
l’alimentation avant l’entretien et la
maintenance. Débrancher l’alimentation
en eau et en électricité en cas de
dysfonctionnement.
INSTALLATION
Deux personnes minimum sont
nécessaires pour déplacer et installer
l’appareil - risque de blessure. Utilisez des
gants de protection pour le déballage et
l’installation de l’appareil - vous risquez de
vous couper.
L’installation, incluant l’alimentation en
eau (selon le modèle), et les connexions
électriques, ainsi que les réparations,
doivent être exécutées par un technicien
qualifié. Ne procédez à aucune réparation
ni à aucun remplacement de pièce sur
l’appareil autre que ceux spécifiquement
indiqués dans le guide d’utilisation. Gardez
les enfants à l’écart du site d’installation.
Après avoir déballé l’appareil, assurez-vous
qu’il n’a pas été endommagé pendant le
transport. En cas de problème, contactez
votre revendeur ou le Service Après-
Vente le plus proche. Une fois installé,
gardez le matériel d’emballage (sacs en
plastique, parties en polystyrène, etc.)
hors de la portée des enfants : risque
d’étouffement. L’appareil ne doit pas être
branché à l’alimentation électrique lors de
l’installation : risque de choc électrique.
Au moment de l’installation, assurez-
vous que le câble d’alimentation n’est pas
endommagé par l’appareil : risque de choc
électrique. Allumez l’appareil uniquement
lorsque l’installation est terminée.
Brancher le lave-vaisselle au réseau d’eau
en utilisant uniquement de nouveaux kits
de tuyaux. Les anciens tuyaux ne doivent
pas être réutilisés.
Un collier doit être fermement fixé sur
tous les tuyaux afin que ces derniers ne se
desserrent pas lors du fonctionnement de
l’appareil.
Respectez les normes en vigueur de
la société locale de distribution d’eau.
Pression d’alimentation en eau :
0,05 - 1,0 MPa.
L’appareil doit être placé contre le mur ou
intégré dans un meuble afin de limiter
l’accès à sa partie arrière.
Pour les lave-vaisselles avec des ouvertures
à la base pour la ventilation, les ouvertures
ne doivent pas être bloquées par un tapis.
Si l’appareil est installé à l’extrémité d’une
rangée d’unités et que sa paroi latérale
est exposée, protégez les charnières pour
éviter qu’elle ne soit endommagée.
La température d’entrée d’eau dépend
du modèle du lave-vaisselle. Si le tuyau
d’alimentation installé indique « max 25°C
», la température maximum de l’eau ne doit
pas dépasser 25°C. Pour tous les autres
modèles, la température de l’eau permise
est de 60°C. Ne coupez pas les flexibles et,
en présence d’un appareil avec système
de coupure de l’arrivée d’eau, ne plongez
pas dans l’eau le boîtier en plastique de
raccordement au réseau hydrique. Si les
tuyaux sont trop courts, adressez-vous
à votre revendeur. Assurez-vous que les
tuyaux d’alimentation et de vidange ne sont
ni pliés ni tordus. Avant d’utiliser l’appareil
pour la première fois, vérifiez que l’entrée
d’eau et le tuyau de vidange ne présentent
pas de fuites. Assurez-vous que les quatre
supports sont stables et reposent sur le sol,
en les ajustant au besoin, et assurez-vous
que l’appareil est parfaitement de niveau en
utilisant un niveau à bulle..
Utilisez l’appareil uniquement quand
les couvercles indiqués sur le diagramme
19 dans le manuel d’installation sont
correctement assemblés - risque de lésion.
AVERTISSEMENTS ÉLECTRIQUES
La plaque signalétique se trouve sur le
rebord avant du four (visible lorsque la
porte est ouverte).
Il doit être possible de débrancher
l’appareil de l’alimentation électrique en
retirant la fiche de la prise de courant si elle
est accessible ou à l’aide d’un interrupteur
multipolaire en amont de la prise de
courant, conformément aux normes de
sécurité électrique nationales.
FRANÇAIS 34
N’utilisez pas de rallonge, de prises
multiples ou d’adaptateurs. Une fois
l’installation terminée, l’utilisateur ne devra
plus pouvoir accéder aux composantes
électriques. N’utilisez pas l’appareil si
vous êtes mouillé ou si vous êtes pieds
nus. N’utilisez pas cet appareil si le câble
d’alimentation ou la prise de courant sont
endommagés, si l’appareil ne fonctionne
pas correctement, ou s’il a été endommagé
ou échappé.
Si le câble d’alimentation est
endommagé,
il doit être remplacé avec un câble
identique par le fabricant, un représentant
du Service Après-vente, ou par toute autre
personne qualifiée - vous pourriez vous
électrocuter.
Si la fiche installée n’est pas adaptée pour
votre prise, contactez un technicien qualifié.
Ne tirez pas sur le cordon d’alimentation
pour débrancher l’appareil. Ne plongez
jamais le câble d’alimentation ou la prise
dans l’eau. Éloignez le cordon des surfaces
chaudes.
NETTOYAGE ET ENTRETIEN
MISE EN GARDE : Assurez- vous que
l’appareil est éteint et débranché du
réseau électrique avant d’effectuer une
quelconque opération d’entretien. Pour
éviter tout risque de lésion personnelle,
utilisez des gants de protection (risque
de lacération) et des chaussures de
sécurité (risque de contusion) ; assurez-
vous de manipuler l’appareil avec deux
personnes (pour réduire la charge) ;
n’utilisez jamais d’équipement de nettoyage
à vapeur (risque de choc électrique). Des
réparations non-professionnelles non
autorisées par le fabricant pourraient
donner lieu à un risque pour la santé et la
sécurité, dont le fabricant ne saurait être
tenu pour responsable. Tout défaut ou
dommage causé par des réparations non-
professionnelles ou un entretien ne sera
pas couvert par la garantie, dont les termes
sont soulignés dans le document fourni
avec l’unité.
 ENGLISH 7
FRANÇAIS 35
Product description
Description du produit
1
1 Panier supérieur
1 1. Upper rack
7 2 Volets pliables
7 2
3 Bouton de réglage de
2
2. � � � � � � �
3. la Upper
hauteurrackduheight
panier supérieur
adjuster
8
8 4 Bras d'aspersion supérieur
4. Upper sprayer arm
5 Panier inférieur
3 2 5. Lower rack
6 Panier à couvert 6. Cutlery basket
9
4 37. Lower sprayer arm
7 Bras d'aspersion inférieur
5 8 Ensemble filtre 8. Filter Assembly
6 9 Réservoir à sel 49. Salt reservoir
9 10. Detergent
10 Distributeurs de détergent et liquideandde
Rinse Aid dispensers
rinçage
Service:
11 10
11 Panneau de commande
511. Rating plate
12. Control panel
0000 000 00000

6
12
11

10

Panneau de commande

11 1 2 3 4 5 6

ENGLISH 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

h h
3sec 50° 55° 65° 50° 65° 65° 7 PROGRAMS

3sec 50° 55° 65° 50° 65° 6

Control panel
1
Product
2 3 4
description
5 6 8 9 10 11
7

1
h
1 Touche et voyant Marche-Arrêt/Réinitialisation 6 Voyant tablette
1. Upper rack
7
2 Bouton de sélection de programme 7 Écran 3sec
3 Témoin de remplissage de sel 2 2. � � � � � � �
8 Témoin Demi-charge
3. Upper rack height adjuster
1 2 3 48
4 Témoin de remplissage de liquide de rinçage
5 6 7 8 9
9
10 Bouton
11 Demi-charge
4. Upper sprayer arm
5 Voyant pour le numéro du programme et le temps 10 Bouton de démarrage différé
5. Lower rack
1. restant
On-Off/Reset button with indicator light 6. Cutlery
11 Bouton DÉPART/Pause avecbasket
témoin / Tablette
7. Display 3 7. Lower sprayer arm
2. Program selection button 8. Half Load indicator
8. light
Filter Assembly
3. Salt refill indicator ligh 9. 4
Half Load button 9. Salt reservoir
9
4. Rinse Aid refill indicator ligh 10. Delay button 10. Detergent and Rinse Aid dispensers
5. Program number and delay time indicator 11. 5 11. Rating
START/Pause button plate
with indicator light / Tab
6. Tablet indicator light 12. Control panel
6
Première
First use
utilisation
10
ADVICE
Conseils REGARDING
au sujet de la premièreTHE FIRST TIME USE
utilisation 1. Enlevez le panier inférieur et
1. Remove the lower rack and
dévissez le bouchon du réservoir
AprèsAfter
l'installation, enlevez
installation, removelesthe
boulons d'arrêt
stoppers fromsur
theles paniers
racks andet
the unscrew the reservoir cap
(sens antihoraire).
les éléments
retainingélastiques qui retiennent
elastic elements from theleupper
panier supérieur
rack.
2. (anticlockwise).
Seulement lors de la première
FILLINGdu
Remplissage THE 11SALT àRESERVOIR
réservoir sel 2. Only
the
the first:time
opération you do this:
remplissez fill
le réservoir
’utilisation
The use de of
selsalt
empêche
prevents la formation de CALCAIRE
the formation of LIMESCALE sur la on the desalt
sel reservoir with water.
avec de l'eau.
vaisselle et sur les composantes 3.3. Position the funnel (see
(voirfigure)
dishes andon the machine’sfonctionnelles de l’appareil.
functional components. Placez l'entonnoir figure)
• LE RÉSERVOIR DE SEL NE DOIT JAMAIS ÊTRE VIDE. and fill the salt reservoir
et remplissez le réservoir rightdeupsel
• Il est Control
• It important
is important dethat panel
the la
régler salt reservoir
dureté be never empty.
de l'eau. tojusqu'au
its edge bord
(approximately
(environ 1 kg) 1 kg);
; il est
• It is important to set the water hardness.
Le réservoir de sel est situé dans la partie inférieure du lave- it normal
is not unusual for ad'eau
qu'un peu little water
déborde.to
The (voir
vaisselle salt reservoir
DESCRIPTION is located in the lower
DU PRODUIT) part être
et il doit of the
rempli 4. leak out. l’entonnoir et essuyez les
Enlevez
dishwasher (see PRODUCT
quand le voyant REMPLISSAGE DE SEL DESCRIPTION) and
sur le panneau should
de be 4. Remove
résidus the funnel
de sel andde
autour wipe any
l’ouverture.
filled when the SALT REFILL indicator light in the salt residue away from the
commande est allumé.
control panel is lit .
h opening.
3sec

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1. On-Off/Reset button with indicator light 7. Display

2. Program selection button 8. Half Load indicator light
3. Salt refill indicator ligh 9. Half Load button
 Make
irreparably sure the damaging cap is screwed the stainless on tightly, so that no detergent can ADJUSTING
steel components. • Switch it on
get
Theinto the container
guarantee is not during applicable the wash if faults program
are caused (this could by such damage If • youTheare not
current
the water softener beyond repair).
circumstances. adjust
• Press thebutto
qua
As
� �soon ��� as�this � �procedure
� � � � �is�complete, ����� run �a � program
����� without
� � � �s.� � • supplied.
Switch the
loading.
� � � �The � �“Pre-Wash” program alone � � is � NOT�
� � �� �� �� �� �� � � � � ••� � Switch itit of of
FRANÇAIS 36 ������ ���� Switch
Residual
heating element saline solution may be ordamaged
grains of salt as acan result. lead to corrosion, • Pressisbutto
Setting com
irreparably
Whenever damaging you need the to add stainless
salt, itsteel components.
is mandatory to complete If • Switch it on
The guarantee is
the procedure not applicable
before the beginning if faultsofare thecaused washing by suchcycle. • theTherinse
current aid
supplied.
• Press butto The
circumstances.
Assurez-vous que le bouchon est bien serré pour éviter que du 3. Appuyez run out of rins
� � � sur � �le bouchon � � �pour le � fermer; un�clic � �se�fait � �entendre.
ENGLISH 8
SETTING �THE � � WATER � �HARDNESS
� ���� � � � � �s.� � supplied.
Ne JAMAIS verser theSwitch
dishwashe
détergent pénètre dans le réservoir durant le cycle de lavage � �allow
To �� the� �water �le�liquide
����
softener de rinçage
to�work� � in � a�directement
� � � way,
perfect � � it�is� dans � �la
essential � cuve.
� � � •� � it of
please follow
Setting is com
(le réservoir pourrait s’endommager au point de ne plus être Ajuster heatingle dosage element du liquide
may be de rinçage
damaged
that the water hardness setting is based on the actual water hard- as a result.
• If you see b
réparable). Si vous Whenever
n’êtes pasyou need
complètement toinformation
add satisfait
salt, itcan isavec
mandatory le séchage, to complete
vous
your local If
ness in your house. This be obtained from • the rinseare
If there aid
Une fois cette opération complétée, lancez un programme sans pouvez theajuster
water procedure
supplier. la quantité
The before factory dethe beginning
liquide
setting deforrinçage
is of theutilisée.
average washing
(3) water cycle. hardness. supplied. Then
set a high
Make sure the cap is screwed on tightly, so that» no seuldetergent
ne SUFFIT can • Allumez
ADJUSTING THE DOSAGE OF RINSE AID run out of rins
charger
get
PAS.into Unethe
ENGLISH
le lave-vaisselle.
container
solution
Le programme
salineduring
résiduelle the ou wash
« Prélavage
des program
grains de (this could damage • IfÉteignez-le
sel peuvent you•SETTING Switch
le lave-vaisselle
are not en
onTHE completely
utilisant la
en utilisant
WATERsatisfied
the appliance
touche
HARDNESS
by pressing
la touche
MARCHE/ARRÊT. with thethe 8MARCHE/ARRÊT.
ON/OFF drying button.
results, youthecan dishwashe
•To Switch
allow the offwater
the appliance
softener tobywork pressingin a perfect the ON/OFF way, it isbutton. essential FILLING TH
the water softener beyond repair).
provoquer une corrosion, endommageant de manière irréparable adjust
• Appuyez the quantity of rinse aid used. please follow
•thatHold thesur down
water la touchebutton setting
hardness à trois
for isreprises
5 seconds, based until on- vous
the you entendrez
hearwater
actual a beep. un
hard- • If you see�b
As
les soon
composants as thisen procedure
acier inoxydable. is complete, run a program without • Switch
signal •ness sonore.
Switch
in yourthe dishwasher
onhouse.the appliance This informationon using
by pressing can be the ON/OFF
theobtained
ON/OFFfrom button.
button.your local • If there�are
� � � �
loading.
La garantieMake The sure the cappas
ne“Pre-Wash”
couvre is screwed
les program
dommages on tightly,
alone sois that
imputables NOT� noàdetergent � �can
� �situation
une � ADJUSTING • •Allumez-le
Switch
•water The THE itenoff
current
supplier.
DOSAGE using
selection
utilisant
The lathe
factory
OF level
touche RINSE
ON/OFF
setting number AIDaverage
is forbutton.
MARCHE/ARRÊT. and the salt (3) water indicator light
hardness. dishwashers
get into the container during the wash program (this could damage If you are not�completely �satisfied with the drying results, you can To set a high
achieve thn
Residual
de ce type.saline solution or grains of salt can lead to corrosion,adjust • •the
Le Press
numéro
••quantity
� button
Switch
�du
of
��
on
niveau
rinsethe
three
de
appliance
aid used.
times
sélection
by
-actuelle
pressing
a beep
the
et will
le
ON/OFF
be heard.
voyant du
button.
niveau
the water softener beyond repair). Pressde useof deterge
irreparably damaging the stainless steel runcomponents.
•deSwitch itbutton
on using to select
thethe the desired
ON/OFF hardness level (see
button.
Utilisez
The
ENGLISH
As seulement
guarantee
soon as this le
is not
procedure
sel spécialement
applicable
is complete,
if faults conçu
are
a pour
program
caused les without
lave-
by such
• Switch
• •
Switch• The
Appuyez
•
liquide
•the
it
Switch
dishwasher
WATER
Hold
off current
sur
using down
rinçage
off
la
the
theon
HARDNESS
selection
touche
button
ON/OFF
clignotent.
appliance
using
pour
for 5
button.
byON/OFF
TABLE).
level
pressingbutton.
number
sélectionner
seconds, and
until rinse
la
you
8
the ON/OFF button.
aid indicator
quantité
hear de liquide
a beep.
We recomme
light FILLING
flash. TH
loading. The “Pre-Wash” program alone is NOT� � � � � � or chlorine, as
vaisselles. Si le contenant de sel n’est pas rempli, l’adoucisseur � � � � � �
circumstances.
Residual saline solution or grains of salt can lead to corrosion, • Press •debutton
Press
•rinçageSwitch button
qui ondoit
three the
times êtretoWater
- select
appliance autilisée.
beep bythe
Hardness
willpressinglevel
be heard. of rinse
Table
the ON/OFF aidbutton.quantity to be Good washing
et l’élément chauffant peuvent être endommagés à cause de dishwashers
� � �irreparably
� � � � damaging � � � � the � �stainless
���� ��
steel � � � � � � � � � �• �s.Switch
components. supplied.
•it on
�• �Éteignez-le The usingcurrent
enthe selection
ON/OFF
utilisant level number
button.
la touche °dHand the salt indicator
MARCHE/ARRÊT. °fH light detergent bein
l’accumulation
Make sure the de calcaire.
cap is screwed L’utilisation
onif tightly, deareselthat
so estno recommandée
detergent can ADJUSTING THE
�selection
� �it�off DOSAGE
Level
�level� number OFand RINSE AID To achieve th
�avec The
� �n’importe guarantee
� into
� �the�quel�� is not
� �applicable
� � the �� faults
� �program �caused
�lave-vaisselle.
�(this by
� �could �such � � � �•If �
�damage The� •�
Leare
current
Switch
�
réglage estto terminé! using thewith ON/OFFrinse
German aid indicator lightFrench
button.
degrees flash. degrees Exceeding
useof deterge the
get
circumstances. containertypeduringde lessive wash pour • youPress not
• 1 Press
button completely button
select satisfied
theto select
level of the
therinse drying
desired aid results,
hardness
quantity you
to level
be can(see
wash and incr
heating
Chaque the element
water
fois quesoftenermay
vous avezbe
beyond damaged
repair).
besoin d’ajouter as a result.
du sel, il est adjust Si
Setting
the
le
supplied. niveauquantity
WATER
isde complete!
of rinse
liquide
Softaid used.
HARDNESS de rinçageTABLE). est à
0-6
ZÉRO (ÉCO), il n’y
0 - 10
aura pas de We recomme
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �s.� � The amountas c
Whenever
obligatoireAs
� �soon �� you
de as need
this
�terminer
� �� �to
procedure
�la� add � is�salt,
procédure � � �itavant
complete, �is�runmandatory
� le �a� program
� � �du
début �tocycle
�complete
without � �de � � ••� � Switch
SwitchIf the
liquide 2off
itthede dishwasher
rinseusing
rinçage aid Medium
the levelon using
ON/OFF
distribué. is set theto
button.
Le ON/OFF
voyant ZERO 7LIQUIDE
- 11 button.
(ECO), DE no RINÇAGE 11 - 20BAS
rinse aid will ne be or chlorine,
Water Hardness Table normally
Good soile
washing
the loading.
procedure
heating The “Pre-Wash”
before
element may the program
be beginning
damaged as of alone is NOT� � � � �
the washing cycle. Setting
a result. � • Switch it off
is complete! using the ON/OFF button.
lavage afin d’éviter toute corrosion. supplied.
s’allumera 3 pas The LOW
s’ilAverage
ne reste RINSEplus deAID liquide indicator
12 - 17
de rinçage. light Un will -not
21maximum30 be lit if detergent)
you or
Réglage
Residual
Whenever
de
irreparably
saline
you solution
la dureté
damaging
need to or
de l’eau
the
ENGLISH
add grains
salt,of
stainless
it salt
steel
can lead toto
is mandatory
components.
corrosion,
complete If • Press button three times - a beep will be°dH
thede run
rinse5 out
niveaux
4 of
aid level
• Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.rinse isLevel
peuvent set aid.
Hard toêtre
ZEROA maximum
réglés(ECO), selon noof
18
German degrees
heard.
5
rinse
le - levels
modèle
34 aid will can
du be be
°fH
set
lave-vaisselle.
31
French degrees - 60 7
according
detergent bein
to dire
detergent
Exceeding the
SETTING the THE WATER
procedure before the HARDNESS
beginning of the washing cycle. supplied.
• The Lesthe The
réglages
current
LOWd’usine
dishwasher
5 selection
RINSE
levelmodel.AID spécifiques
numberThe
sont indicator
and factory
light
rinse35 au
aid
will not be is
setting
modèle, lit specific
merciif you
90to the model,
de suivre will be enough
Pour que The l’adoucisseur
guarantee is not d’eapplicable
au fonctionne if faults à laare perfection,
caused by il est
such
run out of rinse1 aid. A Very Soft
maximum hard of 5 levels can 0 be --indicator
50set according
6 light flash.
61
0to--10 wash
If the and incr
crockery
To allow the
circumstances. water softener to work in a perfect way, it is essential• Press lesplease
instructions
buttonfollow to ci-dessus
instruction
select the pour level vérifier
above
of rinse toceuxaidcheck quithis
quantity s’appliquent
toforbe your àmachine. votre The amount c
important SETTING de régler THElaWATERdureté de HARDNESS
l’eau aux conditions existantes the dishwasher model.Medium The factory setting is specific 7 - 11thetoON/OFF the model, water before b
that
dansthe � �water �hardness
�résidence.
� the �water
� � Cette
� �setting
�information
�� to � is�based
�in�apeut on�être
�perfect
� the
�way, actual
�obtenue water
� it�is�essential
� � �votre�hard- machine.
�s.� � supplied. •If2you Switch offbluish
the appliance by pressing set a button.
11 - 20
ness in
To
votre
��
allow
your d’house.
� �water��� �
softener
This � Product description
� �information
work
� � �is � �can�� onbe�the �obtained
� � �water � from
de
� �hard- �your
à la local
please•follow
� � � •� � Switch
• If • •Sisee Ifit3off
Setting
vous
see
instruction
using
is are
observez the
abovestreaks
Average
complete! ON/OFF
des ontraces
to checkon
button.
bleuâtres
thisthe for dishes,
12 -sur
your machine.
a low la
17 vaisselle,
low number (1-2).
21 - 30the
placez surdishes,
normally
of detergent
detergent)
soileu
fournisseurthat the hardness
eau local. setting
La dureté debasedl’eau est actual
réglée par défaut you there
bluish streaks drops of dishes,
the water or
setlimescale number marks (1-2). on powder/gelor pu
water
valeurness
heating
supplier.
in your
d’usine.
element
Thehouse. may
Thisbe
factory damaged
setting
information is forcanasaverage
bea result.
obtained (3)fromwater local Setting
yourhardness. • If there unis complete!
setniveau
4 a
are drops plus
high bas
Hard
ofnumber
water (1-2). (3-4). marks
or limescale 18 - 34 on the dishes,31 - 60 detergent dire
Whenever you need to add salt, it is mandatory to complete
•• Éteindre
Switch
water supplier. The factory setting is for average (3) water hardness. If the
on
the procedure the appliance
before theby pressing
beginning ofthe ON/OFF
theMARCHE/ARRÊT.
washing cycle. button. supplied.
set• rinse FILLING
aSihigh
vous aid level
5 numberobservez THE setRINSE
is(3-4).
Verydes
to ZERO
hard 1 AID
gouttelettes (ECO),DISPENSER no
d’ eau
35
rinse
- 50ou aid deswill tracesbe de calcaire
61 - 90
will be enough
l’appareil en appuyant
• Switch on the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button.
sur la touche sur The
Rinse LOW
la vaisselle,
aid makes RINSE placez AIDsur
dish indicator
DRYINGun niveau light
easier. willThe
plus not
haut be(3-4).
rinse lit ifaid you dispenser A If the crockery
•• Éteindre
Switch off the
l’appareil appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button. run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels 1.
can beUpperset rack
according to light water before b
•SETTING
Switch theen
offTHE appuyant
appliance
WATER HARDNESS by sur
7
pressingla touche the MARCHE/ARRÊT.
ON/OFF button. FILLING
the dishwasher
should
FILLING
• Switch
THE
beTHE filled
off
DETERGENT
model.
the when
DETERGENT
appliance
The factory
the RINSE by
DISPENSER
pressing
setting is2.specific
AID REFILL
DISPENSERthe ON/OFF
to �
indicator
the�model,
button.
of detergent u
•• Appuyez
Hold down
•To Hold sur button
la
down touche
button for for 5
pendant
5 seconds,
seconds, 5
allow the water softener to work in a perfect way, it is essential until
secondes
until you
you; un
hearhear
signal
a a
beep. beep.
sonore
please
� �
Remplir
� � �
in
Setting
�
follow
�
thede
�� �
control
is
�
instruction
� � � �
panel
complete!
distributeur
� �
� �
above
� ��
is lit.
� �
de
�
to�check
�
2
détergent
�� �
� this
�� � �
for � �
���
your
� �
� � �
machine.
� � � �
��
� � � �� �
� � � � � B � � pu
�
powder/gel
• retentit.
Switch
•thatSwitch
theonwaterthe
on the appliance
appliance
hardness by
setting bypressing
pressing
is based on the
the the ON/OFF
ON/OFF
actual water button.button.
hard- If L’utilisation
•dishwashers.
you see bluish destreaksdétergent on the non conçuset
dishes,
3.
pour a low
Upper
lesnumber rack
lave-vaisselles height
(1-2). peut
adjuster
dishwashers.
The
•• Éteindre•nesscurrent
The
� �
yourselection
current
inl’appareil
� � �
selection
house.
�
en This level
appuyant levelnumber
information 8
number
rapidement canand and thethe
sur
be obtained lasalt
salt from indicator
indicator
touche locallight
yourlight thereFILLING
provoque
•To Ifachieve
To
are
thedrops
achieve
un THE
dysfonctionnement
best the of water
washing
RINSE
best
AID DISPENSER
or limescale
and
washing
oumarks
drying results, and
4.
un dommage Upper
on combined
the
drying
the sprayer
results,
arm
à l’appareil.
dishes,
the combined
A
������
MARCHE/ARRÊT.
water supplier. The factory setting is for average (3) water hardness. set
useof Pour obtenir
Rinse
a high
detergent, numberaid de
rinse makesmeilleurs
(3-4). dish DRYING
aid liquid résultats
and refined avec
5.saltles
easier. Lower
The
is cycles rackde
rinse
required. aid lavage
dispenser et deA
• Press de button tode select the desired hardness level de(see useof detergent, rinsethe
•• Le numéro
Press• Switchbutton on niveau
the to select
appliance sélection
the
by actuel the
desired
pressing et leON/OFF
hardnesstémoin level
button.sel(see We recommend séchage, should be
il est
using filled
nécessaire when
detergents deaid RINSEliquid6.
combiner
that do not AID and refined
REFILL
l’utilisation
Cutlery
contain phosphatesdu
basket
salt
indicator is required.
détergent, light du
clignotent
WATER
WATER HARDNESS TABLE).
• Switch tous
HARDNESS les deux
off the appliance TABLE). by pressing the ON/OFF button.
Wein recommend
liquide
or chlorine,
FILLING
the
dethese
as control
rinçage,
THE DETERGENT
productsetusing
panel duisare sel3
lit.detergents
raffiné.
harmful Nous
DISPENSER
to
7. theLower
that
vous doconseillons
environment. not contain phosphates
sprayer armd’utiliser B
• Appuyez• Holdsur down buttonWater
la touche pour
for Hardness
sélectionner
5 seconds, Table
until le youniveau
hear ade dureté
beep. Good desordétergents
washingchlorine, results as
quialsothese
nedepend products
contiennent on thepas aredeharmful
correct phosphate
amount toofthe ou de environment.
chlore,
8. Filter Assembly
souhaité
• Switch (voironTABLEAU Water
the appliance Hardness
DE DURETÉ by pressing DE Table
°dHL’EAU).
the ON/OFF button. � � �
detergent �
Good � �
being � �
washing �
used. � � �
results� � � �
also � �
depend � � � � on� �the � � �
correct � � �
amount of 1.AWhen mea
Level
°fH
Le dishwashers.
ces produits peuvent endommager l’9. 4 environnement.
Salt reservoirPour obtenir
A
lier informa
• Thel’appareil
• Éteindre
� �
current selection
Level
� � � �
en appuyant levelGerman
9
number
sur la°dH and the
touche
degrees salt indicator
MARCHE/ARRÊT.
French degrees
°fH light de
Exceeding
To achieve
detergent
bon
1.
résultats
the
the
Open
stated
best
being
the
durant
amount
washing
dispenser
used. B
le
does lavage,
andBdrying by
not result vous
results,
pressing 10. and
devez
in a more aussi
thepulling
Detergent combined utiliser
effective
and
up Rinse
the
la
tab
bonne
Aid
on dispensers B there ar
réglage 1 est terminé! wash and increases environmental pollution.
Soft German
• Press button to select the desired hardness level (see
0 - degrees
6 0 - 10 degreesuseof
French quantité
Exceeding
detergent,
amountthe
The Dépasser can
de rinse
la
détergent.
lid.
be
theaid
quantitéadjusted
stated
liquid and 5 amount refined
to the soil level.
recommandée
does
11.
ne
saltRating
In
not
is result
required.
the case
garantit
plate
pas
in a more effective
of de meilleurs 2. Remove d
1 2 WATERSoft Medium
HARDNESS TABLE). 70- -116 11 - 0 20- 10 wash
We recommend 2. and
Carefully usingincreases detergents
introduce environmental
thethatrinse doaid notas contain pollution.
far phosphates
as(powder
the maximum and close
normally soiled items, use approximately either
12. 35g
Control panel
résultats
or chlorine, as et augmente
these products bela adjusted
pollution
are harmful de l’the
ethe
totofilling nvironnement.
environment. La quantité
2
Tableau 3 de dureté Average de l'eau
Medium Water Hardness
12 - 17
7 - 11 Table
21 - 30
11 - 20 Goodpeut detergent)Theoramount
washingêtre
(110
35ml ml)(liquid
results
ajustée
candetergent)
reference
also depend 6
notch of the
and
onspill
additional
thesaleté.correctPour
soil
spacetea
amount
level.
- avoid
spoon
of
Inof the
spilling case it. of 3. Close the
1. When mea
insideselon le degré de les articles
Aa dry cloth.
4Niveau Hard °dH 18 - 34°fH 31 °Clark
- 60 detergent
detergent
normally being
If this
directly happens,
soiled
used.
items,
the clean
tub.B Ifuse
the
tablets immediately
approximately
are used, one with
either
tablet 35g (powder the closing
lier informa
3 Average 12 °dH - 17 °fH 21 - 30 will normalement
be 3.
enough. Press the sales,
lid utilisez
down until environ
you hear 35g a (détergent
click to close en it. poudre) ou
5 Level
Very hardDegrés German 35 -degrees
50
Degrés French61Degrés
-degrees
90 detergent)
1. Open the ordispenser
35ml (liquid Baidby detergent)
pressingin and and
pulling additional
up the tabtea on spoon Theof
B detergen
there ar
Exceeding
If the35ml NEVER
(de the stated
pour
détergent amount
the rinse
liquide) does et not if itresult
directly
ajouter hasune into acuillère
more
the effective
tub. àwith
thé de détergent
4 1 Hard Soft allemand 18 0-6 - 34
français 31
anglais
0 - 10 - 60 wash
water
crockery
detergent
and
directement
the
increases
before beingdans
is only
lid. directly lightly
environmental
placed la cuve.
soiled
inside 10
in the. dishwasher,
or
the
pollution.
Si vous aid
tub.
utilisez
been
If
reduce
tablets
des
rinsed are
pastilles,
the amount
used,
une est
one tablet according
2. Removetod
• Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button. will2.be enough.
Carefully introduce the recommend
and close u
The amount
of detergent can
used be adjusted
accordingly the rinse
to(minimum soil level. 25 g/ml)
as Infar the as
e.g. casethe of
skip the
maximum
5 1 Setting 2 Very
is
Très douce hard
Medium
complete! 0-6 35 7 - -1150
0 - 10 11 -61 20 - 90
0-7
suffisante. (110 ml) reference notch of the filling space - avoid spilling it. program
3. Close so
thet
normally
powder/gelIf thesoiled crockery
putted items, inside use isthe only tub.lightly
approximately soiled
either 35g or if(powder
it has been rinsed with
Si la vaisselle est légèrement sale ouimmediately
si elle a étéwith rincée avant de achieved.
the closing
3 Average 12 - 17 21 - 30 detergent)water orIf 35ml
this happens,
before (liquid
being clean the
detergent)
placed spill
and
in additional
the dishwasher, tea spoon a dry of cloth.
reduce the amount
• Switch2 FILLING off the
4 Moyenne THE appliance
RINSE7 AID
Hard by DISPENSER
- 11 pressing 18 - 11 34the- 20ON/OFF 31 button.
-860- 14 la placer
detergent 3.directly dansinside
Press the le lave-vaisselle,
lid thedown tub.until youréduisez
If tablets hearare laclick
aused, quantitéto close
one deit.détergent
tablet The detergen
of NEVER
utilisée detergenten pourused
conséquence the rinse accordingly
Toaidopen
(minimum directly the
25(minimum
detergent
into the
g/ml) c.-à-d. 25
dispenser
tub. neg/ml) placez e.g. pas skipde the
Setting is complete! will be enough. according to
3 Rinse 5 Douceaid makes Very hard dish 12 DRYING- 16 easier. 35 - 21 The
50 rinse aid 61 dispenser
- 90 - 20 A If thedétergent powder/gel putted inside press the buttontub. A.
11
should be filled when the RINSE AID REFILL indicator light
- 29 15 à l’intérieur de
crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed withla cuve.
Introduce the detergent into
recommend u
water before being placed in the dishwasher, Pour reduce the amount program so t
FILLING 4 in
• the control
THE
SwitchDure panel
offRINSE
the is 17
lit.
AID
appliance - 34 DISPENSER
by pressing30 the- 60 ON/OFF button. 21 - 42 the dry dispenser ouvrir
B only. le distributeur
ofBdetergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) To e.g. skip thethe
Setting is complete! de open détergent, detergent
appuyez sur dispenser
le achieved.
Rinse 5 aidTrès makes duredish DRYING 35 - 50 easier.61The - 90rinse aid43 dispenser
- 62 AA
powder/gel putted inside the tub.Place the amount press ofbutton
detergent A.
bouton C. inside
shouldFILLING be filledTHE when the Control panel
RINSE
RINSE AID DISPENSER AID REFILL indicator light for pre-washing
theopen Insérez
Introduce
tub. the detergent dispenser
directly
le détergent
the detergent dans into
inRemplir
the Rinse
control panel is lit. DRYING To
leaiddistributeur
makes dishde liquideeasier. de rinçage The rinse aid dispenser A leA.distributeur
the dry dispenser sec D B only.
B
D press button
Le liquide
shouldde berinçage
filled when permet the à la vaisselle
RINSE AID REFILL de SÉCHER plus light
indicator uniquement.
facilement.
in the control Le distributeur
panel is lit.de liquide de rinçage A devrait être rempli A
C
Introduce the Place detergent the amount into of detergent
B the dry dispenser PlacezBlaonly. quantité de
lorsque le voyant de NIVEAU DE LIQUIDE DE RINÇAGE est allumé h 1. When measuring out the detergent refer todétergent for pre-washing
the mentioned directly inside
A
Place the amount of pourear-
detergent le prélavage
sur le panneau de commande. B Alier information to add the proper quantity.
3sec
the
Inside tub.
directement the dispenserdans la cuve.
1. Open the dispenser B by pressing and pulling up the tab on B there are indications to helpfor the pre-washing
detergent dosing. directly inside
2. Remove detergent residues the tub.
from the edges of the dispenser
the lid. 1. Lorsque vous mesurez
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid1as far as the 2 maximum
3 4 5 6 7 8 and close 9 the 10 cover until 11it clicks. le détergent, reportez-
(110 ml) reference notch of the filling space - avoid spilling it. 3. Close vous theàlid of the detergent
l’information mentionnée dispenserplus by pullinghaut pour it up until
If this happens, 1. clean the spill immediately with a dryA cloth. the 1. closingWhen device measuring is securedout the detergent
in place. referajouter to the la mentioned ear-
On-Off/Reset button with indicator light bonne
1. When measuring quantité. À
outDisplay l’intérieur
the detergent du refer distributeur
to the quantity. D se trouvent
mentioned ear- the des
B
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it. A lier information7. to add the proper Inside dispenser
2. B Program selection button The lier indications
detergent
information dispenserpour
to add aider
the au dosage
automatically
proper opens
quantity. de détergent.
up at the
Inside the right
dispenser time
1. Open NEVER the pour dispenserthe rinse B by aidpressing
directly into andthe tub. up the tab on
pulling according
B there 8.are indications
Half Load indicator to help lightthe detergent dosing.
1. Open the dispenser 3. Salt B byrefillpressing
indicator andligh pulling up the tab on there to
B2. Enlevez arethe lesprogram.
résidusto
indications If
deall-in-one
détergent
help detergents
the detergent sur le bord aredes
dosing. used, we
récipients avant
the lid. recommend
2. Remove 2. Remove usingle9.
detergent the detergent
Half Load
TABLET
residues residues
button
button,
from the because
edges from the
ofit the
adjusts edges
dispenser the of the dispenser
the lid. 4. Rinse Aid refill indicator ligh de fermer couvercle; un clic se fait entendre.
2. Carefully
2. Carefully introduce
introduce thetherinse rinseaid aid as as far farasasthe the A maximum
A
maximum program
and so
close
3. Fermez
and that
the close
lethecover10.
couverclebestthe
Delay
until cover
washing
itdubutton
clicks. until
and drying
distributeur
it clicks. de results
détergent are always en le tirant vers
B 5.notch Program number and delay time indicator 3. Close lid ofthe lid of the detergent bydispenser it up by
enpulling / Tab it up until
(110 ml) (110reference
ml) reference notchofofthe the filling
filling space space - avoid
- avoid it. it. 3.
spilling
spilling achieved.
Close the the
11. detergent
START/Pause dispenser button pulling
with indicator until
light
le haut jusqu’à ce que le dispositif soit fermement place.
6. Tablet indicator light with a dry cloth. the closing the device closingis device secured is in secured
place. in place.
thisIfhappens,
1. IfOuvrez this happens,
le distributeur cleancleanBthe thespill
en spill
appuyant immediately
immediatelyet en tirant with
suraladry cloth.
languette
Le distributeur de détergent s’ouvre automatiquement, au moment
3. Presssur3.lePress
the lid
couvercle.thedown
lid down untilyou
until youhear hear aa click clicktotoclose close it. it.
Thedéterminé
detergent dispenser par le programme. automatically Si opens
vous up at the
utilisez un right time « tout-en-
détergent
NEVER pour the rinse aid directly into the tub. The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
2. Versez
NEVER doucement
pour the rinse du liquide
aid directly de rinçage intojusqu’the àtub. la marque according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
First use
de référence (110 ml) du réservoir de remplissage - évitez
unaccording
recommend
», nous vous
le programme
using the toconseillons
de
the
TABLET
façon
program. d’utiliser
button,Ifbecause
à toujours
la touchedetergents
all-in-one
obtenir
PASTILLE, elle
it adjusts the
les meilleurs
are
résultats
ajuste
used, we
dethe
les débordements. Si cela se produit, nettoyez les dégâts program recommend
so that the using
best washing the TABLET
and drying button,
results because
are always it adjusts
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE lavage
achieved. program et séchage.
so that the best washing and drying results are always
immédiatement avec un linge sec. 1. Remove the lower rack and
After installation, remove the stoppers from the racks and the achieved.
unscrew the reservoir cap
retaining elastic elements from the upper rack. (anticlockwise).
FRANÇAIS 37
Chargement des paniers
Conseils
Avant de charger les paniers, enlevez tous les résidus de nourriture
sur la vaisselle et videz les verres. Vous n'avez pas besoin de rincer
la vaisselle avant de la placer dans le lave-vaisselle.
Placez la vaisselle pour qu'elles tiennent bien en place et ne risque
pas de tomber ; et placez les récipients avec les ouvertures vers
le bas et les parties concaves/convexes de côté pour permettre à
l'eau d'atteindre toutes les surfaces et couler librement.
Attention : les couvercles, poignées, plaques et poêles à frire
n'empêchent pas les gicleurs de tournez.
Placez les petits articles dans le panier à couvert. La vaisselle
et les casseroles très sales devraient être placées sur le panier
inférieur car les jets d'eau sont plus fort dans cette section et
permet un meilleur rendement lors du lavage.
Après avoir chargé l'appareil, assurez-vous que les bras de
gicleurs peuvent bouger librement.
Panier supérieur
Chargez la vaisselle délicate et légère : verres, tasses,
soucoupes, saladiers bas.
(exemple de chargement du panier supérieur)
Volets pliables avec positions
ajustables
Les volets latéraux pliables peuvent être
placés à trois hauteurs différentes pour
optimiser le rangement de la vaisselle
sur le panier.
Les verres de vin peuvent être placés de
façon sécuritaire dans les volets pliables
en insérant le pied de chaque verre dans
la fente correspondante.
Selon le modèle :
• pour déplier les volets, il est
nécessaire de les coulisser vers le
haut et de les tourner ou de les libérer
des griffes et de les tirer vers le bas.
• pour replier les volets, il est nécessaire
de les tourner et de les faire coulisser
vers le bas ou de les tirer vers le haut
et de fixer les pattes aux griffes.
Ajuster la hauteur du panier supérieur
Vous pouvez ajuster la hauteur du
panier supérieur:
position élevée pour placer la vaisselle
encombrante sur le panier inférieur, et la
position basse pour profiter au maximum
des supports rabattables et créant plus
d'espace vers le haut et éviter les chocs
avec les articles sur le panier inférieur.
Le panier supérieur comprend un dispositif de réglage de la
hauteur du panier supérieur (voir figure), sans appuyer sur les
leviers, simplement soulever en tenant le panier sur les côtés
jusqu'à ce qu'il soit stable en position élevée.
Pour abaisser le panier, appuyez sur les leviers A sur les côtés du
panier et déplacez-le vers le bas.
Nous vous conseillons fortement de ne pas ajuster la
hauteur du panier lorsqu'il est chargé. Ne JAMAIS soulever
ou abaisser un seul côté du panier.
Panier inférieur
Pour les poêles, les couvercles, les plats, les saladiers, les
couverts, etc. Les grands plats et les grands couvercles
devraient être placés sur le côté pour éviter qu'ils n'entravent le
fonctionnement des bras d'aspersion.
(exemple de chargement du panier inférieur)
Panier à couvert
Le panier comprend des grilles supérieures pour placer les couverts
plus facilement. Le panier à couvert doit uniquement être placé
à l'avant du panier inférieur. Les couteaux et autres ustensiles
avec des bords tranchants doivent être placés dans le panier à
couvert avec la pointe vers le bas, ou placés à l'horizontal dans
le compartiment rabattable sur le panier supérieur.
Vaisselle qui ne convient pas
• Vaisselle et couverts en bois.
• Verres décoratifs délicats, produits artisanaux, et vaisselle
antique. Les garnitures ne sont pas résistantes.
• Les pièces en matériel synthétique qui ne supportent pas les
hautes températures.
• La vaisselle en cuivre ou en étain.
• La vaisselle tachée de cendre, de cire, de graisse lubrifiante,
ou d'encre.
Les couleurs des garnitures de verre et des pièces d'aluminium/
argent peuvent changer et ternir durant le cycle de lavage.
Certains types de verre (p. ex. les objets en cristal) peuvent aussi
devenir opaque après plusieurs cycles de lavage.
Verres et vaisselle endommagés
• Seulement utiliser des verres ou de la porcelaine qui sont
lavable au lave-vaisselle conformément aux recommandations
du fabricant.
• Utilisez un détergent doux, adéquat pour la vaisselle
• Retirez les verres et les couverts du lave-vaisselle aussitôt que
le cycle de lavage est terminé.
Hygiène
Pour éviter les odeurs et les dépôts qui pourraient s'accumuler
dans le lave-vaisselle, lancer un programme à haute température
au moins une fois par mois. Utilisez une cuillère à thé de détergent
et lancer le programme sans vaisselle pour nettoyer l'appareil.
Conseils relatifs aux économies d'énergie
• Lorsque le lave-vaisselle domestique est utilisé conformément
aux instructions du fabricant, le lavage de la vaisselle
dans un lave-vaisselle consomme habituellement moins
d'énergie et d'eau que la vaisselle à la main.
 2. SWITCH ON THE DISHWASHER if it has been rinsed with water before being placed in the
Productbutton.
Open the door and press the ON/OFF description dishwasher, reduce the amount of detergent used accordingly.
3. LOAD THE RACKS (see LOADING THE RACKS)
1
FRANÇAIS 38
MODIFYING A RUNNING PROGRAM
4. FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER
If a wrong program was selected, it is possible to change it, pro-
(see PROGRAMS TABLE). 7
1. Upper rack
The machine will switch off automatically during certain vided that it has only2just begun:
2. � � � � � �the
open � door, press and hold

pply 5. extended
CHOOSEperiodsTHE PROGRAM AND CUSTOMISE
of inactivity, in order to minimise THE CYCLE
electri- the ON/OFF button, the machine will switchadjuster
3. Upper rack height off.
Select
• city the mostl’efficacité
Afinconsumption.
d’optimiser appropriate du program 8 in
lave-vaisselle, accordance
il est with the
recommandé
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or en ne remplissant
Switch que les back
the machine paniers
on4.sélectionnés.
Upper sprayer
using Unarm
the ON/OFF chargement
button and select
lancer
of le cycle deand
lavageits une foislevel
que le lave-vaisselle est incorrect ou une surcharge du any 5. Lower rack
lave-vaisselle peut augmenter
iftype
it has crockery
been rinsed with soiling
water (see
before PROGRAMS
being placed in the the new wash cycle and desired options; Start the wash cycle
totalement chargé.
DESCRIPTION) byLe chargement
pressing theofdu lave-vaisselle jusqu’à
button. l’utilisation des ressources (telles 6.
queCutlery basket
l’eau, l’énergie et le temps,
dishwasher,
la capacité reduce the leamount detergent àused accordingly. 3
by pressing START/Pause button
7. Lowerand closing
sprayer arm the door within 4 sec.
Select the indiquée
desired par
options fabricant contribuera
(see OPTIONS ANDéconomiser
FUNCTIONS). et augmenter le niveau de bruit), en réduisant les performances
8. Filter Assembly
l’énergie et l’eau. Vous trouverez plus d’informations sur un de nettoyage et de séchage.
6. MODIFYING
START
chargement correct A RUNNING
de la vaissellePROGRAM
dans le chapitre Chargement. • Un ADDING
prérinçage EXTRA
manuel 4deCROCKERY
la 9. Salt reservoir
vaisselle consomme davantage
Start the wash cycle by pressing
9
START/Pause button (led 10. Detergent and Rinse Aid dispensers
If En
a wrong program was
cas de chargement selected,
partiel, it is possibled’utiliser
il est recommandé to change
des it, pro- d’eau Without switching
te d’énergie off
et n’est
5 the
pas machine,
recommandé. open the door (START/Pause
11. Rating plate
isoptions
vided lit) that
anddeitclosing
lavage thejust
door
spécifiques
has only within 4existent
si ellesopen
begun: sec.the
When
door,the program
(Demi-charge),
press and hold led starts blinking) (be ware of HOT steam!) and place the
12. Control panel
YCLE starts
the you hear
ON/OFF a single
button, beep. If the
the machine willdoor
switchwasoff. not closed within crockery inside the 6 dishwasher. Press the START/Pause button
h the 4sec., the
Switch the machine
alarm sound backwillon be played.
using In this case,
the ON/OFF buttonopen
and the
select and close the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the
Utilisation quotidienne
door,
the new press
washSTART/Pause
cycle and any button desiredand closeStart
options; the door againcycle
the wash point at which it was interrupted.
within 4 sec.
10
by pressing START/Pause
1. Vérifier le branchement de l’eau
button and closing the door within 4 sec.
L’appareil s’éteint automatiquement durant des périodes
IONS). 7. ACCIDENTAL INTERRUPTIONS
END OF WASH
Assurez-vous queCYCLE
le lave-vaisselle est raccordé au réseau d’inactivité prolongées pour réduire la consommation
ADDING
The end ofEXTRA
d’alimentation theetwash
queCROCKERY
cycle
le is indicated
robinet by ouvert.
de l’eau est beeps and by the If theSidoor
d’énergie. is opened
la vaisselle estduring the wash
légèrement salecycle, or ifathere
ou si elle été is a power
(led flashing
2. Without
Allumer of
le the
switching wash cycle
off the
lave-vaisselle numberopen
machine, on thethedisplay. Open the
door (START/Pause rincéecut,
avec the cycleavant
à l’eau stops.d’être the START/Pause
Pressplacée button and close
dans le lave-vaisselle,
am door
ledOuvrezand
starts switch
porte etoff
lablinking) theware
appuyez
(be appliance
oflaHOT
sur 11bysteam!)
touchepressing theplace
MARCHE/ARRÊT.
and ON/OFFthe réduisez
theladoor
quantité
withinde détergent
4 sec., utilisée
the cycle en conséquence.
will resume from the point at
d within button.
3. crockery
Chargerinside
les paniers (voir CHARGEMENT
the dishwasher. Press the DES PANIERS)
START/Pause button which it was interrupted.
n the 4. and
Remplir
Wait for ade
close few
the distributeur
minutes
door within de
beforedétergent
4 sec.,removing
the cyclethe willcrockery
resume-from the Modifier un programme en cours
to avoid
gain burns.
(voir REMPLISSAGE
point at Unload
which itthe DU DISTRIBUTEUR
wasracks, Control
beginning
interrupted. DE panel
with DÉTERGENT).
the lower one. Si vous avez sélectionné le mauvais programme, vous pouvez le
5. Choisir le programme et personnaliser le cycle changer si c’est fait au début du cycle : ouvrir la porte, appuyer
Sélectionnez le programme le plus adapté conformément au sur le bouton « MARCHE/ARRÊT » et le maintenir enfoncé, la
ACCIDENTAL
type de vaisselle etINTERRUPTIONS
Functions
à son niveau de saleté (voir DESCRIPTION machine s’éteindra.
the If DES
the PROGRAMMES)
door is openeden during the wash
appuyant sur lecycle,
bouton or if there
. h Rallumez l’appareil en appuyant sur la touche MARCHE/
is a power
the cut, the cycleles
Sélectionnez stops.
optionsPress the START/Pause
désirées (voir FONCTIONS). button and close ARRÊT et sélectionnez le nouveau 3sec cycle de lavage et les
FF 6. Début
the1. door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the point at options
ECO - Normally soiled crockery. Standard program, the most efficient in terms of its combined désirées ; Lancez le cycle de lavageenergyen appuyant
and watersur le
which
Démarrez
it wasleinterrupted.
cycle de lavage en appuyant1 sur le bouton
consumption. 2 3 4 5 6 7bouton
8 9« START/Pause
10 11» et en fermant la porte dans les 4 sec.
o avoid START/Pause (le témoin est allumé) et en fermant la porte
2. NORMAL - Mixed soil. For
dans les 4 secondes. Quand1.le On-Off/Reset
normally
programme
soiled
démarre,
button
dishes with dried
vous light
with indicator
food residues.
Ajouter de la vaisselle
7. Display
3. INTENSIVE
entendez - Program
un bip simple. 2. recommended
Si la porte
Program pas étéfor
n’a selection heavily
fermée
button soiled crockery,
dans especially
Sans éteindre suitable
la8.machine, for
Half Loadouvrir pans and saucepans
la light
indicator porte (not to be used
(Le voyant DÉMARRAGE/
les 4 for delicateleitems).
secondes, signal d’alarme
3. Saltest refillactivé.
indicatorDans
ligh ce cas, Pause commencera à clignoter)
9. Half Load button(attention à la vapeur CHAUDE !)
ouvrez la porte, appuyez
4. PRE-WASH sur4.refresh
- Use to leRinse
bouton DÉMARRAGE/Pause
Aid refill
crockery planned to beetwashed
indicator ligh et placer
later. la
Novaisselle
detergentà l’intérieur
10. Delay to be used
button du lave-vaisselle.
with this program.Appuyer sur le
fermez de nouveau la porte5.dans Program
les 4number
sec. and delay time indicator bouton MARCHE/Pause et fermer
11. START/Pause la porte
button dans light
with indicator les 4/ Tab
sec, le cycle
7. Fin 5.du
FASTcycle- de
Normally
lavage soiled 6. crockery.
Tablet indicator Everyday
light cycle, that ensures optimal
reprendra cleaning
à l’endroit où ilperformance
a été interrompu. in shorter time.
La6.finSANITIZING
m, the most efficient induterms
cycle of
deits
lavage est indiquée
-combined
Normally or heavily
energy parandun signalcrockery,
soiled
water sonore with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform
et le clignotement
maintenancedu of numéro du cycle de lavage à l’écran.
the dishwasher. Interruptions imprévues
Ouvrez la porte et éteignez l’appareil First en use appuyant sur la Si la porte est ouverte durant le cycle de lavage, ou s’il y a une
7. SELF-
with dried food touche
residues. CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance
MARCHE/ARRÊT. panne
of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance
using hot water. ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE de courant, le cycle s’interrompt. Appuyer sur le bouton
oiled crockery,
especially
Pour éviter suitable
de vousfor pansattendez
brûler, andAftersaucepans
quelques (not to be used
minutes avant MARCHE/Pause et fermer la porte 1.
installation, remove the stoppers from the racks and the
dans les 4
Remove thesec, lerack
lower cycle
and
unscrew the reservoir cap
ENGLISH
de retirer la vaisselle. Déchargez les paniers en commençant
retaining elastic elements from the upper rack. reprendra à l’endroit où il a été interrompu.
(anticlockwise).
be washed later. parNoledetergent
premier niveau.
to be used with this program.
FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR 2. Only the first time you do this: fill
OPTIONS can be selected directly the salt reservoir with water.
Theby
usepressing the corresponding
of salt prevents button (see
the formation of LIMESCALE CONTROL PANEL).
on the
that ensures optimal cleaning performance in shorter time.
dishes andon the machine’s functional components.
3. Position the funnel (see figure)
and fill the salt reservoir right up
If an antibacterial
y, with additional option is notwash.compatible
Can be •with
Itused thetoselected
perform program
reservoir besee PROGRAMS TABLE, the correspondingto its edgeLED � � � �rapidly 3 times
Functions
and beeps will sound. The option
is important
will not
• It is important
that the salt
bethe
to set enabled.
water hardness.
never empty. (approximately 1 kg);
it is not unusual for a little water to
The salt reservoir is located in the lower part of the leak out.
aintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of (see
the PRODUCT
applianceDESCRIPTION) and should beDIFFÉRÉ
DEMI-CHARGE
HALF LOAD
dishwasher
filled when the SALT REFILL indicator light in the DELAY
TABLET (Tab)
4. Remove the funnel and wipe any
salt residue away from the
S’il n’y a pas beaucoup de vaisselle
control panelàislaver,
lit . la demi-charge Lestart
The début du of
time programme peut
the program êtrebe
may
opening. retardé
delayed pour forune
a period
If peut
thereêtreare not many
utilisée dishes tode
pour économiser bel’eau,
washed, a half load
de l’électricité, This setting
période entre 11etallows you to optimize the performance of
12 heures.
of time between and 12 hours.
cycle
et dumay be used
détergent. in order letoprogramme
Sélectionnez save water, electricity and
et appuyez the program
1. Appuyez sur laaccording to the: type
touche DIFFÉRÉ of detergent
le symbole « h » used. Na
detergent. Select
sur la touche the program
DEMI-CHARGE and press
: le voyant theAppuyez
s’allume. HALF LOAD 1. Press the the
Press DELAY
correspondant button: the
START/PAUSE
apparaît corresponding
button
à l’écran «h»
for 3 seconds
; chaque fois symbol
que (the Doo
nding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
button: the indicator
sur la touche light pour
DEMI CHARGE will désélectionner
light up. Press the HALF
cette appears on the display;
corresponding
vous appuyez sursymbol each
will time
la touche, light
le you
temps press
up) (1 you the
usebutton,
if heure, combined whi
LOAD
m see PROGRAMS TABLE, button
option. to deselect thisLED
the corresponding option.
� � � �rapidly 3 times the2detergents
time
heures,(1h, 2h,
etc. etc. up
injusqu’à
tablet to
form
un max max.
(rinse
de 1212h)
aid, from the detergent
salt and
heures) avant start of inens
Remember
Rappelez-vous to halve the amount
de diminuer of detergent.
de moitié la quantité thele1selected
dose).duwash
début cycle cycle will be
de lavage increased.
augmente. the
de détergent. 2. Select theuse
2. Sélectionnez
If you wash program,
le programme
powder press
de lavage,
or liquid the appuyez
detergent,START/PAUSE
this option As
button
sur leand
should within
bouton
be 4 secondsetclose
START/PAUSE
off. dans theles 4door: the timer
secondes, add
TABLET (Tab) willfermez
begin la porte : ladown.
counting minuterie commencera le tion
PASTILLE
half load This setting allows you to optimize the performance of compte
Ce réglage vous permet d’optimiser le rendement du 3. Once thisàtime
rebours.has elapsed, the indicator light «h» Nat
icity and the program according to the type of detergent used. 3. Une foisoffleand
temps
programme selon le type de détergent utilisé. switches theécoulé, le voyant
wash cycle « h » s’éteint et
begins. 1. G
F LOAD Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the le cycle
Appuyez sur la touche DÉPART/PAUSE pendant To adjust thede lavage
delay timedémarre.
and selectPour ajuster le
a shorter délai of time,
period b
he HALF corresponding
3 secondes (le symbol
symbolewill light up) if you use combined
correspondant s’allumera) si pressetthe sélectionner une période de temps plus courte,
DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button 2. Y
detergents in un
vous utilisez tablet form (rinse
détergent aid, salt
tout-en-un and
sous detergent
forme de in appuyez sur la touche DIFFÉRÉ. Pour l’annuler, s
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
1 pastille
dose). (rinçage, sel et détergent en 1 dose). appuyez sur la touche à plusieurs reprises jusqu’à E
«h» switches off.
ce que le témoin de départ différé sélectionné
If Si
you use
vous powder
utilisez un or liquid detergent,
détergent en poudre this option
ou liquide, To c
The «DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
h » s’éteigne.
should be off.doit être éteinte.
cette option pre
hasLabeen started.
fonction Différé ne peut pas être réglée une
fois que le cycle de lavage a commencé.

1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding

To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time, button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
Natural

press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button

Drying
phase

functionality by pressing button: Availab

Dry

repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light status of NaturalDry
Program
«h» switches off. E – enabled d – disabled options
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle To confirm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
has been started. press and hold button (3 sec).
1 Eco 50°
 ENGLISH
Make sure the cap is screwed on tightly, so that no detergent can ADJUSTING THE DOSAGE OF RINSE AID8
get into the container during the wash program (this could damage If you are not completely satisfied with the drying results, you can
the water softener beyond repair). adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
As ENGLISH
soon as this procedure
Make sure the cap is screwed on tightly, so that no detergent can is complete, run a program without ADJUSTING • Switch THEthe DOSAGE dishwasher OFonRINSE using the AIDON/OFF button. 8
FRANÇAIS 39
getDELAY
into the loading.
container Theduring “Pre-Wash” the wash program program alone (thisiscould NOT� damage� � � �If�you are•notSwitch completely it off using satisfied the with ON/OFF the drying button.results, you can
theThe ENGLISH
water ENGLISH
Residual
softener
start
irreparably timebeyond of ENGLISH
saline solution
the repair).
damaging program
or grains of salt can lead to corrosion,
the stainless may be steel delayed
components. for a period adjust the• quantity Press button
•theSwitch
of rinse aid
it on using
three used.
the ON/OFF
times - a beep will be heard.
button.
9 9 9
As soonMake as this procedure is complete, run a program without • Switch ADJUSTING dishwasher THE on using
DOSAGE the ON/OFF OF RINSE button. AID
of time The sure
between
guarantee the cap
1 is and is
not12screwed
applicable on
hours.isifNOT� tightly,faults are so that no detergent can • The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light flash.
loading. The “Pre-Wash” program duringalone � �caused � � could � by such damage IfNaturalDry
• Switchyou it offare using the ON/OFFsatisfied button. with the drying results, you can
Residual
1.
get
Press
ENGLISH
into
circumstances.
saline the
the container
solution
DELAY
ENGLISHor grains
button: of
the wash program
salt
the can
corresponding lead to
(this
corrosion, «h» symbol • Press • Press
button
not button completely
three times to -selecta beep thewill level of rinse aid quantity
used.be heard.
9 to be 9
the
NATURALDRY
irreparably � water� � �softener
damaging � �the beyond
� � � �repair).
� �stainless � � �components.
steel � � � � � � � � � � � �•� Switch � �s.�Door adjust�it on the
supplied. opening system aid
using
quantity
the
of
ON/OFF
rinse NaturalDry
button.
is a convection drying system
appears
As�soon
Le Système �ison
�d'ouverture
�as�this the display;
procedure
�applicable
� �
de�porte �� each
is
� complete,
� �are
NaturalDry time
�� �you
estrun
�un �apress
�program
système� �the � de � button,
without
� �• � The
séchage �� •�which
à current •�Switch Switch
� the
automaticallydishwasher
it off using theopens on
ON/OFF usingthe the
button.ON/OFF
door button.
during/after OUVERTURE DE LA
light flash. drying phase to
The
the
convection
circumstances.
ENGLISH
guarantee
DELAY
loading.
time
heating quiThe
DELAY (1h,element
ouvre ENGLISH
not“Pre-Wash”
2h, DELAY
etc.
mayup
automatiquement
ifprogram
be to
faults
damaged max. alone
la
caused
porte 12h)
by
asisapendant/après
NOT� from�the
result.
such � �start �la�phase
• ofPress
• Setting
Switch
ensure
button
selection it off
is
exceptional
to
level
using
complete!
select
number
the ON/OFF
the drying
level
and rinse
of
button.aid
performance
rinse aid
indicator
quantity every
to
9 PORTE
be day. Door 9 opens at
�de �� the
Residual
séchageThe The
�Whenever
�irreparably
��
startsaline
selectedpour �start
timeyou
�assurer
� wash
�
ofsolution
time �
the
need
Theof
�une
ENGLISH
program
cycle
�the
start
�
or
to
program grains
add
time
performance
� �willmay
� ofsalt,
�be may
�
of
be salt
the �
delayed
it
increased.
de �
can
isséchage
program
be � mandatory
delayed
�
lead
for
� may �
afor
�
to
period
be �acorrosion,
to
delayed
exceptionnelleperiod
� �complete
s. � � forsupplied. • Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
a period If the
the rinse aid levelthat
temperature is setistosafe ZERO to (ECO),
your no9rinsefurniture.
kitchen aid will be
the ofprocedure damaging 1of
before 1the stainless
12between
the beginning steel12 components. • Switch it on usingÉCO the ON/OFF 50°AID indicator button. après 150 min
�chaque
�2.�Select
�Theof
� time
jour.�guarantee
�La
DELAYthe�between
time porte between
�wash�� is �
not�
s'ouvre
and
DELAY
time �and
program, à�une
applicable
hours.
�12� hours.
�press 1 and
if�faults
température � � the �ofhours.
are �quithe � �washing
START/PAUSE
causedest � sûre � by�pour �cycle.
such �les NaturalDry
•� � NaturalDry
Switch • As
supplied.
itThe off
additional
current
The
NaturalDry
using the LOW
selection ON/OFF
steam RINSE
level button.
protection,
number and special
light will
rinse aid indicator designed not be litprotection
light flash.
if you foil is
heating
meubles
button
1. Press
element
deThe1.votre
circumstances. Press
and
the
may
start
DELAY
the
cuisine.
within be
time DELAY
The ENGLISH
button:
damaged
1.of Press
À
4 titre
the button:
seconds
start the the as
DELAY
deHARDNESS
program
time
corresponding
theamay
protection
of result.
corresponding
close
the button: the
be supplémentaire
program the
delayed
«h»
door:
may
symbol
corresponding
«h»
for beasymbolthe
delayed
period contre
timer Setting
Door
«h»Door
for opening
asymbol
period
run
•isadded
complete!
opening
Press
out
system of
Door
systemrinse
together
button NaturalDry
opening
Lavage
aid.
NaturalDry
towith
A maximum
etisthe
system
select a theconvection
is
séchage NaturalDry
alevel of
convection
dishwasher.
5 levels
of drying is adrying
rinse
can 9quantity
system
convection
To
aid
be
seesystemset according
drying
how
fin tode besystem
to
to
mount
cycle protec-
SETTING THE WATER the
Whenever appears
you need
of�appears on to theonadd display;
the salt,
appears
display; each
iton iseachtime
mandatory
the �1display;
you12
time press
you�each press the
toconçue
�complete
time
�the
button,
� ityou button, press
� �If�the
whichthe automatically
button,
which
rinse aiddishwasher
automatically which
level opens model.
the
automatically
opens
isconventionnels
set to theThe
door
ZERO door factory
during/after
opens
(ECO), during/after
thenosetting
drying
door
rinse isaid
drying specific
phase
during/after phase
will beto
to tothe model,
drying phase to
the
la vapeur,
avec
will
�
le
ENGLISH
� To
procedure
�begin
�
une
�
theallow
�DELAY
�
lave-vaisselle.
time
the
feuille
time
�
�between
�counting
the
before time
�
�water
(1h,
�
de
�
2h,
the
(1h,
�
Pour
�
DELAY
�
�
the
1
ofprotection
time
2h,
�
�
down.
softener
etc.
voir �
and
DELAY
beginning up to
time
etc.
�
�12
�between
comment�
�spécifiquement
to
(1h,
�
hours.
upmax.
�work
of
to2h,
�
�
the
and
max.
� �
monter
�a�perfect
inetc.
12h)
�
from
washing
12h)
hours.
up to
� �
�
la
the
from
�
way,
max.
feuille�
start
cycle.
the12h)
� �
�
de
estisof
start
�
ajoutée
�essential
from
� of ensure
protection,� supplied.
�
�s.
�
�
theNaturalDry
start
ensure
�
�tion
• �
supplied.
please
exceptional
of
The
foil
exceptional
Switch
� LOW
please
NaturalDry
follow
ensure
it
drying
RINSE
off
instruction
drying
refer
performance
exceptional
using AID performance
the
to
above
ON/OFFdrying
indicator
55°
(INSTALLATION
every to check
day.
performance
every
light
button. will day. this
Doornot Doorfor
opens
beevery
GUIDE).
your
opens
lit if9at
day.machine.
you at
Door opens at
3. Once that the The
the
1.thisPresswater
selected
thestart timethehardness
selectedtime
DELAY
wash1.has
The ENGLISH
Press
ofwash
the cycle
the The setting
button:
the
elapsed,
selected
start willDELAY
start
cycle be
time isincreased.
the
will
ofwash ofbased
corresponding
be the
thebutton: on
program
increased.
cycle the
indicator
will may beactual
corresponding
«h»
be delayed
increased. waterfor«h»
symbol
alight
hard-
the«h»
aforperiod symbol
Door
temperature
the NaturalDry
opening
of •rinse
temperature If you Door
that
thesystem
see that functionality
isopening isNaturalDry
bluish
safe
temperature system
to streaks
safe yourtoofthat
your is
ison
kitchen could
NaturalDry
a convection
the
kitchen
safe be
dishes,
furniture.
to disabled
is
furniture.
your adrying
set
kitchen 9
convection
a low systemby the
drying
number
furniture. user
to de(1-2).
system as follows:
consulterheating le element may beprogram time
damaged may
the
1 as
program
be delayed
a12 result. may for be delayed
period run a period
out Setting aid.
is A
complete! maximum INTENSIF 5 65°levels can be set according fin cycleto
SETTING ness
2.
switches 2.(GUIDE
THE
Select
of
in
time
your
appears
WATER
off
Select the andD'INSTALLATION).
house.
on2.
wash
the
between of
the
the This
appears
display;
HARDNESS
wash of
program,
Select
1
time wash
and
timeinformation
program,
between the
12
on each
betweenthe press
press
cycle
wash
hours. 1
display;
time
and
canyou
and
the
begins.
program,12
be
each obtained
press
hours.
START/PAUSE
thehours.
time
START/PAUSE
press theyou from
button,
the pressyour As
START/PAUSE
the
local
the button,
which
additional 1.
As additional
dishwasher
automatically
Go
•NaturalDry
Ifsteam
there which
to
As the
steam
model. areautomatically
opens
Dishwasher
protection,
additional drops
protection,
The
the
of water
special
steam
factory
door opens
special during/after
software
designed
protection,
setting
the door
or designed
limescale
is
drying
menu
protection
special
specific
during/after
marks
protection
to
phase
pressing
designed
the foilonisfoil
model,
drying
to
the
protection phase
and
isdishes, holding
foil is
ToLa allow
Whenever
water
fonctionnalité
the button
water supplier.
the
button andyou
time
softener
need
The
(1h,
NaturalDry
within
and the
2h,
4
toPress
within
to
DELAY
factory
work
button time
1. add
etc.
Press
seconds
4 inand (1h,
up
pourraitsalt,
setting
the
aselect
seconds to 2h,
DELAY
close
perfect
within
it
isclose
max. is
for
etc.
être mandatory
average
12h)
up
button:
the
4way, door:
seconds to from
désactivée
the
iteach
the ismay
max. (3)
the
corresponding
the
essential
door: close
to
water
12h)
timer
the
complete
start
par
thetimer hardness.
fromof added
«h»
door: the
symbol NaturalDry
start
ensure
added
the If the
together
timer of
Door set
together rinse
exceptional aNaturalDry
ensure
with
opening aid
high
added the
with level
drying
system exceptional
number
dishwasher.
together
the isperformance
set
NaturalDry (3-4).
dishwasher.
with todrying
To
isZERO
the asee
convection
To how(ECO),
performance
every
dishwasher.
see to
how day.
dryingmountno
toToDoor rinse
every
system
mount
see opens
protec-howaid
day.to
protec- will
at
Door be opens
mount protec-at
To adjust
the will 1.the
procedure
Press
the delaythebefore
selected time
DELAY
1. ENGLISH
wash
the and
the
Thebutton:
the
selected beginning
start
cycle
appears DELAY the
time
will
wash
on ofbe
the adisplay;
corresponding
thebutton:shorter
of the
program
increased.
cycle the
will beperiod
washing
corresponding
time «h»
be symbol
delayed
increased.
you of
cycle.
press time,
theplease
for a«h»period
button, the follow
symbol
Door opening
temperature
supplied.
button
whichinstruction Door
thesystem
The
automatically
(6
that
sec).
Lavage
opening
temperature
LOW above
is NaturalDry
safe
opens RINSE rapide
to
system
to
the check
that
your
door is
AID 50°this
isNaturalDry
a
kitchen
safe
indicator
during/after tofor
convection your
islight
furniture.
your
drying adrying 9 tonot
machine.
convection
kitchen
phasewill system lit ifN/A
bedrying
furniture. yousystem
l'utilisateur
that the water begin
comme
will begin
hardness counting suit
counting
setting : down.
will isbegin down.
based counting
on the down.
actual water hard- tion foil
tion please
foil please refer tion to
refer foil(INSTALLATION
to
please refer
(INSTALLATION to GUIDE).
(INSTALLATION
GUIDE). GUIDE).
press • theSwitch DELAY
appears on the
on2. appliance
button.
theappears of time
the
display; To
timeby
between
oneach pressing
cancel
(1h,
the 1
2h,
display;
time and etc. 12the
it,
youup hours.
each press
to ON/OFF
press max. time 12h)
the the
you button.
from
button, button
pressthe • the
startIfwhich
you
of
button, 2.
see You
NaturalDry
ensure bluish switched
exceptionalstreaks drying onto NaturalDry
the
performancedishes, set Control
adoorlow number Menu, at(1-2). you is could change
1. Allez 3. au Once2.
3.menuSelect
this the
time
de
wash
Select
has
logiciel
program,
elapsed,
du
the wash the
lave-vaisselle
press program,
indicatorthe START/PAUSE
en
press
lightappuyant «h» the START/PAUSE
NaturalDry As run
NaturalDry automatically
additional functionality
out of which
Assteam
rinse
functionality
NaturalDry automatically
additional opens
protection,
could
aid. A
could the
steam
be
maximum door
disabled
functionality be opens
special
disabled ofevery
during/after
protection, by
could 5the
designed
the day.
levels
bybe special
user
the
Doordrying
can
disabled as
user
opens
during/after
protection phase
designed
follows:
be asby set drying
foilto
protection
according
follows:
the user asphase tois
to foil
follows:
ofet en
ness in your • house.Switch Once offthis
This the 3.timeOnce
information
appliance has the this elapsed,
can by
selectedtime
bepressing
washhas
obtained the elapsed,
cycleindicator
the from
will ON/OFF
be yourthelight
increased. indicator
local «h»
button. • symbolIflight
there «h» theare temperature
drops ofSTÉRILISATION
that
water isNaturalDry
safe or tolimescale
your 65°
kitchen furniture.
marks on the dishes, N/A
SETTING
repeatedly DELAY
switches the
button
until
switches
THE
time
off and (1h,
the
and
off
WATER 2h,DELAY
the
within
button 1.
selected
the
and
switches
time
wash
the
Press
etc.
4 and HARDNESS
(1h,
up
seconds
wash
the
cycle
off
toDELAY
2h,
within
delayed
and
cycle
max. close
begins.
the 4button:
etc. 12h)
uptheto
seconds
begins.
washstart
the
from corresponding
max.
door:
cycle
the
close
indicator 12h)
the
begins.
start
thetimer «h»
from
door:
light1. the
Go the
1.
start
ensure
added
to
Go timer
the
the to
of
Door status
exceptional
FILLING
together opening
Dishwasher
dishwasher
the ensure
added
Dishwasher
1. Go ofTHE
with toNaturalDry
drying
system exceptional
together
the DETERGENT
software
model.
the performance
dishwasher.
software with
The
Dishwasher menu functionality
drying
is
the a
factory
menu To
pressingperformance
every
convection
DISPENSER
dishwasher.
see
setting
software
pressing how
andday.
drying
menuis by
toToDoor
holding
specific
and pressing
every
system
mount
see
pressingopens
holding how day.
protec-
to to
the at
andDoor
mount
model, button:
opens
holding protec-at
water supplier.
maintenant
ToTo• allow Hold
The
adjust
The
the
the
will
factory
le
down
begin
start
the
bouton
selected
water time
delay
button
counting
of ENGLISH
setting
wash
the
softener
will
timethe
2.
The
Select
begin
and
is
selected(6
appears
for
down.
program
button
for
start
cycle
to sec).
work
select
the
average
and
on
5counting
wash
seconds,
time
will
wash the
of
in
may be
within
a
the
shorter
program,
display; (3)
a increased.
cycle
perfect
down.
be
water
until
program each
delayed
4shorter
seconds
period
you
may
willway,
press
time
be hardness.
closefor
of
you
hear
be
thepress
delayed
increased.
it12h)
is
athe
time,
START/PAUSE
adoor:
period beep.
essential
the
the
button,
for a period set
buttonthe
tion
timer high
foil
please
button (6
As
added
additional
whichnumber
atemperature
E
please
sec).
(6 –
automatically
the
tion
enabled
follow
together
sec).
steam
that (3-4).
temperature
refer
buttonfoil is(6
to
please
instruction
with
protection,
safe
the dtoabove
refer
(INSTALLATION that
dishwasher.
sec). –
special
your is To
to
designed
opens the door during/after drying phase
kitchen
safe
(INSTALLATION
disabledto check
see to
GUIDE).
how
protection
furniture.
yourthis
to kitchen
mount for 9 foil
GUIDE).
your
protec-
to is
furniture.
machine.
«h» switches To adjust off. the delay
To adjust time
of the
time the and
time delay
between select
(1h, time
2h,
1 anda etc.and
12up select
to
hours. period
max. a shorter
of time,
from period
the start of
of time, �ensure� � � �
exceptional � � �
drying �
PRÉLAVAGE � �
performance � � � �
every � �
day. �Door � �
opens � �at � � � �
is N/A
� � � �
• 2. Vous
Switch that•on
press
passez
Switch
2.
the
3.
ofthe
press
Select
water
Once
time
the
au
on
appliance
between
DELAY
the
Menu
the
the
hardness
this DELAY
2.
3.time
press by 1 de
appliance
wash
Select
Once
button. setting
has will
pressing
and the
button.
the
contrôle
program,
the
this
12
To
by is
elapsed,
begin
selected
DELAY
wash
time pressing
based
the
hours.
cancel
To
press
counting
wash
cancel
NaturalDry,
has program,
ON/OFFthe
it,
button.
on
down.
cyclethe
the
the
elapsed,
indicator
press
it, Towill ON/OFF
START/PAUSE
press
actual
button.
press be
the
cancel
vous
the water
light
increased.
button
the
the
it,
pouvez
button.
indicator
button«h»START/PAUSE
hard-
press 2.symbol
You
the
As
NaturalDry
light •«h»
switched
NaturalDry
2. You
button To
NaturalDry
additional
If you
switched
the
confirm
dishwashers. to As
2.steam
foilfunctionality
tion temperature additional
NaturalDry
please
NaturalDry
see Youto refer
bluish protection,
NaturalDry
switched
the
that iscould
to steam
functionality
(INSTALLATION
Control
streaks
change
safe be special
toControl
to youronprotection,
disabled
Menu,
NaturalDry
and thecould
kitchen designed
GUIDE).
exityou
dishes,
Menu, bybespecial
thedisabled
could
Control
you
from
furniture. setprotection
user
could designed
change as
afollows:
Menu,
the low byfollows:
change the
number
you
Control
foilprotection
user
could as
(1-2).
Menu change foil is
follows:
please
The
• Switch changerDELAY
ness•offThe in
the d'état
button
your
switchesfunction
current de
and
house.
appliance selection
off la This
and cannot
DELAY
switches
by
1.
2.
Press
fonctionnalité
within
button 3. Once
4 andlevel
seconds
information
the Select
pressing washoff
the
this
thebe
DELAY
number
within
and time
cycle
the wash set
can
the NaturalDry
close4has
ON/OFF be once
button:
and
elapsed,
seconds
begins.
washthe
program,
the
obtainedthedoor:
cycle aclose
press
button. wash
corresponding
salt
theen the
from
begins.
the indicator
appuyant
indicator
thetimercycle
your
«h»
door:
START/PAUSE light light
local added
«h»
the
status1. Go timer
• of
Door
NaturalDry
totogether
As
If the opening
additional
NaturalDry
there added with
Dishwasher
1. are
Go system
functionality
to
steam together
the
the NaturalDry
could
dishwasher.
software with
Dishwasher
protection,
functionality
drops of water by
is
bespecial
the a convection
disabled
menu To by thehow
dishwasher.
see
software
pressing
or pressing
designed
limescale
drying
user
menu
protection
button:
as
toTo
and
marks
system
mount
see
pressing
holding
foil
on how
is protec-
the to
and mount
dishes, holding protec-
has
repeatedly
been
surwaterle bouton
repeatedly
�1.
To �Press
will�begin
started.
supplier.
adjust
until
� the� The
the �:
the
until
counting
delay
To ENGLISH
selected
repeatedly
DELAY theThe
will
factory
adjust
selected
button:
appears
start
switches
button
begin
time down.
setting
the and
delayed
untiland offthe
the
on
time
counting
delay is
delayed
select
the
of
and
withinthe
for
time
the
a
start
selected
corresponding
display;
program
down. wash
4shorter
indicator
start
each
seconds
average
and
delayed
may
cycle
select
indicator
time
(3) close
period
«h»
be you light
delayed
begins.
water
a the
shorter
of
start
symbol
presslight
door: forindicator
the
hardness.
time, FILLING
button,
a period
the
period E
Door
tion
timer
–
statuslight
foil
button
of time,
enabled
1.THE
To
press
opening
which
addedGo of
please
(6
NaturalDry
achieve
to
tion
together
sec). d
status
DETERGENT
and
thesystem
automatically
refer
button
–
the
hold
Dishwasher
foilwith to
of
please
disabled (6
functionality
Auto-nettoyage
best
the
NaturalDry
NaturalDry
opens
sec).
theDISPENSER
washing
button
software
refer
(INSTALLATION
dishwasher. door
to
by
functionality
65°
and
(3 pressing
isduring/after
menu a
(INSTALLATION
To see drying
sec).
convection
pressinghowdrying
GUIDE). and
to
by
mount
button:
results,
drying
phase
holding 9 tosystem
pressing
GUIDE).
protec- the combined button:
N/A
• Hold down
«h» «h» button
switches switches
appears for
off.
on«h» 5
off. seconds,
thetoswitches
of the
time
display;
Towilladjust time
betweenuntil
(1h,
off.
each
the delay 2h,you
1 and
time timeetc.hear
12
youup
and to
hours. a
press max.beep.
select athe 12h)
shorter from
button, the
period of time, start E
of – set
enabled
ensure
useof button a high E
exceptional
(6
foil detergent, sec).– d
number
enabled
– disabled
drying
torinse (3-4). d
performance
aid – disabled
liquid every day. Door opens at
which automatically
NaturalDry opens the door �and
during/after refined drying salt �isfollows:
phase required.
to
begin counting down. tion please refer (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
• ESwitch • Press
The 3.
press Once
DELAY buttonthis
thefunction
DELAY3.time
press Once select
has
button.
the
cannotthe this DELAY the
elapsed,
selectedtime
To
be desiredhas
cancel
setwashbutton.the
once hardness
elapsed,
indicator
it,
cycle aTopress
will
wash cancel the
the
be increased. level
light
cycle indicator
it,
button«h»(see
press �symbol
To �
the NaturalDry
2.�You
light
confirm �«h»
button �the
2. �
switched
the
You � functionality
change�
temperatureNaturalDry
switched � to�NaturalDry
2. change
You �
switched
and
that
to �and could
functionality
exit
is
NaturalDry �
safe �from �
to
to be
Controldisabled
�the
NaturalDry
your
Control could
�kitchen
� Menu,
Control
Menu, by
�yoube the
�Menu
Control
you
furniture. disabled
�
could �user �
could
Menu,
please
change � asby
change the
�
you user
�Menu� � as
could follows:
change
– activé
• on Switchd the
The –the désactivé
appliance
DELAY
on time the (1h, by
function
The
appliance2h, pressing
press
DELAY
DELAY
3.
1. etc.
Once
Press by
the
cannot
up this
the the
DELAY
function
to
pressing be
max.
time
DELAY ON/OFFbutton.
set
has cannot
12h)
theonce To
elapsed,
button: button.
from
the
ON/OFF
cancel
be
a wash set
the
the
corresponding it, press
oncecycle
start
indicator
button.
the
of
«h»alight button
wash To
«h»
ensure
1. Go
confirm
cycle NaturalDry
We
Door
to the
the To
recommend
exceptional
opening confirm
functionality
Dishwasher
1. Go drying
system
to the
the
usingcouldexit
change
NaturalDry
software
Dishwasher
befrom
detergents
performance is byaand
disabled
menu
the exit
Control
by
every
convection
software
the
that
pressing
from
user
do
day.
drying
menu
Menu
the
as
not
andDoor
systemControl
please
follows:
contain
foilopens
pressing
holding phosphates
at
and
please
holding
WATER switches HARDNESSoff and
switches the
2. TABLE).
Select washoff theand
cycle
wash the begins.
wash
program, cycle
press begins.
the START/PAUSE dishwashers. status As of NaturalDry
additional
status status
ofbutton steam
NaturalDry of functionality
NaturalDry
protection,
functionality special by
functionality
pressing
designed
pressing by
protection
button: button:
pressing is button:
• PourThe current
has
confirmer
• Switch
repeatedly
been
has
To
selection
the been started.
le
selected
off the
until
level
changement
started.
has
theappliance
ENGLISH
repeatedly
the
wash number
been
The
«h»
selected
repeatedly
switches
appears
start
cycle
button
until
started.
by
switches
and
time off
on of
et
will
the
until
pressing
and
delayed
and
the
be
the
the
sortir
the
within
off.2h,
selected
the
display;salt
program
increased.
4 the
start
selected
wash
du indicator
each
seconds may
ON/OFF
delayed
cycle
Menuindicator
delayed
time
close
begins.
beyou
start
light
delayed start
button.
the
light
pressfor
Contrôle,
door:
indicator
indicator
the press
button,
a period
the
light
the
timer
and
press
ofE
light hold
and
1.
which
temperature
button or
added
– ensure
Go
E
enabled
hold
to
chlorine,
–
(6 sec).
press
the
automatically
together
enabled E that
button
button
asand
Dishwasher
–denabled
with
(3
is
d these
–
(6
sec).
hold
opens
safe
the
–DETERGENT
disabled
(3 sec).
software
the
to
products
dishwasher.
disabled
sec).
button
door
your
d
menu (3
during/after
kitchen
To
– disabled are
see
sec).
pressing
how
and
drying
furniture.
harmful to
holding
mount phase
to 9the
protec-to
environment.
��� «h»adjust switches delay
Tooff.adjust
«h» time
switches
To the
adjust
the and
time delayselect
off.
the(1h,delay 1time aetc.
time shorter
and
12and
uphours.select
select
to period
max. aa shorter
shorter
12h) offrom time,
period period
the To of
start achieve
time, of time,
FILLING the
button (6THE
best sec).
exceptional washing drying and drying
performance DISPENSER
results,
every day. the
Doorpleasecombined
opens at
• �Hold � 2.�Select of time between and
appuyez sur le
down bouton the wash
button Water et
for
The program,
5 Hardness
maintenez-le
willDELAYbegin
seconds, press
counting
function Table
untilthe
down.
cannot you START/PAUSE
enfoncé be hearset it,aonce
once (3 asec).
beep. wash cycleAs
2. You
To confirm NaturalDry
additional
tion
To
Good
switched
2. You foilswitched
confirm
the 2.
Tosteam
please
washing
Youto refer
the change
change
confirm protection,
NaturalDry
switched
to to and
results
NaturalDry
andthe
exit
(INSTALLATION
toalso special
from
Control
NaturalDry
Control the
depend designed
Control
GUIDE).
Menu,
Menu, on Menu
Control
you you the
could protection
correct
could
Menu,
change change foil
amount
you is of
could change
(3exit
change from and
the exit
Control from Menu
the Control
please Menu please
press
The DELAYthe DELAYpress
function
The press
button.
the
DELAY thecannot the
DELAY
selected DELAY
To
function cancel
wash
be button.button.
set it, To
cycle
cannot
once To
press
will cancel
cancel
be
be
a(see washthe
increased.
set press
it,
buttonpress
cycle the useof
alight button
washthe button
detergent,
cycle the temperature rinse that
aid isliquid
safe toandyour kitchen
refined furniture.
salt is required.
• Press button button to select
andappliance the
within DELAY
1.
3.
hasdesired
Press
Once been
4 seconds the
this hardness
DELAY
time
started. close button:
has level
the the
elapsed, corresponding
door:
press the
the indicator timer «h» symbol «h»
added � NaturalDry
press
�
Door �
together
status
detergent �and
opening �
of functionality
hold
�
with �
system
NaturalDry
being �button
the � could
� �
NaturalDry sec).
dishwasher.
functionality
used. �be �disabled
is a�
by � �
convection
To
pressingby
see �the�
howuser�
drying
button:�assystem
to � follows:
mount �foil� � � button:
is protec- �����
• Switch repeatedly
has been on the until
repeatedly
started.
has been the repeatedly
2. Select
selected
appears
switchesby until
started.pressing
the
on
untilwash
the
delayed
offthe and
the °dH
selected
display;
the the
selected
program, ON/OFF
start
washeach
delayed
delayed
cycle indicator
time you
begins.
the button.
start
startindicator light
°fH
START/PAUSE
light
pressfor indicator
theWe abutton,
status
press
recommendlightAs
and
1.
which Go of NaturalDry
additional
hold
to pressstatus
using
the
automatically
steam
button
and
Dishwasher of functionality
detergents
opens NaturalDry
protection,
hold(3 sec).
software
the door
special
button
that
menu by
functionality
do pressing
designed
(3 notsec).
pressing
during/after contain
and
drying by
protection button:
pressing
holding
phase phosphates
to
WATER HARDNESS Level TABLE). The start time of the program may be delayed period E – enabled d – disabled
will begin counting down. ofE dishwashers.
tion foil please refer todrying
(INSTALLATION
Duration of GUIDE).
«h» switches
button and off.
within 4 seconds close the door: the timer added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
• The «h» current
switches selection
«h»
off. switches level
Tothe adjust time number
German
off.
(1h,
the delay 2h,1 and and
etc.
time upthe
degrees
and
12 to salta12h)
max.
select indicator
French
shorter from thelight
degrees
period start
of chlorine,
time, – ensure
enabled
button
Exceeding (6E sec).
exceptional d
–the enabled
– disabled
stated dfrom
amount
performance – disabled does
every not
day. result
Door opens in aat more effective
of
The time DELAYbetween function cannothours. be set once a wash or cycle To as
confirm
NaturalDry
tion these
foilfunctionality
please
theproducts
the change
refer to and are
exit
(INSTALLATION harmful the toyou
Control
GUIDE). theMenu environment.
please
Water Energy
Dry Dry Natural

will begin counting down. NaturalDry could

3. � Once� this time press has elapsed, the indicator light «h» Tothe 2.achieve best washing tobe disabled
and drying by theresults,user as
the follows:
combined
Drying

You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, could change

phase

To confirm the ToDuration

change
confirm andthe exit
change from and
the exit
Control from Menu
the Control
please
Phase Natural Fonctions Durée du Consommation of Menu please
Consommation
� the selected wash cycle will be increased.
1� The � �Soft thefunction
DELAY button. To cancel it, oncepress the button temperature
Duration that of is safe your kitchen furniture.
DELAY Water Hardness
function
The DELAY
DELAY
has
1.
3. Press
Once cannot
been the
thisTable
started.
DELAY
timebe0set has-cannot
6 once
button:
elapsed,the be a wash set
corresponding
the indicatorcycle
0 - 10
«h»alight wash
Good
symbolAvailable
«h» cycle
washing press
wash
NaturalDry
Door andand
results
opening hold increases
also
functionality
system button
wash
of(3Duration
depend
could
NaturalDrysec).
environmental
be pro-
on
disabled
is a the of
convection correct
by pollution.
the user
drying amount
assystem
follows:
Dry

1. Go to the
status Dishwasher
of NaturalDry software
functionality Water menu
by pressingpressing Energy
button: and holding
Natural

switches offto andThe 2.theSelect wash cycle

theuntilwash begins.
the program, press the START/PAUSE useof detergent, rinse aid liquid Water and refined Watersalt istoisrequired.
Energy Energy
phase phaseNatural

repeatedly selected delayed start indicator light As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil
hasProgram consumption consumption
Drying

Natural

Natural

press and hold press button

and hold(3software
sec). button (3 sec).
Drying
phase

• Press button hasselect the desired hardness level (see

DryingDryingDrying

Drying
phase

been started. been started. de Dry disponibles 1. Go to *)

the programme
Dishwasher menude pressing and d'eau
holding d'énergie
phase

phase

appears
switches
start timeon
off the
ofand the display;
the wash
program each cycle
may time be you
begins.
delayed press forthe
Available button,
adetergent
period The
which wash
amount
automatically pro-can opensbe adjusted
the door to the
during/after soil
drying level.phase In the case of
°dH °fH Available E
beingAvailable
– wash
used.
enabled Duration d pro-
– of
disabled wash pro-
Dry

«h» buttonswitches and within

off. 7 a 4 seconds close the door: the
options
timer added together with the
gram
dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
Dry

2Level Programme Medium -etc.

11 of11 - the
20 of ofbutton (6 *) sec).
Dry

Dry Dry Dry

To adjust Program
the delayofTo
Program time and
Program select shorter period time, We recommend using consumption
detergents Water
consumption thatday. do consumption
not
consumptionEnergy contain
consumption at phosphatesconsumption
Natural

the
adjust time the(1h,delay 2h, time uphours.
and to max.
select a 12h)
shorter fromperiod starttime, button (6thesec).
Drying Drying Drying Drying Drying Drying Drying

WATER HARDNESS TABLE).

time between 1 and 12 ensure exceptional drying andperformance every Door opens
phase

séchage set onceoptions *) *)NaturalDry

Availablenormally
To confirm gramsoiled change
wash items,
pro- exit use from approximately
theGUIDE).
Control
(litres/cycle)
Menu either
please 35g (powder (kWh/cycle)
islavage (litres/cycle) (kWh/cycle)
The will DELAY
begin function
counting cannot
down. bedegrees a wash cycle *) tion foilswitched
please refer to (INSTALLATION
DELAYGerman degrees French options options gram
*)
gram
Dry

Program Exceeding 2. You switched

2. the
You stated to NaturalDry
amount
to NaturalDry doestoControl
Control not
consumption Menu,
result
Menu, you you could
in(litres/cycle)
a more
could
consumption change change
effective
3 press theAverage button. To cancel it, To press the button
pressthe selected
the DELAY wash cycle
button. will be increased.
cancel it, press the button orDoor chlorine,
the temperature as
Duration these
that products
safe
of(3Duration your are
kitchen of harmful
furniture. to the environment.
1.
has
3. Press
Once been the
this DELAY
started.
time 12 has - 17
button: the
elapsed, corresponding
the indicator21 -«h»30 lightsymbol «h»options press
NaturalDry
detergent)
*)and
opening hold
functionality
system
or
button
gram
35ml could
NaturalDry(litres/cycle)
(h:min)sec).
(liquid be (litres/cycle)
is a **)
disabled by
convection
detergent) the (kWh/cycle)
user
drying
and as(kWh/cycle)
foil is tea(kWh/cycle)
follows:
system
additional spoon of
status (h:min)
of NaturalDry **)
(h
**)
: min)**)
functionality byWater
pressing Water
button: Energy Energy
NaturalNatural

NaturalNatural

Water 2. Select the

repeatedly Hardness untilwash the program,
Table
selected press the
delayed start START/PAUSE
indicator lightstatus As of NaturalDry
additional (h:min)
steam functionality
protection,
**)
(h:min)
(litres/cycle)
special by pressing
designed
**) (kWh/cycle)
protection button:
Drying

1 Soft
repeatedly until the 0
selected - 6 delayed start 0 - 10
indicator light wash and increases environmental pollution.
phase

appears
switches onofftheanddisplay; the wash each cycle time you press the
begins. button, Good
Available 1.
which Go
E –washing
to
Available the Dishwasher
wash
automatically
enabled results
Duration
(h:min)
d pro-
opens
–
**)of
disabledalso
software
wash
the door depend
menu pro- pressing
during/after on the
and
drying correct
phase toamount of
holding
4 «h» switches Hard
Program «h» button
switches and
Program within
off. 18 -4 seconds
34 close the 31 door:- 60 the timer
E detergent
added together directly
d with the inside
dishwasher. the tub.
To
Water
consumption see If tablets
how to mount
consumption are
Energy
consumption used,
protec- one tablet
consumption
phaseNatural

The amount – enabled can

button be
(6 theadjusted
sec). – disabled toexit the soil thelevel.
ControlIn the please case of
Dryingphase

off. The To the

adjust time the(1h,delay 2h, etc.
time up
and to max.
select a 12h)
shorter fromperiodthe start
of time, of ensure
detergent
Available exceptional
being wash drying
used. performance every day. Door opens at
°dH °fHa wash options *) To confirm
options change
gram topro-
and from
gram Menu
12 1 Éco 15Medium the7 - 11 11 be- increased.
20it, tion foilswitched
please *)
refer (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
Dry

willDELAYbegin counting
function
Program down.
cannot set once cycle consumption consumption
Eco 1 Eco EcoDELAY Level Eco
1 function 1 pressEco selected
the 50°
DELAY
50° 50°wash50° cycle
button. will
To be
cancel
a50° 50° press the button To options
confirm will
2.
the You be
*)the
temperature enough.
2:45
change to
2:45
that NaturalDry
2:45 and
is safe
2:45 2:45
toControl
exit 12.0
be2:45
from Menu,
12.0
the
(litres/cycle)
your kitchen
12.0 you could
Control Menu
the(litres/cycle)
furniture. 12.0
12,0 12.0
0.92
change
0.92 0.92
(kWh/cycle)please (kWh/cycle) 0.92 0,940.92
ofDuration of
The Very hard 3.
has Once cannot
been this time
started. be 35 set
has- 50 once
elapsed, wash
the indicator cycle
61 - 90 normally
light «h» soiled
press
NaturalDry and items,
hold use
functionality gram
button (3Duration
approximately
could sec). disabled ofeither
by 35g
user as (powder
follows:
German thedegrees French degrees Exceeding
If status
the crockery the
(h:min)
NaturalDry statedis **)
**)amount
functionality
only (h:min)
lightly by does
(litres/cycle)
Water
**)
pressing
soiled notor result
if(kWh/cycle)
Water
button:
it has in a more
Energy
been is rinsed effective
Energy
of with
2. Select
repeatedly theuntilwash program,
selected delayed press thestart START/PAUSE
indicator light press As
and additional
hold steam
button protection,
(3 sec). special designed protection foil
3 Average
has been started.«h» 12 - and
switches 17offwithin
and the wash 21 cycle - 30begins. detergent)
Available 1.
added
Go
or
E to
35ml
Available
– the
enabled
together (liquid
wash (h:min)
Dishwasher
Duration
with d pro-
–
the
software
detergent)
of
disabled wash
dishwasher.
menu and
pro-
To
pressing
seeadditional
how to
and
mount
holding
tea spoon
protec-
1 Soft Program button
switches off.
Program 0 - time 4 seconds
6 and select a shorter close the0 - 10 door: the timer wash water and increases
before being environmental
placed Water
consumption
in the pollution.
consumption
dishwasher, Energy
consumptionreduce consumption
the amount
Natural Natural Natural Natural Natural

Conventional button (6 sec).

phase phase phase phase phase

To adjust the delay period of time,Available

4 2  Lavage
•Conventional et séchage
Conventional
Switch
Hard off the Conventional
appliance
2 The will 18 by
- 34
begin
DELAY pressing
counting
functiondown. the ON/OFF
button. To31
cannot 55°
be50° -set60once button.
a wash detergent
optionscycle *)To directly
tion confirm
options
foil please inside
the wash
change
gram
refer
*) 2:00to pro-
the andtub. exitIffrom
(INSTALLATION gramtabletsthe GUIDE).
15.0 are
Control
youused,
Menu 1.35 one
please tablet
Dry

2 21
Conventional2 Eco Medium 2 Eco
1 1 Eco
wash
press and
the Program
55°
55°
dry
DELAY
7 50°55°
- has11 elapsed, 50°
cancel 55° it, press the
11 - 20 light
buttonoptions The 2.
of
press amount
You
detergent
NaturalDry *)and 2:00
switched
hold can2:45
to
2:00
used
functionality be
2:45
NaturalDry
gram
button adjusted
2:00
accordingly
(3 sec).
could be2:45
consumption
15.0
Control
2:00 to 12.0
12.0 the
Menu,
15.0
(litres/cycle)
disabled bysoil
(minimum level.
could
the(litres/cycle)
user 12.0
consumption
15,0 1.35
0.92
15.0
25
as In
change 0.92
the
1.35
g/ml)
(kWh/cycle)
follows: caseskip
e.g. of 0.92 the1,35
1.35
(kWh/cycle)
25 conventionnelswash
Setting wash and dry
is complete!
and drywash 3.
has Once
and
repeatedly
beenthis
dry time
started.
until55° the selected delayed start indicator
the indicator will«h» be enough.
light normally status of NaturalDry
soiled(h:min) items, 2:00
use (h:min)
functionality
**) (litres/cycle)
by pressing
approximately**) (kWh/cycle)
button:
either 15.0 35g (powder 1.35
Very hard 35 - 50
switches off and the wash 61 cycle - begins.
90 powder/gel
1. Go to the putted
Dishwasher(h:min) inside
software
**)
the
menu tub. pressing and holding
wash 3 and dry
Conventional Average 3 To
Conventional
2 The
«h» switches 12
Conventional
Intensive
adjust the delay
off. - 17
time and select 65°
55° a shorter 21 -period 30- Ifofthe crockery
detergent)
time,Available
E
button
–
To confirm the
is(6only
enabled Duration
or change
sec). 35ml
wash
d
lightly
2:30
2:00
– of
soiled orWater
disabled
(liquid
and exit detergent)
pro- from 15.0
if it hasand
15.0
the Control Menu
been rinsed
Energy
1.50
additional with
please tea spoon of
1.35
DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
Dry

1
2 the
3 FILLING Ecoappliance 1
2 RINSE Eco wash and dry 50°
Program 55° 55°
50° thewater before 2. Youbeing placed
hold 2:45 2:00 in2:30thethe dishwasher,
2:00
consumption
2:45 15.0
12.0 reduce 15.0
consumption
12.0 the 1.35
0.92amount 1.35
0.92
washTHE AID DISPENSER
3 Intensif
• Switch Intensive
4off3 Intensive Hard3 by1 pressing
Intensive Eco
press the 65°
65°
DELAY
the 18ON/OFF65° button. To -cancel
- 34 button. 50°65° - it, press 60 of- detergent
buttonoptions detergent switched
press*)and Duration 2:30
directly to NaturalDry
2:30 2:45 inside
button of(3 sec). 15.0
Control
2:30 tub. Menu, you
12.0
15.0 If Totablets could
15,0 1.50
change
0.92
15.0
are used,1.50 one tablet 1.501,50
selected delayed 31 start- indicator
and drywash hasand been dry started. gram
status
used of NaturalDry
accordingly functionality
**) (minimum
by Water
pressing
(litres/cycle) 25 g/ml) open button: the
(kWh/cycle)
e.g. detergent
skip the dispenser
Energy
Natural

repeatedly until the light

Drying
phase

Setting
3 Intensive is complete! 4 Fast 50° - - Available A will be enough. wash (h:min)
Duration 0:55
pro- of 11.5 1.10
Rinse aid makes dish DRYING
Intensive 65°
easier. The rinse 65° - 61 - 90
aid dispenser - powder/gel putted inside2:30 E – enabled d – disabled
2:30 15.0 press button 15.0
1.50 A. 1.50
Dry

5 Very Program hard 32 «h» switches off.

Conventional 35 - 50 the tub. Water
consumption Energy
consumption
Conventional Conventional RINSE AID cannot be55° cycleAvailableIf*)the
To confirm crockery wash
the change is2:00 only andlightly
pro- exit from soiled
15.0
the Control or if Menu itconsumption
has 1.35been rinsed with
please
4 should be filled when 1 the 55°-REFILL indicator light
options gram
The DELAY function set once a wash
Dry

4 Intensive
Fast 4 Intensive wash andProgramdry
50° 65° - 50° 65°
55° - - 0:55 2:30
2:00 (3 sec).2:00
consumption
2:30
11.5 15.0 1.10
15.0 1.50
1.35 1.50
1.35
4 Lavage 3
2
thewash
rapide 3
Fast 2 Fast Eco
has been 50°
started. 50° - 50° - options
water press*)and hold
before 0:55
being
2:45 0:55
button
gram placed 0:55 12.0
11.5
(litres/cycle)
in the Introduce
dishwasher, 11,5
0.92
11.5 the 1.10
(kWh/cycle)
reduce detergent the amount into1,10
1.10
FILLING • inTHE
Switch off and
RINSE
control thepanel dry
AID wash
appliance 5 and dry
4DISPENSER
is lit.
Sanitizing
Fastby pressing the ON/OFF
65°
50° button. -
-
- (h:min) 1:40 **)
0:55 **)of To
11.5
(litres/cycle)
11.5the thedetergent
dry25dispenser
1.30
(kWh/cycle)
1.10dispenser
3 Intensive
Conventional 65° - of detergentB (h:min)
Duration
used 2:30 accordingly open (minimum
15.0
Water g/ml) e.g. B
1.50
Energy skiponly. the
4 Fast
Rinse Setting
aid makes is complete!
dish DRYING 2 easier. The 50° rinse aid - dispenser
55° - A Available
powder/gel puttedwash 2:00 pro-
inside 0:55 press
the 15.0
tub. button Place A. the 11.5
1.35
amount of detergent 1.10
Dry

should 5 Sanitizing
4
1
5 Assainissant
3 Fast
Eco
Intensive
5 Sanitizing
be filled when the 4
3
5 RINSE Fast
Intensive
1
Sanitizing
6 wash
Eco
Pre-Wash
5 Sanitizing
and
AID REFILL
Program
65°
dry 50°
65°
65° indicator65°light - - - - 50° 50°
65°
- - - - - - options A *) 1:40 0:55
2:45
2:30
1:40 1:40 1:40 1:40
2:45
0:10
gram 0:55
consumption
11.5
2:30 11.5
12.0
15.0
12.0
4.5
11.5
11.5
consumption 1.30
15.0
11,5
0.92
0.01
1.30
1.10
0.92
1.50
1.30 1.10
1.50
1.301,30
4 Fast 50° - - 0:55 of
(h:min) **) (litres/cycle)
Introduce 11.5 for the pre-washing
(kWh/cycle) into
detergent 1.10 directly inside
FILLING
in the control panel THE is lit.RINSE AID DISPENSER Duration
Intensive
3 Conventional 65° - 2:30
pro- the dry
15.0
Water the
dispenser tub. 1.50
EnergyB only. dispenser
Conventional 27 Self-Clean 55°
65° - - B Available wash 2:00
0:50 8.0To
15.0 open the detergent
1.35
0.80
Dry

Sanitizing
6
5 6 Prélavage
Rinse Pre-Wash
5
4
2
6 Sanitizing
Fast
aid makes
Pre-Wash Pre-Wash 5
4
6 dishSanitizing
Fast 6
1 wash
Pre-Wash
Eco
DRYING and Program
dry -
easier.65°
- - 65°
50°
55° -
The -
rinse - 50°65°
-
50° -
aid - -
dispenser- - - A options *) 0:10 1:40
0:55
2:00
0:10 0:10
2:45
gram 0:10 1:40 1:40
consumption
0:554.5
0:1011.5
Place
4.5
11.5
15.0
12.0
4.5
thepress amount
consumption
button 4,50.01
11.5
0.01
11.5
0.92
4.5
of A. 1.30
1.10
1.35
0.01
detergent 1.30
1.10
0.010,01 1.30
should wash andwhen dry 4theFast
5 Sanitizing 65° - A 1:40 (litres/cycle) 1.30
(kWh/cycle)
be filled RINSE AID REFILL indicator 50° - light - 0:55 **)
(h:min) for 11.5
pre-washing 1.10
directly inside
3 Intensive
Conventional 65° - 2:30 15.0Introduce 1.50 the detergent into
in the control panel is 27lit. Self-Clean 65°
55° laboratory - - 0:50
2:00 8.0
15.0 0.80
1.35
Standard the tub. the dry dispenser B only. 1.30
7 Self-Clean
6 Pre-Wash
Sanitizing
7 Intensive
5
7 Auto-nettoyant
3 Self-Clean 6
5 Pre-Wash
7 Sanitizing 16ECO
Self-Clean wash
Eco program
Pre-Wash and 65° dry
65° 65°- -- - under
data is- measured 50° 65°
-- - -- - conditions - B
according
1. testing
0:50
to European
Whenconditions,
0:10
1:40
0:50
2:30
measuring
0:10
2:45 0:50 outsend
EN0:10
1:40
0:508.0
the11.5
12.04.5
11.5
60436:2019.
8.0
15.0
4.5
detergent refer
4.5
0.80
11.5
8.0
0.01
8,0
0.92 0.01
1.30
0.80
to1.50the mentioned
0.01
0.80 0,80
ear-
6 Pre-Wash 5Note
4 Fast
B
Sanitizing
address:
for Test Laboratories: -
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
- 65° A
For information
50° - - on- comparative EN
- A lier information
1:40please
0:55 to add the 0:10 an
11.5 email to the
Place quantity.
proper the amount 1.104.5
1.30
following
Inside of thedetergent
dispenser
0.01
Intensive
3 Conventional 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
Self-Clean
27Pre-treatment 65°
55° -before- any B there are 0:50
2:00
indications 8.0
15.0
to4.5 helpfor pre-washing 0.80
1.35 directly inside
1.4 7Open
6 Self-Clean
Pre-Wash
Fast the dispenser
6 ECO
Self-Clean
7 Pre-Wash 6 wash program
B byand
Pre-Wash pressing data
of
dry 50° the 65°is measured
dishes
- and -pulling is not under
needed
65° laboratory
- - up -the -ontab - onconditions
-of the according
programs. to European
0:50
0:10
0:55 0:10 Standard EN
0:50
0:10 8.0 the
60436:2019.
4.5
11.5 detergent 8.0 1.10
4.5
0.01 0.80
0.01 dosing. 0.01 0.80
5*)NoteSanitizing
Notfor all options can be usedFor
Test Laboratories: 65°
simultaneously.
information - comparative EN 2. testingRemove conditions, 1:40pleaseresidues
detergent send 11.5 an the from
email tub.
tothe the edges 1.30 of the dispenser
following
ECOECO theprogramlid. data is measured Fast under laboratory conditions
50°than - according
- program1. When to indicative
European
measuring Standard
out the
0:55 EN
detergent 60436:2019. refer
11.5 to the mentioned
1.10 ear-
7 Les Self-Clean
données
2. Carefully
Note for Test
program
du Bprogramme
ECO
introduce
data
Laboratories:
4
program
is measured
address:
**) Values
3 Intensive
the
Self-Clean
7Pre-treatment
factors
Éco
rinse
data
given
sontaid
ForLaboratories:
such
65°is
under
information
as
measured
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
for programes
as
temperature
mesurées A
far as -on
laboratory
and
other
the
under
65°
65°
sous
conditions
maximum
comparative
pressure
laboratory
- -of the--incoming
the eco
EN
according
conditions
lier
testing
are
information
thewater,
to
2.
according
European
and
conditions,
room
only.
LAVAGE
closeto
temperature,
The
add
to
Standard
the
please
2:30
0:50
European
actual
ETthe cover
amount
time0:50
SÉCHAGE
proper
send
EN
may
of
Standard
60436:2019.
vary
untilquantity.
an
15.0
8.0
depending
it CONVENTIONNELS
EN
clicks.Inside1.50
email tosend the
60436:2019.
on many8.0dispenser
the
0.80
following
- Saleté mixte. 0.80Pour
7Note for Test 7Note Laboratories:
6for Test For information ENdetergent, quantity toand type of to the following
-For oninformation
comparative on comparative
EN testing conditions,
EN testing please
conditions, send please
an
8.0email an
the email
following
of the isdishes is not needed before any of programs.
des conditions 5 (110 Self-Clean
Sanitizing
ml) en laboratoire
reference
ECO
Self-Clean Pre-Wash
notch
program
conformément
of
data
thepulling 65°
filling
measured
space
under
àselected
la 65° -norme
- avoid
-tab
laboratory
- --and
- spilling conditions
-sensor
it.B there
according
3.are Close to
la European
vaisselle
indications 0:50
the1:40 lid
0:10 Standard
of to the
normalement
help 0:50
the
60436:2019.
detergent 11.5
4.5
detergent dispenser
saledosing. avec 8.0
0.01 by 0.80
pulling
1.30
des résidus it up 0.80 until
de nourriture
1. Openaddress:theaddress:
dispenser dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Baddress:
by pressing load,
5*) Not
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com load
all
Sanitizing balancing,
options
and can
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com additional
be used
up simultaneously.
the 65° on options
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
calibration.
the closing
1:40
device
11.5 1.30
européenne ECO
If thisEN program 60436
happens, ECO data :4program
isFast
2019.
clean
**) measured
Valuesthe data
spill
given is
under measured
immediately
for programes laboratory otherunder
50°than
with conditions
laboratory
ofa -the dryeco
the - program
cloth. according
52. Wconditions
Removearemode todetergent
indicative according
European
secs.
only. The to
Standard
0:55
actual
residues W timeis
European EN secured
may Standard
60436:2019.
11.5depending
vary in place.
ENof60436:2019.
onthe 1.10
many
out from the edges dispenser
Pre-treatment of Pre-treatment
the Standby is consumption: Left-on mode consumption: - Off consumption: 0.5
the lid. Pre-treatment of dishes
the address:
dishes notofisas needed
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
the
not dishes
needed before
isand notany
before needed any
Acomparative
programs.
ofbefore
theincomingprograms.
any of1.theWhen programs. measuring the detergent refer totype the ofmentioned ear-
Note 3.
pour Press
Note les forthe Testlid
laboratoires down
Note factors
Laboratories:
7for until
Self-Clean
Test
d'essais such
you hear temperature
Laboratories:
For : a
information
Pour click For
obtenir to pressure
close
65°
oninformation
des -
it. of the - on water,
comparative
EN testing room temperature,
conditions,
EN
3. INTENSIF testing 0:50 amount
please
conditions,
- Programme of
senddetergent,
8.0
please
an quantity
email send
conseillé toand 0.80
an
the pour email
following tovaisselle
the following
2. Carefully *) Not *)introduce
all options
Pre-Wash
6address:
Not the
all options can
*) rinse
Not be
can
B
Pre-treatment
ECO
all
6load,aid
used
Pre-Wash
be
PROGRAMSoptionsas
program
used
load farcan of
simultaneously. the
as the
data
simultaneously.
balancing, be
DESCRIPTION
dishes
- maximum
is measured
used
additional
is
-
not needed
under -
simultaneously.
selected - -
before
laboratory
options -
any
and
of and
sensor
the
conditions according close
programs.
Thelier
calibration.
the cover
detergent
to European
information 0:10 until
dispenser
0:10 to it
addclicks.
Standard EN automatically
the 60436:2019.
4.5
proper
4.5 quantity. opens0.01 Inside up la
0.01 atthethedispenser
right time très sale,
NEVER pour dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
address:
the rinse
5 *) Not dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
aid
Sanitizingall directly
options can into
be used the tub.
simultaneously.
65° - 3. Close the lid of the 1:40
detergent dispenser 11.5 by topulling 1.30 it up until
informations
ECO
(110 1. program
ml)
**) reference
Values
**)
ECO Values surdata
given
program les
notch
givenforis
**)
ECO conditions
measured
of
Values
data
Note
programesthe
forprogram
programes
is
for Test
filling
given
measured de
other
data spacetests
under
Laboratories:
forother than
programes
is
under - comparatifs
laboratory
avoid
the
than
measured ecoForspilling
the
laboratory other
information
program
eco
under conditions
program
than it.
conditions
on comparative
are
the
laboratory indicative
eco
are according
Windicative
program
5according
conditions
EN
only. Bare
to
testing
according The
there
only. surtout
to
actual
indicative
according
European The are European
conditions,
to the
actual
to les
time
indications
only.
Standard poêles
please
program.
W time
Europeanmay
Themay
send
ENvary et
Standard Ifan
toStandard
actual les email
all-in-one
depending
help
vary the
time
60436:2019. casseroles
EN
depending
may
EN
theon
detergent 60436:2019.
following
detergents
vary many
60436:2019. (ne
dosing. on manypour la
ondepending
many pas
are utiliser
used, we
Open the
Pre-treatment dispenser Pre-treatment
of the Bdishes
Standby
**)
address:by
Values pressing
consumption:
given for and
programes
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
ofis the
not dishes
needed pulling
Left-on
isbefore
mode
other
not up than
needed any the
consumption:the oftab theon
eco
before program
programs.
any
- Offare
of
thewater,
modeindicative
the
closing
consumption:
programs. only.
device
The 0.5
actual
isusing
secured
time may vary
indetergent,
place.
depending on many
EN,
If thismerci
Note happens,
factors
for the d'envoyer
factors
Test
Note such
lid. for clean
as
such
Laboratories:
Test as un
the
temperature
factors
Note courriel
spill
temperature
7for
Laboratories: such immediately
Self-Clean
factors Test
Pre-treatment
andas
For
such àtemperature
and
asl'adresse
pressure pressure
information
temperature
Laboratories:
For of
with
information
the dishes
of asuivante
the
and
is
dry
of
and
For not the
onon
65°cloth.
incoming
pressure
pressure
information
needed
:-before
incoming of water,
comparative
comparative of
the -thewater,
incoming
on
any
room
incoming room
comparative
of EN the EN2.
testing
programs.
recommend
temperature,
Remove
temperature,
water,
roomtesting vaisselle
room
temperature,
conditions,
EN amount
detergent
testingconditions,
0:50 délicate).
temperature,
amountamount
please the
of
conditions, TABLET
detergent,
residues
of
of
senddetergent,
amount
please8.0 from
please
an button,
quantity
email the
of
quantity
send
quantity
send to because
and
edges
detergent,
and an
thean
0.80 type
and
type of
emailemail
following itofadjusts
the
ofquantity
type todispenser
ofthe
toand the
the type
following of
following
load, 7*) Not
Self-Clean
3. dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Press the lid
load
load, down all options
until
balancing,
load
*) Not
balancing,
load, you can
6ECOall be
PROGRAMS
additional
load,
load
options
Pre-Wash
hear used
program
load
additional aoptions
balancing, click can
simultaneously.
data is
selected
balancing, to65°be
DESCRIPTION
selected close usedit.
measured
options
additional
additional -the
options
simultaneously.
under
and
selected
selected and
laboratory
- - sensor -
options
sensor
options
conditions according to European
- and
calibration. sensor
calibration.
and program
and
calibration.
sensor 4. LAVAGE
close
calibration. sothe 0:50
that 0:10Standard EN 60436:2019.
the best
RAPIDE
cover until - 4.5
washing 8.0 and drying
Programme
it clicks. 0.01 0.80
pour results
peu de are always
vaisselle
address: 2. address:
Carefully dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
introduce address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com the
*)
Note Not dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
rinse
forall aid
Testfor as
can
Laboratories: far
be as
used maximum
simultaneously.
Forother information on comparative The detergentEN are testing dispenser
conditions, automatically
please send opens
an email up
to thevary at the
following right time
NEVER pour **) Values
the rinse given **)
aidde Values
for programes
directly given into
giventhe
otherprogramestub. than the eco program
than the eco
are indicative
program only.
achieved. indicative
The actual only. timeThe may actual vary timedepending
may on depending
many on many
Aucun prétraitement
Standby
(110 ml)consumption:
Pre-treatment
Standby reference Pre-treatment
consumption:
Standby
Standby
lasuch
**)
notch
address:
oftemperature
the vaisselle
Values
Left-on
dishes
consumption:
ofas
consumption:
Left-on mode
the n'est
for
filling
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
ofistemperature
the
not
mode dishes
needed
Left-on mode
programes
consumption: nécessaire
space
Left-on isand
consumption:
other
before
not-the
mode avoid consumption:
5 than
neededWany 5-avant
theOff
spilling
consumption:
W
eco
ofbeforemode
-theOff
5 Wconsumption:
l'un
program
it.
according
programs.
modeany
- Off
of
5 room
W 3.
aremode
-the
consumption:
Off Close
indicative
to
consumption:
the
programs.
mode the
normalement
only.
0.5
program.W lid0.5
The
consumption:
0.5 of
actual
W
Wthe detergent
time sale.
If all-in-one may vary
0.5 W Assure dispenser
depending
detergents un on by
nettoyage
many
are pulling
used, it up until
impeccable
we en très
Pre-treatment factors such
ofoptions
the as
factors
dishes Self-Clean
factors
7Pre-treatment issuch not and pressure
needed
asoftemperature of
before
isand
pressure
65°
pressure incoming
any -before
of theof the
of- any water,
the
incoming incoming
programs.
water, temperature,
water,
room room
temperature, temperature,
amount
0:50 amount of detergent,
amount
of detergent,8.0 in quantity of
quantity
detergent,
and 0.80 and
type ofquantity
type of and type of
quelconque If *)this Not des
happens,
all programmes.
*) clean
Not can ECO
all the
be spill
program
optionsused data
can theisdishes
immediately
simultaneously.
be measured
used not
with needed
under
simultaneously. a dry
laboratory cloth. of the
recommend
conditions programs.
according the closing
using peu the
to European de device
temps.
TABLET Standard is secured
button,
EN 60436:2019. because place. it adjusts the
load, load balancing, load, load load,
*) Notadditional
PROGRAMS balancing,
load balancing,
all options selectedadditional
DESCRIPTION
can additional
be usedoptions selected
selected
simultaneously. andoptions sensor
options andcalibration.
and sensor
sensor calibration. calibration.
*)*)Not
Les3. all
Press
options
PROGRAMS **)options
PROGRAMS
ECO the
Values ne
program can
lidgiven
down
peuvent
DESCRIPTION
**) be
foruntil
Values
PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION
data used
Note
pas
programes
is you
for
given
measured simultaneously.
Testhear
toutes for other
DESCRIPTION aêtre
Laboratories:
programes
under clickthan totheFor
utilisées
laboratory close
otherinformation
eco it.
enthemême
program
than
conditions the eco
are 5program
on comparative
Windicative
program
according The
ENso are
to that
testing
5. HYGIÈNE
only. the
indicative
European
detergent The best
conditions,actual washing
only.
Standard -please
Programme
timeThemay send
EN and
actual andrying
vary email
time
60436:2019. pour
dependingtoresults
may thevary on are
following
vaisselle always
depending
many normalement on many time ou très
NEVER Standby pour consumption:
the Standby
rinse
Standby
**) Values
consumption:
address:
aid Left-on consumption:
given modefor programesLeft-on
Left-on
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
directly into consumption:
the
mode
other
mode
tub.
consumption:
than 5 Weco
consumption: - Off program mode
achieved.
- Off
5 are mode
-indicative
Wconsumption:
Off consumption:
mode only. 0.5dispenser
The 0.5
consumption: WW time may
actual automatically
0.5 W dependingopens
vary on many up at the right
**) Values
temps. Note given
factors forsuch foras
Test programes
factorstemperaturesuchsuch
factors
Laboratories:
Pre-treatment as othertemperature
and
as
For of pressure
temperature than
information
the dishes the
and
and
is ofnot theeco
pressure
pressure
on
needed program
incoming
comparative of the
before
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
of incoming
thewater,
any of are
incoming
EN theroomindicative
water,according
testing
programs. temperature,
water,
room sale
conditions,room
toonly.
temperature, avec
the The
temperature,
amountétape
program.
amount
please actual
of detergent,
supplémentaire
ofsendIf time
amount
all-in-one
detergent, an may
of
quantity
quantity
email detergent,
detergents
to and vary
de
the and
type depending
ofquantity
lavagetype
are
following of and
antibactérien
used, we on
typemany
of .
**) Lessuch load, as
valeurs load balancing,
indiquées load, load PROGRAMS
load, additional
pour balancing,
load balancing,
des DESCRIPTION
selectedadditional
programmes additional options selected
selected and
différents optionssensor
options andcalibration.
du and
sensor sensor
calibration. calibration.
Peut être utilisé pour effectuer l'entretien du the lave-vaisselle.
factors address:
PROGRAMS temperature
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
PROGRAMS
*)
Note
DESCRIPTION
Not forallandoptions
Test pressure
DESCRIPTION
can
Laboratories: be used of
For the
simultaneously.
information incoming on comparative water, EN room
recommend testing temperature,
using
conditions, the
please TABLETsend amount email of
an button, to thedetergent,
because following it adjusts quantity and type of
Standby consumption: Left-on mode other consumption:
programme
load, load Standby
Pre-treatmentécoconsumption:
balancing, sont Standby
offournies
the **) Values
address:
additional consumption:
dishesLeft-on given for programes
àdw_test_support@whirlpool.com
istitremode
not
selected Left-on
indicatif
needed consumption: mode
uniquement.
before
options
than the eco program
consumption:
any 5W
and theOff5programs.
of -sensor Le
W - Off
mode aremode
-indicative
program
5calibration.
W consumption:
Off6. consumption:
mode only.
PRÉLAVAGE
The0.5
soconsumption:
that
0.5 W W time may vary depending on many
actual
the best
- Utilisé washing
0.5 Wpour and rincerdrying laresults
vaisselle are qui always doit être
factors such as
Pre-treatment oftemperature
the dishes isand not pressure
needed before of the incoming
any of thewater,programs. room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
temps réel *) Not peut all options
varier can selon be
PROGRAMS
load, used
des simultaneously.
facteurs
DESCRIPTION comme la température achieved. lavée ultérieurement. N'utilisez pas de détergent avec ce
*) Not load balancing,
all options can be additional selected options and sensor calibration.
used simultaneously.
Standby
et la pression
consumption:
PROGRAMS
**) Values de l'eau,given PROGRAMS forLeft-on
DESCRIPTION
la**) programes
température
Standby
Valuesconsumption:
mode
DESCRIPTION
given other consumption:
de
for programes than la the
Left-on pièce,
mode
otherecothan program
la
consumption:
5 eco
quantité
the
W program -5Off
are mode
Windicative
- Off
aremode indicative
consumption:
only. TheThe
programme.
consumption:
only. actual
0.5
actual W time
0.5may
time may
Wvary vary depending
depending on many on many
de détergent, factors la such as temperature
quantité factors such and
et le type pressure
as temperature
de vaisselle, andof pressure
the incoming
l'équilibre of the incoming water,
de room water, room temperature, temperature,
7. AUTO-NETTOYAGE amount
amount of detergent,
of detergent,
- Programme quantity
quantity and type
àand oftype of
utiliser pour effectuer
load, load balancing, PROGRAMS
load, load balancing,
additional DESCRIPTION
selected additional options selected and optionssensor andcalibration.
sensor calibration.
PROGRAMS
la charge, les options DESCRIPTION supplémentaires sélectionnées,
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
et la l'entretien du lave-vaisselle, à réaliser uniquement lorsque le
calibration Standby du capteur. consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: lave-vaisselle0.5 W est VIDE en utilisant des détergents spécifiques
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION conçus pour l'entretien du lave-vaisselle.
1. ECO -PROGRAMS
Le programme DESCRIPTION
Éco est adapté pour nettoyer de la Les OPTIONS peuvent être sélectionnées directement en
vaisselle normalement sale, et pour cette utilisation, il est appuyant sur la touche correspondante (voir PANNEAU DE
le programme le plus efficace en termes de consommation COMMANDE).
d'énergie et d'eau combinée, et il est utilisé pour évaluer la
Si une option n'est pas compatible avec le programme
conformité à la législation européenne en matière d'éco-
sélectionné, voir TABLEAU DES PROGRAMMES, le voyant
conception.
correspondant clignote 3 fois et un signal sonore se fait
entendre. La fonction n'est pas activée.
 ENGLISH 10
FRANÇAIS 40
Cleaning and
Nettoyage maintenance
et entretien
ATTENTION: Always unplug the appliance when cleaning it 2. Remove the cup filter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
ATTENTION : Toujoursmaintenance
and when performing débrancher l’appareil
work. Do pour le nettoyer
not use flammableet 2. side
Enlevez
flaps le 2). du filtre B en appliquant une légère
panier
(Fig
effectuer
liquids to de l’entretien.
clean N’utilisez pas de liquides inflammables
the machine. pression
3. Slide out thesurstainless-steel
les volets latéraux
plate (Fig. C (Fig 3).
filter 2).
pour nettoyer l’appareil. 4. InRetirez
3. case you find foreign
la plaque objects
du filtre (such
en acier as brokenCglass,
inoxydable porc -
(Fig. 3).
CLEANING THE DISHWASHER 4. lain, bones,
Si vous fruit seeds
trouvez etc.) étrangers
des objets please remove (commethem carefully.
du verre
Nettoyer 5. Inspect
cassé, the trap and remove desany foodgrains
residues. NEVER etc)RE-
Any marksleon lave-vaisselle
the inside of the appliance may be de la porcelaine, os, des de fruits, il
Les marques sura les côtés de l’appareil peuvent MOVE the wash-cycle
convient pump
de les enlever protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
minutieusement.
removed using cloth dampened with water andêtre enlevées en
utilisant un linge humide, de l’eau, et un peu de vinaigre.
a little vinegar. 5. Inspecter la cavité et enlever les résidus de nourriture. NE
Les
Thesurfaces
externalexternes
surfacesde of l’appareil et leand
the machine panneau
the de contrôle JAMAIS ENLEVER la protection de la pompe du cycle de
1 2
peuvent être nettoyés
control panel en utilisant
can be cleaned usinguna linge non abrasif humide.
non-abrasive lavage (détails en couleur noir) (Fig 4).
cloth which
N’utilisez pashas
de been dampened
solvants with water.
ou de produits Do
abrasifs.
not use solvents or abrasive products.
Prévenir les mauvaises odeurs 1 2
Gardez toujours laUNPLEASANT
porte de l’appareil entrouverte pour éviter
B
PREVENTING ODOURS A
que la moisissure
Always ne se
keep the door offorme et ne s’accumule
the appliance à l’intérieur
ajar in order de
to avoid mo-
l’appareil.
isture fromNettoyez régulièrement
forming and being trappedles inside
joints autour de la porte et
the machine.
A
B
Clean
des the seals around
distributeurs the dooren
de détergent and detergent
utilisant unedispensers regu-
éponge humide.
larly using
Ainsi, a damp
les résidus desponge. Thisne
nourriture wills’accumuleront
avoid food becoming
pas danstrapped
les A A
in the (principale
joints seals, which is thede
cause main cause behind
la formation the formation
de mauvaises of
odeurs).
unpleasant odours.
Vérifier le tuyau d’alimentation d’eau
CHEKING
Vérifiez THE WATER
régulièrement SUPPLY
le tuyau d’arrivéeHOSE
pour déceler de la
Check the
friabilité et inlet hose regularly
des fissures. S’il est for brittleness and
endommagé, cracks. If avec
remplacez-le dama-
ged,
un replacetuyau
nouveau it by adisponible
new hose auprès
availabledethrough our After-Sales
notre Service Après-
Service
vente ouor yourdétaillant
votre specialistspécialisé.
dealer. Depending on the
Selon le type dehose
tuyautype:
: C

3 4
C
After cleaning the filters, replace 3 the filter assembly and fix
4 it
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efficient
Après
operationavoirofnettoyé les
the dishwasher.
filtres, remplacez l’ensemble
filtre et fixez-le correctement
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
en position ; c’est très
On occasions, food residue may
If le
Si thetuyau
inlet hose has aaun
d’arrivée transparent
revêtement coating, periodically
transparent, check
vérifiez si laif important pour queonto
become encrusted le lave-
the
the colour
couleur estintensifies locall .àIfcertains
plus prononcée yes, theendroits.
hose may Si have a leak
c’est le cas, iland vaisselle
spray arms garde
andson efficacité.
block the holes
should be
pourrait replaced.
y avoir une fuite et il doit être remplacé. used to spray the water. It is
For water
Pour stop hoses:
les tuyaux d’arrêt check
d’eau :the smalllasafety
vérifiez petitevalve inspection
fenêtre Nettoyage des bras
therefore recommended that you
window (seede
d’inspection arrow). If it is red,
la soupape the water
de sécurité stop
(voir functionSiwas
la flèche). elletrig-
est d’aspersion
check the arms from time to time
gered, la
rouge, and the hose
fonction mustd’eau
d’arrêt be replaced by a new one.
a été déclenchée et le tuyau doit Àand
l’occasion,
clean themdes with
résidus de
a small
For unscrewing this hose, press the release button while unscre-
être remplacé avec un nouveau. Pour dévisser ce tuyau, appuyez non-metallic
nourriture brush.
s’incrustent dans
wing the hose. To gicleurs
les remove the upper spray
et bloquent les arm,
le bouton déclencheur tout en dévissant le tuyau.
turn the
trous plastic
utilisés locking
pour ring in an
asperger
CLEANING THE WATER INLET HOSE anti-clockwise
de direction.
l’eau. Il est donc conseillé
Nettoyer
If the water le hoses
tuyauare d’arrivée
new ord’eau
have not been used for an exten- The upper les
spray arm should be
Si les tuyaux d’eau sont neufs ourun
s’ilston’ont pas étéitutilisés de vérifier gicleurs de
ded period of time, let the water make sure is clear and replaced so that
temps en temps et de lesthe side with
depuis
free of longtemps, laissez
impurities before l’eau couler
performing thepour vous assurer
necessary qu’il If
connections. the greater number of holes is
n’y nettoyer avec une petite
thisa precaution
pas d’impureté
is notou de saleté
taken, avantinlet
the water de les brancher.
could becomeSiblocked facing upwards.
vous n’effectuez brosse non métallique.
and damage thepas cette opération, l’arrivée d’eau pourrait se
dishwasher.
boucher et endommager le lave-vaisselle. Pour enlever le bras
d’aspersion
The lower spray supérieur,
arm may be
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Nettoyer tournez
removedl’anneau
by pulling de itverrouillage
upwards. en plastique dans le sens
Regularly l’ensemble filtre
clean the filter assembly so that the filters do not clo
Nettoyez
and that the régulièrement
waste waterl’ensemble
flows awayfiltre pour.éviter qu’il ne se
correctl antihoraire. Le bras d’aspersion supérieur doit être replacé de
bouche et pour permettre
Using dishwasher with cloggedaux eaux
filtersusées de bien
or foreign s’éliminer.
objects inside fil- façon que le côté avec le plus grand nombre de trous est placé
tration system
L’utilisation or sprayarms avec
du lave-vaisselle may cause unit obstrués
des filtres malfunction resulting
ou des vers le haut.
in loseétrangers
objets of performance, noisydu
à l’intérieur work or higher
système resources
de filtration ouusage.
des Le gicleur inférieur peut être enlevé en le tirant vers le haut.
The de
bras filter assembly consists
pulvérisation of three filters
peut provoquer which remove foo
un dysfonctionnement
residues lieufromà the
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
donnant unewashing
perte dewater and then recirculate
performances, the water:
un fonctionnement Système
Water softenerd’adoucisseur d’eau
automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
to obtainou
bruyant the best
une washingsupérieure
utilisation results, youdes need to keep them clean.
ressources. Un adoucisseur d’eau réduit automatiquement la duretéalso
de to
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing
The dishwasher must not trois
be used without filters les
or résidus
if the l’eau,
L’ensemble filtre comprend filtres qui séparent betteren évitantefficienc
cleaning ainsi la formation
. This systemde calcaire sur laitself
regenerates résistance,
with salt,
filter
de is loose.de l’eau de lavage pour ensuite faire circuler l’eau :
nourriture et en contribuant
therefore également
it is required à une
to refill salt meilleure
container whenefficacité de
empt . Frequen-
At least
vous once
devez lesper month
garder or after
propre poureach 30 cycles,
obtenir check the
les meilleurs filter
résultats cy of regeneration
nettoyage. Ce systèmedepends on waterautomatiquement
se régénère hardness level settingavec- by
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running default
du sel, ilregeneration
est donc requis takes deplace once
remplir per 5 Ecode
le récipient cycles with water
sel lorsqu’il
lors du lavage.
water, using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions hardness set to 3.deRegeneration
N’utilisez pas le lave-vaisselle sans les filtres ou si un filtre est vide. Lalevel fréquence régénérationprocessdépendstarts in final du
du réglage rins
below: and finishes in drying phase,
est mal ajusté.
1. Turn the cylindrical filter A in an anti-clockwise direction and niveau de dureté de l’eau - la before cycle ends
régénération par défaut a lieu une
Au moins une(Fig
fois 1).
par mois, ou tous les 30 cycles, vérifiez Single
fois tousregeneration
les 5 cycles consumes:
Éco avec un~3.5L niveauof de
water; takes
dureté deup to 5réglé
l’eau addi-
pull it out
l’ensemble filtre et si nécessaire, nettoyez-le minutieusement sous àtional
3. Leminutes
processus for de
therégénération
cycle; consumes belowlors
démarre 0.005kWh of energy.
des rinçages
l’eau courante, en utilisant une brosse non-métallique et en suivant finaux et prend fin en phase de séchage, afin la fin du cycle. La
les instructions ci-dessous : régénération seule consomme :
1. Tournez le filtre cylindrique A dans le sens antihoraire et - ~3,5L d’eau ;
retirez-le (Fig. 1). - elle prend 5 minutes de plus pour le cycle ;
- elle consomme moins de 0,005kWh d’énergie.
FRANÇAIS 41
Que faut-il faire si...
Votre lave-vaisselle ne fonctionne pas correctement, vérifiez si le problème peut être résolu en suivant la liste
suivante. Pour toute autre erreur ou problème, contactez le Service après-vente agréé dont vous trouverez les
coordonnées dans le livret de garantie. Les pièces détachées seront disponibles pendant une durée pouvant
atteindre 7 ou 10 ans, selon les exigences de la réglementation spécifique.
Les pièces détachées sont disponibles : https://parts-selfservice.whirlpool.com/en/landing
Problèmes...
Le voyant de niveau de
sel est allumé
le voyant du niveau de
liquide de rinçage est
allumé
Le lave-vaisselle ou les
commandes ne fonctionnent
pas.
Le lave-vaisselle ne se
vidange pas.
L'afficheur indique : 3 et le
voyant Marche/Arrêt clignote
rapidement
Le lave-vaisselle fait
beaucoup de bruit.
La vaisselle n'est pas propre.
Causes possibles...
Le réservoir à sel est vide. (Après
le remplissage, il est possible
que le voyant du niveau de sel
régénérant ne s'éteigne qu'au bout
de plusieurs cycles de lavage).
Le distributeur de liquide de
rinçage est vide. (Après le
remplissage, il est possible que
le voyant du niveau de liquide de
rinçage ne s'éteigne qu'au bout
de plusieurs cycles de lavage).
L'appareil n'est pas bien
branché.
Panne de courant.
La porte du lave-vaisselle n'est
pas fermée. La broche Natural Dry
n'est pas entrée.
Les commandes ne fonctionnent
pas. L'afficheur indique : 9 ou
12 et le voyant MARCHE/ARRÊT
clignote rapidement.
Le cycle de lavage n'est pas
encore terminé
Le tuyau de vidange est plié.
Le conduit de vidange de l'évier
est bouché.
Le filtre est bouché par des
résidus de nourriture.
La vaisselle s'entrechoque.
Il y a une trop grande quantité
de mousse.
La vaisselle n'est pas bien
placée.
Les gicleurs ne bougent pas
librement, ils sont gênés par la
vaisselle.
Le cycle de lavage est trop
délicat et/ou l'efficacité du
détergent est faible.
Il y a une trop grande quantité
de mousse.
Le bouchon du compartiment de
liquide de rinçage n'est pas bien
fermé.
Le filtre est sale ou bouché
Il n'y a pas de sel.
Solutions...
Remplissez le réservoir de sel régénérant (pour plus
d'informations, reportez-vous à la page 35).
Réglez la dureté de l'eau - reportez-vous au tableau de la
page 36.
Remplissez le distributeur de liquide de rinçage (pour plus
d'informations, reportez-vous à la page 36).
Insérez la fiche dans la prise de courant.
Pour des raisons de sécurité, le lave-vaisselle ne redémarrera
pas automatiquement lors du rétablissement du courant.
Ouvrez la porte du lave-vaisselle, appuyez sur le bouton Start
et fermez la porte dans les 4 secondes.
Poussez vigoureusement la porte pour entendre le « clic ».
Éteindre l'appareil en appuyant sur la touche MARCHE/
ARRÊT, rallumez-le environ une minute après, et réinitialisez
le programme. Si le problème persiste, débranchez l'appareil
pendant 1 minute, puis rebranchez-le.
Attendre que le cycle se termine
Assurez-vous que le tuyau de vidange n'est pas plié (voir
INSTALLATION).
Nettoyez le conduit de vidange de l'évier.
Nettoyez le filtre (voir NETTOYAGE DE L’ENSEMBLE FILTRE).
Replacez la vaisselle (voir CHARGEMENT DES PANIERS).
Le détergent a été mal mesuré ou il n'est pas adéquat
pour les lave-vaisselles (voir REMPLIR LE DISTRIBUTEUR
DE DÉTERGENT). Relancez le cycle en cours en éteignant le
lave-vaisselle, puis en le rallumant, sélectionnez un nouveau
programme, appuyez sur START/Pause et fermez la porte
dans les 4 secondes. Merci de ne pas ajouter de détergent.
Replacez la vaisselle (voir CHARGEMENT DES PANIERS).
Replacez la vaisselle (voir CHARGEMENT DES PANIERS).
Sélectionnez le cycle de lavage approprié (voir TABLEAU DES
PROGRAMMES).
Le détergent a été mal mesuré ou il n'est pas adéquat pour les
lave-vaisselles (voir REMPLIR LE DISTRIBUTEUR DE DÉTERGENT).
Assurez-vous que le bouchon du distributeur de liquide de
rinçage est fermé.
Nettoyez l'ensemble de filtre (voir NETTOYAGE ET ENTRETIEN).
Remplir le réservoir de sel (voir REMPLIR LE RÉSERVOIR DE SEL).
FRANÇAIS 42
Que faut-il faire si...
Problèmes...
Le lave-vaisselle termine son
cycle prématurément.
L'afficheur indique : 15 et le
voyant Marche/Arrêt clignote
rapidement
L'eau n'arrive pas au lave-
vaisselle.
L'afficheur indique : H
6 et le voyant Marche/Arrêt
clignote rapidement
La porte ne se verrouille pas.
La vaisselle n'est pas sèche.
Des traces de calcaire ou un
film blanc sont présentes sur
la vaisselle et les verres
La vaisselle et les verres
présentent des traces
bleuâtres
Service Après-vente
Si, après avoir effectué les contrôles ci-dessus, le défaut persiste,
éteignez l'appareil, débranchez-le de la prise secteur et fermez
la valve d'eau. Contactez le Service Après-Vente (voir également
la garantie).
Avant de contacter le Service Après-Vente, munissez-vous des
données suivantes :
- description de la panne,
- type et modèle de l'appareil,
Causes possibles...
Tuyau de vidange positionné
trop bas ou évacuation
dans le système des égouts
domestiques
De l'air est présent dans
l'alimentation en eau
L'alimentation d'eau est vide ou
le robinet est fermé.
Le tuyau d'arrivée est plié.
Le tamis dans le tuyau d'arrivée
d'eau est bloqué ; vous devez le
nettoyer.
Les paniers ne sont pas
totalement insérés.
La porte n'est pas verrouillée.
Le programme sélectionné n'a
pas de phase de séchage.
Il ne reste plus de liquide de
rinçage ou le dosage n'est pas
adéquat.
La vaisselle est antiadhésive ou
en plastique.
Le niveau de sel est trop bas.
Le réglage de la dureté de l'eau
n'est pas bon.
Le bouchon du réservoir de sel
n'est pas bien fermé.
Il ne reste plus de liquide de
rinçage ou le dosage n'est pas
adéquat.
Le dosage du liquide de rinçage
est trop élevé
- le numéro de Service, numéro indiqué sur l'étiquette
Solutions...
Vérifiez si l'extrémité du tuyau de vidange est placée
à la hauteur correcte (voir INSTALLATION). Vérifiez le
détournement dans le système des égouts domestiques,
installez une vanne d'admission d'air si nécessaire.
Vérifiez si l'alimentation en eau présente des fuites ou
d'autres problèmes laissant entrer de l'air.
Assurez-vous qu'il y a de l'eau dans le circuit d'alimentation ou
que le robinet est ouvert.
Assurez-vous que le tuyau de vidange n'est pas plié (voir
INSTALLATION) programmez le lave-vaisselle de nouveau et
réinitialisez-le.
Après avoir complété la vérification et le nettoyage, éteignez
et rallumez le lave-vaisselle et redémarrez le programme.
Vérifiez que les paniers sont totalement insérés.
Poussez vigoureusement la porte pour entendre le
«claquement».
Vérifiez sur le tableau de programme si le programme
sélectionné comprend une phase de séchage.
Ajouter le liquide de rinçage ou ajuster les niveaux de dosage
supérieurs (voir REMPLIR LE DISTRIBUTEUR DE LIQUIDE DE
RINÇAGE).
La présence de gouttelettes d'eau est normale (voir Astuces).
Remplir le réservoir de sel (voir REMPLIR LE RÉSERVOIR DE SEL).
Augmentez les valeurs (voir TABLEAU DE DURETÉ DE L'EAU).
Vérifiez le bouchon du réservoir de sel.
Ajoutez du liquide de rinçage ou augmentez le niveau de
dosage .
Ajustez les taux de dosage à des valeurs inférieures.
signalétique adhésive du Service Après-vente apposée à
l'intérieur de la porte, à droite :
FRANÇAIS 43

Données techniques
Hauteur mm 820
Dimensions du
Largeur mm 598
produit (mm)
Profondeur mm 555
Tension V 220/240
Fréquence Hz 50
Classe de rendement énergétique E
Indice de performance de nettoyage 1,13
Indice de performance de séchage 1,07
Pression d'alimentation en eau, max Bar 10
Pression d'alimentation en eau, min Bar 0,5
Consommation d'énergie kWh/100 cycles 94
Performances
Alimentation en eau, température maximale d'eau
°C 70
en entrée.
Réglage du nombre de places 13
Consommation électrique en démarrage différé W 4
Consommation électrique en mode veille W 0,5
Consommation d'eau l/cycle 12
Niveau de bruit dB(A) re 1 pW 46
Classe de bruit C

Conseils pour la protection de l'environnement

Élimination des matériaux d'emballage Conseils pour économiser l'énergie
Les matériaux d'emballage sont entièrement recyclables comme Le programme Éco est adapté pour nettoyer de la vaisselle
l'indique le symbole de recyclage . Les différentes parties de normalement sale, et pour cette utilisation, il est le programme
l'emballage doivent donc être jetées de manière responsable le plus efficace en termes de consommation d'énergie et
et en totale conformité avec les réglementations des autorités d'eau combinée, et il est utilisé pour évaluer la conformité à la
locales régissant la mise au rebut des déchets. législation européenne en matière d'éco-conception.
Le chargement du lave-vaisselle jusqu'à la capacité indiquée
par le fabricant contribuera à économiser l’énergie et l'eau.
Mise au rebut des appareils électroménagers
Le prérinçage manuel de la vaisselle consomme davantage
Cet appareil est fabriqué à partir de matériaux entièrement
d'eau te d'énergie et n'est pas recommandé. Lorsque le lave-
recyclables ou pouvant être réutilisés. Mettez-le au rebut
vaisselle domestique est utilisé conformément aux instructions
en vous conformant aux réglementations locales en
du fabricant, le lavage de la vaisselle dans un lave-vaisselle
matière d’élimination des déchets. Pour toute information
consomme habituellement moins d'énergie et d'eau que la
supplémentaire sur le traitement et le recyclage des appareils
vaisselle à la main.
électroménagers, contactez le service local compétent, le
service de collecte des déchets ménagers ou le magasin où
vous avez acheté l’appareil. Cet appareil est marqué comme
étant conforme à la Directive européenne 2012/19/EU, aux
réglementations relatives aux Déchets d’équipement électrique
et électronique (DEEE) et relatives aux Déchets d’équipement
électrique et électronique de 2013 (tels qu’amendés). En vous
assurant que l’appareil est mis au rebut correctement, vous
pouvez aider à éviter d’éventuelles conséquences négatives sur
l’environnement et la santé humaine.
Le symbole sur le produit ou sur la documentation qui
l'accompagne indique qu'il ne doit pas être traité comme
un déchet domestique, mais doit être remis à un centre de
collecte spécialisé pour le recyclage des appareils électriques et
électroniques.
 FRANÇAIS 44
ENGLISH

ENGLISH
Installation
INSTALLATION
ATTENTION : Si l'appareil doit être déplacé à un moment ou Branchement électrique
ATTENTION: If the
un autre, appliance
gardez-le must bedebout
en position moved; siatc'est
any absolument
time, keep it ELECTRICAL
ATTENTION : Le CONNECTION
in an upright INSTALLATION
position;
nécessaire, if absolutely
il peut necessary,
être incliné it may be tilted onto
vers l'arrière. WARNING:
tuyau d'arrivée d'eau ne doit jamais être
Under no
coupé, il comprend descircumstances
pièces électrique should the water inlet
sous tension.
its back. hose
Avant be cut as it la
de brancher contains live
fiche dans electrical
la prise parts. assurez-
de courante,
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
Brancher l'alimentation d'eau
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
vous que :
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket,
the make
water sure
inlet that:
CONNECTINGLors
its THE WATER
de l'installation,
back. SUPPLY
le branchement de l'alimentation d'eau WARNING: Under no circumstances should
• La prise est mise à la terre et est conforme aux règlements
doit être effectué par un technicien qualifié. • The socket
hose
en be
vigueur; earth
cutisas and complies
it contains with current
live electrical parts. regulations;
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
Les tuyaux d'arrivée et de sortie d'eau peuvent être placés • La
•Before
The prise peut
inserting
socket the plugrésister
can into theàelectrical
withstand lathe
charge maximum
socket,
maximum loadde
make ofl'appareil
sure that:
the applian-
performedCONNECTING
by a qualified THE
vers la gauche ou la WATER
technician
droite dans le SUPPLY
but d'obtenir la meilleure qui est indiquée
The water inlet and outlet hoses may • ce
Theas shown
socket on thesur
is earth and lacomplies
data plaque signalétique
plate located on the
with current située à l'intérieur
inside
regulations;of the door
Adaptation
installation. of the water supply forbe positioned
installation towards
should the
only be dePRODUCT
la porte (voir DESCRIPTION DU PRODUIT).
right orperformed
the left in by order toleachieve the best possible • (see
The socket can DESCRIPTION).
withstand the maximum load of the applian-
Assurez-vous aque
qualified technician
lave-vaisselle ne plie pas ouinstallation.
n'écrase pas les • La tension de l'alimentation électrique se trouve entre
Make sureThe the dishwasher
water inlet and outlet does not bend
hoses may be orpositioned
squash the hoses.
towards the • The
ce aspower
shownsupply
on the voltage
data platefalls within
located onthe
thevalues indicated
inside of the door on
tuyaux. les valeurs indiquées sur la plaque signalétique située à
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation. the
(seedata plate on
PRODUCT the inside of the door.
DESCRIPTION).
l'intérieur de la.
Make sure lethetuyau
dishwasher doesd'eau
not bend or squash the hoses. •• The
The socket
power supply voltage falls
is compatible withwithin the values
the plug of theindicated
appliance. on
CONNECTINGBrancher THE WATER
d'arrivée INLET HOSE • La prise est compatible avec la fiche de l’appareil.
the data plate on the inside of the door.
• Faire couler l'eau jusqu'à ce qu'elle soit parfaitement claire. If this
Si ceisn'est
not the
pas case,
le cas,ask an authorised
demandez technician
à un technicien to replace
qualifié de the
• Run the water until it is perfectly clear. • The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
CONNECTING THE WATERenINLET
• Vissez le tuyau d'alimentation place etHOSE
ouvrez le robinet. plug (see AFTER-SALES
remplacer la fiche (voir leSERVICE). Do not use extension
SERVICE APRÈS-VENTE). N'utilisez nica-
• ScrewSi the inlet d'alimentation
hose tightly into position andlong,
turn on the tap. If this
• Runle tuyau n'est
the water until it is perfectly pas assez
clear. contactez un bles orismultiple
not ni
rallonge, themultiprise.
case, ask an
sockets. Une authorised
Once fois que
the technicianest
l'appareil
appliance to installé,
has replace the
been le
installed,
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension ca-
•magasin
Screw the spécialisé
inlet hose outightly
un technicien agréé.
into position and turn on the tap. the câble
power d'alimentation
supply cable électrique
and the et la prisesocket
electrical de courant doivent
should be easily
an authorised technician. bles or facilement
multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed,
IfLathe
pression
inlet d'eau
hose doitlong
is not êtreenough,
entre les valeurs
contact indiquéesstore
a specialist dansor être
accessible. accessible.
The water pressure
le tableau desmust
donnéesbe within the values
techniques - sinonindicated in the ne
le lave-vaisselle theLepower
câblesupply
ne doitcable
pas beand plié
être the electrical socket should be easily
oucompressed.
écrasé.
an authorised technician. The cable should not bent or
Technical Data accessible.
The watertable
fonctionnera - otherwise
pas
pressure must be the
bien. withindishwasher may be function
the values indicated in the IfTheSi le câble d'alimentation électrique est endommagé, demandé
thecable
power supply
should notcable is or
be bent damaged,
compressed. have it replaced by the
properly. Assurez-vous
Technical Dataque tablele-tuyau n'estthe
otherwise pasdishwasher
plié ou écrasé.
may be function au fabricant ou un Centre d'assistance technique de le
manufacturer
If the power supply or itscable
authorised Technical
is damaged, have Assistance
it replaced byService
the in
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
properly. remplacer pour éviter de possibles dangers.
Spécifications pourisle raccordement de l'eau
order to
manufacturerprevent all
or its potential
authorised hazards.
Technical Assistance Service in
L'entreprise décline toute responsabilité en cas d'incident si ces
Make sure the hose not bent or compressed.
orderCompany
The to preventshall
all potential
be hazards.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER règles ne sont pas not held responsible for any incidents, if
observées.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION
Alimentation d'eau OF THE
chaud ou froid WATER
(max. 60°C) theseCompany
The regulationsshallarenotnot
be held responsible for any incidents, if
observed.
these regulations are not observed.
WATERArrivée
SUPPLY d'eau
cold or hot (max. 60°C)
3/4” Positionnement et nivelage
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
WATER INTAKE 3/4” POSITIONING
1. Placez le lave-vaisselle
POSITIONING
ANDLEVELLING
LEVELLING
sur un plancher solide et au niveau.
WATER INTAKE
Puissance de la pression 3/4”
0,05 ÷ 1 MPa (0,5 ÷ 10 bars) Si le plancherAND est inégal, les supports avant de l'appareil
POWER OF WATER
d'eau 0.050.05
÷7,25
1 ÷MPa
–1145(0.5 ÷ 10
psi(0.5 bar) 1. Position
1. Position
peuvent
the dishwasher
the dishwasher
être ajustéson
on aatteindre
a level
pour
level sturdy
sturdy floo floo . If
. If the
la bonne
the floor
floor
position i i
POWER OF WATER MPa ÷ 10 bar)
PRESSURE
Pression 7.257.25
– 145 psipsi uneven,
uneven, the front
the frontSifeet
horizontale. feet of the appliance
of the appliance
l'appareil est bien nivelé, may bemay be adjusted
adjusted
il sera plusuntil until
stable et
PRESSURE – 145
itit reaches
reaches
moins enclin aahorizontal
horizontal position.
position.
à ce déplacer If
If the
ou the appliance
appliance
vibrer et faireisdu is levelled
levelled
bruit lors du
Tuyau d'alimentation : correctly,
correctly, ititwill
fonctionnement. willbe
bemoremore stable
stable and andmuchmuch lessless
likelylikely to move
to move or or
SUPPLY HOSE:HOSE:
SUPPLY
cause
cause
2. Avant vibrations
vibrations
d'encastrer andnoise
and lenoise while
while it isitoperating.
lave-vaisselle, iscollez
operating.
la pellicule adhésive
2.Before
2. Beforetransparente
recessing
recessingthe sous la tablettestick
thedishwasher,
dishwasher, destick
bois
the theafin de latransparent
adhesive
adhesive protéger de la
transparent
Brancher le tuyauTHE
CONNECTING de sortie
WATER d'eauOUTLET HOSE stripcondensation
under
underthe thewoodenqui pourrait
shelf se order
in order former.
to protect it from any con-
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE
Branchez le tuyau de sortie à un conduit de drainage qui a un
strip wooden shelf in to protect it from any con-
3. Placez which
densation le lave-vaisselle de façon à ce que les panneaux
ConnectConnect the outlet
the outlet hose hose to a drain
to a2 cm
drain duct with a minimum diameter densation whichmay mayform.
form.
diamètre d'au moins A. duct with a minimum diameter 3. Place latéraux ou le panneau
the dishwasher so thatarrière
its sides soient en contact
or back panel are avecin les
of 2 cm A. 3. Place the dishwasher so that itsCet sides or back
of 2 cm A. meubles
contact with the ou le mur adjacent.
adjacent cabinets or the appareil peutpanel
wall. This aussi are
appliance êtrein
contact
canencastré
with the adjacent
sous un comptoir.
also be recessed
cabinets
under a single worktop.
or the wall. This appliance
can alsoajuster
4. Pour be recessed la hauteurunderdu asupport
single arrière,
worktop. tournez la douille
4. To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
4. To hexagonale
adjust the rougeof
height située
the sur la
rear partie
foot, turn centrale
the inférieure
reddishwasher
hexagonal à
MAX 80 cm bushing on the lower central part at the front of the
bushingl'avanton duthelave-vaisselle
lower en utilisant
central unefront
clé hexagonale avec
MAX 80 cm using a hexagonal spanner withpart at the
an opening of 8 mm.of the dishwasher
Turn the
une ouverture de 8 mm. Tournez la clé dans le sens horaire
MIN 40 cm using
spanner a hexagonal
in a clockwise spanner
direction with an opening
to increase of 8 mm.
the height andTurnin the
pour le soulever et dans le sens antihoraire pour l'abaisser.
MIN 40 cm an anticlockwise
spanner in a clockwisedirectiondirection
to decrease it.
to increase the height and in
an anticlockwise
Dimensions direction to decrease it.
et capacité:
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
Largeur
DIMENSIONS 598 mm
AND CAPACITY:
Le raccord
The du tuyau
outlet hose de sortie
connection must doit
beêtre
at a àheight
une hauteur comprise
ranging from WIDTH 598 mm
40 to 80
entre 40cm from
et 80 cmthe
dufloor or surface
sol ou whereoù
de la surface thes'appuie
dishwasher rests
le lave- La taille
HEIGHT 820
820598 mm
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from WIDTH mmmm
Before connecting
vaisselle. Avant dethe water outlet
brancher hosedetosortie
le tuyau the sink drain,
d'eau remove
à l'évier,
40 to 80 cm
the from
plastic
enlevez the B.
le plug floor en
bouchon or plastique
surface where
B. the dishwasher rests Profondeur
DEPTH
HEIGHT 555
555820 mm
mmmm
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
CAPACITY
Capacité
DEPTH 13 555
standard
mm place-settings
13 couverts standard
the plastic plug B.anti-refoulement
ANTI-FLOODING
Dispositif PROTECTION
Dispositif anti-refoulement. Pour empêcher la survenue de CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
ANTI-FLOODING
refoulement,
is PROTECTION
provided withlealave-vaisselle
special systemest muniblocks
which d'un système
the waterspécial
supply qui
in
bloque l'alimentation d'eau en cas de problème ou de fuites à
the event of anomalies or leaks from
Anti-flooding protection.
l'intérieur To ensure
de l'appareil. floods doinside the appliance.
not occu , the dishwasher
Some
is provided models
with a are also
special equipped
system which withblocks
the supplementary
the water safetyin
supply
CertainNew
device modèles
Aqua sont
Stop,aussi
which munis du dispositif
guarantees de sécurité
anti-flooding protectio
the event of anomalies New
supplémentaire or leaks
Aqua from
Stop, inside the appliance.
qui garantit une protection
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Some models are also equipped
anti-refoulement dewith
en casshould the supplementary
rupture du inlet
tuyau safety
d'alimentation..
Under no circumstances the water hose be cut as it
New
device contains Aqua
Le modèle Stop,
dispose which
du guarantees
système
live electrical parts. de anti-flooding
protection d'eau protectio
Aquastop
even in Le thetuyau
eventd'arrivée
of a supply
d'eauhose rupture.
ne doit jamais être coupé, il comprend
Under no des pièces électrique
circumstances sous
should thetension.
water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
FRANÇAIS 45
GARANTIE IKEA (FRANCE)
CONTRAT DE GARANTIE ET DE SERVICE APRES-VENTE IKEA
Décret n° 87-1045 relatif à la présentation des écrits constatant
les contrats de garantie et de service après-vente (J.O.R.F. du 29
décembre 1987).
Préalablement à la signature du bon de commande, le vendeur
indiquera à l’acheteur les installations nécessaires pour assurer le
branchement de l’appareil selon les règles de l’art.
Numéros de modèle et de série (Reporter ici le numéro
d’identification porté sur l’étiquette code barre du produit)
Modèle :
N° de série :
Date d’achat (Reporter ici la date d’achat portée sur votre ticket de
caisse) :
Le vendeur est tenu de fournir une marchandise conforme à la
commande.
Livraison et mise en service
par le client (selon modalités définies et mentionnées sur la
facture d’achat ou le bon de commande).
Gratuite : non (tarif et modalités disponibles en magasin et
fournis au client au moment de la commande ou de l’achat).
Mise en service : non.
En cas de défauts apparents ou d’absence de notice d’emploi et
d’entretien, l’acheteur a intérêt à les faire constater par écrit par le
vendeur ou le livreur lors de l’enlèvement de la livraison ou de la
mise en service.
Garantie Légale (sans supplément de prix)
du défaut caché, le vendeur doit légalement en réparer toutes
les conséquences (art.1641 et suivants du Code Civil). Si l’acheteur
s’adresse aux tribunaux, il doit le faire dans un délai de deux ans
à compter de la découverte du défaut caché (art.1648 du Code
Civil).
Nota - En cas de recherche de solutions amiables préalablement
à toute action en justice, il est rappelé qu’elles n’interrompent
pas le délai de prescription. La réparation des conséquences
du défaut caché, lorsqu’il a été prouvé, comporte, selon la
jurisprudence:
• soit la réparation totalement gratuite de l’appareil, y compris
les frais de main-d’oeuvre et de déplacement au lieu de la
mise en service ;
• soit son remplacement ou le remboursement total ou
partiel de son prix au cas où l’appareil serait totalement ou
partiellement inutilisable ;
• et I’indemnisation du dommage éventuellement causé aux
personnes ou aux biens par le défaut de l’appareil.
La garantie légale due par le vendeur n’exclut en rien la garantie
légale due par le constructeur.
Litiges éventuels
En cas de difficulté vous avez la possibilité, avant toute action
en justice, de rechercher une solution amiable, notamment avec
l’aide:
d’une association de consommateurs ;
ou d’une organisation professionnelle de la branche;
ou de tout autre conseil de votre choix.
Il est rappelé que la recherche d’une solution amiable
n’interrompt pas le délai de deux ans de l’art.1648 du Code Civil.
Il est aussi rappelé qu’en règle générale et sous réserve de
l’appréciation des tribunaux, le respect des dispositions de la
présente garantie contractuelle suppose :
• Que l’acheteur honore ses engagements financiers envers le
vendeur;
• Que l’acheteur utilise l’appareil de façon normale; (*)
• Que pour les opérations nécessitant une haute technicité
aucun tiers non agréé par le vendeur ou le constructeur
n’intervienne pour réparation sur l’appareil (sauf cas de force
majeure ou carence prolongée du vendeur).
(*) Voir la notice d’emploi et d’entretien et les conditions
d’application de la garantie contractuelle
Garantie contractuelle IKEA
PRIX : rien à payer en sus.
DUREE : 5 (cinq) ans.
POINT DE DEPART : à compter de la date d’achat chez IKEA.
RÉPARATION DE L’APPAREIL :
• remplacement des pièces, main-d’oeuvre, déplacement,
transport des pièces ou de l’appareil : oui
• garantie des pièces remplacées : non
• délai d’intervention : fonction du type de réparation et porté à
la connaissance de l’acheteur avant intervention.
REMPLACEMENT OU REMBOURSEMENT DE L’APPAREIL (en cas
d’impossibilité de réparation reconnue par le vendeur et le
constructeur) : oui
Pour mettre en oeuvre le service après-vente en cas de panne
couverte par la garantie contractuelle, ou pour obtenir des
informations techniques pour la mise en service ou le bon
fonctionnement de l’appareil, contacter IKEA au numéro de
téléphone respectif, suivant le pays, indiqué à la fin de cette
notice et correspondant à votre appareil.
Conservez votre preuve d’achat avec le document de garantie, ils
vous seront nécessaires pour la mise en oeuvre de la garantie.
CONDITIONS DE GARANTIE CONTRACTUELLE IKEA
Quelle est la durée de validité de la garantie ?
La présente garantie est valable cinq ans à compter de la date
d’achat chez IKEA d’un appareil électroménager de l’assortiment
cuisines.
L’original du ticket de caisse, de la facture ou du bon de livraison
en cas de vente à distance sera exigé comme preuve de l’achat.
Conservez-le dans un endroit sûr.
La réparation ou le remplacement du produit défectueux
n’a pas pour conséquence de prolonger la durée initiale de
garantie. Toutefois, conformément à l’art. L.211-16 du Code de la
Consommation, toute période d’immobilisation du produit, pour
une remise en état couverte par la garantie, d’au moins sept jours
vient s’ajouter à la durée de la garantie qui restait à courir à la
date de la demande d’intervention du consommateur ou de la
mise à disposition pour réparation du bien en cause, si cette mise
à disposition est postérieure à la demande d’intervention.
Qui est couvert par la garantie ?
La présente garantie concerne l’acheteur agissant en qualité de
consommateur à compter de la date d’achat du produit.
Qui exécutera les prestations dans le cadre de la garantie ?
Le prestataire de services désigné par IKEA fournira l’assistance
de son réseau de réparateurs agréés pour vous servir dans le
cadre de cette garantie. Pour la mise en oeuvre, veuillez vous
reporter à la rubrique «Comment nous joindre ».
Que couvre cette garantie ?
La présente garantie IKEA couvre les défauts de construction et
de fabrication susceptibles de nuire à une utilisation normale,
à compter de la date d’achat chez IKEA par le client. Elle ne
s’applique que dans le cadre d’un usage domestique.
Les exclusions sont reprises dans la section “Qu’est-ce qui n’est
pas couvert dans le cadre de cette garantie ?”
Les présentes conditions de garantie couvrent les frais de
réparation, de pièces de rechange, de main d’oeuvre et de
déplacement du personnel à domicile pendant une période
de cinq (5) ans, à compter de la date d’achat chez IKEA, sous
réserve que les défauts soient couverts et à condition que
l’appareil soit disponible pour réparation sans occasionner de
dépenses spéciales. Voir aussi “Rappel des dispositions légales”.
Les pièces remplacées deviennent la propriété de IKEA. Ces
dispositions ne s’appliquent pas aux réparations effectuées sans
autorisation du prestataire de services IKEA.
Que ferons-nous pour remédier au problème ?
Dans le cadre de cette garantie, le prestataire de service désigné
par IKEA, examinera le produit. Si après vérification, et hormis
mise en oeuvre de la garantie légale, il est reconnu que votre
réclamation est couverte par la présente garantie contractuelle,
il sera procédé à la réparation du produit défectueux, ou en
cas d’impossibilité de réparation, à son remplacement par
FRANÇAIS 46
le même article ou par un article de qualité et de technicité
comparable. Compte tenu des évolutions technologiques,
l’article de remplacement de qualité équivalente peut être d’un
prix inférieur au modèle acheté.
Si aucun article équivalent n’est disponible, et en cas
d’impossibilité totale ou partielle de réparation reconnue par
le prestataire de IKEA ou son représentant agréé, sous réserve
que les conditions d’application de la garantie soient remplies,
IKEA procèdera au remboursement total ou partiel de l’appareil
reconnu défectueux.
Le prestataire de service désigné par IKEA s’engage à tout
mettre en oeuvre pour apporter une solution rapide et
satisfaisante dans le cadre de cette garantie mais ni IKEA, ni
le prestataire ne sauraient être tenus pour responsables des
cas de forces majeurs, tels que définis par la jurisprudence,
susceptibles d’empêcher l’application correcte de la garantie.
Qu’est-ce qui n’est pas couvert dans le cadre de la présente
garantie ?
L’usure normale et graduelle inhérente aux appareils
électroménagers, compte tenu de la durée de vie et du
comportement communément admis pour des produits
semblables.
Les dommages engageant la responsabilité d’un tiers ou
résultant d’une faute intentionnelle ou dolosive.
Les dommages résultant du non respect des consignes
d’utilisation, d’une mauvaise installation non conforme aux
instructions du fabricant et/ou aux règles de l’art, notamment
en matière de raccordement au réseau électrique, ou aux
arrivées d’eau ou de gaz qui requièrent l’intervention d’un
professionnel qualifié.
Les dommages tels que, entre autres, le vol, la chute ou le choc
d’un objet, l’incendie, la décoloration à la lumière, les brûlures,
l’humidité ou la chaleur sèche excessive ou toute autre condition
environnementale anormale, les coupures, les éraflures,
toute imprégnation par un liquide, les réactions chimiques ou
électrochimiques, la rouille, la corrosion, ou un dégât des eaux
résultant entre autres, d’un taux de calcaire trop élevé dans l’eau
d’approvisionnement.
Les pièces d’usure normale dites pièces consommables, comme
par exemple les piles, les ampoules, les filtres, les joints, tuyaux
de vidange, etc. qui nécessitent un remplacement régulier pour
le fonctionnement normal de l’appareil.
Les dommages aux éléments non fonctionnels et décoratifs
qui n’affectent pas l’usage normal de l’appareil, notamment les
rayures, coupures, éraflures, décoloration.
Les dommages accidentels causés par des corps ou substances
étrangers et par le nettoyage et déblocage des filtres, systèmes
d’évacuation ou compartiments pour détergent.
Les dommages causés aux pièces suivantes : verre céramique,
accessoires, paniers à vaisselle et à couverts, tuyaux
d’alimentation et d’évacuation, joints, lampes et protections
de lampes, écrans, boutons et poignées, chassis et parties de
chassis.
Les frais de transport de l’appareil, de déplacement du
réparateur et de main-d’oeuvre relatif à un dommage non
garanti ou non constaté par le réparateur agréé.
Les réparations effectuées par un prestataire de service et /
ou un partenaire non agréés, ou en cas d’utilisation de pièces
autres que des pièces d’origine, toute réparation de fortune ou
provisoire restant à la charge du client qui supporterait en outre,
les conséquences de l’aggravation éventuelle du dommage en
résultant.
L’utilisation en environnement non domestique, par exemple
usage professionnel ou collectif, ou dans un lieu public.
Les dommages liés au transport lorsque l’appareil est emporté
par le client lui-même ou un prestataire de transport qu’il a
lui-même désigné. Lorsque l’appareil est livré par IKEA, les
dommages résultant du transport seront pris en charge par
IKEA. Le client doit vérifier ses colis et porter IMPERATIVEMENT
sur le bon de livraison des RESERVES PRECISES : indication du
nombre de colis manquants et/ou endommagés, et description
détaillée du dommage éventuel (emballage ouvert ou déchiré,
produit détérioré ou manquant, etc.)
Les coûts d’installation initiaux. Toutefois, si le prestataire de
service ou son partenaire agréé procède à une réparation ou
un remplacement d’appareil selon les termes de la présente
garantie, le prestataire de service ou son partenaire agréé ré-
installeront le cas échéant l’appareil réparé ou remplacé.
La garantie reste toutefois applicable aux appareils ayant fait
l’objet d’une adaptation dans le respect des rêgles de l’art par
un spécialiste qualifié avec des pièces d’origine du fabricant
pour une mise en conformité de l’appareil aux spécifications
techniques d’un autre pays membre de l’Union Européenne.
Rappel des dispositions légales :
Le fabricant s’engage à garantir la conformité des biens au
contrat ainsi que les éventuels vices cachés, conformément
aux dispositions légales figurant ci-après, sans que cela ne
fasse obstacle à la mise en oeuvre de la garantie commerciale
ci-dessus consentie lorsque celle-ci est plus étendue que la
garantie légale.
« Garantie légale de conformité » (extrait du code de la
consommation)
• Art. L. 211-4. « Le vendeur est tenu de livrer un bien
conforme au contrat et répond des défauts de conformité
existant lors de la délivrance. Il répond également des
défauts de conformité résultant de l’emballage, des
instructions de montage ou de l’installation lorsque celle-ci a
été mise à sa charge par le contrat ou a été réalisée sous sa
responsabilité. »
• Art. L. 211-12. « L’action résultant du défaut de conformité se
prescrit par deux ans à compter de la délivrance du bien. »
• Art. L. 211-5. « Pour être conforme au contrat, le bien doit :
1° Etre propre à l’usage habituellement attendu d’un bien
semblable et, le cas échéant :
- correspondre à la description donnée par le vendeur et
posséder les qualités que celui-ci a présentées à l’acheteur
sous forme d’échantillon ou de modèle ;
- présenter les qualités qu’un acheteur peut légitimement
attendre eu égard aux déclarations publiques faites par
le vendeur, par le producteur ou par son représentant,
notamment dans la publicité ou l’étiquetage ;
- 2° Ou présenter les caractéristiques définies d’un commun
accord par les parties ou être propre à tout usage spécial
recherché par l’acheteur, porté à la connaissance du vendeur
et que ce dernier a accepté. »
« De la garantie des défauts de la chose vendue » (extrait du
code civil)
• Art. 1641. « Le vendeur est tenu de la garantie à raison des
défauts cachés de la chose vendue qui la rendent impropre à
l’usage auquel on la destine, ou qui diminuent tellement cet
usage, que l’acheteur ne l’aurait pas acquise, ou n’en aurait
donné qu’un moindre prix, s’il les avait connus. »
• Art. 1648 (1er alinéa). « L’action résultant des vices
rédhibitoires doit être intentée par l’acquéreur dans un délai
de deux ans à compter de la découverte du vice »
Où s’applique la présente garantie ?
Sous réserve de conformité aux spécifications techniques
et réglementations applicables et propres à chaque pays le
cas échéant, les garanties pourront être exercées auprès de
l’organisation IKEA locale du pays où le produit est utilisé sur
tout le territoire de l’Union Européenne (hors DOM et TOM).
Les conditions de garantie, étendues et limites, sont celles
applicables sur le marché local. Il est recommandé de se les
procurer auprès de l’organisation IKEA locale.
Le centre de réparation et d’entretien agréé applicable à vos
appareils électroménagers IKEA :
N’hésitez pas à contacter le prestataire de Service Après-Vente
désigné par IKEA pour:
1. requérir la mise en oeuvre du service dans le cadre de cette
garantie contractuelle.
2. obtenir des conseils pour l’installation de l’appareil IKEA
dans un meuble de cuisine IKEA prévu à cet effet.
3. obtenir des informations pour le bon fonctionnement de
l’appareil.
Pour pouvoir vous apporter la meilleure assistance, assurez-
vous d’avoir lu attentivement les instructions de montage et/ou
le manuel de l’utilisateur avant de nous contacter.
FRANÇAIS 47
Comment nous joindre pour la mise en oeuvre de la
présente garantie ?
Dans le but de vous fournir un service rapide, veuillez
utiliser le numéro de téléphone spécifique à votre
pays indiqué dans le manuel. Veuillez toujours vous
reporter aux numéros énoncés dans le livret fourni
spécifiquement avec l’appareil IKEA pour lequel vous avez
besoin d’assistance. Avant de nous appeler, assurez vous
de disposer de la référence IKEA (code à 8 chiffres) et du
numéro de service (code à 12 chiffres) que vous trouverez
sur la plaque d’identification apposée sur l’appareil.
GARANTIE IKEA (BELGIQUE)
Quelle est la durée de validité de la garantie IKEA?
Cette garantie est valable cinq ans à compter de la date d’achat
de votre appareil chez IKEA. La preuve d’achat originale est
requise. Les réparations, effectuées sous garantie ne prolongent
pas la période de garantie de l’appareil.
Qui effectuera la réparation ?
Le réparateur agréé IKEA se chargera de la réparation par le biais
de son propre réseau ou du réseau de partenaires autorisés.
Que couvre la garantie ?
La garantie couvre les défauts de l’appareil, dus à des vices
de matière ou de fabrication, à partir de la date d’achat chez
IKEA. Cette garantie ne s’applique que dans le cas d’un usage
domestique. Les exceptions sont spécifiées à la rubrique “Qu’est-
ce qui n’est pas couvert par cette garantie ?” Pendant la période
de garantie, les coûts engagés pour remédier au problème,
par exemple les réparations, les pièces, la main-d’oeuvre et les
déplacements sont pris en charge à condition que l’appareil soit
accessible à des fins de réparation sans dépenses particulières.
La directive UE (N° 99/44/CE) et les règlementations locales
respectives s’appliquent à ces conditions. Les pièces remplacées
deviendront propriété d’IKEA.
Que fera IKEA pour régler le problème ?
Le réparateur désigné par IKEA examinera le produit et décidera,
à sa seule discrétion, s’il est couvert par cette garantie. Si le
réparateur estime que le produit est couvert, celui-ci, ou un
partenaire autorisé, soit réparera le produit défectueux, soit le
remplacera par un produit identique ou comparable, à sa seule
discrétion..
Qu’est-ce qui n’est pas couvert par cette garantie?
• L’usure normale.
• Les dommages occasionnés sciemment ou par négligence,
les dommages résultant du non-respect des instructions
d’utilisation, d’une installation inadéquate ou d’une
alimentation électrique inadéquate, les dommages causés
par des réactions chimiques ou électrochimiques, la rouille,
la corrosion ou un dégât des eaux, y compris, notamment,
les dommages causés par un excès de calcaire dans l’eau, les
dommages causés par des conditions environnementales
anormales.
• Les consommables, y compris les ampoules et les piles.
• Les éléments non fonctionnels et décoratifs qui n’affectent
pas l’usage normal de l’appareil, y compris les griffes et les
éventuelles différences de couleur.
• Les dommages accidentels causés par des corps étrangers
ou des substances, et le nettoyage et le débouchage des
filtres, les systèmes de vidange ou les compartiments à
savon.
• Les dommages occasionnés aux éléments suivants :
vitrocéramique, accessoires, paniers à vaisselle et à couverts,
tuyaux d’alimentation et de vidange, joints, ampoules et
diffuseurs, écrans, boutons, revêtements et parties de
revêtements, sauf s’il est prouvé que ces dommages sont dus
à des vices de fabrication.
CONSERVEZ IMPERATIVEMENT L’ORIGINAL DE VOTRE
TICKET DE CAISSE, FACTURE OU BON DE LIVRAISON AVEC
LE LIVRET DE GARANTIE !
Ils vous seront nécessaires comme preuve de l’achat pour
vous permettre de bénéficier de la présente garantie. Vous
y retrouverez notamment la désignation et la référence
IKEA (code à 8 chiffres) de chaque appareil acheté.
Besoin d’aide supplémentaire ?
Si vous avez des questions supplémentaires sur les conditions
d’application des garanties IKEA (étendues et limites, produits
couverts), adressez-vous à votre magasin IKEA le plus proche.
Adresse et horaires sur le site www.IKEA.fr, dans le catalogue IKEA
ou par téléphone au 0825 10 3000 (0,15 €/mn).
• Les cas où aucun défaut n’est constaté par le technicien.
• Les réparations qui ne sont pas effectuées par nos
réparateurs désignés et/ou un partenaire contractuel
autorisé ou lorsque des pièces qui ne sont pas d’origine ont
été utilisées.
• Les réparations consécutives à une installation inadéquate
ou pas conforme aux spécifications.
• L’utilisation de l’appareil dans un environnement non
domestique, (p.ex. professionnel).
• Les dommages occasionnés par ou durant le transport.
Si un client transporte personnellement le produit jusqu’à
son domicile ou une autre adresse, IKEA décline toute
responsabilité en cas de dommages pendant le transport.
Si IKEA livre le produit à l’adresse de livraison indiquée par
le client, tout éventuel dommage se produisant en cours de
livraison sera couvert par IKEA.
• Les frais liés à l’installation initiale de l’appareil IKEA. Si un
prestataire de service IKEA ou un partenaire contractuel
autorisé répare ou remplace l’appareil conformément à la
présente garantie, le prestataire de services ou le partenaire
agréé autorisé réinstallera l’appareil réparé ou installera
l’appareil de remplacement, le cas échéant.
Ces restrictions ne s’appliquent pas aux interventions correctes
d’un spécialiste qualifié utilisant nos pièces d’origine afin d’adapter
l’appareil aux spécifications techniques de sécurité d’un autre pays
européen.
Loi nationale applicable
La garantie IKEA vous donne des droits légaux spécifiques, qui
couvrent ou dépassent toutes les exigences légales locales.
Cependant, ces conditions ne limitent en aucun cas les droits des
consommateurs décrits dans la législation locale.
Zone de validité
Pour les appareils achetés dans un pays européen et
transportés dans un autre pays européen, les interventions
seront effectuées dans le cadre des conditions de garantie
normales dans le nouveau pays.
L’obligation de réparation dans le cadre de la garantie n’est
effective que si l’appareil est conforme et installé conformément
aux :
- spécifications techniques du pays dans lequel la demande
d’intervention sous garantie est introduite ;
- instructions de montage et aux informations relatives aux
consignes de sécurité figurant dans le manuel d’utilisation.
Centre d’entretien et de réparation agréé exclusif pour
appareils IKEA
N’hésitez pas à contacter un centre d’entretien et de réparation
agréé IKEA pour :
• Faire une demande d’intervention sous garantie.
• Demander des précisions au sujet de l’installation des
appareils IKEA dans les meubles de cuisine IKEA.
• Demander des précisions au sujet des fonctions des
appareils IKEA.
FRANÇAIS 48
Afin de vous garantir la meilleure assistance possible, nous vous
prions de lire attentivement les instructions d’assemblage et le CONSERVEZ VOTRE PREUVE D’ACHAT !
mode d’emploi avant de nous contacter. La preuve de votre achat est nécessaire pour l’application de
Comment nous joindre en cas de besoin la garantie. Le nom et le numéro d’article (code à 8 chiffres)
IKEA de chaque appareil acheté figurent également sur la
preuve d’achat.
Consultez la dernière
page de ce manuel pour la Besoin d’une assistance supplémentaire ?
liste complète des centre Pour toute autre questions en dehors du service après-vente
d’entretien et de réparation de vos appareils, contactez le call center de votre magasin
agréés IKEA avec leur IKEA. Nous vous recommandons de lire attentivement toute la
numéro de téléphone documentation fournie avec l’appareil avant de nous contacter.
respectifs.

Afin de mieux vous servir, nous vous conseillons

d’utiliser les numéros de téléphone spécifiques repris
dans le mode d’emploi. Sur base des numéros repris
dans le livret, mentionnez toujours les références de
l’appareil pour lequel vous demandez assistance. Ayez
toujours à disposition le numéro d’article IKEA (il s’agit
d’un numéro composé de 8 chiffres) ainsi que le code
service composé de 12 chiffres que vous trouverez sur
la plaque signalétique de votre appareil.
IT
ITALIANO
Indice
Informazioni sulla sicurezza 49
Descrizione del prodotto 52
Pannello comandi 52
Primo utilizzo 52
Caricamento dei cestelli 54
Utilizzo quotidiano 55
Funzioni 55
Informazioni sulla sicurezza
Prima di utilizzare l’apparecchio, leggere le
seguenti norme di sicurezza. Conservarle
per eventuali consultazioni successive.
Queste istruzioni e l’apparecchio sono
corredati da importanti avvertenze di
sicurezza, da leggere e osservare sempre. Il
fabbricante declina qualsiasi responsabilità
che derivi dalla mancata osservanza
delle presenti istruzioni di sicurezza, da
usi impropri dell’apparecchio o da errate
impostazioni dei comandi.
Tenere l’apparecchio fuori dalla portata
dei bambini di età inferiore a 3 anni. Tenere
i bambini di età inferiore agli 8 anni a debita
distanza dall’apparecchio, a meno che non
siano costantemente sorvegliati. I bambini
di età superiore agli 8 anni, le persone con
ridotte capacità fisiche, sensoriali o mentali
e le persone che non abbiano esperienza
o conoscenza dell’apparecchio potranno
utilizzarlo solo sotto sorveglianza, o quando
siano state istruite sull’utilizzo sicuro
dell’apparecchio e siano consapevoli dei
rischi del suo utilizzo. Vietare ai bambini di
giocare con l’apparecchio. I bambini non
devono eseguire operazioni di pulizia e
manutenzione dell’apparecchio senza la
sorveglianza di un adulto.
USO CONSENTITO
ATTENZIONE: l’apparecchio non è
destinato ad essere messo in funzione
mediante un interruttore esterno, come
temporizzatori o sistemi di comando a
distanza separati.
L’apparecchio è destinato all’uso
domestico e ad applicazioni analoghe, quali:
aree di cucina per il personale di negozi,
uffici e altri contesti lavorativi; agriturismi;
camere di hotel, motel, bed & breakfast e
altri ambienti residenziali.
49
Pulizia e manutenzione 57
Cosa fare se... 58
Servizio Assistenza Tecnica 59
Dati tecnici 60
Consigli per la salvaguardia dell'ambiente 60
Installazione 61
GARANZIA IKEA 62
Questo apparecchio non è destinato ad
applicazioni professionali. Non utilizzare
l’apparecchio all’aperto.
Il numero massimo di coperti è indicato
nella scheda del prodotto.
La porta non deve essere lasciata aperta,
perché in questa posizione può creare un
pericolo di inciampo. La porta aperta può
sostenere solo il carico del cestello estratto,
stoviglie comprese. Non utilizzare la porta
come base di appoggio e non sedersi né
salire sulla stessa.
AVVERTENZA: I detersivi per lavastoviglie
sono fortemente alcalini. In caso di
ingestione possono essere estremamente
pericolosi. Evitare il contatto con la pelle
e gli occhi e tenere i bambini lontani dalla
lavastoviglie quando la porta è aperta. Al
termine del ciclo di lavaggio, controllare che
la vaschetta del detersivo sia vuota.
AVVERTENZA: Coltelli e altri utensili
appuntiti devono essere caricati nel cestello
con la punta verso il basso, o devono essere
disposti in posizione orizzontale per evitare
il rischio di tagli.
Non conservare sostanze esplosive
oppure infiammabili (ad es. taniche di
benzina o bombolette spray) all’interno
o in prossimità dell’apparecchio, per
evitare il pericolo di incendi. L’apparecchio
deve essere usato solo per il lavaggio di
stoviglie in ambienti domestici secondo
le istruzioni del presente manuale.
L’acqua nella lavastoviglie non è potabile.
Usare solo detersivi e additivi indicati
per lavastoviglie automatiche. Quando
si aggiunge l’addolcitore (sale), eseguire
subito un ciclo di lavaggio ad apparecchio
vuoto per evitare rischi di corrosione alle
parti interne. Conservare il detersivo, il
ITALIANO 50
brillantante e il sale rigenerante fuori dalla
portata dei bambini. Prima di eseguire gli
interventi di assistenza e manutenzione,
chiudere il rubinetto dell’acqua e staccare
l’apparecchio dalla rete elettrica. In caso
di malfunzionamento, l’apparecchio deve
essere scollegato dalla rete elettrica e dalla
rete idraulica.
INSTALLAZIONE
Per evitare il rischio di lesioni personali,
l’apparecchio deve essere movimentato
e installato da due o più persone. Per le
operazioni di disimballaggio e installazione
utilizzare i guanti protettivi per non
procurarsi tagli.
Le operazioni di installazione, compresi
gli eventuali allacci alla rete idrica e i
collegamenti elettrici, e gli interventi di
riparazione devono essere eseguiti da
personale qualificato. Non riparare o
sostituire qualsiasi parte dell’apparecchio se
non espressamente richiesto nel manuale
d’uso. Tenere i bambini a distanza dal luogo
dell’installazione. Dopo aver disimballato
l’apparecchio, assicurarsi che non sia stato
danneggiato durante il trasporto. In caso
di problemi, contattare il rivenditore o il
Servizio Assistenza Tecnica. A installazione
completata, conservare il materiale di
imballaggio (parti in plastica, polistirolo,
ecc.) fuori della portata dei bambini per
evitare potenziali rischi di soffocamento.
Prima di procedere all’installazione,
scollegare l’apparecchio dalla rete elettrica
per non correre il rischio di scosse
elettriche. Per evitare il rischio di incendio
o di folgorazione, durante l’installazione
assicurarsi che l’apparecchio non danneggi il
cavo di alimentazione. Attivare l’apparecchio
solo dopo avere completato la procedura di
installazione.
Per collegare la lavastoviglie alla rete
dell’acqua, usare solo tubi nuovi. I tubi
vecchi non devono essere riutilizzati.
Tutti i tubi devono essere collegati
saldamente per evitare che si scolleghino
durante il funzionamento.
È necessario adempiere alle normative
dell’ente erogatore dell’acqua potabile
locale. Pressione di alimentazione
dell’acqua: 0,05 - 1,0 MPa.
L’apparecchio deve essere installato contro
una parete o all’interno di un mobile per
limitare l’accesso al suo lato posteriore.
Per le lavastoviglie dotate di aperture di
ventilazione nella base, si raccomanda di
non ostruire le aperture con un tappeto.
Se la lavastoviglie viene installata come
modulo terminale lasciando accessibile
il pannello laterale, la zona delle cerniere
deve essere rivestita per evitare il rischio di
lesioni.
La temperatura dell’acqua di carico dipende
dal modello di lavastoviglie. Se il tubo di
carico installato presenta la marcatura
“25°C max”, la temperatura dell’acqua
massima consentita è di 25°C. Per tutti
gli altri modelli, la temperatura dell’acqua
massima consentita è di 60°C. Non tagliare
i tubi e in presenza di un apparecchio
dotato del sistema di arresto dell’acqua non
immergere in acqua la scatola di plastica
del tubo di allacciamento. Se i flessibili non
sono sufficientemente lunghi, rivolgersi
a un rivenditore specializzato locale.
Assicurarsi che i tubi di alimentazione e
scarico acqua non presentino pieghe o
strozzature. Prima di mettere in funzione
l’apparecchio la prima volta, verificare la
tenuta dei tubi di mandata e di scarico.
Controllare che i quattro piedini siano
bene in appoggio e stabili sul pavimento,
se necessario regolarli, e controllare che
la lavastoviglie sia perfettamente in piano
usando una livella a bolla d’aria.
Per evitare il rischio di lesioni personali,
si raccomanda di utilizzare l’apparecchio
solo dopo avere montato correttamente i
pannelli illustrati nella figura 19 del manuale
di installazione.
AVVERTENZE ELETTRICHE
La targhetta matricola si trova sulla porta
della lavastoviglie (visibile a porta aperta).
Deve essere possibile scollegare
l’apparecchio dalla rete elettrica
disinserendo la spina, se questa è
accessibile, o tramite un interruttore
multipolare installato a monte della presa
nel rispetto dei regolamenti elettrici vigenti;
inoltre, l’apparecchio deve essere messo a
terra in conformità alle norme di sicurezza
elettrica nazionali.
ITALIANO 51
Non utilizzare cavi di prolunga, prese
multiple o adattatori. Una volta terminata
l’installazione, i componenti elettrici non
devono più essere accessibili. Non utilizzare
l’apparecchio quando si è bagnati oppure
a piedi nudi. Non accendere l’apparecchio
se il cavo di alimentazione o la spina sono
danneggiati, se si osservano anomalie di
funzionamento o se l’apparecchio è caduto
o è stato danneggiato.
Se il cavo di alimentazione è
danneggiato, deve essere sostituito con
uno identico dal produttore, da un centro
di assistenza autorizzato o da un tecnico
qualificato per evitare situazioni di pericolo.
Se la spina fornita in dotazione non è adatta
alla propria presa, contattare un tecnico
qualificato.
Evitare di tirare il cavo di alimentazione.
Non immergere il cavo di alimentazione
o la spina nell’acqua. Tenere il cavo di
alimentazione lontano dalle superfici calde.
PULIZIA E MANUTENZIONE
AVVERTENZA: Per evitare rischi
di folgorazione, prima di qualsiasi
intervento di manutenzione accertarsi
che l’apparecchio sia spento e scollegato
dall’alimentazione elettrica. Per evitare il
rischio di lesioni personali, utilizzare guanti
protettivi (rischio di lacerazione) e scarpe di
sicurezza (rischio di contusione); assicurarsi
che qualsiasi movimentazione sia eseguita
da due persone (ridurre il carico); mai
utilizzare pulitrici a getto di vapore
(rischio di scosse elettriche). Le riparazioni
non professionali e non autorizzate dal
produttore potrebbero comportare un
rischio per la salute e la sicurezza, per il
quale il produttore non può essere ritenuto
responsabile. Qualsiasi difetto o danno
causato da riparazioni o interventi di
manutenzione non professionali non sarà
coperto dalla garanzia, i cui termini sono
descritti nel documento consegnato con
l’unità.
 ENGLISH 7
ITALIANO 52
Product description
Descrizione del prodotto
1
1 Cestello superiore
1 1. Upper rack
7 2 Sponde ribaltabili
7 2 2 2. � � � � � � �
3 Regolatore altezza cestello superiore
3. Upper rack height adjuster
8
8 4 Aspersore superiore 4. Upper sprayer arm
5 Cestello inferiore
3 2 5. Lower rack
6 Cestello portaposate6. Cutlery basket
9
4 3
7 Aspersore inferiore 7. Lower sprayer arm
5 8 Gruppo filtro 8. Filter Assembly
6 4
9 Distributore del sale 9. Salt reservoir
9 10. Detergent
10 Distributori per detersivo and Rinse Aid dispensers
e brillantante
Service:
11 10
11 Pannello comandi
5 11. Rating plate
12. Control panel
0000 000 00000

6
12
11

10

Pannello comandi

11 1
1
2 3
2
4 5
3
6 7
4 5 6

h h
3sec 50° 55° 65° 50° 65° 65° 7 PROGRAMS

3sec 50° 55° 65° 50° 65° 6

Control panel 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11
7

description h e relativa spia

1 Tasto Accensione-Spegnimento/Ripristino 7 Display
2 Tasto di selezione programmi 8 Spia di mezzo
3seccarico
3 Spia di riempimento sale 1 9 Tasto Mezzo carico
4 Spia di riempimento brillantante 1. Upper rack 10 Tasto Avvio ritardato
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 82. 9 10 11
5 programma e indicatore di durata del ritardo 2 � � � � � � �11
Tasto AVVIO/Pausa con spia / Pastiglie
3. Upper rack height adjuster
6
1. Spia pastiglie button with indicator light
On-Off/Reset
4. Upper sprayer 7.arm Display
2. Program selection button 5. Lower rack 8. Half Load indicator light
3. Salt refill indicator ligh 6. Cutlery basket9. Half Load button
4. Rinse Aid refill indicator ligh 3 7. Lower sprayer 10.
arm Delay button
5. Program number and delay time indicator 8. Filter Assembly
11. START/Pause button with indicator light / Tab
6. Tablet indicator light 4 9. Salt reservoir
10. Detergent and Rinse Aid dispensers
5 11. Rating plate
Primo utilizzo
First use 12. Control panel
6
ADVICE REGARDING
Suggerimento THE FIRST TIME USE
per il primo utilizzo 1. Togliere il cestello inferiore e svitare
1. Remove the lower rack and
DopoAfter
averinstallation,
completatoremove
l'installazione, togliere
the stoppers i fermi
from 10
dai cestelli
the racks and the il tappo del serbatoio (ruotare in
unscrew the reservoir cap
e gli elementi
retaining elastici di ritegnofrom
elastic elements dal cestello
the uppersuperiore
rack. senso antiorario).
2. (anticlockwise).
Solo la prima volta: riempire
FILLING del
Riempimento THE SALT RESERVOIR
serbatoio del sale 2. Only the first
d'acqua time you do
il serbatoio delthis:
sale.fill
L'usoThedi sale
usepreviene la formazione
of salt prevents di CALCARE
the formation sulla superficie
of LIMESCALE on the 3. the salt reservoir
Sistemare with water.
opportunamente
dei piatti e sui componenti della macchina. 3. Position
l'imbuto the funnelfigura)
(vedere (see figure)
e riempire il
dishes andon the machine’s functional components.
• È indispensabile che IL SERBATOIO DEL SALE NON SIA MAI and fill the salt
serbatoio del reservoir right up(circa
sale fino all'orlo
• It is important that the salt reservoir be never empty.
VUOTO. to1itskg);edge
Non(approximately
è inconsueto che 1 kg);
l'acqua
• It is important
• È essenziale quindi toche
set ilthe water
livello di hardness.
durezza dell'acqua sia stato it trabocchi
is not unusual for a little water to
leggermente.
The salt reservoir is located in the lower part of the
impostato. 4. leak out. l'imbuto ed eliminare
Togliere
panel dishwasher
Il serbatoio (seeè situato
del sale PRODUCT nellaDESCRIPTION) and should be
parte inferiore della 4. Remove
qualsiasi the funnel di
residuo andsalewipe any
dall'area
filled when
lavastoviglie the SALT
(vedere REFILL DEI
DESCRIZIONE indicator light e deve
PRODOTTO) in the salt residue away
circostante from the
l'apertura.
control panel is lit .
essere rifornito ogni volta che l'indicatore di RIEMPIMENTO SALE opening.
sul pannello comandi si accende.
h
3sec

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

utton with indicator light

 loading. The “Pre-Wash” program alone is NOT� � � � � � • Switch i
Make sure Residual
the cap saline is screwed solution or grains
on tightly, so of that salt nocan lead to can
detergent corrosion,ADJUSTING • Press THE b
get into the irreparably
containerdamaging during the the wash stainless
program steel could damage If you are•notSwitch
(thiscomponents. compli
the water The softener guarantee beyond is repair).
not applicable if faults are caused by such adjust the• quantity The curro
As soon as circumstances.
this procedure is complete, run a program without • Switch•thePress dishwa b
ITALIANO 53 loading. The
Residual �
� �“Pre-Wash”
saline
������
� � solution
� � � �or
� � � �alone
program
� grains
� � � of
���
� salt� �can
is�NOT�
� �lead
� � ����������� � � �•� �
� � to � corrosion,
� � � � � � �•� Press
�s.� �it off
Switch
•� �
� � �button
supplied
using
Switchthi
irreparably heating
damaging element the stainlessmay besteel damaged components. as a result. • SwitchSetting it on using is c
The guarantee Whenever is not you applicableneed to add salt,
if faults are causedit is mandatory by such to complete • The current If theselecti
rinse
Accertarsi che il tappo sia adeguatamente serrato per evitare circumstances.
Non versare the procedure MAI il brillantante before the direttamente beginning of the washing della
all'interno cycle.
• Press button supplied. to
ENGLISH 8
T
l'ingresso di detersivo all'interno della vaschetta durante il � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �s.� � supplied.
�vaschetta. run out of r
programma di lavaggio (ciò potrebbe causare il danneggiamento del �Regolazione
���� SETTING
� �del �THE
� �dosaggio � � WATER � �di�brillantante
�� HARDNESS
� � � � � � � � � � � � � •� � Switchthe it off using
dishwa
ENGLISH
dispositivo addolcente senza possibilità di riparazione). heating
Se non si Toè allow
element the
maywater
completamente be damagedsoftener
soddisfatti toas worka result.
del 8
in aprocesso
perfect way, it is essential
di asciugatura, Setting is pleasecomplete! follo
Non appena completata tale procedura, avviare uno dei Whenever
è possibile that you theneed
regolare waterto lahardness
add salt,
quantità setting
it is
di is based onda
mandatory
brillantante the actual water hard-
toutilizzare.
complete If the rinse • aidIf you
level se
• ADJUSTING nesslainlavastoviglie
yourTHE house. This
DOSAGE information of OF can RINSEbe obtained AIDfrom your local •The
programmi
Make sure the senza cap carico.
is screwedIl programma on tightly, so that nodidetergent
“Prelavaggio” per sé can the procedure
Azionare before the beginning agendo sul the
tasto washing
ACCENSIONE/ cycle. supplied. If there
LOW
NON È SUFFICIENTE. Leduring
fuoriuscite di water supplier. The factory setting is for average (3) water hardness. set aid.
a hig
get
Make into
sure the
the container
cap is screwed the wash
on tightly, sosoluzione
program
that no detergentsalina
(thisocan di grani
could damage
ADJUSTING di IfSPEGNIMENTO.
you are
THE DOSAGE not completely OF RINSEsatisfied AID with the drying results, run youout ofcan rinse A
sale possono causare corrosione e danneggiare irreparabilmente SETTING
• adjust
Disattivare THE la WATER
lavastoviglie HARDNESS utilizzando lo stesso tasto button. the dishwasher mod
getthe water softener beyond repair).
into the container during the wash program (this could damage If you are not completely • the Switch quantity
satisfied on the
with of appliance
rinse
the drying aid by pressing
used.
results, you the can ON/OFF
i componenti in beyond
acciaio repair).
inox. To allow the water softener to work in. a perfect way, it is essential
ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO please follow instruc
theAs ENGLISH
water
soonsoftener
Eventuali as
danni thisrisultanti
procedure non
As soon as this procedure is complete, run a program without
is complete,
saranno coperti run da agaranzia.
program without adjust the quantity
• Switch
that
the•
•Premere
the
dishwasher
of• rinse
Switch
watertre
• Hold
Switchthe
hardness
onvolte
down
off
aiddishwasher
used.
using
the appliance
ilsetting
tasto
button
the ON/OFF
is based on
:for
by
using
si avverte on thethe
5button.
seconds, 8
pressing the
ilactual
ON/OFF
segnale
ON/OFF
water hard-
until youcorrispondente.
button.
button.
hear a beep. • If you see FILLING
bluish s
loading. The “Pre-Wash” program alone is NOT� � � � � � ness
• • inSwitch
Azionare
• Switch it off using•theSwitch
your house. la it off using
This
lavastoviglie
ON/OFF on the
the
information
button.
ON/OFF
mediante can be il button.
obtained
tasto
appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button.
from your local • If there�are
ACCENSIONE/ �� ��
drops
loading. The
Utilizzare saline “Pre-Wash”
soltanto program
sale di tipo alone
specifico is NOT� � � � � �
Residual
Residual saline solution solutionor grainsor grains
of salt can of persalt lavastoviglie.
leadcan lead to La
to corrosion, corrosion,
• Press button
water supplier.
•SPEGNIMENTO.
Press • The
three
The factorythree
button
times current- a beep
settingtimes
selection
is for average
will belevel heard. -number
a beep (3) water
and willthebe
hardness.
heard.
salt indicator light set a high dishwashe
numbe
mancanza di sale nel serbatoio potrebbe danneggiare l'addolcitore To achieve
irreparably
irreparably
Make sureedamaging
the damaging
cap is the screwed the on
stainless stainless sosteel
steel components.
tightly, that no components.
detergent canL'uso Switch it••
•ADJUSTING on•Switch
Ilusing
THESwitch
numero DOSAGE
the
on �the it �
�
ON/OFF on �using
corrispondente
appliance �OF � RINSE
button. thepressing
by ON/OFF
alla AIDselezionethe button.
ON/OFFcorrente e la spia del
button.
d'acqua la resistenza per effetto dell'accumulo di calcare. del brillantante lampeggiano entrambi. useof dete
TheThe
getsale intoguarantee
guarantee
the container
è consigliato
is not iscon
notqualsiasi
applicable
applicable
during if
the wash faults ifdifaults
tipoprogram
are caused
detersivo arecould
(this by caused
per
such damage by such
lavastoviglie.
•If The
you current
are •
not •Switch The
selection
completely • current
off Press
level
the numberselection
button
appliance
satisfied and
with byto
thelevel
rinse select
aid
pressing
drying number
the
indicator
the desired
results, and
light
ON/OFF you rinse
hardness
flash.
can aid
button. indicator
level (see light
FILLINGWe flash.THE DET
circumstances. •adjustPress •• •Hold
thebutton Premere
quantity to
ofselect
down rinseilbutton
WATER tasto
button the used.
aid level per
HARDNESS
for impostare
of5select
rinse
seconds, TABLE).
aid illevel
quantity
until livello
youto corrispondente
be
hear a beep. alla recomm
the water
circumstances. softener beyond repair).
Ogni volta che occorre aggiungere sale, la procedura deve essere Press to the of rinse aid quantity to be
� �soon supplied. dose dionbrillantante using richiesta. � � � � �or � chlorine
� � �
As ��� ��
�necessariamente
� as� � �procedure
�this � ����eseguita �� � �is�complete,
�� ��prima
��� � � �run
�����
�dell'inizio a�� ����
program
� � ��ciclo
del ����
without �
di
� �s.� �
� � •� Switch
lavaggio �Switch the
� �s.� • Switch
dishwasher
supplied.
�Disattivare theonappliance theby pressing
ON/OFF
Water Hardness
the ON/OFF button.
button.
Tabletasto dishwashers. Good wash
� � � � The
loading. � � “Pre-Wash”
� � � � � �program � � � �alone ��� is NOT� ��� � �� �� �� � � � � ••� � Switch itit•• off
offTheusing
using the
currentthe ON/OFF la lavastoviglie
selection
ON/OFF button.
level number
button. utilizzando and the lo stesso
salt indicator light
�per
heating � evitare
Residual � element� rischi
�saline � solution
�may �di�becorrosione.
�damaged
or � � �of�salt
grains as�acan �result.
�lead� �to�corrosion,� � � � �Setting •� Press
� �is�button � •��
complete! ��Switch
ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO
�three
� � times �it off -using a beepthe willON/OFF
be. heard. button. °dH °fH To achieve detergent
the best b
Level
heating
Whenever element
you need may
to add
irreparably damaging the stainless steel components. be damaged
salt, it is mandatory as a result.
to complete • Switch
If the rinse aid •
it onSetting
Press
using
La procedura button
level is set to the is complete!
ON/OFF
di ZERO to select
impostazione button. the
(ECO), no desired
è stata
German
hardness
rinse completata!
aid will be
degreeslevel (see French useof
degrees detergent,
Exceeding rins
Impostazione della durezza dell'acqua
ENGLISH theWhenever
The guaranteeyou
procedure before
is not need the to
applicable add
beginning salt,
if faults ofare
Per consentire che il dispositivo addolcente dell'acqua agisca • Press button
it is
the causedmandatory
washing such to complete
by cycle. • The current
supplied. The WATER
Ifselection
LOW
Nel caso the 1HARDNESS
rinse
RINSE
in
levelaid
cui ilthe
number
AID level Soft
indicator
livello
TABLE).
and is rinse
set
light
diofbrillantante 7 aid
towill indicator
ZEROnot be 0(ECO),
- 6if you
light
lit
sia impostato
flash.no rinse 0 -aid10We will
recommend
be wash and usini
circumstances.
the procedure before the beginningdel oflivello
the washing aid. to select level rinse canaid bequantity - to be to su ZERO or chlorine, The asamoun
these
al meglio,
SETTING è essenziale
THE che l'impostazione di durezzacycle. run out of rinse supplied.
(programma A2 maximum The
ECOLOGICO),LOWof
Water 5 levels
Medium RINSE
Hardness AID
il brillantante setindicator
Table according
7non 11viene will 11
lighterogato. not- 20 beGoodlit ifwashing
you resul
������ � �WATER ����� HARDNESS
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �s.� the � supplied.
dishwasher model. The factory setting is specific to the model, normally so
To
��
dell'acqua
allow� �the ��
tenga
water� �softener
conto della�sua
� � � �to�work
durezza
�in�a�perfect � � �way,
effettiva nell'utenza
� � it�is�essential
� � � � � �please •� � Switch itInoff caso
run using out di3the esaurimento
of ON/OFF
rinse aid. Average del
A maximum
button. brillantante °dH ofla 5 spia
12 - 17BRILLANTANTE
levels can
°fH be 21 set- according to use
30detergentdetergent)
being
SETTING THE WATER HARDNESS follow instruction Level above to check this for your machine.
domestica. Èhardness
possibile beottenere il valore diactual
durezza dell'acqua INSUFFICIENTE nonmodel. èHard
illuminata. Adegrees
seconda del modello di31 to
Product description
that
heating
To
ness
Whenever
the water
nell'utenza
allow
element
in yourthe domestica
house.
you water
may setting
need Thissoftener
toinformation
add salt,
is based
damaged
rivolgendosi to workcan
it
as onathe
isalbe
result.
proprio
inobtained
mandatorya perfect
water
fornitore.
to way,
from
hard-
yourIlitlocal
complete valore
•Setting
is essential
If youissee the dishwasher
complete!
bluish
lavastoviglie
1 please
4
streaks
follow Soft
on the
è possibile
instruction
dishes,German
impostare
The
set afactory
above 0
low number
- al
6 massimo
to
18setting
check
- 34 French
(1-2). is specific
5 livelli
this 0 -
degrees
for
10 di
your
- 60the
dosaggio.
machine.
wash
model,
Exceeding
and
detergent
the stated
will be eno
increases
•If theIf there
rinse are
aid drops
level of
is5 water
set to or
ZERO limescale(ECO), marks
no rinse on the
aid dishes,
will be
predefinito
that
water
the the water
supplier.
procedure per
The lafactory
before durezza
hardness the dell'acqua
setting
setting
beginningis forisaverage
ofviene
based impostato
onwater
(3)
the washing the actual in fabbrica.
hardness.
cycle. watersupplied.
hard- Le impostazioni di Very
fabbrica harddipendono dal 35 -modello;
50 seguire 61 - 90
The amount If thecan crock
be
set a high The •
number
LOW
2 istruzioni
le If you (3-4).
RINSE see
Medium AID bluishindicator
precedenti in base alle streaks light on
will
7 - 11 the
not dishes,
be
caratteristiche lit if you set
11del a low
- 20proprio number (1-2).
•ness
• Switch
SETTING
in your
Azionare thehouse.
on l'apparecchio
THE
appliance
WATER
This byinformation
premendo
pressing
HARDNESS
thecan
il tasto ON/OFF be obtained
button. from your
ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO. 1
run out localof rinse • aid.
apparecchio.
3 If A maximum
there
• Switch
Average are of
drops
off the 5 levels of
appliance can by
water beorpressing
12 - 17
set according
limescale the to
marks
ON/OFF
21 - 30 on
button.the normally soiled
dishes,
water befo
detergent)ofordetergen
item
35ml (
•water
• Switch supplier.
Disattivareoff the The factory
l'apparecchio
appliance by settingilthe
premendo
pressing is for
tasto average
ON/OFF (3) water hardness.
ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO.
button. the dishwasher model.
FILLING • 4 In
THE
1. setSetting
presenza
DETERGENT
Upper arackThe
high factory
is complete!
di number
strisce
setting
DISPENSER con (3-4). is specific to the model,
sfumature blu sulla superficie dei piatti,
detergentpowder/ge
directly in
To allow the water softener to5work in a finché
perfect non way,siit sente
is essential Hard 18 - 34 31 - 60
7 • Premere il tasto per
• Hold down button for 5 seconds, until you hear a beep. secondi un segnale please follow instruction
impostare
above to check
un�livello di dosaggio basso (1-2).
this for your machine.
thatacustico.
•• Switch
ness
the wateron
Switch
in your
hardness
on the the
house.
appliance
This
setting is based
appliance by pressing
information
by pressing
can
on the actual
the ON/OFF
be obtained
the water ON/OFF
button.
from
hard- button.
your local
�• �If � you
dishwashers.
��2 2.�
see �����FILLING
bluish
• 5 In presenza
� ��
streaks����hard
Very �on�
di gocce
��
the
THE � � �set
dishes,
RINSE
d'acquaAID
�35 � -�DISPENSER
a low
o di 50�number
����
calcare sulla61
���
(1-2). - 90
superficie dei If
will be enough.
piatti
the crockery is onl
••• The Switch
Azionare
current off the appliance
l'apparecchio
selection premendo
level number by pressing
velocemente
and the salt theindicator
ON/OFF
il tasto lightbutton.
ACCENSIONE/ • If there3. are drops
Upper
FILLING
impostare
of
Rinse
rack water height
THE
invece
aid
or limescale
makes
adjuster
DETERGENT
dosaggi dish
marks on the dishes,
alti
DRYING (3-4). DISPENSER
easier. The rinse aid dispenser water Abefore being p
water supplier. The factory setting is for average (3) water hardness.
8 •
••• Press
SPEGNIMENTO.
• Hold down button for 5 seconds, until you hear a beep.
�
Il
� �
numero
� �
button
�
del livello attualmente
to appliance
select by thepressing
desired selezionato
hardness e
level la spia
(see del sale
To
useof
achieve
set a high
•
detergent,
the
4. Upper
Setting �
best
number
Switch
� �
rinse
is
washing
off
should
(3-4).
the
sprayer
� aid
complete! �
be arm
�
liquid
and
appliance
filled
� �
and
drying
�
when
by
�
refined
results,
pressing
�
thesalt
�
RINSE
�
the
�
is
the
�
combined
ON/OFF
required.� � � �
button.
AID REFILL indicator light
� � � � � of detergent used ac
� � ����
Switch
Switch onon thethe appliance by pressing the ON/OFF the button.
ON/OFF button. 5.Riempimento
Lower in therack del distributore
control panel is lit. di detersivo powder/gel putted in
•• WATER lampeggiano.
Switch HARDNESS
off the appliance TABLE).
by pressing the ON/OFF button. We recommend using
dishwashers. detergents that do not contain phosphates B
The current selection level number and the salt dell'acqua
indicator FILLING
or light 6.THE
chlorine, L'uso
as Cutlery di un
DETERGENT
these detersivo
basket areDISPENSER
products non specifico
harmful to the environment. per lavastoviglie potrebbe
• • HoldPremere downilbutton tasto for per5selezionare
seconds, until il livello
you hear di durezza
a beep. 3 FILLING To
causare achieve THE RINSE
malfunzionamenti the best AIDwashing DISPENSER
o danni and drying
all'apparecchio. results, the combined A
• Switch � �
desiderato� � �
on the(vedere � Water
appliance
Hardness
la TABELLA
by pressing
Table
DI DUREZZA
the ON/OFF DELL'ACQUA).
button. Good washing
� � � � �7.� �Lower results
� � �sprayer also
���� dependarm on
����������������the correct amount of
Per
Rinse useof ottenere
aid detergent,
makes i migliori
dish DRYING risultati
rinse aid nel
easier.liquid lavaggio
The and rinse come
refined nell'asciugatura
aid dispenser salt is required.
A
•• • ThePress
Disattivare
current button l’apparecchio to select the
premendo °dH desired
Levelselection level number and the salt indicator light il tasto hardness °fH
ACCENSIONE/ level (see
detergent
dishwashers. being
8. used.
Filter Assembly
dei
should We piatti,
be è necessario
filled
recommend when the using l'utilizzo
RINSE AID
detergents combinato
REFILL that dido detersivo,
indicator not light brillantante
contain phosphates
WATER
� � � � HARDNESS
�SPEGNIMENTO. � La procedura TABLE).
German didegrees
impostazione French degrees
è stata completata! 4
To achieve
Exceeding the
9.the
in ethe
best
stated
Salt
sale. Si
control
washing
amount and
reservoir
raccomanda
panel
does
is lit.
drying
not result
l'utilizzo
results,
di athe
indetersivi
more combined
effective
privi di fosfati o di
9 •1 Press button Soft to select the desired 0 - 6 hardness level 0 -(see
10 useof detergent, or chlorine,
rinse
wash and increases environmental pollution.
10.cloro, Detergentpoiché
aid as
liquid these
tali sostanze
and Rinse
and products
refined
Aid sono dispensers
salt
dannose
isarerequired.harmful
per l'ambiente. Un
to the environment. B
HARDNESSWater TABLE).Hardness Table11 - 20 We recommend Good using detergents
washing thethat
to results soildo also not In contain
depend phosphates
on of the correct amount of
2 WATER Medium
Tabella di durezza dell'acqua
7 - 11
The
5 amount can
or chlorine, buon
11.as Rating
be adjusted
these lavaggio
items,products plate dipende anche
are harmfuleither
used. to the35g
level.
dalla
the case
corretta
environment. dose di detersivo da A
°dH °fHnormally soiled detergent
utilizzare.
usebeing approximately (powder A 1. When m
3 Level Water Hardness
Average 12 - 17 Table 21 - 30 Good washing
detergent) or 35ml
12.
Una
results
Control
dose
(liquid also
panel depend on
detergent)
eccessiva
and
non comporta
theB
correct
additional
un
amount
tea
lavaggio
spoon of of
più efficace ma effective lier info
4 Livello
LevelHard °dH German degrees
°dH
18 - 34 °fH °fH
31 - 60
French
°Clark degrees
6
detergent being Exceeding
aumenta
used. the
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
1. ilOpen livello
stated
thedidispenser
inquinamento
amount
B by pressing
does
presenteand
not result
nell'ambiente.
in a
pulling up theÈtab on
more B there
1 Soft Gradi degrees
German 0 - Gradi
6 French Gradi
degrees 0 inglesi
- 10
will be enough.
Exceeding the wash statedand amount
the
increases
lid. does notenvironmental
result in a more pollution. effective 2. Remov
5 Very hard 35 - 50 61 - 90 possibile regolare la dosa corretta in base alla qualità di sporcizia
1 Soft tedeschi 0-6 francesi0 - 10 Ifwash
the crockery
and increasesThe is only amount lightly soiled
2.environmental
Carefully can beorpollution.
introduce
ifadjusted
it has been
the rinse
rinsed
to aid thesporche,
assoil
with
far level.
as utilizzare In theuna
the maximum case of and clo
2 Medium 7 - 11 11 - water
20 dabeing eliminare. Per stoviglie mediamente
• 2Switch off Medium the appliance by pressing 7 - 11 the ON/OFF button. 11 - 20
The amount 10
before can
dosenormally beplaced
di
adjusted
circa(110 soiled
35g
in the
ml)to
dishwasher,
the
items,
reference
(detersivo
soil level.use
notch
in
reduce
Inofthe
polvere) thecase
approximately the amount
ofilling
35ml
ofspace either
A(detersivo - avoid 35g (powder
spilling
liquido) 1.e 3. Close t
it.When measuring
Setting3 1 is complete! Dolce
Average 0-6 12 - 017- 10 0 - -7of
21 30detergent
normally soiled used
detergent)
aggiungere
accordingly
items, Ifusethis
un or
(minimum
approximately
35ml
B
happens,
cucchiaino (liquid
clean
25eitherg/ml)35g
detergent)
the
di detersivo
e.g.(powderskip the
spill immediately and additional
direttamente with a dry
nella tea
cloth.
vaschetta.spoon of the clos
lier information to
3 Average 12 - 17 21 - 30 powder/gel
detergent) or putted
35mlinside (liquid the tub.
detergent) and additional tea
2 Moderatamente 7 - 11 11 - 20 8 - 14 1. Se Opensi
detergent 3. Press
utilizzano
the dispenser the
le
directly lid
B
pastiglie, down
by
inside until
una
pressing the diyou esse
and
tub. hearpulling
If aspoon
click
corrisponde
tablets up
of close it.
to
theare alla
tab on
used,dose one B there are indic
tablet
44 Hard 18 - 3418 - 34 31 - 60 31 - detergent 60 directly inside thepour tub. Ifthe tablets
rinseare aidused, oneinto tablet The deterg
FILLING THEHard RINSE AID DISPENSER
dolce will be enough.
the
willlid.be
sufficiente. NEVER
enough. directly the tub. 2. Remove deterge
according
5 Very hard 35 - 50 61 - 90 2.Se Carefully introduce To open
the rinse the aid detergent
as far as the dispenser
maximum and close the co
5 Very hard
Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser A 35 - 50 61 - 90
If the crockeryIf isthe le stoviglie sono soltanto leggermente sporche oppure sono recommen
(110
only
ml) crockery
lightly soiled
reference is only
press
notch
or ifbutton
of lightly
it has been
the A.
fillingsoiled rinsed
space or- avoid
if it has
with
spillingbeen it. rinsed 3. with the
Close lid of th
should 3 be filledMedia when the RINSE 12 -AID 16 REFILL21 - 29
indicator light 15 - 20 water before statebeing risciacquate
placed in being
the primadishwasher, di essere postethe
reduce nella amount lavastoviglie, ridurre program s
water before placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
11 •• Switch
Switch offoff
in the control panel is lit.
Setting
thethe
is complete!
appliance
appliance by pressing
by the ON/OFF
pressing the button. button.
ON/OFF of detergent used
B 3.25
in If proporzione
this happens,la
ofg/ml),
Press
accordingly
detergent
thees. lid tralasciare
down
clean
dose
used
Introduce
(minimum
the di
theaccordingly
until dry
you
spill
detersivo the detergent
immediately
25 g/ml) (minimum
dispenser
hear a click
da e.g.
into
with a dry
utilizzare (dose cloth.
skip the25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
Btoonly.close in
minima:
it. polvere/liquido
the closing devic
achieved.
4
Setting is complete! Dura 17 - 34 30 - 60 21 - 42 powder/gel putted inside the tub. l'aggiunta di detersivo The detergent dispe
NEVER powder/gel
direttamente pour thenella rinse
putted aid inside
vaschetta.
Place directly
the amount theinto tub.the tub.
of detergent
A according to the pro
5 Molto
FILLING THE RINSE AID DISPENSER dura 35 – 50 61 - 90 43 - 62 for pre-washing directly inside recommend using t
To open the detergent Per dispenser
aprire il distributore di
Control panel FILLING
Rinse aid makes
Riempimento
THEdish
del
RINSE DRYING
distributore
AID easier.DISPENSER
di
The rinse aid dispenser A
brillantante
the tub.
press button A. To open
detersivo the detergent
premere il program so that the
dispenser
tasto
should
Rinse be
aidfilledmakes whendish the RINSEDRYING AID easier.
REFILL The indicator rinselight aid dispenser A achieved.
L'utilizzo dipanelbrillantante facilita il processo di ASCIUGATURA Introduce the detergent press
C. button A.
into
in the control is lit. the RINSE AID REFILL indicator
should be filled
delle stoviglie. Ilwhen
distributore di brillantante A deve essere light B the dry dispenser B Versare
only. il detersivo solo nel
Introduce the detergent into
inriempito
the control ognipanel voltais che lit.si accende la spia diA RIEMPIMENTO 1. When measuring Place refer the amount distributore
of detergent D asciutto.
A D out the detergent
B to the mentioned the dry ear- dispenser B only.
BRILLANTANTE B sul pannello h comandi. lier information to add the proper for pre-washing
quantity. Inside Mettere
directly
the dispenser
di detersivo
inside la dose
per il
1. Open the dispenser B by pressing and pulling up the tab on B
3secthere are C
indications
A to help thethe tub.detergent dosing. Place the amount of detergent
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of thefor prelavaggio
pre-washing
dispenser direttamente
directly inside
the lid.
and close the cover until it clicks. all'interno del distributore.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum the tub.
1(110 ml) reference 2 3 4notch5of the6 filling 7 8 space9 - avoid10 spilling it.11 3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
1. the When closing
measuring device out is secured
the detergent in place. refer to the mentioned 1. Per il dosaggio ear- corretto del
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a A dry cloth.
On-Off/Reset 3. Press button the downBuntillight
lid indicator
with you hear a click to close it. lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside detersivo the dispenser fare riferimento
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the ai dati rightsopra time riportati. Il
NEVER
1. Openpour the rinse Baid
the dispenser bydirectly
pressinginto andthe tub.up the7.tabDisplay
pulling on B there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Program selection button according to the program. If all-in-one detergents aredistributore used, we D contiene
the lid. 8. Half A Load 2. Remove
indicator
recommend using
light 1.
detergent Whenthe TABLET
measuring
residues from
button,
theout edgesthe
becauseil itdosaggio
detergent
of the dispenser
adjusts the
refer to the mentioned ear-
Salt refill indicator ligh introduce theBrinse aid as far as the maximum and close the indicatori
cover di livello
until it clicks. per facilitare del detersivo.
2. Carefully 9.A
A Half Loadprogram button so2. Eliminare
that the lier information
best washing
eventuali andto
residui di
add
drying the proper
results are quantity.
always Inside the dispenser
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser bydetersivo daiuntil bordi della vaschetta e
Rinse Aid refill
1. (110
indicator
Open ml) referenceligh
the dispenser notch
B of the filling space - avoid spilling
B by pressing and pulling 10. up it. button
Delaythe tab on
achieved. chiudereB there il are indications
coperchio fino ad topulling
help itthe
avvertire lo
up
detergent
scatto dosing.
caratteristico.
Program number If thisand happens,
delay time clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
indicator the closing device is secured in place.
the lid. 11. START/Pause button 2.
3. Chiudere
with Remove
indicator il detergent
coperchio
light / Tab della residues
vaschetta from the
sollevandolo edges of
fino athe dispenser
portare
3. 1. Aprire
Press
Tablet indicator lighttheillid down until you
distributore hear a click to
B premendo close it.
e sollevando la linguetta The detergentil dispenser and close
dispositivo automatically
dithe chiusura coveropens inuntilsede. up at the right time
it clicks.
2. Carefully
NEVER pour
sul coperchio. introduce
the rinse aid the rinse
directly aid
into as
the far
tub. as the maximum
according to the 3. Closeprogram. the If all-in-oneof thedetergents aredispenser
used, we by pulling it up until
(110 ml)delicatamente
2. Versare reference notch of the filling
il brillantante fino space
al segno- che avoid spilling
indica it. Il distributore dellid detersivo detergent
si apre automaticamente quando
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
Ifilthis
livello happens,
di riferimento cleanmassimo the spill(110 immediately
ml), ma evitandone with a dry cloth. program so that the
previsto thedal closing
best
programma
washing device inisuso.
and drying secured resultsin
Se si utilizzano
are place.
always
detersivi del tipo “All
First use 3. Press la fuoriuscita.
the lid down Nel caso in cui
until you ciòhear si verifichi,
a clickasciugare
to close it. achieved.
in one”, si consiglia di servirsi del tasto PASTIGLIA per impostare
immediatamente il liquido The detergent
il programma dispenser
in modo automatically
da ottenere opensrisultati
sempre i migliori up at the
nel right time
NEVER pour the rinse aid fuoriuscito mediante
directly into un panno asciutto.
the tub. lavaggio e nell'asciugatura.
ADVICE REGARDING
3. AbbassareTHE FIRST TIME
il coperchio USE
fino ad avvertire lo scatto che ne according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
1. Remove
recommendthe lower rack and
using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
segnala
After installation, removelathe
chiusura.
stoppers from the racks and the unscrew the reservoir cap
retaining elastic elements from the upper rack. program so
(anticlockwise). that the best washing and drying results are always
FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR achieved.
2. Only the first time you do this: fill
the salt reservoir with water.
The use of salt prevents the formation of LIMESCALE on the
ITALIANO 54

Caricamento dei cestelli

Consigli Si raccomanda vivamente di non procedere alla regolazione
Prima di caricare i cestelli, eliminare tutti i residui di cibo dalle in altezza di cestelli già caricati. Non rialzare o ribassare MAI il
stoviglie e vuotare i bicchieri. Non occorre il risciacquo sotto acqua cestello agendo su un lato soltanto.
corrente prima del caricamento.
Cestello inferiore
Sistemare le stoviglie in modo che rimangano in sede e non si
Per pentole, coperchi, piatti, insalatiere, stoviglie, ecc. In teoria
possano ribaltare; inoltre, sistemare le vaschette con le aperture
conviene disporre piatti e coperchi di grandi dimensioni ai lati, per
rivolte verso il basso e le parti concave/complesse disposte
evitare interferenze con l'elemento aspersore.
obliquamente, per consentire all'acqua di lavaggio di raggiungere
ogni superficie e scorrervi liberamente.
Avvertenza: coperchi, maniglie, vassoi e padelle non devono
ostacolare la rotazione degli aspersori.
Riporre tutti gli oggetti di piccole dimensioni nel cestello
portaposate. Quando molto sporche, riporre piatti e pentole nel
cestello inferiore poiché nel relativo settore gli aspersori svolgono
un'azione più intensa e consentono migliori prestazioni nel
lavaggio.
Una volta completata la procedura di carico, accertarsi che gli (esempio di carico nel cestello inferiore)
aspersori possano ruotare liberamente.
Cestello superiore Cestello portaposate
Riporvi i piatti poco resistenti e le stoviglie delicate: vetri, tazze, Il cestello è munito di griglie nella parte superiore per ottimizzare
piattini, insalatiere dai bordi bassi. la disposizione delle posate. Il cestello portaposate deve essere
sistemato soltanto nella parte anteriore del cestello inferiore.
I coltelli e le altre posate con bordi taglienti devono essere
riposte nel cestello portaposate con le punte rivolte verso il
basso e orizzontalmente nelle sponde ribaltabili del cestello
superiore.

(esempio di carico del cestello superiore)

Sponde ribaltabili con posizione
regolabile
Per ottimizzare sempre la disposizione
delle stoviglie all’interno del cestello, è
Stoviglie di tipo non adatto
possibile chiudere o aprire le sponde
• Stoviglie e posate in legno.
ribaltabili.
• Bicchieri decorati, stoviglie artigianali e piatti antichi. le
Si possono disporre i bicchieri da
decorazioni non sono sufficientemente resistenti.
vino nelle sponde ribaltabili in modo
• Componenti in materiali sintetici che non resistono alle
assolutamente sicuro, inserendone lo
temperature elevate.
stelo negli appositi spazi.
• Stoviglie in rame e stagno.
In base al modello:
• Stoviglie sporche di cenere, cera, grasso lubrificante o inchiostro.
• per estendere le sponde occorre farle
scorrere verso l’alto e ruotarle oppure Durante la fase di lavaggio i colori delle decorazioni di bicchieri e
sganciarle dai fermi e abbassarle. pezzi in alluminio/argento possono sbiadire. Alcuni tipi di bicchieri
• per ripiegare le sponde occorre (es. i bicchieri in cristallo) possono divenire opachi anche soltanto
ruotarle e farle scorrere verso il basso dopo un certo numero di lavaggi.
oppure sollevarle e agganciarle ai
fermi. Danneggiamento di bicchieri e stoviglie
• Utilizzare soltanto bicchieri e porcellane garantite dal produttore
Regolazione in altezza del cestello
per il lavaggio in lavastoviglie.
superiore
• Utilizzare un detersivo delicato e adatto al tipo di stoviglie in
È possibile regolare del cestello superiore
questione
nel senso dell'altezza:
• Togliere i bicchieri e gli altri elementi dalla lavastoviglie non
la posizione rialzata consente di sfruttare
appena sia terminato il ciclo di lavaggio.
al massimo il cestello inferiore per riporvi
le stoviglie di dimensioni ingombranti,
Igienizzante
mentre la posizione ribassata consente di
Per evitare la formazione di cattivi odori e sedimenti all'interno
utilizzare le sponde ribaltabili creando lo
della lavastoviglie, si raccomanda di avviare un programma ad
spazio che esse richiedono e di evitare urti
alta temperatura almeno una volta al mese. Per eseguire la pulizia
con gli oggetti caricati nel cestello inferiore.
dell'apparecchio utilizzare un cucchiaino di detersivo e avviare il
Il cestello superiore è munito di un regolatore in altezza (vedere
ciclo in assenza di carico.
figura); senza premere sulle leve, sollevare il cestello afferrandolo
per i lati fino a quando non è stabile nella posizione rialzata.
Per ripristinare la posizione ribassata, agire sulle leve A poste ai lati
del cestello e abbassare il cestello.
 1. CHECK WATER CONNECTION The machine will switch off automatically during certain
Check that the dishwasher is connected to the water supply extended periods of inactivity, in order to minimise electri-
and that the tapENGLISH
is open. city consumption. If the crockery is 7
only lightly soiled or
ITALIANO 55
2. SWITCH ON THE DISHWASHER if it has been rinsed with water before being placed in the
Open the door and press the ON/OFF button. dishwasher, reduce the amount of detergent used accordingly.
Product
3. LOAD THE RACKS (seedescription
LOADING THE RACKS)
Consigli per il risparmio energetico MODIFYING
In caso A RUNNING
di carico parziale, si raccomanda PROGRAM
di usare le apposite
4. FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER
• Se la lavastoviglie viene usata secondo le istruzioni del If a1wrong
opzioni program
di lavaggio (Mezzo was selected,
carico), it is solo
caricando possible to change it, pro-
i cestelli
(see PROGRAMS
produttore, il lavaggio
TABLE).
delleoff
stoviglie a macchina comporta selezionati. Un itcaricamento non corretto o eccessivo della
The machine will switch automatically during certain vided that has only
1. Upper rackjust begun: open the door, press and hold
pply CHOOSE
5. extended
normalmente periods of7inactivity,
THE unPROGRAM
minore ANDinCUSTOMISE
consumo di energia
order THE CYCLE
e acqua
to minimise electri- lavastoviglie
the ON/OFF
2
può2.aumentare
button,
� � � �the
�
il�consumo
machine
�
di risorse
will switch(acqua,
off.
Select
rispetto
city the
al most
lavaggio
consumption. appropriate
Ifa the
mano. program
crockery is in accordance
only with the
lightly soiled or energia
Switche tempo, 3.oltre
the machine a generare
Upper back on una
rack heightusingmaggiore
adjuster rumorosità)
the ON/OFF buttoneand select
• type
ifPer ottimizzare
of crockery
it has l’efficienza
been rinsed and8with della lavastoviglie
its soiling
waterlevel si raccomanda
(seebeing
before PROGRAMSplaced in the ridurre le prestazioni
the new wash di lavaggio
4. cycle
Upper and any
sprayer e asciugatura.
desired options; Start the wash cycle
arm
di avviare il ciclo di
DESCRIPTION) bylavaggio
pressing con l’apparecchio
theof button. used a pieno • Il pre-risciacquo delle stoviglie
5. Lower rack comporta un maggiore consumo
dishwasher, reduce
carico. Caricando the amount detergent accordingly. by pressing START/Pause button and closing the door within 4 sec.
Select the desiredla options
lavastoviglie
(seefino alla capacità
OPTIONS ANDindicata
FUNCTIONS). di acqua ed energia 6. e non èbasket
Cutlery consigliato.
dal produttore si contribuirà a ridurre i consumi d’acqua e 3 7. Lower sprayer arm
6. MODIFYING
START
di energia. Per A RUNNING
informazioni sul PROGRAM
caricamento corretto delle ADDING EXTRA CROCKERY
8. Filter Assembly
IfStart the leggere
stoviglie,
a wrong wash
program cycle by selected,
la sezione
was pressing itSTART/Pause
sul caricamento tobutton
change(led
dei cestelli.
is possible it, pro- 4 switching
Without 9. Saltoff the machine, open the door (START/Pause
reservoir
is lit) that
vided and itclosing
has onlythe9 door
just withinopen
begun: 4 sec.theWhen
door,the program
press and hold led starts blinking) (be ware
10. Detergent of Aid
and Rinse HOT steam!) and place the
dispensers
YCLE starts
the you hear
ON/OFF a single
button, beep. If the
the machine willdoor
switchwasoff.not closed within 5
crockery inside the dishwasher.
11. Rating plate Press the START/Pause button
h the Utilizzo quotidiano
4sec., the
Switch the machine
alarm sound backwillon be played.
using In this case,
the ON/OFF buttonopen
and the
select and close the
6
12.door
Control panel 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the
within
door, press START/Pause button and close
the new wash cycle and any desired options; Start the wash cycle the door again point at which it was interrupted.
1. bywithin
Verifica 4 sec.
pressing delSTART/Pause
collegamentobutton alla rete
andidrica
closing the door within 4 sec. La macchina si disattiva automaticamente nel corso di
IONS). END Verificare che la lavastoviglie sia collegata alla rete idrica e determinati10 periodi di inattività prolungata, al fine di
7. OF WASH CYCLE
che il rubinetto dell'acqua sia aperto.
ACCIDENTAL INTERRUPTIONS
ridurre al minimo il consumo di elettricità. Se le stoviglie
ADDING
The end EXTRA
of the wash CROCKERY
2. Accensione della lavastoviglie
cycle is indicated by beeps and by the If the door is opened during the wash cycle, or if there is a power
sono soltanto leggermente sporche oppure sono state
(led flashingswitching
Without of the wash off thecycle numberopen
machine, on the display.
the Open the
door (START/Pause cut, theprima
cycle di
stops. Press the START/Pause button and close
Aprire la porta e premere il tasto ACCENSIONE/ risciacquate essere poste nella lavastoviglie,
am door
led and
starts
SPEGNIMENTO.
switch
blinking) off
(bethe appliance
ware of HOT by pressing
steam!) the
and ON/OFF
place the ridurre in proporzione la dose di detersivo da utilizzare.the point at
the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from
d within button.
3. crockery
Caricareinside
i cestelli 11
the (vedere
dishwasher. Press theDEI
CARICAMENTO START/Pause
CESTELLI) button which it was interrupted.
n the Wait
4. and for athe
close
Riempimento fewdoor
minutes
within before removing
4 sec.,
del distributore dithe cyclethe
detersivo willcrockery
resume-fromto avoid
the Modifica di un programma in corso
gain burns.
point at Unload
(vedere which itthe
wasracks,
RIEMPIMENTO DELbeginning
interrupted.
DISTRIBUTOREwith the lower one.
DI DETERSIVO). Nel caso in cui sia stato selezionato il programma sbagliato, è
5. Selezionare il programma Control panel e adattare il ciclo secondo possibile apportarvi le modifiche necessarie a condizione che
necessità esso sia appena iniziato: aprire lo sportello e premere a lungo il
ACCIDENTAL INTERRUPTIONS
the Functions
Selezionare il programma più adatto in base al tipo di
If stoviglie
the dooreisalopened
tasto ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO; l'apparecchio si spegnerà.
during the wash cycle, or if there is a powerAzionare nuovamente la macchina agendo sul tasto ACCENSIONE/
grado di sporco (vedere la DESCRIZIONE DEI
the cut, the cycle stops. Pressil tasto the START/Pause
PROGRAMMI) premendo . hbutton and close SPEGNIMENTO e selezionare il nuovo ciclo di lavaggio con
FF the 1. ECO
door
Selezionare - le
within Normally soiled
4 sec., richieste
opzioni the cycle crockery.
will resume
(vedere Standard
FUNZIONI).fromprogram,
the point the
at most efficient
qualsiasi in
opzione terms
3sec of itsavviare
richiesta; combined energy
il ciclo and water
chiudendo lo sportello
which consumption.
6. Avvio it was interrupted. e premendo il tasto AVVIO/Pausa entro 4 secondi.
o avoid Avviare il ciclo di-lavaggio
2. NORMAL Mixed soil. 1premendoFor 2normallyil3 tasto
4 soiledAVVIO/Pausa
5 6 dishes
7 8 with
9 dried
10 food 11 residues.
(il LED si accenderà) e chiudere la porta entro 4 secondi. Aggiunta di altre stoviglie
3. INTENSIVE
All'avvio del programma
- Program viene
recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used
1. On-Off/Reset buttonemesso un segnale
with indicator light acustico. Senza spegnere l'apparecchio, aprire la porta (il LED AVVIO/
7. Display
for delicate
Se la porta non items).
viene chiusa entro
button4 secondi viene emesso un Pausa
2. Program selection 8. Halfinizia a lampeggiare)
Load indicator light (fare attenzione al vapore MOLTO
4. PRE-WASH
suono di allarme.
3. SaltIn -refill
Use
questo to refresh
indicatorcaso, crockery
ligh aprire la porta,planned to be
premere il washed9. later.
CALDO!) eNo detergent
introdurre
Half Load button to be used
le stoviglie. with this
Premere program.
il tasto AVVIO/Pausa
tasto
5. FAST - Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning performance in shorter time. dal
AVVIO/Pausa
4. Rinse e richiudere
Aid la
refill indicator porta
ligh entro 4 secondi. e chiudere
10. Delay lo
button sportello entro 4 secondi; il ciclo riprenderà
7. Fine del ciclo 5. diProgram
lavaggio number and delay time indicator punto in cui era button
11. START/Pause statowith
interrotto.
indicator light / Tab
m, the most efficient
Per 6.segnalare
SANITIZING
in terms its-combined
ofTablet
6. la fine Normally
del ciclolight
indicator or heavily
dienergy
lavaggio and soiled
watercrockery,
vengono emessi with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform
alcunimaintenance
segnali acustici of the
e suldishwasher.
display lampeggia il numero del Interruzioni involontarie del ciclo
with dried food ciclo di lavaggio.
7. SELF-
residues. CLEAN Aprire la porta etospegnere
- Program be used l'apparecchio
to perform maintenance In caso di apertura
of the dishwasher. dellaItporta
cleans durante il ciclo of
the interior di the
lavaggio,
appliance
premendo
using ilhot
tastoFirst
water.
use
ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO. o in caso di mancanza dell'alimentazione elettrica, il ciclo
oiled crockery, especially suitable for pans
Per evitare bruciature,
and saucepans (not to be used
prima di togliere le stoviglie attendere si interrompe. Premere il tasto AVVIO/Pausa e chiudere lo
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE
pochi minuti. Scaricare i cestelli, iniziando da quello inferiore.
be washed later. No detergentretaining
After installation, remove the stoppers from the racks and the
to be used
ENGLISH
sportello entro 4 secondi;
1. Remove il ciclo riprenderà
the lower rack and dal punto in cui era
unscrew the reservoir cap
elastic with
elementsthisfrom program.
the upper rack.
(anticlockwise).
stato interrotto.
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
that ensures optimal cleaningFILLING
performance in shorter
THE SALT time.
RESERVOIR 2. Only the first time you do this: fill
the salt reservoir with water.
The use of salt prevents the formation of LIMESCALE on the
If an antibacterial
y, with additional option is not compatible
wash. Can bewith used the toselected
perform program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED � � � �rapidly 3 times
Funzioni
3. Position the funnel (see figure)
dishes andon the machine’s functional components.
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled. and fill the salt reservoir right up
• It is important that the salt reservoir be never empty. to its edge (approximately 1 kg);
aintenance of the dishwasher. • It
It iscleans the
important interior
to set of hardness.
the water the appliance
MEZZO CARICO
HALF LOAD
The salt reservoir is located in the lower part of the AVVIO RITARDATO DELAY
it is not unusual for a little water to
TABLET leak out.(Tab)
Nel caso in cui i piatti
dishwasher da lavareDESCRIPTION)
(see PRODUCT siano pochi, andpershould be È possibile
The start time ritardare l'avvio
of thetheprogram
4. Remove funnel del
andmayprogramma
wipe per
be delayed
any foruna period
If limitare
there are
filled not many
when
il consumothe SALT dishes
REFILL
di acqua, to be washed,
indicator
elettricità light a the
in
e detersivo half load tempoThiscompreso
setting
salt residue allows
traawayeyou
112 12
from to
theoptimize the performance of
ore.
of time between 1 and hours.
cycle may
si può be panel
control
utilizzare used is in
lit . order to save water, electricity and
il programma Mezzo carico. the program
1. Premere opening.according to the type of detergent used.
il tasto AVVIO RITARDATO: sul display Na
detergent.
Selezionare Select the program
il programma and press
e premere theMEZZO
il tasto HALF LOAD 1. PressPress
appare the the
ilDELAY button:
START/PAUSE
simbolo the corresponding
button fora 3
“h” corrispondente; «h» symbol
seconds
ogni (the Doo
nding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
button:
CARICO:thela indicator light will light
spia corrispondente up. Press
si illumina. the ilHALF
Premere appears on the
corresponding
pressione del display;
symbol
tasto each
aumenta will time
light you
up) press
l'intervalloif you the
usebutton,
di tempo combined whi
LOAD
m see PROGRAMS TABLE, tasto button
MEZZO to deselect
CARICO
the corresponding perthis option.
deselezionare
LED � � �l'opzione.
�rapidly 3 times the(1detergents
time (1h,
h, 2 h, ecc.2h, in etc.
tablet
fino a unupformto max.
massimo(rinsedi12h)
12 h)from
aid, salt ilthe detergent
tra and start of inens
Remember
Ricordare di todimezzare
halve the la amount
dose diof detergent.
detersivo. themomento
selected
1 dose). wash
in cui i cycle
seleziona will be
il increased.
programma e l'avvio the
2. Select
del theuse
ciclo
If you diwash
lavaggio
powder program,
selezionato.
or liquidpress the START/PAUSE
detergent, this option As
button and be
2. Selezionare
should within
iloff. 4 seconds
programma close thepremere
di lavaggio, door: the timer add
TABLET
Pastiglia (Tab)
willil begin
tasto AVVIO/PAUSA
counting down. e chiudere la porta entro 4 tion
Questa impostazione permette di ottimizzare
half load This setting allows you to optimize the performance of secondi:
le prestazioni del programma in base al tipo di 3. Once this Iltime
timerhas inizia il conto alla
elapsed, therovescia.
indicator light «h» Nat
icity and the program according to the type of detergent used. 3. Una volta
detersivo usato. switches off trascorso
and the wash il tempo cycle impostato,
begins. 1. G
F LOAD Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
Premere il tasto AVVIO/PAUSA per 3 secondi (la l'indicatore “h” si spegne e iniziaailshorter
ciclo diperiod of time, b
To adjust the delay time and select
he HALF corresponding symbolsi will light up)seif siyou use un
combined
spia corrispondente accenderà) utilizza presslavaggio.
the DELAY Per regolare il tempo di avvio ritardato
button. To cancel it, press the button 2. Y
detergents in tablet form
detersivo combinato (rinse aid,
in pastiglie salt and detergent
(brillantante, sale e in e selezionare un intervallo di tempo inferiore s
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
1 detersivo
dose). in un'unica dose). a quello impostato, premere il tasto AVVIO E
«h» switches off.
RITARDATO. Per annullare l'impostazione, premere
If Se
you use powder
si utilizza or liquid
un detersivo in detergent,
polvere o inthis option
forma To c
The ripetutamente
DELAY function cannot
il tasto be set
fino allo once a wash cycle
spegnimento
should
liquida, bequesta
off. opzione deve essere disattivata. pre
has been started.“h”.
dell'indicatore
Una volta avviato il ciclo di lavaggio, non è più
possibile impostare la funzione di avvio ritardato.
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time, button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
tural

press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button

ying
ase

functionality by pressing button: Availab

ry

repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light status of NaturalDry
Program
 Make sure the cap is screwed on tightly, so that no detergent can ADJUSTING THE DOSAGE OF RINSE AID
get into the container during the wash program (this could damage If you are not completely satisfied with the drying results, you can
ENGLISH
the water softener beyond repair). Make sure the cap is screwed adjust on tightly, the quantity so thatofno rinse detergentaid used. can ADJUSTING THE DOSAGE OF RINSE AID 8
As soon as this procedure is complete, run get a into program the container withoutduring •theSwitch wash program the dishwasher (this could on using damage the ON/OFF If you arebutton. not completely satisfied with the drying results,
DELAY
ITALIANO 56
loading. The “Pre-Wash” program alonethe is NOT� water � � � � beyond
softener � • Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
repair).
ENGLISH
Residual
The ENGLISH
startsaline time solution
ofthe the ENGLISH
orprogram
grains of may saltAs can be soon lead
delayed as to corrosion,
sothis thatfor noadetergent
procedure period is• complete,
Press button run a program three times without - a beep will • OF be heard.
Switch the AID 9 9 on using9the ON/OFF button.
dishwasher
ENGLISH
irreparably
of timeget
Make damaging
between
sure the cap
1applicable
and 12
is screwed
stainless
hours.
steelon tightly,
components.
loading. The “Pre-Wash” program • can Switch alone
ADJUSTING
it on is using the
NOT� �
THE
� ON/OFF
� �
DOSAGE
� button. • Switch
RINSE
it off 9 using the ON/OFF you canbutton.
The guarantee intoisthe notcontainer duringif faults the are wash
Residual caused program
saline by such (this could damage
solution or grains • Theof NaturalDry
If youselection
current
salt can
are not completely
lead tolevel numbersatisfied
corrosion, and rinse • Press
with the drying
aid indicator
button lightthree
results,
flash.times - a beep will be heard.
circumstances.
1. Press ENGLISH
the
As
the DELAYENGLISH
water
soon as
softener
this
beyond
button: the corresponding
procedure
repair).
is irreparably
complete, run damaging
a
«h» symbol
program the • Press
stainless
without Door
adjust
steel
•
button the
opening
components.
Switch
quantity
to select
the system
dishwasher
of rinse
the level aid
NaturalDry
on
used.
of rinse
using• Switch the
aid quantity
isON/OFF
ait convection
on using to be
button.
9the ON/OFF drying system 9
button.
NATURALDRY
� �appears
� � � � �on �� � �display;
� � � �each � � �time �The � �guarantee � �press � � �is� �� �s.� � supplied.
loading. the
The “Pre-Wash” program aloneyou is NOT� the
not � �button,
applicable
� � � if faults
which • areautomatically
Switch caused it off by such
using theopens ON/OFF • button.
the Thedoor current selection level
during/after dryingnumber phaseand rinseto aid indicator lig
Il sistema
� � � � � NaturalDry� � � � � �è�una � �funzione
� � � �circumstances. �di�asciugatura� � � � � �a� � � � •� � Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.• Press button APERTURA PORTA
the time
Residual
DELAY DELAY(1h, 2h, etc.
salinebesolution DELAY up to
or grains max. 12h) from
of salt can lead to corrosion, the start of ensure
is•�complete!
Press exceptional
button three drying timesperformance - a beep will beevery heard.day. Door opens at aid quantity
to select the level of rinse
heating
convezione
the
Whenever The
ENGLISH
element
DELAY
irreparably
selected
chestart
The
you time
start
may
apre
damaging
wash
needofto timeENGLISH
the add
damaged
cycle
ofThetheENGLISH
automaticamente
the
startwill
program
salt, itmay
program
as �
stainless
time be
a result.
is mandatory
be of
may �the labe
�
steel
increased.
delayed
� porta
program
delayed� �durante/dopo
�components.
forto�
�for
may
acomplete
� abe
period
�period
�delayed � �Setting � for � �a � •
period
the
� � � �it �
Switch
temperature on �using � � �the
Eco
that
��
50°
is
�s.� � supplied.
ON/OFF
safe to button.
your kitchen 9 150 min9
9 furniture.
dopo
la faseThe di
The asciugatura
guarantee
of
start time
time between
of the per
is not
of 1garantire
applicable
time
program and 12
between
may hours. �
bestoviglie
if �1 �
faults
delayedand � 12 �perfettamente
are �
for caused
hours. a ���
period by �such �� If � the�rinse �� • �aid
The �level
�current�� is � set �to
selection � ZERO �� level � (ECO),
�number � •� � Switch
no
and rinse
rinse it offaid
aid using
will
indicatorbethe light ON/OFF flash. button.
2. Select
the
asciutte
of timethe
procedure dopo
between
ogniwash
before 1the program,
and
lavaggio.
12 hours.press
beginning La porta ofheating
the
viene theelement
washing START/PAUSE
aperta cycle.may be NaturalDry
quando lasupplied.
damaged NaturalDryAsas Theadditional
a LOWresult. NaturalDry
RINSE steam AID protection,
indicator lightspecial
Setting willisrinse
complete!
not designed
be litquantity
if you protection foil is
button
time DELAY
ofcircumstances.
and
between
1. Press within
1
the DELAYand
4
DELAY12
1.seconds
Press hours.
button: the DELAY
theclose corresponding
button:
the door:the «h»
corresponding
the symbol timer NaturalDry «h»Door
outadded symbol•opening
Press Lavaggio
button
system
together Door opening
to
NaturalDry
with
e asciugatura
select
system
the 5 is
the level
aNaturalDry
convection
dishwasher.
of isdrying
To
aid
aaccording
convection
see systemhow
fine to
todrying
to
ciclo
be
mount system protec-
temperatura
SETTING
1.�Press� �
The
THE èthe
� � DELAY
tale
start�
WATER
appears da
� � button:
non
�
time button:
ofThe�
theENGLISH
poter
HARDNESS� �
start
the
program �
thetime � � Whenever
corresponding
danneggiareof
may� the� be� �
program �
delayed
you
«h»i� mobili
�may
need
symbol
�
fortheabe� � to�
della
period
delayed
add
Door
� �
run salt,
� opening
for � s. �itof�
a button,
isrinse
period
mandatory
system
supplied. aid. A maximum
NaturalDry to
convenzionali
complete is of
a levels
convection
55° If candrying
the be set
rinse system
aid level 9 is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid w
1. Press
appears
will begin
the on
counting theon
DELAY the
display; appears
down.
display;
each on
each
time the
corresponding
the youtimedisplay;
procedure
press you press
each
«h»
the time
symbol
before
button, button,
you
the press
Door
which the opening
beginning the
which
dishwashertion
automatically automatically
ofsystem
foil the model.
pleasewhich
NaturalDry
washing
opens opens
The automatically
therefer factory
cycle.
door the
todoor
is aduring/after
settingopens
convection during/after
(INSTALLATION the
drying
isbutton.
supplied. specific
drying door drying
The
during/after
system
to
phase the phase
GUIDE).
LOW tomodel, todrying phase to
RINSE AID indicator light will not be li
cucina. Come
� �water
�the
of �ulteriore
time � � �(1h,
between �protezione
�2h,
of �
1work
time
and� � 12
between
DELAY � �dal
hours. �max. �
1vapore,�
and �12 � latoessential
�
hours. �lavastoviglie
� � start � � � � �the �� •� exceptional
Switch
� it offdrying using the ON/OFF
To allow the appears ontimethe
softener display;
to the etc.
time
each in upa (1h,
time to
perfect 2h,
you etc.
way, 12h)
press up
it from
the
is max.
the
button, 12h) of
from
which please NaturalDry
ensure start
automatically
follow of instruction NaturalDry
ensure
opens theexceptional
door
above to checkperformance
during/after drying this every
performance
drying
forDoor day.
your Door
phase
machine. every
opens
to day. at Door opens at
ENGLISH 9maximum
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of ensure exceptional drying performance every day. opens atA the
3. Once
viene heating
thefornita this con time
element
una has may
speciale elapsed,
be damaged
tolamina thedi as indicator
protezione a result. light
aggiuntiva. «h» NaturalDry
Setting is functionality
complete! Intensivo 65°could run be out disabled
of rinse aid. by fineuser cicloas of 5follows:
levels can be set acco
the DELAY DELAY
the selected washthe The
selected
cycle start time ofincreased.
the program may be delayed for a period
that the
water time
1.hardness
Press
selected (1h, the2h,
wash etc.
setting
DELAY 1. upbutton:
is
Press
cycle based
will the bewill
max. on
DELAY
the wash
be
12h)
the
SETTINGcorresponding
increased. cycle
from
actual
button: the
12THE
will
waterthestartbe
hours.WATER
«h»hard- increased.
corresponding ofsymbol ensure
the HARDNESS «h»the
Door
• temperature
If you temperature
exceptional
symbol opening
see thatdrying
bluish the
system
Doorthat
isstreaks
safetemperature
isNaturalDry
tosafe
performance
opening onyour tosystem
the your
that
kitchen every
is
dishes, kitchen
isNaturalDry
a safe day.
convection
set
furniture. to
furniture.
a your
Door
low kitchen
opens
isdrying
a
number convection
systemfurniture.
at(1-2). drying system
Per switches
ness in 2. Whenever
istruzioni
the
your
Select 2.
house.
The off
Select
sul
selected
appearsand
start
the
you
This the
montaggio
wash
time
wash
need
the wash
2.
information
on the
ofThe ENGLISH
wash to
Select
cycle
appears
thedisplay;
program,
of
start
add
program
time
program,
della
will cycle
can the
be
time on salt,
between
each
press be wash
lamina
the
Toof
may press
increased. it
begins.
obtained
time
1isand
display;
allow
the be
mandatory
program,
the
protettiva,
thefrom
you
program
delayed
START/PAUSE START/PAUSE
press
each
water maypress
your
time
forthe
softenerabe
to
vederelocal
button,
you
periodthecomplete
delayed the
press
As
temperature
START/PAUSE
tole • work forAs
the
which
Ifsymbol
additional 1.
ainbutton,
there periodGo
aIfautomatically
additional the
are
perfect
steam to
NaturalDry
that
rinse
drops the is
steam
As
which
way,
safe
aid
protection, Dishwasher
opens to
level
additional
protection, your
automatically
ofitsystem
water
is essentialisor
the
special setkitchen
steam door
limescale software
todesigned
special ZERO
opens
the
furniture.
protection,designed
during/after
marks
dishwasher
(ECO),
the menu
special
door
protectionon no
protection
drying rinse9
model.
pressing
designed
during/after
the phase
dishes,
foil foil The
is aidtodrying will bephase tois is specific to the
is andfactory
protection holdingsetting
foil
2.the
Select procedure
the
button wash
and before
program,
withinbutton the
1. Press
4DELAY beginning
press
seconds
and the DELAY
within the
close of
button:the
4START/PAUSE
seconds
the washing
the
door: corresponding
closethe timer cycle.
the As «h»
door: additional
addedthe steam
Door opening
together
timer Lavaggio
protection,
added
with the together veloce
special
NaturalDry
dishwasher. with is50°
designed
the aplease
To convection
dishwasher.
see follow
protection
how drying
toDoor instruction
mount
To foil
system
see isprotec-
how N/D
above
to mount to check
protec- this for your mach
water
To adjust
(ISTRUZIONIsupplier.
button the
of The
DI
the
time
and factory
delay
MONTAGGIO).
time
between
within time
(1h, setting
of2h,
4 and
the
1seconds
time
and isbetween
etc.
time for
select
12 up average
(1h,to
hours.
appearsthatclose a
max.
2h,
1 shorter
theand (3)
etc.12h)
thedisplay; 12
door: water
up
watereach fromperiod
to
hours.
the hardness.
max.
hardnessthe
timer
time yousetting of
start
12h) time,of
from
added
press theisbutton, the
setensure
together
based onastart button
supplied.
high of
exceptional
with
number (6The
ensure
the
theautomatically
actual sec).LOW
drying exceptional
dishwasher.
(3-4). water RINSE
performance
hard- To AID
drying
see indicator
how every
performance
to day.
mount light willevery
protec- not
opens be
day. at litDoor
if you opens at
button will
and
the begin
within
selected counting
4
washwill
seconds
the begin
down.
The
selected
cycle start will
on the
counting
close timewash
be the
of thecycle
increased.down.
door:
program the
will may
betimer be delayed
increased. added for NaturalDry
tion
a starttogether
period
the foil
run
temperature
which
pleasewith
out of NaturalDry
tion
refer
therinse
the that foilto
dishwasher.
aid.
temperature
is please
safe
opens
(INSTALLATION
A maximum
to
the door during/after
refer
To
your
that see to •how
of
kitchen
is safe
If5 you
(INSTALLATION
GUIDE).to
levels
to
see
drying
mount
furniture.
your can bluish
phase to
kitchen beGUIDE).
protec- setstreaksaccording
furniture.
on the to dishes, set a low numbe
•La funzione
press
Switch
will 1.
the
SETTING
on 2. NaturalDry
begin
DELAY
the Press counting
the
THE
appliance button.
DELAY può
down.
1.
WATER
by Press essere
ENGLISH To
button:
pressing
the
the cancel
time
HARDNESS disabilitata
ness
DELAY
thethe
(1h, in
2h,
corresponding
ON/OFF it,
1button:your
etc. come
12 house.
pressup to
the «h»
button.
max.
the
corresponding segue:
This
12h)
button
symbol tion
information
from the foil
«h»Door
NaturalDry
2.
pleasecan
of
symbol You
opening refer
ensure switched
be obtained to (INSTALLATION
exceptional
system
Door
functionality
NaturalDry
from
Igienizzante
opening toyour
drying
NaturalDry NaturalDry local
performance
system isGUIDE).
65° • could
aNaturalDry Control
every
convectionIfsetting
thereday. Door
are
isis aMenu,
drying opens
drops 9system
convection atyou
of could
N/D
water
drying or change marks on the d
limescale
assystem
3. will 3.
beginOnce this
counting time
3. Once
down. has of time
this
elapsed, between
time the
has and indicator
elapsed,hours. light
the tion
indicator
«h» foil please
light «h» refer
NaturalDry to (INSTALLATION thatcould isfunctionality
be disabled
GUIDE). by be
the disabled
user as follows:
by foil thethe user follows:
•1. repeatedly
Accedere
Switch
Once
offallowthe
Select
althis
menu
appears
until time
the
appliance
the has
ondel wash
2.
the
Select
software
appears
selected
by
program,
elapsed,
display;
pressing
the theselected
on the
della
each
delayed
wash
water
the
the
press
time
wash
indicator program,
the
supplier.
lavastoviglie
display;
ON/OFF you
cycle
start
START/PAUSE
press
each
will be
light
The press
indicator
button.
«h»
time
the
increased.
factory
premendo
button,
you
the START/PAUSE
NaturalDry
setting
press
light
As
the isGo
which forthe
additional
button, average
status
dishwasher
the
functionality
automatically
steam
ofAs
temperature
(3)
which could
water
NaturalDry
model.
additional
protection,
opens be safe
hardness.
automatically the
The
steam
disabled to
door
factory
special
your protection,
functionality
opens
designed
kitchen
by the
during/after setthe
special
furniture.
user
adoor as
by
high
drying
specific
protection designed
follows:
pressing
number
during/after
phase
to
(3-4).
todrying
model,
isprotection
button: phase to
foil is
3.To
Once thetime
switches
this
button water
and off hassoftener
and
withinswitches
the
elapsed,
button 41. toand
wash
2. Press
Select
seconds work
off the
thecycle
and
the
withinin
DELAY
wash athe
indicator
close perfect
begins.
4 wash
button:
program,
seconds
the way,
cycle
the
light
door: «h»
closeitthe
corresponding
press is
begins.
the essential
timer
the NaturalDry
1.
«h» symbol
START/PAUSE
FILLING
door:
Go 1.
added
to the the to THE
please
timer the
functionality
Door
together
Dishwasher Dishwasher
As additional 1.
DETERGENT
follow
opening
addedGo
with could to
steam
instruction
system
the
software thesoftware
be
together Dishwasher
disabled
protection,
NaturalDry
dishwasher. menu DISPENSER
above
with menu
special
is
the by
a
To
pressing to software
pressing
the
designed
check
convection user
dishwasher.
see how
and thismenu
as and
drying
to
holding for
mount
To holding
follows:
protection pressing
your
system
see foilprotec-
ismachine.
how and
to holding
mount protec-
• «h» a lungo
Hold
switches
that DELAY
down ilTo the
tasto
button
off
time and (1h,
(6
for
the2h, wash
the
secondi).
5 DELAY
etc.
time cycle
up (1h,to begins.
max.
2h, etc.12h) up fromto max.
the start
12h) of
from the
ensure start E of
– enabled
exceptional ensure dryingPrelavaggio
exceptionaldperformance
–refer disabled drying every
performanceday. Door every
opens
to day. N/D
at Door opens at
switches
Toswitches
the water
off.
adjust
off hardness
the
and delay
the Toseconds, setting
adjust
washtime appears
button
and
cycle until
is
thecounting andon
based
select
delay
•begins. you
the
within
Switch time
a hear
display;
on4and
shorter theathe
seconds
on
each beep.
actual
select
period time
close
appliance
you
water
aof the
shorter
time,press
door:
1.hard- the
Go
period button,
theto timer
button
the
offoil time, added
(6you
which
Dishwasher sec). togetherbutton
automatically with
software the
(6opens dishwasher.
sec).
menu the door
pressing To see
during/after how
and to
drying mount
holding phase protec-
adjust will
the begin
delay counting
time ENGLISH
will
and begin
down.
Theselect
willstart atimeshorterof2h, thecycledown.
period
program toofmay time, be delayed fromby button
�
for
thea �pressing
tion
�You
period (6
� •�
sec). Ifthe
please
� �foilON/OFF
�see tion
refer
�to bluish
foilto
�NaturalDry
� button.
�please
� tostreaks
(INSTALLATION
�to� on�to
�NaturalDry the
is�Menu,
dishes,
(INSTALLATION
�GUIDE).�to �you �� set �aMenu,
� low
GUIDE).
�number
9�follows:
at� � �
(1-2).
inthe selected washthe selected
cycle will wash
be increased.
the time
begin (1h,
counting etc.
down. upwill be
max. increased.
12h) start
the of
temperature tion
ensure please
the that
exceptional refer
temperature
is safe
drying (INSTALLATION
your
that
performance kitchen
safe GUIDE).
every furniture.
your
day. Doorkitchen opens furniture.
•2. Switch
Accedendo
To onThe
ness
adjust the
press al
start
your
the menu
appliance
the time
house.
delay DELAY di
of
time by controllo
the
This
press pressing
and program
information
button.
the
select DELAY
To aNaturalDry
the
•may cancel
shorterON/OFF
can
Switch be
button. delayed
beit,
period èa
obtained
offpress
To the possibile
button.
of for
cancel
the
time,
appliance afromperiod
button
it, your
press bybuttonlocal2.
the
pressing To
(6 switched
confirm
sec).
button the ON/OFF 2. You
the switched
change
button. Control
to and exit from Control could
the change
asControl by you the Menu couldas change
please
The
• The
DELAY
press
current
3.
2.
of
the function
Once DELAY
Select
selection
time
this
the
between
time
3.
wash
level 2.cannot
button.
1
Once has
Select
number
and
To
of
3. this
time
the
Once
program,
12
cancel
the be
elapsed,
selected
and
time
between
this
hours.
set
wash it,
time
press
the
the
has
wash once
1pressand
has
salt
indicator
elapsed,
12
cycle
program,
the thehours.
elapsed,
indicator
will wash
button
be
START/PAUSE
press
light
the
increased.
the
light
cycle
indicator
«h»
indicator
the 2.
2.
You
You
light NaturalDry
dishwashers.
START/PAUSE As
light
switched
«h» • «h»
additional
status
switched
Ifthe
of
to
to
functionality
there
NaturalDry NaturalDry
NaturalDry
temperature
NaturalDry steam
NaturalDry As
NaturalDry
are drops
Auto-pulizia
functionality
additional
status
that could
Control
protection, is functionality
functionality
of
Control
ofcould
safe
steam
NaturalDry
be
waterto disabled
Menu,
be 65°
your
special
Menu,
or
disabled could
limescale
you
FILLING
kitchen
protection,
by designed
functionality
pressing
you
by
by be
theuser
could
the
furniture.
could
disabled
special
user
marks
change
THE
protection
button:
by
change
as on
DETERGENT
follows:
designed
pressing
the
foil is
user
dishes,
N/D
protection
button:
follows:
DISPENSER
foil is
cambiare water
press supplier.
the
lo
repeatedlyDELAY
stato
switches The
della
until factory
button.the
off selected
and funzione
repeatedly
switches
the To setting
selected
wash
2. Press
DELAY
cancel
Select
switches until
off • is
premendo
cycle
and
the off it,
delayed
the
Holdfor
wash
and press
the average
selected
begins.down
the start
wash
program,
washtheilthe (3)
button
tasto
indicator
delayed
button
cycle
press
cycle water the:light
begins.
begins. hardness.
start
for 5«h» NaturalDry
indicator
1. Go
seconds,
status
START/PAUSE press
of tolight the
until
set
1. Go
NaturalDry
As Dishwasher
and
ayou 1.
tohigh
additional the Go
hold
hear toathe
number
Dishwasher
functionality
steam software
beep. Dishwasher
button
(3-4).
software
protection, by menu
(3
pressing menu
special sec).software
pressing
pressing
designed button: menu
and and
protection holding
holding pressing
foil is and holding
has been
repeatedly started.
buttonuntil the
and withinbutton 41. delayed
seconds
and the DELAY
within start
close 4 indicator
button:
seconds
the door: light
corresponding
closethe timer
the To
door: symbol
achieve
addedthe
E – timer
enabled
Door
the
together opening
best added
with
Ewashing
d –
system
–the together
enabled
disabled
NaturalDry
and
dishwasher. drying
with d –
is
the a
To �
convection
results,
dishwasher.
disabledsee
� � how
� the
�
drying
to� �
system
combined
mount
To see
� � protec-
how
� � to
� mount
� � � protec-
�����������
E –�funzione
� repeatedly
� � �1. �
ENGLISH status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
button (6 sec).
«h»
•button
«h»
To
switches
Switch
switches
until
abilitata
Press
adjust
willDELAY
the
off.
onoff.
begin
the
the d off.
DELAY–
delay
thecounting
«h»
selected
Tofunzione
appliance
switches
willDELAY
To
button:
adjust
time The
begin
delayed
button
adjust
andthe
appears
down. start
willby
off.
and
the
disabilitata
the •
delay
time
pressing
counting
start
within
delay
Switch
oncorresponding
select the
of time
a
the
4
time
display;indicator
shorter seconds
and
on
and
program
the
down.
each
ON/OFF
select
the
select
period
may light
close
time a
appliance
«h» be
the
shorter
symbol
ayou
of shorter
time,
delayed
button.
door:
period
pressby
pressuseof
E
E
thea
for
the
period of timer
time,
–pressing
button,
Door
period
tion
To
button
enabled of time,
opening
foil please
detergent,
confirm
added
the
which
2. You
d
(6 sec). together
ON/OFF–
system button
disabled
automatically
tion
refer
rinse
d switched
the change
To foil
confirmto
aid
with the
(6opens
button.
NaturalDry
toplease
(INSTALLATION
liquid
NaturalDry
and tothe
dishwasher.
sec). the door
refer
and
exitchange
is
Control
from
a
tothe
refined
To see
convection
during/after
(INSTALLATION
and GUIDE).
Menu,
how
salt
Control
exit you
to mount
drying
drying
iscould
from required.
Menu the
phase 9
protec-
system
GUIDE).
change
please
Control
to
• Press The to select
onfunction the
The press
desired begin
the counting
DELAY
hardness down.
button.
it,level
To cancel
(see it,cycle the– enabled
button tion foil please
–exceptional
disabled refer (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
dishwashers. atyouMenu could please
«h» switches ecannot functionbe set cannot
once aselection
be
wash set once a wash2. You cycle
switched 2.of
toYou NaturalDry
switched Control
to NaturalDry
byMenu, you
Control could Menu,change change
pressappears the DELAY the
press display;of
button.
the the
timeDELAYtime • (1h,
between
each
To The
time
cancel 2h,
1 and
button. etc.
current
you 12 up to
hours.
press
To max.the
cancel
the 12h)
button,it,from
button To
level
press the
confirmstart
number
the of the and ensure
changethe and
salt exit
indicator drying
from performance
the
light Control every Menu day. Door
please opens
Per confermare
The DELAY
• HARDNESS
Switch
3. Once lathis
off modifica
function
the time
3. cannot
appliance
Once has 3. uscire
be
by
this
elapsed,
Once
repeatedly
the set
pressing
selectedtime
this dal
once
time
until the
has
washthehas menu
a
the wash
indicator
elapsed,
elapsed,
selected
cycle willdi
ON/OFF cycle
delayed
be controllo,
thebutton.
light
the
increased. startindicator
«h»
indicator We
indicator
To light
confirm which «h»button
NaturalDry
recommend
light
press light theautomatically
«h»
and NaturalDry
status
changefunctionality
NaturalDry
hold NaturalDry
using
pressand opens
NaturalDry
functionality
detergents
button exit
and could
(3from
hold
the
sec).
door
functionality
functionality
could be disabled
be
tothat
the during/after
disabled
do
Control
button pressing
could
not by
by be
theuser
the
contain
Menu
(3achieve
sec).
drying
button:
disabled
user
please as asphase
phosphates follows:
bywashing
follows: the to user as follows:
WATER The
has has
DELAY the been
repeatedly
been function
time
started. TABLE).
started.
(1h,
until hascannot
2h,
repeatedly
the been
DELAY
etc.
selected
1. up
Press be
switchesstarted.
set
to
until
the off�
max. once
delayed
the
DELAY and � 12h) a
�program,
selected
the wash
�wash
start
button: �
from �
the cycle
cyclethe
indicator
delayed
corresponding start
begins. light
startpress
of «h» indicatorand
symbol
ensure status FILLING
hold light
the
of E
exceptional
Door
1. Go
temperature
NaturalDry
button
– enabled
opening
to THE
the status(3
drying
system
Dishwasher DETERGENT
that
–
is
functionality
of
sec).
d
safe
NaturalDry
performance
disabled
NaturalDry
software
your by
is
menua To DISPENSER
kitchen
functionality
pressing
every
convection
furniture.
pressing day. drying
and the
button:
by
Door best
pressing
system
holding opens
foil is atand holding
button:and drying results, the comb
premere • a lungo
Hold down
switches il tasto
button
off and switches
the(3«h»
for
2. sec).
wash5
Selectswitches
seconds,
off cycle
and
the off.
wash the until
begins. wash you hear
cycle
press a
begins.
the beep. or
START/PAUSE
press 1.
chlorine,
and Go to
hold the
as Dishwasher
these
button
As additional 1. Go to
products
(3
steam the
sec). software Dishwasher
are
protection, menu
specialsoftware
harmful pressing
to
designed the menu
and
environment.
protection holding
pressing
has been «h» started.
theswitches
selectedoff.
Water
• Switch on the appliance
To adjust the delay
wash
«h» ENGLISH
Hardness
To adjust
time
The
cycle
switches
The
To appears
start
button
theby
and
DELAY
adjust
the
willtime
Table•
and
on
off.
the
pressing
select
delay
be the
of
Press
function
delay the
within
time
a
display;
increased. program
4button
time
the
shorter
cannot
and
seconds
and
each
ON/OFF
may
select
be
select
period
time
closebe
to
set
a
a
you
delayed
select
once
shorter
of the
button.
shorter
time,
press for
a wash
period
door:
from Good
the
the a of
the
period
button,
period
desired
cycle
the Etemperature
time,
timer
button
of
–�enabled
time, �
To
which
(6�
added
confirm
button
hardness �
sec). �
togetherE
� dlevel
the
automatically
(6that
button
–�–change
sec). enabled
is �disabled
with safe
�
(6
opens
(see
the �
and
sec).to�theexit
your
�
dishwasher. ddoor
� –kitchen
from
� useof
disabled
the
�
To
Control
during/after
�
see detergent,
Menu please
drying
furniture.
�how � �
to �
mount phase
� �9 rinse
�
protec-to aid liquid and refined salt is require
� � � � � � �
of
has time
presswillbeen
time
between
the (1h, 2h,
started.
DELAY 1 and etc.
button. 12up to max.
hours.
To 12h) the start
To washing
of
confirm press
ensure
2. You results
the and Tohold
exceptional
switched
change also
confirm depend
button
toand drying
NaturalDry
tothe
(3change
exit sec).
fromon the
performance
Control theWe
and correct
every
Menu,
Control
exit day.
you
recommend from amount
Door
could
Menu the opens
change ofat detergents
using
please
Control Menu please that do not contain phos
The
2. DELAY
Select thefunction The DELAY
wash cannot
program, functionbe
press
WATER set cannot
once
the a cancel
be
wash
START/PAUSE
HARDNESS setit,cycle oncepress thewash
a button
As cycle
additional NaturalDry
foilsteam protection, special designed protection foil
youiscould change
it,TABLE).
begin counting down. tion
dishwashers. please refer (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
• The press the DELAY
current press
selection button.
the the DELAY
level
°dH
repeatedly To
number
selected cancel
until button.
washtheand it,
cycle
selectedpress
the To will
°fH cancel
bethe
salt
delayed button
indicator
increased. start press
indicatorlight
detergent 2.
the You
light buttonswitched
being the status used.2.of
temperature toYou NaturalDry
NaturalDry switched
that is functionality
safe Control
to
to NaturalDry
your Menu,
kitchen
by pressing you
Control
furniture. could
button: Menu,change
Level has beenand
button started. has been
within DELAY
1.
3.
42. Press
Once
seconds the
this
started. DELAY
time
close button:
has elapsed,
the door: the corresponding
the
thethe indicator
timer «h» light press
symbol
added «h» and Door
together hold
NaturalDryopeningpress
with button and
functionality
Duration
system
the (3
hold sec).
could
NaturalDry
dishwasher. button
be disabled
of
is a
To or (3
convection
see sec).
chlorine,
by the drying
user
howresults, tobyasmount these
follows:products are harmful to the environm
assystem
foilprotec-
�repeatedly
� � � � �untilrepeatedly the Select
selected
«h» until
switches the off.
delayedwash program,
offthe selected start press
indicator
delayed START/PAUSE
light
start indicator status To light ofE
achieve
As NaturalDry
additional
– to enabled the
thestatus steambest dof – washing
functionality
NaturalDry
protection,
disabled byand
special drying
functionality
pressing
designed andbutton:
protection the
pressing iscombined
to alsobutton:
German appears
switches degrees on the
and display;
the wash
4French
each time
cycle
degrees Water
you
begins. press Hardness
the abutton, Table1. Go Dishwasher software menu pressingdrying
aWater holding
Energy
Natural

The start time of the program may be delayed for

Exceeding period which
the automatically
stated opens the door during/after
Good washing phaseresults depend on the correct amount
damount does not result in tomore effective
Drying

will begin counting down. tion Eoffoil please refer to (INSTALLATION To GUIDE).
phase

button andfunctionwithin seconds beclose the door: the timer added

To confirm together
(6E the with
change theand dishwasher.
exitd from the see
Controlhow Menu mount please protec-
• «h» switches
Press button off.
«h»
to select
The
switches
To
of the DELAY
adjust
time time
the off.
the(1h,
desired
between delay 2h,1 etc.
time
and cannot
uphours.
and
hardness
12 to max.
select set
a12h)
level
once
shorter from
(see
a wash
period the ofcycle
Available
start time, –useof
enabled
ensure detergent,
button Duration
exceptional ––
sec). rinse
enabled
disabled
wash of
drying aid pro-
Duration liquid
performance – disabled and of
every refined
day. Door saltopens is required.
at
Duration
NaturalDry ofto
Dry

1 3.Soft
Program will begin
0elapsed,
-selected
6 started. counting down. 0will
Toa- cancel
10increased. «h» wash and
NaturalDry °dH increases
tion
press foil and please
functionality environmental
hold refer button
°fH to
could (INSTALLATION
(3 besec). pollution.
Water
disabled detergent
GUIDE).
consumption
by the being
Water
user Energy
asused. follows: Energy
consumption
Natural NaturalNatural

Natural NaturalNatural
Once this time has has been the cycle indicator light
Drying

Drying

To confirm
We 2. You
the
recommend switched
change
To confirm NaturalDry
and
using isthe exit change
detergents Control
from theandMenu,
Control
exit
that you
do fromcould
Menu
not the change
please
Control
contain Menu
phosphates please
the wash be Water Energy
phase

phase

press the DELAY setbutton. it,cyclepress thewash button the temperature

Duration of that safe to your kitchen furniture.
Fase
Natural

The
WATER DELAYHARDNESS function
The DELAY DELAYcannot
Once function
TABLE). thisbe cannot
once Level di thebe wash set Naturalonce a
Available Funzioni
cycle Available wash Durata
pro-
Duration of wash del pro- Consumo Consumo
Drying

NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:

1. Press the DELAY button: corresponding «h»
options
symbol
gram
phase

3. time has elapsed, the indicator light «h» Door

*) opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
Available wash pro-
Dry

Dry
The 1.amount can be adjusted to the
Water soil level. In consumption
the
Energy tocase of
Natural

switches Program Program German GoAvailable

to
degreesthe Dishwasher
status of NaturalDry
French softwarefunctionality
degrees menu
consumption Water
by pressing
pressing andEnergy
button:
consumptionholding consumption
phaseNatural

off and the 2. wash

Select cycle
the wash begins.program, press the START/PAUSE
Drying

Natural

repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light As additional steam protection, special designed
Exceeding protection
the statedfoil is
to amount does not result in a more ef
Drying Drying

press and hold press button and (3

hold sec). button (3 sec).
phase

Dry
Drying

Dryingphase

2 Medium 7 -switches
11 11 - 20 or chlorine, as these products are harmful
see (litres/cycle)
the environment. (kWh/cycle)
phase

has been Program started. has been appears

switchesstarted. onoffof the
and display;
the wash each cycletime you
begins. Availablepressfor the button, wash
1. Go
which – to pro-
the
automatically *)wash
Dishwasher –consumption
openspro- software
the door menu during/after consumption
pressing and
drying holding
phase
ToProgramma asciugatura Dry disponibili *) programma d'acqua di energia
The start time the program may be delayed options a *)period
(6options
E gram dapproximately gram
*)
Dry

enabled disabled
Dry

«h» button and Program

within
off. 4 seconds close the door: the
normally timer soiled added together
items, use with the dishwasher. consumptionToeither how 35gtoconsumption
mount
(powder protec-
phase phaseDry

Program ofoptions button sec).

gram consumption consumption
3 Average
adjust the delay Watertime Totime
of
The
12
and
the Hardness
adjust
willDELAY
-
time
begin
17
select
the
between 1(1h,delay 1aand
2h,
functiondown.
counting
shorter
Table
etc.12
time uphours.
and
cannot 21
period
Soft
to
-
max.a 12h)
select
be30 set once
shorter time,
options
fromperiod the *)
a wash cycle
start
of
*)
detergent) 2.
time,
You
0 -
ofoptions
Good6 button
ensure washing
NaturalDry
To
tion
switched
or 2.
confirm
35ml